A New Spanish Grammar

^
H^S
>
m:
^.
>
-U^;^^<^
ADikmhSfi'^
CîlîH,
f^^^^^v^
A L
Mui
iluftre
y noble Senor
Don
GUILLELMO STANHOPE^
de
Senor Baron
Harrington,
Pleni^
Embaxador que
fons
',
fue en la Corte de Efpana,
potenciario en los CongrelTos de Sevilla,
Soif-
y al prefente uno de los Principales Secretarios de Eftado de fu Mageftad Britanica, del Confejo de fu Mag^. ^c.
Exc^. Senor.
^^1^^ O
dexara en mi de fer animofidad te>3^ meraria, el poner efte libro a los pies ^^ de V. Ex. fi fu buen indole y afabilidad
no
El
le quitalTen el fer
Offadia*
Nombre de Stanhope
es tan
;
'
conocido en EA'
pana,
de tantos anos a efta parte
fu
mui
iluftre
y^ noble Profapia, tan altamente refpetada y aplaudidaj que nvinea eedera al olvido fu Memoria ya
:
por
DEDICjriON.
por las Miichas y continuadas Embaxadas conque han iluilrado aquella Corte ; ya por las heroicas hazaiias, que, en tiempo de Giu'rra, han merecido los 6 ya por la tranquiliaplaulbs de la Europa toda dad, que han fugerido en vnrios CongrefTos para En tiempo de Paz, les ha veneel bien publico. rado la Efpana como Nativos de aquel Pais, y en tiempo de Guerra les ha confiderado tan Galanes
,
como
Valerolbs.
En
reciproca benevolencia,
Hem-
pre aquella familia ha moftrado tal inclinacion y Cariiio a los de aquella nacion, que, parece, le affifte una propenfion innata a beneficiaries y protegerles.
loque esfuerza mi humildad a ofrecer a obfequio j pues V. E. ha heredado, como que en com.plexo, lo heroico y efpeha feguida ciales prerogativas de la familia toda los palTos, continuado los progreffos, y adelantado la gloria de fus AnteceiTores. Flai muchos, que confagran fus libros a Principes y Proceres, ajenos del
'Efto
es,
fli
Ex.
efle tenuiffimo
conocimiento
cie
que
tratan,
dando por motivo
la
neceflidad de fu proteccion contra los Malevolos (co-
mo
murmurar
fe compraife la libertad de cuerdos y menos Lifonjeros eran los Antiguos, que dedicaban los fuyos, 6 a fus Amigos, 6 algun Principe inteligente, a quien, por
fi^con
el
iibro
:
no
del;
Mas
razon del argumento,
fe le
debia
la obra.
revo-
cando yo al ufo moderno la pnielica de los Antiguos, Nadie podra negar mi acierto en la eleccion de V. E. pues elijo a Perf(Sna tan benemerita, que puede juzluego en vano foiicitara yo a V. E. giir y aprobar para la acceptacion, quando de jufticia fe le debe Se bien, que el tributarle elogios, efta dedicatoria. Porloque fuplico, folo, fera ofender fu Modeftia elque V. E. fe digne de recebir y patrocinar efta obrilla, como a demoftracion de mi Afedlo y VeEn cafo, que V. E. hallare algo de fu aneracion. grado
:
DEDICATION.
grado y mereciere fii aprobacion, me quedara el confuelo de decirle, loque Horacio a fa Mecenas
Magnum
hoc ego duco, quod placui
tihi.
la
obllgacion de rogar a Dios,

:
le G^*.
y profpere
por dilatados anos Aflegurandole, que en tanto me tendre por feliz, en quanto publicare que foi, con el debido rendimiento, de
r. Ex(f.
El mas humilde y Ohedmte
fervidor
g.
B.
S.
M.
Sebastian Puchol, D. D.
THE
PREFACE.
P
this
is
N
I
a careful Examination
of
Grammar^ (althd the befl extant^) I found the Rules

fo *very deficient
that
laid
down
that
and
incorredty
thought
could
?iot
do the
Tuhlick a greater Service^ than by prefenting them T^his induced me to unwith one more perfeB. dertake the CorreBion of it ; to lay down a new\ modern^ and approved Orthography and EtymoIcgy \ and to add fo many necefjdry Rules to ity that the Reader^ who is acquainted with the for7ncr Edition^ will hardly know that this is S t eI do not intend to unV E N s 's dervalue what others have done of this Nature : What I can fay without Prefumption is, that I have co72Julted all former Gram?nars, and infert-^ ed in this what I have found well grounded : I have reBifed Abundance of Miflakes, which other
Grammar.
Authors have paffed over, and corrected others a?id t laid down by them as efiablif:ed Rules leave the hearned to Judge of the many Im* provements made in this Edition,
^^
The
PREFACE.
Fronuntiation are as
I'he Rules for the true
clearly expreffed as can be done in Writing,
The
Articles a7id Parts of Speech are explained in
Manner
eafy
and
intelligible to
young Beginners,
The Co72Jugation of Verbs (one of the moji intricate Tarts of the Caftilian Language) is laid down in the mojl plain Manner^ to each of which is added
that of the PaJJive, Reciprocal, Imperfonal, and I have alfo inferted two Other irregular Verbs.
Tables, by
which the Learned
will,
at firjl view^
fee the Difference between the three Conjugations. The Curious will herein find all that is requifite
and
neceffary, to lead
them
iitto
the perfedi
Knowledge of
Spanifli
the Caftilian (cojnmonly called the
Tongue) which has
been preferred in
a greater Purity and PerfeBion, than in any other of the more dijlant ones
thofe Provinces, in
from
King^
the Court
This
was
the
the Reafon that induced
to order that all fublick Writings, &cq. foould be made in the.Czftilian Tongue, I have laid downfomefixt Rules
Don Alonzo
Wife
in the Rudiments, to avoid ambiguity in the Pro^ nuntiation of the Letters B, V, &c, errone ou
fly
tifed before,
even among the Spaniards.
The Vo-
cabulary, Familiar Phrafes, a?2d the Colloquies are carefully amended-, and all the Words are
acceiited to avoid Mijiakes in the Pronu?2ciation.
It
neceffity)
was high Time (nay there was an abfolute to make a new Edition of the Spanifli
all
Grammar : For
and Cujiom
ma72y
to
is
;
Languages
and
or
the Caftilian
alter by Time has received fo
Alterations,
it,
that
it
no-body
can
pretend
as
it
teach
learn
in Perfection,
fpoken at Courts
thors^
and without Jome new
ufed
modern AuInJlruBions, The 9,

by
{called
The
(called cedilla^
PREFACE.
its
which was fo much iji ufe before, and the Reafonsfor if the Reader h now left o^\ willfind in my Obfervations on that Letter^ and
The y, which a Confonant Some of the Spanifh Words are in Compofition. foftenedy and others altered^ as more conforjnable to the Latin ; as inftead of Cora9on we jay Corazon : forv^zt^, dezir, hazer; veces, decir, hathe z
is
fubjiituted in
Place,
is
commonly pajfed as a Vowel,
7iow
cer
injtead of eftoy, doy,
Reyno
eftoi, doi,
for dava, iva, devo, efcrivo ^ daba, iba, debo, efcribo : for Cavallo, Govierno ; Caballo, Gobierno : for abuelo or aguelo 5 avuelo
Reino:
hai for ay or hay
Ahi for
ai or hai,
&c.
have followed, in the CorreBion
of this
Grammar^
Aca-
the Didlionary lately puhlifed by the Royal
demy
Standard for who aim at Speaking and Writing corall thofe rcBly and elegantly the Spanifh Language.
0/^
Madrid, which
is
the only
NEW
THE
RUDIMENTS
O F T H E
Spanijh
S
there
Grammar.
are
ftudy the wichouc language, whac before-hand underftanding Grammar is, and that every body
many who
CASTILIAN
may have
guide,
to
I
certain
it
rules
for
his
think
it
may
parts.
not be ufelefs
make an epitomy of
and
its
GRAMMAR
properly.
is
the art of fpcaking and writing
And
is
Orthography, Etymology, or
words.
divided into four parts, viz. or the method of true writing. the knowledge of the original
Syntax, or
into fentences.
the
manner of forming
the
words
Prosody, or the kno\vledge of the accent or

quantity of the
fyllables,
as
to their being pro-
nounced long or
(hort.
PART
'Tf,
he
RUDIMENTS
P
of
A R T
r
I.
0/
OR
HO G R A
Y,
Which contaim fome
'very curious a?id necejfary obfervafions to learn the Caftilian tofigue in perfcution,
CHAP.
Of
the Letters in general,
It's own, tho' it is not difputable, but that before the conqueft of Spain by the Romans^ the Spaniards had charaders or letters to exprefs their language in, and that the Goths alfo introduced theirs. But there is no memorial of the former, and the Gothic ceafed in the year 1091 by decree of ihe national council at Leon,
TH E
Spanijh language has not a peculiar al-
phabet of
of Don Alonfo VI. in which it was appointed that no characters fhould be ufed befides that of the Roman : Ever fmce which time they have continued the Latin letters ; with the addition of a few borrowed from the Greeks in order to
in the reign
own
their
debt for fuch words as they took from that

k^ ph, th^
language,
and thefe are ch^ pondent to x, x, c, ^, and v.
y, corref-
ters,
Caftilian alphabet confifts of twenty-fix letincluding the h : the twenty-three following are common to other languages.
The
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, X, Y, Z.
a, b, c, d, e,
f,
g, h,
i,
k,
1,
m,
n, o, p, q, r,
f,
t, u, X, y, z.
And
the
Spanish Grammar.
And
ferent
the other three letters 9, j, n, for their difpronunciation are peculiar to the Cajlilian
language.
thefe five are vowels A, E, I, O, which the Y is added for the Greek words, fo called from their expreffing a found without the The reft are confonants, help of any other letter. fo called from their having no found alone, and are
Of the common,
to
U,
regularly divided into mutes a,nd femi-vowels
or, as
others fay, into
natural and corrfus^d: the mutes or
natural arc B, C,
the fein'uvowels or
D, G, K, P, Q, T, Z, and
confufed are F,
H, L, M, N,
R,
S,
X,
fo called for their

it.
being pronounced with

S, are
liquids
a vowel before and after v^ and
Of which L, M, N, R,
?7,
}',
f,
/,
are likewife confonants in the S_pamjb
language.
Of
the pronoiinciation of the letters,
Letter
is
nothing more fin the fenfe
we fpeak
and an
here) than a note of a peculiar found, individual part of a filial le.
rlfon to the languages
fome authors alErm) in compawhat notes are to Mufick. If from the notes may be formed various and innumerable tones, whofe fweet and pleafant harmony
Letters are (as
cherifh,
and with founding eloquence perfijades
fo
are the concerts of words infinite, which refult

the letters,
from
melody
whofe compofition with an eloquent and brings the invifible to life both as written, fpeak to the eyes, and as pronounced, to the hearing. And if nobody withQut the perfedc knowledge of notes can boaft of being a Mufician ; lefscan anyone prefume to know with delicacy a language without a full knowledge of the letters.
defcribes to us the thoughts,
:
For
of and as in the order of nature, the fitnple ts firft, and then the compound, it appears proper to begin by the vowels, whofe found is fo fimple as to be formed only by opening the mouth.
"fhe
RUDIMi:NrS
reafon,
For which
0/
the voivels.
IS
pronounced
hally
call,
as in Englijh^
aw^
as in the
words
all^
ball:
it is
without differing from the
manner
in
which
pronounced by other nations.
Is pronounced the fame as in the Latin, Italian^ and French tongues, nay even the fame as in the Englifh in the words to blefsy to fend, Tho' e be doubled it never lofes its pronunciation, fo that when there are two e e \n z. word, both are plainly and diftindlly pronounced, as creer^ to
believe
; leery
to read.
I.
Y.
Thefe letters are called i Latin, and y Greek : the former preferves it's natural pronunciation in compofition, and is pronounced by all nations, as in the latter has thefe words, viftble, vifion, terrible the fame pronunciation ; hut when in compofition is a confonant, and is pronounced as two i f, as ayuda,
:
help
ayuno, a
faft.
Of j
called ijdta.
See
letter
G.
the fame pronunciation as in Latin and Engli/by in thefe words tbrono^ throne i obediente^
Has
cbedient.
//6^
Spanish Grammar.
U.
V.
two u's as well as the u vowel called by the Spaniards an open or fquare u and v confonant called v clofe, or de Co-^ razonctllo^ which always goes before the vowels, and is never joined to a confonant, nor ends any
Spanijh language has
The
Latin
*,
word.
vowel is pronounced as double o o in and thefe words Cupido a. Cupid, Cur a a Curate or a Cure, are pronounced as if they were
Englijk^
\
written thus Cooptdo^ coora

tion of the
becaufe the pronuncia-
cook cozinero^ is exadlly the fame as that of the u vowel in Spani/h. ^confonant is pronounced by the Spaniards in the fame manner as the u vowel ; tho' there are fome
words book
lihro^
authors
is
who
a found between that
pretend to fay, that ii's pronunciation of h and , but I fee no

for this exception,
manner of ground
Ohfervations upon the vowels.
amard, he will love bard, he will do it ; and the feminine, as amdra^ when I might love, in the laft fyllable. There are four diphthongs formed of this vowel when it goes before other vowels, as we fhall fhew hereafter. when by itfelf, (lands for a prepofition which
*,
THIS
A
letter
has often the mafculine accent, as
denotes the dative cafe, as doi la preferencia a Pedroy 1 give the preference to Peter ; it governs alfo the accufative, as yo dmo d Dios, I love God ; denotes the part or place where one goes, as voi d Roma^ I go
to
Rome,
it
alfo precedes the accufative
when before
as
an
infinitive
governed by another verb,
vdmos d
I'endr^
6
char,
let
The
us
RUD IMENTS
to fupper
;
go
apajfedr^ to
of walk ; ajugdr,
to play.
When before the adverbs or adverbial moods it denotes the manner in which an adlion is cxecuced, as afabiendas, knowingly d trueco, by changing j rather
*,
purpofely, d brdzo partido, upon equal terms : ^denotes likevvife when a thing is to be done, as a las
doce del dia, at noon.
It is
often an interjedlion, as a fenor fiddno^

;
ho
there ilich a one

It is
a fenor Pedro, ho there Peter.
fcr.a capital,
taken for con^ with, as cafiiguefe el oficidl d let the cfHcer be punifhcd with a capital punifhment. For hdcia, towards, as vohio la caheza d tal parte^ he turned his head towards fuch a place. For pdra^ for, as conduce a eftefmy it is proper for
this end.
For tor, by, as a fticrza gano la cuidad, by force he gained the city. For fegim^ according, as d la moda de Francia^
according to the French fafhion. For Jiy if, as a faber efto^ if I knew this, upon knowing of this. For fino^ if not, unlefs, as a no venir d tiempo^ if
he fhould'not come in time, ^c. For erj^ in, as ^ vifta de tal proceder que quure que hdga ? upon fight of fuch proceeding what will you
have
are many authors who are of opid ftands for the third perfon fingular of nion, that the prefent tenfe indicative of the verb haver, to have, faying aquel a, I fay that then it is to be written with an h thus aquel hd, obferving the fame in all the tenfes and moods ; for haver is derived from the haiin verb habere, and regard being had to this there will happen no miftake or equivocation. There are other authors who affcrt, that d ftands
for hdi, there
is, which is abfolutely falfe ; for in the fcecches which denote time^ as d im ano que vine d Lcndres^
me to do ? And tho' there
//&^
Spanish Grammar.
a year fince I
LondreSy
figure
it is
came
to
London, a mult
be written with h thus hd abbreviated, or by the

third perfon it is the of the prefent tenfe indicative of the verb hacer^ to do, and is the fame as hdce un dno que vine a LoNdreSy according to the rule,
fiijgular
Apocope, becaufe then
Jpocope demit fineniy quern dat Paragoge.
But of thefe we
ther place.
Ihall
fpeak more at large
in
ano-
E.
either is mafculine, as in the laft fyllable of amariy I fhall love ; aprendere, I will learn enfene^ I have taught; oire^ I fhall hear, &c. or feminine, qudndo olviddre^ as qudndo amdre^ when I fhall love when I fhall forget ; and it is fo becaufe the accent is not acute in thefe laft examples. Of the hy when before other vowels, may be formed four diphthongs. E is fometimes ufed as a firft perfon of the verb haver^ but then it muft be written with ^, faying 'jo he comprddo un amllo de orOy I have bought a gold
,
a conjunction, and is ufed inftead ofy, following word begins with i vowel, as los Holandefes e InglefeSy the Dutch and the Englifh Efpdna e It alia y Spain and Italy. Poets often take the liberty to add the letter e 2Lt the end of fome words ufmg the figure Paragoge, faying atnore for amoKy love, and this they dofor thq fake of thcrhime. is fometimes an interjedion, but then h muft be added to it, as hsy que dices ? ha what do you
It is often
when
the
ha what you will have ? it ftands likewife for an adverb, as 4/, la muger^ fee !
fay
?
hey que quieres ?
the
woman,
84
i-
The
RUD IMENTS
I.
of
Y.
The Latin i ftands for a vowel in the Spamjh lanbut when a flrong guage, and the) for aconfonant
,
afpiration
is
required in the pronunciation, already

,
then j
lerves as a confonant, as yi,
jufio^ jufl-.
When
it
the accent
is
laid
on the
as lei^
vi^ then
has a
mafculine pronunciation, and when

are four diphthongs alfo
not, a
feminine one.
There
vowel.
formed from
this
When is by itfelf in a fpeech, it is generally a conjundion copulative, and fometimes fufpenfive, as

)*
Juan
Pedro^
fly,
huyen^
y corren^
:
y pelean^
it
John
muft be obferved, that when the following word begins with f, then by Euphonia e mufl be made ufe of inllead of y, as los Efpanoles e Italidnos^ Franc efes e IngUjh^ the Spaniards and the Italian, the French and the Englifh. /or y are fometimes put inftead ofabz^ there, but as this ufe is meerly voluntary it muft be never
and Peter,
lun, and fight
Bat
ufed.
O.
This letter is alfo pronounced fometimes with a mafculine accent, as amd, he loved ; refpondio^ he anfwered. Four diphthongs are formed cf this letter, when it precedes other vowels. When the o is by itfelf in a fpeech, it is often a conjundion disjunctive, as b fdbio^ b ignorante^ a
bravo f b covarde^ ha devenir^ con migo^ Jet him be wife, or ignorant, or brave, or a coward, he muft come with me. as b maldad ! It is likewife an interjection, pain but of this we ihall b dolor ! wickednefs fpeak more largely in another place. that I were As an adverb, ^sbfi yofuera nco^
rich,
Uh
>
the
Spanish Grammar.
U.
U
cent,
is
as tu^ fu^
fometimes pronounced with a mafculine acthou, his j of it are likcwife made

after a ^,
four diphthongs.
When
its
is
joined to
or
i,
then u lofcs
pronunciation ; and thefe words, Guedeja, a lock of hair ; gum a guide, are pronounced as in th. E gliih words ot giddy, Guinea, or as in the French
words guerre, war
guerir, to cure. Jguero^ an
omen
verguenza, iliame, &c. are excepted.
When
jundlion,
it is
by
itfelf in
a fpeech,
inftead
0^
or interjedion,
then of 0,
it is
a con-
when
the
word following begins with an

obfidculo,
as ifnpedimento
impediment or
obftacle.
Of
ibe pronunciation of the Confon ants
B.
b.
THIS
after
it,
letter
is
guages, clofing the

as in the Englijh
its
pronounced as in other lanlips, and as if it had an e
word Bay,
difference,
As
to the letter ^,
and fimilitude
of pronunciation with the letter v, we muft refer the reader to the 2d chapter as to it's proper place.
C,
?,
Z.
C when
than
/,
as cedro^
before the letters e i a cedar tree ;
before the vowels ^, 0^ u, is the face ; corner^ to eat ; cuerda^ a cord or rope. When h follows the letter f, it is pronounced as in the Englifh cheefe, quefo ; child, nina ; thus are
pronounced fofter when heaven pronounced as k, as cdra^

is
cielo,
mm
chdnza^3,jt{\.
;
:
chocolate^ chocolate
chko^
little,
fmall;
tnuchoy
much
thefe
^
choro^ a choir
words excepted chariddd, charity ; Archangel^ an Archangel, &c. which

are
lo
angelus^
The
RUDIMENTS
of
are derived from the Latin charitas^ chorus^ archfor c then is pronounced as k.
Upon
it,
1
the Cedilla formed with a fmall dafh under think it convenient to obferve ; firft, that as
by a refolution newly taken by the members of the Royal Academy at Madrid^ the 9 had been only invented to fupply the defed of combination of ce^
ci,
in the three
vowels ^,
0,
Uy
in order to pro-
nounce f^, fOy fUy inftead of ca, co, cu ; and this having taken place, and with the fame foftnefs as the z ; the c is reputed at prefent as fuperfluous ; and the reafon is, becaufe f, in the opinion of feveral authors, is not a different letter from the z, but the fame differently formed, this being the reafon why many authors have ufed both promifcuoufly, for their pronunciation are very much alike in thefe words, capater^ ozapaterOy a flioe-maker cdâ^ cdza^ hunting, &c. Befides, becaufe g is not found in the mother tongues, and the 2 is further the 2; is a general letter in the beginning, middle, and ending of any word, which cannot be faid of the letter f, for which reafon, it often cannot be ufed in the middle of a word, and in the end never ; no body having written as yet almiranld^go^ admiralty halldfgOy a reward for a thing loft ; merefco^ I defer ve ; padecco^ I do fuffer ; dejlify a flipping %, light ; paf, peace ; Wherefore I am of opinion that f is velo^y fwlfr. fuperfluous in the Spanijh language, and as fuch it's ufe mufl be avoided, placing the z in it's (lead in every word where f ufed to be. But as f is found in mofl of the Spanijh authors, I think it proper to acquaint the curious, that it's pronunciation is the fame as that of c when before the vowels e i ; becaufe, as has been faid, f was indented to fupply the combination in the vowels, a^ Oy u. And tho' a certain rule might be given to keep both the f and the z in the faid language, which is, to ufe the f when a confonant precedes,
\
,
-,
-,
as alaidfjfa^sLjpriiik
enfmanâ^ inflrudion, teîching.
the
S PAN
1 b
H
a
(:i
KA
M MA R
II
vowel goes before, and in ^c. and to ufe end of words, as altsza^ highnels rhc beginnitig and zclo, zeal ; Itiz^ light, &c. but as razon^ reafon opinion is better grounded, I think it ihe foregoing iiiore right to take away the ( and to ufe the z, as
,
z when
the
modern authors do,
whom
follow.
is
pro-
nounced
as the Engliffo pronounce the
double^
d.
D has the fame found in Spanifh^ as in the Latin snd other languages. And although there are fevef ai authors who are of opinion that d is not to be pronounced when at the end of a word, yet I am of a contrary opinion, and fay that it always is to be pronounced if it is written, with this difference only, that when it ends a word, its found is fofter, laying the accent on the preceding vov/el, as amijidd^ friendfhip
5
bonddd, goodnefs,
&c.
f
F
*,
Does not differ in its found from that of the Lat'm, or of other languages but it mud be obferved, that the Spaniards never ufe ff in their writings,
be faid afterwards, and if fome do double by way of a voluntary affedlation. certain author takes notice, that the Spaniards confound / with ph^ or, to fpeak more proper, they ufe/ inflead of ph \ I don't doubt but that in every nation there are ignorant people, but thofe who are ikilled
as will
them
it is
in
Orthography ought to conform to the manner which words are written in the original.
in
G.
g. J.
X.
G is only guttural before the vowels e, f, but 7 and X are always afpired, or guttural letters in the whole combination of the vowelsj becaufe in the
fame
of fame manner is pronounced ja, je^ ji^ jo, ju, as xa, xe, &c. X is not guttural in fome words derived from the LatWj as eximir^ to exempt ; exdmen, examination, &c. as it will be faid in the 2d chapter, and
12
"The
RUD IMENTS
when
it
excitdr^ to excite
goes before a confonant, as exceder, to exceed ; excluir^ to exclude ; excrementOy ;

0,
excrement, &c.
before the vowels ^,

is
*,
is
not afpired or
pronounced as in other languages, ah gdllo, a cock golpe^ a blow ; gufto^ tafte, plea lure. that I cannot agree with fome authors, who fay, when g comes before n it is funk in the pronunciation, becaufe the men of learning in Spain generally pronounce it, as in Igridcio, Ignatius tgnordr, to be ignolo^ u known magndnimOy magnaniignorant
guttural, and
,
*,
-,
mous
magmfico, magnificent, 6cc.
H.
Jordan^ Martmanus^ Tomhique^ in his Elench. in his Latin Littleton Elem. P. II. Art. III. H, and other authors are of Didionary lett. (called by St Jerom an extenfive opinion that
vowel)
is
a letter for the following reafons.

is nothing elfe than a note of a pecuand aftngk part of a f^lldble\ h is the
i?
Firft, a Letter
liar found,
fame
therefore the
is
a letter.
Secondly, The /^ comes originally from the Hebrew and Greek tongues it was a letter with them why then fhould it not be the fame in the living lan,
guages
^c.
The
Spanifh authors place the h
among
the femi-
vowels, becaufe before and after it has a vowel in its But See the abovefaid authors. pronunciation. as the public has received the h with Prifcianus as a note of afpiration and not as a letter, we muft conis form to it whether with reafon or without it.
generally pronounced fo gently, that in many words humilde^ 1: can fcarce be perceivedj as komhre^ a man >
humble
//j^
Spanish Grammar.
when
huijfo^ a
13
is
humble
nounced
-,
but
ue follows hy then
as the Efjglijhw, biUrta^ a

\
hod or gueft
garden ; bone: like werta^ wefped^
prohuefped, an
wejfo.
bu
pronounced as in Englijh^ churchy fnuch^ Although fome authors obferve, tniicho. iglefia^ that the Spaniards very rarely ufe the b after p and /, I fay, that the Spani/Jo tongue does not allow them the liberty to do it, and thus the learned muft conform themfelves to the etymology of words, faying Tbomdsy Thomas ; Tbeologia^ Theology or Divinity ;
c is
H after
Pbilofopbia^ Philofophy.
K.
The Spaniards make ufe of this letter only in conformity to the etymology of the words derived from other languages, as Kalenddrio^ a Kalendar ; Kalendas^ Kalends, the firft day of the month, K'^rie eleifon, &c. Greek ; and in proper names of cities, towns, Uc, at Kelmoy Kenardy Kunigunday &c. Saxon.
L.
1.
BeQdes the fingle /, there is a double // in Spanifb language as in the Latin, but differently pronounced : the fingle one is pronounced as in other languages^ but the double // as in the Italian gl in the words Figli, Mogliey &c. or as the double // in Frencb in the words coquilky fille, &c. which founds as if an i was after the firfl: /, as of Have, a key ; Hover, to rain ; calldr^ to be filent, read Have, liovery calidr, L is never doubled in the end of words. It muft be obferved, that all words that have a doule / in the Latin^ are written in Spanijh with a
fingle one.
M.
is
;
pronounced
camino, a
'tis
as in other languages,
;
as
mam,
a hand
manner
mddrey mocîer, &c. in what to be doubled, or when it is to be kept

fingle
way
14
'Ibe
RU D IMENTS
we
(hall
of
ipeak
after-
fmgle in the compofition wards in chap, ^.
N.
There are two 'i in the Spanipj language, one which is common to all languages, and is pronounced alike with them ; another proper and peculiar to the SpaniJJj^ written thus ^, which is equivalent to two n ;/, and is called n con tzlde^ and is pronounced as gn in Italian and French^ or, as if it had an i after ;/, as in thefe words, dno^ a year 5 fimo^ a child ; montdna^ a mountain ; faying thus,
agno or anio^ nigno or
nmo^
&:c.
There is nothing to be obferved in the letter f^ but that its pronunciation is the fame as in LaUny zspdn^ bread ; Pedro^ Peter. Ph are ufed as /, and pronounced in the fame manner ; but that in writing / ought to be ufed for pb is an infupportable error becaufe with pb and not with / are to be written the following words, PhildfopbOy a Philofopher Phyfico^ a Phyfician ; Phjfiologza^ Philofophy, &c. The Latin p is often changed into h^ as of recipere^ recebir^ to receive , but of this we ihall fpeak here:
,
after.
V always follows this letter as

and
is
in other
languages^
pronounced
in the
as if there follows after ^, then it was a k inilead of qu^ faying quinto^ kinto^ fifths quince^ kince^ fifteen ; but when it follows ua or ue^
fame manner. is pronounced
When
ui
the u
queftion
pronounced, tho' not flrong, as quejliony a confequencia^ a confequence j qiidtro^ four, ^c. the following are excepted^ t^que^ let him touch or
is
;
ring
the
ring
;
Spanish Grammar.
15
repque, let him ring out ; Uûidoy liquid ; que^ that ; querh\ to be willing ; (luien^ who ; which are pronounced as if they were written with L
R
in it's found from the Latin and muft be obferved, that at the beginning of words it is pronounced ftronger than at the middle and end, becaufe the initial r is equal to two r r, which always are pronounced with vehemence.
differs
it
No
way
;
Englijh
but
S fimple, as well as compound, is pronounced as Latin: cmn amajfem fanôs^ como amdjfe los fanioSy when I could love the faints ; altzjffimo Dws, mod high God: from whence it may be inferred, that all the preterimperfed:s of the optative, and
in
O
in
the fuperlatives,
are written
and
accented
as
the Latin.
S in the Spanijh is doubled in words derived from the Latin^ of which wc: fhall give fufficient notice in its place, but never is doubled at the end of words ;
and when they begin

follows a confonant as
as
in
^,
the Latin with
/ to
w,
/), /,
then
\
is
which added an e^
;
from
fcholafticus fay efcholdjiico

j
fcribere^ efcrihir
;
fmaragdus^ efmerdlda
fpina^ efpma
fpiritus^ efpiritu.
This
letter is
all
pronounced
a?,
in Latin^
in the
com-
bination of
the vowels, as Tdcito^
Taô^ tenaz^
ftill or quiet, the fenfe of feeling, tenacious, in the middle of feveral words t is changed into r, and efpecially in words ending in tia and tlo^ as from
&c.
heneficentia
fay
beneficencia^
juftitia^ juftuia^
from ejjentia^ ejfencia ; &c, beneficence, efTence, jullice. There
of no double / in the Spanijh language. There is When the original words have th^ they are to be written in the fame manner in the Spanifi i as CdtbeCathdlicoy MatheOy neologta^ pronouncing dra^ the tb as a fmgle /.
i6
The
RUD IMENTS
This is a guttu"al letter. I do only obfetve here,

that
Vid. Let. G,
that all the Spanijh
words
that begin with x are Jrahick^ except the following
ftone like
come from the Greeks Xanthenia^ a precious amber in its colour Xdnto, a precious (tone
;
of a very yellow colour i Xemolo^ a fmall gift ; Xemdochio^ an hofpice, or an inn for fbrangers ; Xenon^ Xenoan habitation, a dwelling-place, a lodging ^pdrocboSy officers appointed to provide for the Ambafladors ; Xyrotheca, the cafe wherein the Barbers put their razors and fciffars Xyfioy a gallery, a a fummer-houfe, or an open place to take the air about a garden.
*,
Y.
Z.
Vid. Let.
/.
Vid. Let. C.
CHAP.
Of
the letters
II.
when
in
cotnpofuion,
TH E
only and fure rule to reduce the Caftilian language in perfedion, is to write it as it is it is by this only fpoke, and really pronounced that it is diftinguifhed, and exceeds all other languages, not excepting the Latin j I have faid the Latin^ becaufe that language joins the dipthongs, pronouncing only one letter, when they are wrote
-,
with two as CiÎum
is
pronounced Celum
but the
Cafiilian
the
Cajlellan
Spanish
its
Gramma r.
in
17
pronounces
dipthongs
fach a
man-
without lofing a letter it preferves the found of both vowels in one fy liable, as alcaide^ dire^ r/)', /(fy, buc^y Sec. this being agreeable to the lenle which the Antients gave of the word diphthong, deBiphtho)jgus eft duarujn in una jyiaha fining it thus
ner,
that
:
vocalium [onus perceptus^ a diphthong

-,
is
the diftind
for which reafound of two vowels in one fyllable fon I am of opinion, that the Antients pronounced Latin in the fame manner that the Spanijh is nowpronounced j and if it was not foreign to my prefent purpofe, I would prove clearly the time when and how the Latin pronunciation has been corrupted, and by what means the fyncrefis in the diphthongs
was introduced, but

I fhall
as this fuffices for the prefent,
proceed in my defign. In order to form the Orthography, it is neceflary to obferve the modifications by which time has fmoothed the roughnefs of words, and reduced them to the modern ftile and m.anner of difcourfe
:
But as there are many, who manage the Caftilian tongue in proportion to their genius, confounding and ufing letters together in their pronunciation, the confonants at their pleafure , to avoid fjch abufe it is proper to know.
from whence flow fuch variety Orthography are the following. Firft, the fmiilitude of the pronunciation of fome letters, whofe ufe is fo uncertain, that they are often mixed, and by the meer pronunciation it is difficult to dillinguifh their proper ufe fuch are the B and ^confonant, the C and the Z in the proper combinations, and in thofe of the C, in the two vowels e and i, the G, J, and X'm the two vowels ^, /, the C and the J and Xin their entire combinations the ^, and the G and //, in the combinations where the u interpofes. Secondly, the ufe of the double confonants, which are commonly found in
That
the fprings
and confufion
in the
compound words,
as
accejfihy
immortal, annotdr^
arregldr^
i8
The
RUD IMENTS
of
Thirdly, the ufe of many confonanrs which come together in various words, as aj/umpto, fanîddd^ demofijlracion^ redempcioriy This being luppofed. dec. 1 iiiy, firfb, that the B ought not to be pronounced and written inftead of the /^, nor the F be confounded with the B ; fince every one knows that they are different letters, and therefore it is abfolutely neceflary that their found fhould be likewife different. To furmount this difficulty, regard muft be had to the original from whence proceed the words in which thefe letters are found, becaufe if they are derived from a word written with a B, as
arregldr^ {îjfimuldr,8zc.
Bacillus^
Beatus,
Boieficiumy
hihere^
honus^
&c.
they muft be written with a B ; and if from a word written with a F, they muft be wrote fo ; as Vdcuo^ valer, vdno^ vapor ^ vender^ venzr^ vzda,
&c. which are derived from the Latin vacuus, vakre^ vapor^ vendere^ vemre, vita.
For which reafon
indicative
hldba,
all
mood muft
is
the preterimperfeds of the be wrote with B, and not

cantdba^
with F, as
ufual,
faying, a?ndba,
ha-
ordba^
becaufe they
come from
the
Latin
amaharn, cantaham^ loquehar, oraham. It muft be obferved likewife, that when in the original of a word there is a P, then the B muft be ufed and not the V^ becaufe from caput, conciperCy
lupus, fapiens,
&c.
comes
caheza, concehzr,
Idbo^ fdbio.
Before the letters L and R, the B muft always be put and not the V, faying amdhle, ddble, ddble, hdblar, abrzr, hrdvo, Hombre, Pobre,
Therefore that barbarous diftindtion ought to be avoided which ignorance has introduced, viz. that there muft not be two B B's or two V Vs in one word ; becaufe, if they are in the root they ought to be ufed, as in Bdrba, Beber, Barbara,
vivaciddd,
vivzr, vivisnte, volver,
&c.
And
the
Spanish Grammar.
the original of words
is
19
I
And when
doubtful,
am
and not the being more agreeable to our manner of Jpeaking than that ot the
of opinion that
to ufe the 5,
firil
we ought
V\ the pronunciation of the
fecond.
I
fay,
2d]y,
that
the
(^
caUeji
cedilla ^
is
now
fuperfluous in the Spamjh tongue, and therefore the
ought to be ufed
in its
Head,
i.
.in all
words what-
foever, as was faid in chap.
Lett. C.
But it ought to be taken notice of, that the words ending in Z which are derived from the Lali;/^ ought to change the Z into C in the plural, becaufe and thus fellz, luz^ it is fo found in the original, pdZy vez, vdz^ make m the plural felkes, luces
pdces^ vcces^ voces.
Hitherto has been written bazer^ de^tr^ but being derived from facere and dicere, now the Z is changed into C, conformable to the original, and now we fay hacer^ decir^ obferving
thefe verbs
the fame rule in

I
all
their derivatives.
fiy,
e
3dly, that
the
tives
and f, it ought to be ufed only and derivatives, fuch are afligzr^

proteger^
elige,
being guttural only before in the primicoger^ colegir^

ajllge^
eleiir^
regzr,
cC.
writing
coge^
colige,
protege,
rige,
without being extended

,v.
to the derivatives
of j and
When
into ^ or
the infinitives in ger or gzr change er or ir

as in the prefent,
then the
is
changed
infinitive
intoj, that the true pronunciation of the
may be preferved ; and thus from Ji^^gzr fay/%"^, pnja^ from Regir, Rijo^ Rzja, &c. All v/ords which in their original have g, /, or /, are written with j and not with x, as from longe iay from tegula, teja jaânlia, Ujos from âgus^ Tdjo
-,
-,
ja6idncia\ jafpis, jdfpe

cia
,
jurare.jiirdr
confiliumy
jiijlitia,
;
jujiiFilius^
juvenis, joven
;
from
confejo
all the combination of the vowels and when the infinitives end in jar, the j muft be kept in all the tenfes without exception. In C 2
Htjo
mdior, mejor, in
,
20
ne
RUDIMENTS
in their
of
In thefe
words Mageft dd^
common
of the j.
If
ufe has prevailed in
Muger^ 'Trdge^ &c. keeping the^ inftead

original, as
the
words have x
êxer^
excmplo^ execucwn^
ferplexo^ vexzga^
&c.
it
would
appear ridiculous td'write them with j, and not with X ; and it mud beiikewife obferved, that when the v/ords have the lettêr / in their original, as cdxa^ dexdr^ xabon^ xcme^- xtigo^ &c. derived from capfa, deferere^ fapo^ femipes^ fucciis^ are to be written and the reafon of it always with x and not with j /has the found fomewhat like the x^ is, becaufe the and as the Spaniards do take the guttural pronunciation from the Arabians^ and they pronounce the double ff as x^ it cannot be abfurd to change /
,
into X.
Nouns ending in x, as Box^ BaJdx^ Relax, &c. keep the x in the plural ; as well as all the verbs, which have x in the infinitive mood are to keep it in all the tenfes, as from haxdf\ dexdr, &c. fay hdxo^ haxdba, Baxe, &c. iîs frequently in vulgar writings changed into C, but the true rule is to be guided by the original Latin : otherwife the derivation is obfcured, and the pronunciation corrupted ; from C are formed qudl^ queand from ciidjo, cuenla, cuerda, &c.
Jlion,
It
qudlro, &:c.
is
an impropriety, that many fali -nto of ufing and v conlbnants but vowels inftead of this irregularity is cautioufly avoided by all corredl writers, and exploded by the Spanift) Academy ; having eftablifhed the letter to be always a confonant in the Sp^nifj words, and the accent is always laid on the annexed vowel, as a'ûda, help ; ajuno^ a fift ; arrojo, a rivulet, or a brook. It muft be likewife avoided to put the y immediately before or after a confcnant, or at the end of a verb or word, u and
i
31
:
)'
except the following L/y,
i^/)',
Buq^
Sec,
The
the
Spanish G r a m m a r.
y,
;y
The
valent,
Spaniards^ to retain the fofcnefs of the found
for want (A an exa6l equiconfonant, as in adjuvare^ jejunare^ jacere, which the Spaniards make a)uddr^ ayundr^ yacer : and in conformity to the Greek, in words borrowed from that language, they preferve 'aJu^.@->, UupTvo. it as a vowel, ^vuCokov, Mus-Heô!',
of the Lalin confonant
change
it
into
Symbolo,
arguye,
M\Jlerio,
in the third
I
dzymo. Martyr. So likewife conjugation of verbs, as arguyo, arguyes^
thus
arguia,
the
I
on the fame is
argut,
i^c. but in the imperfed Hiy &c. the accent being to be put vowels and never on confonants, the
difpute,
firft
perfon
of the
the
\
preterpe6l,
as
difputed,
doi^
^c.
I
Spaniards
eftoi,
I
likewife
,
fay
at
prefent,
give
am
holy
to day,
^c.
CHAP.
Of
III.
the ufe of letters doubled.

to
Eand O are often doubled in Spanifh,

dor^
come
the
nearer to the radical pronunciation, as Acree-
which both it is on the contrary, wrong in fome, who fuperfluoufly add e in words derived from the Latin, as in Fee, Veer,
Creer^
Leer,
Cooterdr,
Loor
in
the vowels are pronounced difl:in6lly.
And
inftead of Fe,
Ver.
As
to confonants,
the variety
is
great,
but to
avoid all affedlation, and fpeak properly it is to be obferved, that C is never to be doubled before the vowels A, 0, U, or before confonants, and we therefore write Acaecer, Acomoddr, Ocdfo, Ocafion, Acufdr, Acumuldr, Aclamdr, &c. But before the vowels E and /, C is doubled in fuch words as are derived from the Latin, and had them originally,
as
Accelerdr^
Accejfo,
Accento,
Occidente,
except the following words
Aceptdr and Suceder^ becaufc
22
"The
RUDIMENTS
of
becaufe alcho' in their original they have two c <:, they are not fpecified in the pronunciation by jhe
Spaniards.
Latin words terminating in cfio^ change the / into C, as Accion^ Coccion^ Diccion^ Leccion^ Produccion,
And if either of thefe two Cs were omitted, the derivation would be the lefs evident. not A^ is always to be made ufc of before B^ Af, P, as Ainhientc^ ifnmorldl^ imperio.
Mand
Words compounded of the Latin prepofitions In and Co^, follow tht Latin rule of turning In into /w, and Con into Co7n^ as Immaculddo^ htimedidtOy Immemorial^ Immortal^ Sec. Commenfurdr, Commover^ Commutdr^ Sec, In all which words the is doubled, tho' in feveral other common words one is loft, as Comer cio^ Comun., comunion^ dec. Some change Im into Em, as Emmafcarddoy emmagrecer^ Emmudecer^ &c. A^ is likewife doubled in feveral words compounded with An^ En, In, Con, as Annexion^ Annotdr, Connatural, Connexion, Ennegrecer.^ Ennohlecer, Inndto, Innocente, Innovdr, Sec except
j^ntildr^
Anuncidr,
letter
Antllo,
Sec.
in
The
is
doubled
the
words
that
have
a flrong pronunciation in the middle ; as Abdrro, Borra, Error, Guerra, Psrro, Sec. Thofe words
that have one r in the middle are
as dra, an altar
is
;
pronounced
h'a, wrath.
foftly,
arena, fand
There
no word
in
the Spanijh
ends with two r r, ftrong found, as ri^?^, rage
language that begins or but the initial R has always a

;
razdn, rt^fon
mufl:
-,
recfor^
be obferved, that when any confonant precedes the R, then R is never doubled, and it would look but barbarous to write thefe words with two r r, hdnra^ honour ; honrSfo^ honourable \ enriquecer, to grow rich, &. becaufe the preceding confonant makes the pronunciation ftrong, fo that the r is only to be doubled when betv/een two vowels, as tierray earth j errdr^ an error. S is
redor
renir, to quarrel, i^c.
it
'
the
Spanish Grammar.
,
23
,
words that have twojf in their original, as ajfdr, to road ; c^^Jfar, to ceafe necejjiddd^ necefTiry j the lame is effencia, elTence
S
is
to be doubled in the
to be obfcrved in the lecond preterimperfed of the
fubjundlive
Tidjjey
I
moo J,
as amaffe^
;
might teach
huvujfe^
might love enfiin I might have

,
all
the
fuperlatives, as
amanltjpmo^ mofl: loving

*,
doîjjimo^ mod moft holy, mod happy learned ; and in adverbs fuperlatives, as doBiJJimafo are the words acccjfo^ accefs ; ??iente, wifely , progrejfo^ procxcejjo^ excefs corigrejffo, congrefs grefs i and all the compounds of fimple words that comes to jump, begin with /i as of faltdr^ ajfaltdr^ to afiault ; of fenlzr^ to be lenfible, or to comes a'entir^ to alTcnt, of fdjlo^ fright, feel,
heaiijjimo^
,
*,
comes
ajfuftdr^
/
/,
to frighten.
which in Spani/h have a peculiar pronunciation, are doubled before the vowels a^ e^ 0^ ?/, v^hen in Latin r, /, p, &c. precedes /, as lldno^
plain
;
The two
lldnto^
*,
crying, grief
full
j
Udve^
,
key
lldmay
;
flame
lleno^
;
ilordr,
to cry
llover\
to rain
lldvia, rain
as
it
will be faid at large in the treating
of the formation
Latin^
which
will
of the Spanifi words from the be put at the end of this
Grammar.
The
faid confonants only are to be
doubled
in
the
Spanijh tongue,
becaufe no body
'j^j.
now pronounces
two bb^ two d d^ two//, two gg^ two Latin //, two p /?, two / /, nor double This is the method newly taken of the Royal Academy of Madrid, and this is that which the modern authors
follow.
CHAP.
24
"I^be
RUDIMENTS
CHAP.
IV.
of
Of
the rules that are to he ohferved upon the concur-
rence of divers confonants,
FROM
are
two
to four are the confonants,
which
occur together between two vowels,
of which
there is fome diverfity in writing, which varies from the manner in which they are pronounced, and
B S T, B S T R C T, C ^R MFC, MPT^, NCT, NSC, NSCR, NSP, NS^, NSTR; SC', XC, XCL, XPL, XPR, Z^, XT, XT R to underftand which obfervc the follow-,
ing
rules.
Rule I. The letters 5 5 T* and are to be pronounced in all the words in which they occur,
according to their original,
abflinencta, abftinence
,
BSTR
-,
as ahftener^
to abftain
ohfldculo^ obftacle
fuhfliiutr,
;
to fubditute
flrdilo,
ahfiraher^
;
to
make
an abftrad
all
ah-
an abflrad
becaufe they are
diftindlly
pronounced in the Spaniflj, Rule II. CT, and C T R, are alfo to be pronounced and written as in the original, as doclo^
Jearned
rina,
;
do5f6r,
;
dodor
reElo,
right
doc-
dodlrine
-pleUro^
quill,
ufed
to
play upon the firings of a harp \ and this without any exception, otherwife it would appear an
affe6tation.
PC Rule III. In the words in which concur the letter P is loft, becaufe it is not really and pronounced in ajfumpcion^ aflumption j exempcion^ exemption \ redempcion^ rcdempior^ promptitude &c. fo that they are to be written thus ajfumcion, &c. I cannot pafs over an obfervation which occurs to nie here, and is that the gentleman of the Academy change into iV, being of opinion that the faid words are to pronounced thus ajfuncion, redencion : for which refolution I cannot fee nor find any other
MPT
MP
foundation.
the
Spanish Grammar.
25
foundation, than the mere afFe6tation of pronouncing (an abufe which I obferved when at Ma3,s
M N
drid) confounding in it not only the Spanijh but I fay, even the pronunciation of the Latin tongue that I obferved many to 'pronounce the words of hoc eft emm corpus meun^ Tranfubftantiation thus difl:in6lion and clearnefs, hoc inftead of faying with I can't but be much furprifed eft enim corpus meum. academic body, and fuch as that of the that an Royal Academy of Madrid compofed of perfons of fuch learning and eminency, had taken no notice the proof the like abufe, and to give to the nunciation as they ought in the combination of all the vowels, there being no reafon to make the
:
:
lead alteration
in
it.
Rule IV.
all
When n^
are
c
is
the letters
often
writing, but the

in
occur together in Latin^ preferved in Spanijh in hardly, if at all pronounced

fan5iidddy
difizn5fo^
fpeaking, as [dn5lo^
punô^
&c. write
NSC
fdntOy fantiddd^ &:c.
the
in
S C R are to be pronounced in and words where they are found, as tranfcendentdl^

infcripto,
confcripto^
this
word
confciencia
excepted,
which the /is not Kl S P and S
fpecified.
are retained in
the Spanijh^
as confpiracidn, tranfparente^ tranfpoficion^ tranfportdr^
tranfplantdr^
tucidn,
conftdr,
conftdncia^
Sec.
the ufe of the letters
NS TR
conftitucion^
infti^
muft be
kept
in the
words
conftrenir^
conftruir^
inftruir^
conftru^cion^
tnftruccion^
demonftrdhle^
demonftracion^
menftruo^ monftruo, &c.
which otherwife happens in moftrdr^ moftrador, moftrmco^ and their derivations in which n is omitted. iV. B. It is to be obferved by the by, that the n is loft in thefe words Traftedr^ Trajladdr^ Trajlddo^
'Trafluch\
'Trafnochdr^ 'Trafpalar^
^^^fpdjjo^ Traftro:
car,
but is prelerved in the following Tr^wj/^w, Transfiguracion^ 2 I'ranfgrejfm^
for
the reafon of being fo admitted
^6
"The
RUDIMENTS
Tranjlacion^
of
Trafgrejfioriy
Tranfmigracioriy Tranfmuldr^
*Transformdr^ ^ranfuhftanciacion^ franfuerfdl.
Rule V.
follows them,
efcoria^
The two
confonants
efcdma^
:
are
to
be
retained in thofe words, in

as efcdla^
which the vowels ^ or

efcota^
efcuela^
Pefcddo^
ciencia^
Pefcuezo
in
not pronounced
conciencia^
and although the / is the words apacentdr^ adolecer^

crecer^
florecer^
conocer^
pacer^
afcen-
yet
it
is
retained in afcender^
condefcender,
afcendencia^
dentCy
adolefcencia^
defcender^ defcemr^
difciplinay
difci-
aquiefcencia,
difceptacion^
difcermr^
puloy
mifceldnea.
Rule VI.
excelfoy
to be pronounced
cufdr^
between two vowels, are they are fo in the original, as excidioy excommunion^ excufa^ exexcelente^ &c. without exception. The like is to be
if
XCy when
obferved
as
in
exilamdry
after
the concurrence of excluh, excrementOy

/>/,
XC L
&c.
or
/
and
XC Ry
expri-
as likewife
when
cia^
x follow p alone,
explandr^
laflly,
//r,
as experien-
expoftciofjy
explicdry
explordr^
mir.
And
is
original
q to be attended to, as exquifttOy extender^

;
when
or
follow x their
extertoriddd, extinguir
extraher^ extremo, extrangcro^
extraordindrioy &c.
CHAP.
Of
V.
the Dipbthongs.
TH
concurrence of two vowels, which compofe but one fyllable, is fo frequent in the Spanijh tongue, that the like is hardly to be found For tho' the vowels are but five, yet in any other.
they admit twenty combinations
i
to
which Anthony
de
^/:?^
Spanish Grammar.
in his treatife of the Spanijh
,
27
de Nehrixa^
Orthography^
gives the
the
Voter a^ Sandoval^ on name of diphthongs Rudiments of the Grammar^ and feveral other
authors are of the fame opinion, tho* Renfigo in his poetical treati% attributes the joining of the two
one fyllable to the figure Synerefis. But in the 2d chapter, a diphthong is a perceptible found of the two vowels in one fyllable^ and as in the following examples, the combination of the vowels make only one fyllable in the Spanijh tongue, they are admitted as diphthongs, and both vowels pronounced with fome diftinftion, and a perceptible
in
vowels
as
it
is
faid
found, viz.
In ae^ as acaecimiento^ accident
*,
albalaes^
a fort
of
bills
of the court of juftice.

as
dire^
In
caftle.
ai^
air
alcalde^
governor of a
In ao^ as chaos^ a. confufion ; daos, do ye give, or give ye. In aUy as caufa, caufe ; cautela^ caution. In ea^ as beatitude bleflednefs, holinefs ; fea from
fer^
to be,
ei
pref optative.
<?)-,
In
//},
or
as peine ^
rey^
comb
reino^
kingdom
the law
eOy
king.
,
In
as
Geometrza^ Geometry
heodez, drun-
ken nefs.
In eu, as deuda^ a debt ; feu do, a fief. In ia, as liadiira^ a binding fufta or fuzia^ a
,
foul dirty thing.
In
f<f,
as Cielo,
Heaven
a city
miedo, fear.
foul
;
In In
io,
^sfufio^
adj. dirty,
;
dio,
he gave.
iu,
as ciuddd^
viudo, a widower.
In oa^ as loa^ praife ; lodble, praife-worthy. In oi, as doi^ I give i hoi, this day
I
foi^
am.
In oe, as heroe, an hero ; roedura, a gnawing. In ou, as Coutino, the firname of a family, or a fhed in a park , Moura, a town, or a firname of a
family.
In
28
cheefc.
"the
RUD I M^NrS
which
j
of
In ua^
as qûdl^
cudjoy
rennet to
make
In ue^ as hueno^ good ; fuego^ fire. cuxdddo^ care. /, as huitre^ a vulture In 2/^, as dguOy I water, or mix water to wine, ^c. mutuoy mutual.
In
But it muft be obferved, that not always the two vowels tho' joined together compofe one fyllable becaufe when the accent is put on or a diphthong the laft, then they form two vowels, cde^ hdiy rde, miituo are monofyllables, and the fame vowels in caer^ ot, raer^ muiuo make two fyllables. It muft be noted alfo, that in the concurrence of thofe vowels, the i is always the Latin one, and not and fo it would be a notorious error to make ufe 31 ; of the ^ in thefe words, writing i_yr^, huytre^ re^no^
:
toyforty
when they are to be written thus dire^ hntrey becaufe the i does not ftrike as the 31 on another vowel except from this rule all the nouns terminated in y which in plural is made confonant,
&c.
:
reyeSy leyes^ hueyes.
Of
'Triphthongs.
A
In
cUiSy
Triphthong
viz.
is the founding of three vowels put together in one fyllable, and are five in
Spanijhy
In iaiy as deczais^ ye did fay s heVzaiSy ye were drinking. In iaoy as aviaos^ make ye ready ; preciaos^ let
ye be valued.
ieiy
as enviczeis, that
you may corrupt
fenten-
that
you may give
fentence.
;
In uaiy as
guaiy alafs.
aguais^ ye put water into the liquor
In
ueiy
as jugueiSy that
ye
may
play
bueitr^ for
buitre^
a vulture.
There
/y&^
Spanish Grammar.
i
29
There
thong of
are
iue^
fome authors who add another diph-
but in this they mud be deceived, or in the nouns where iue is found, are confonants, as Arroyueloy a little brook \ vive^
becaufe the
live thou.
CHAP.
Of
the Accents^
VI.
&c.
ACCENTS two
there are
are tones in fpeaking, of which forts in Spanijhy the Grave and
which defcends obliquely from \ and is only ufed in the Sfanijh language on the four vowels ^, e^ 0, u^ when each is feparate, and makes a perfed fenfe by itfelf. Acute is that which defcends from the right to the lefc thus ", and ferves to prolong, make acute and ftrong the pronunciation, as arnes^ armour 5 amo^ he loved ; amard^ he will love ; and it is alfo ufed to denote the quantity of the
Acute,
Grave
is
that
the
left
to the right thus
fyllable.
But the moft common ufe of the acute is to fhew upon what fyllable the ftrength of the pronunciation lies, for fome words quite alter their fignification
according to the placing of the accent ; as cdntara^ a fort of meafure or pitcher ; cantdra, I would fmg ; cantard^ he will fing ; Ubro^ a book ; librd^ he delivered, difcharged, or gave a bill. When two or three confonants follow a vowel, there is no necefTicy to mark the accent upon it, their pronunciation being long by nature the words whofe con:
fonants are
mute or
\
liquid are excepted, as drhitroj
an arbitrator
cdthedra^ a chair in
which a profefTor
teaches
30
"The
RU D IMENTS
-,
of
teaches any fcience
mournful ; the fame is to be obferved in the words called efdruxulos^ dadtyles ; as dguila, an eagle ; mufica, mufick \ mdximo, greateft ; which have the accent in the antepenultima. From whence is inferred, how er* roneous is the opinion of thofe who make ufe of the Grave accent inflead of the Acute, without underfland^ ing the fenfe of thefe words hecaufe the accent Grave never makes a fy liable long, but deprejfes and moderates
luguhre,
-,
the pronunciation.
To clear thefe things, and that it may be known where the accent might be laid on the Spanijh words,
I infert here the following rules.
RULE
have
their accent
I.
All Spanifh words are derived from the Latin^
on the fame
fyllable as in
the
Latin words, when in the ablative cafe of the Anas I intend to fay hereafter, the Spanifh words are formed from the ablative fingular of the Latin words) except when they retain the
gular, (becaufe,
Latin nominative,
Latin.
2.%fenix,
regimen^ fdl, &:c. viz.
Spanifli.
Englifl?
Aquila,
Amicus,
the
iijfimo-ma,
Spanish Grammar.
mod
loved
*,
31
chafte
cafltj/imo-ma^
mod
heattjfmo-ma^ moft holy, fire, add to thefe znfimo^ loweft, meaneft, zntimo^ intimate ; mdximo, greatmznimOy the leaft ; optimo^ beft 5 proximo^ eft ;
neareft neighbour
;
ultimo^
utmoft,
laft,
Csff.
Rule
II.
Of
the
penuUima
fyllable.
which denote fome mind, place, or an aggregation of feveral things, have their accent on the penultima, as
AL L
words ending
in /^,
office,
quality, paffions of
Jlcaldzay the office of a
Hofpederza^
place
to
In,
magiftrate.
entertain ftrangers
Alegria^ mirth,
Clericta^
^r.
Panaderzay
fhop.
a
baker'sbet-
the clergy.
Efpecerza^ a grocer's fhop.
Enfermerza^
an
apart-
Mejona^
ter.
growing
ment
for the fick.
Lihrerza, a library.
Menorza^ minority.
Senorza^
Herrerza^ afmith's-fhop.
lord (hip.
Of
this
kind are the words that have any of thefe

^,
Cy
vowels
0^
u,
before another vowel
in the
penultima, as
Alhacea^ an executor of a
will.
Grangeijy gain, purchafe,
Aldea^
a village.
the flight
Livreay livery.
Bilbao^ Bilboa.
Loa^ of a
praife.
BoUoy
ball.
Pzca, a foldier's pike, or

a fifh fo called.
Regodeoy
Correa^ a leather ftrap. CorreOy a poft-mail.

Floreo^ a flourifh.
merry-making.
Except
32
Except
1'he
RUD IMENTS
,
-,
of
frdmea, a dart ; fordneo^ belonging to the court of judicature idoneo, apt ; morporeo, incorporeal ; monftruo, a monfter, ^c. which have the accent in antepenultima. To this rule belong, all the words which carry the diphthongs in the penultima, as Amdine^ let him ftrike fail ; hdiUy a ball, ndipes^ playing cards ; apldufo^ applaufe, l^c, without
exception.
area, an area
The
as afnico,
diminutives do likewife belong to this rule, afmllo, a little afs j honuoy honUoy fome-
what pretty, ^c.

Rule
III.
Of
the laft fyll.ihk.
AL L
thofe in
B.
dfpid,
nouns ending in d, f, have their accent on the

*,
/,
ft,
r, /,
x, z,
laft
fyllable,
as
Abdd, an Abbot
an afp
;
helddd,
beauty
except
huefped, an hoft, a landlord.
Alheli, I. a locacty clove -gilliflower-violet, luckram, &c. except cdft, almoft. L. animdl, caracol, a fnail general, except i^f/, nimble, aiflive ; angel, angel \ apdjlol, apoftle, cdnful,
-y
conful
fdcil,
eafy
defkil,
difficult,
;
^'c.
N. Afdn,
labour,
,
wearinefs
almidon,
ftarch
except crimen, crime exdmen, examination ; imdgeny or den ^ an image , jdven, youth ; mdrgen, margin order ; and other Latin words. R. Amor, love j muger, a woman ; except actbar, almzbar, fugar, aloes ; alcazar, a caftle, palace
, -,
boiled to a confiftence , dnfar, S. Ambargris, ambergreefe
a goofe,
;
^c,
annifeed
;
anzs,
;
except antes,
rather
dries,
fhrubs
agdtas,
on
all
four like a cat ; a fabiendas, knowingly, defignedly J de bruces, with the mouth downwards ; entofjcesj
then,
^c.
X. AlmdraduSj
the
Spanish Grammar.
the fweet
33
a
X.
Jlmoradiix^
marjoram
haldx^
precious ftone, i^c. without exception.
Z. Arcaduz^ aquedudl
Alborr,6z^ a fort of
i^c.
upper
garment ufed by the Moors, an enfiofn, &c.

Jaft fyllable,
except Aljirez^
All adverbs of place have their accent on the as adU hither ; acui/d, yonder 5 alldj
;
there ; do\ where j ado, to what from whence ; aquJ^ here, ^c. and albald^ a fort of writing ^ the following words Alcalde a name of a city in Spain^ &c. As the accent will be put upon the verb through all their tenfes and moods, according to
thither
allz^
place
dedd,
order in the coniufâtions, fpeak of them here.
it
will
be
needlels to
G
Of
the
H A
P.
VII.
manner of Pointing,
want of dillindions in claufes makes writing very imperftd, and to put them ia an improper place, caufcs fuch equivocation in thd
is not underdood, or ac confounded. For v/hich reafon, and for the proper divifion of v/ords, and claufes of periods and fpeeches mult be known, that there are it eight figns, notes, or particles, ufed to this pur-
TH E
is
fenfe,
that this fenfe either
lead
pofe.
I.
Comma,
fuhdiftinofion,
,
encife,
or a flroke
and fo called to denote the half ( fufpenfion, or paufe, which denotes the expeclatioR of fomething elfe to follow it ferves likewife di)
,
formed thus
diftinctly
54
I'ke
RUDIMENTS
leparate
of
one claufe from another, as Feliciddd es de un Reino tmer un Prhicipe fdbio, que ahrdze lo hueno^ y evzte lo 7ndlo^ haciendo juftzcia a todos^ it is a happinefs to a kingdom to have a wife Prince, that embraces the good, and fhuns evil, doing juftice to every body. full ftop formed thus ( ) ferves to denote, 2. that the period is quite formed, and that the fpeech ?iS nddie fe alabe, hajlaque is pertedly concluded: acdbe. Let no body praife himfelf, till he gets what Alhrzcias mddre^ qiie pregonan a mi he is about. pddre^ give me fomething mother for my good news, for they are crying my father ^ faid of people that miftake good news for bad, or rejoice in
diftindly to
other's misfortunes.
3.
Comma and
a point thus (
formed
(called
by
is
the Greeks an imperfedt Colon, or SemicolonJ
ufed to denote the implication and contradidtion of things in the fpeech, or that they differ, as
Pddres fon dzgnos de reverencia ; Pero Dios de Fathers deferve a reverence or refped Pedro es fahio ; pero fu foberhia worfhip. but God but his pride Peter is a wife man le defake. diflionours him. 4. I'wo points (called by the Greeks a perfed Colon) marked thus ( ) ferve to denote that the fenfe is not perfectly exprefled in the fpeech, and that
los
adoracion^
-,
there
is
fomething wanting to perfect

es
it
as no hacer
es
7nal alguno
jtijlzcia,
innocencia
evil
'
no hacer mat a Stro
to
do no
:
is
innocence
wrong no body.
por advertencia
La
injuria fi es
but juftice to verddd^ tomala

credito,
:
ft es
raentzra^
por
the in-
if falfe, for jury if it is true, take it as a warning reputation and credit. 5. Note of Interrogation formed thus {} ) denotes that fomething is afl<ed or queftioned : as
a donde vds ? where you are going ? ^c, note of Admiration thus ( 6. ) exprefs the affedion of mind and furprife caufed by a fudden *
news
the
Spanish Grammar.
:
35
Cieloi
!
news or confideracion of fomcthing
as
Heaven
!
hondad divina
times
!
!
o tiempos
hres I
cuftoms
O divine goodnefs cojiumO vices depravddos figlos O corrupted

!
vicios
age!
7.
A Parenthefis thusf
:
ferves to feparate a claufe,
a perfeft fenfe, without which the Ipeech may be more plain, and to avoid to the end that it as el miniftro fdhio (que juntamente es dsfinconfufion
terezddo)
es
may have
digno
de tdda alabanza^ a wife minifter

is
(who
8.
is
altogether difinterefted)
"
:
worthy of every
body's praife.
Dierefis thus
C
j
is
by
the Printers
Crema, and
fignifies a
Greek word fcalled fevering or
and ferves to feparate two vowels which might be joined in one fyllable, and to note thac both are to be pronounced plainly and with diftinction. Anciently this m.ark was put upon the u^ and i vowels, when before another vowel becaufe there was no difference made in writing between the and u^ to fhew when they ought to be vowels and when confonants now this divifion is to be put on the u : as eloquent e^ eloquent j /rf quencia, frequency. And this only in the words where u is pronounced plainly and openly fo than there is no need of a Dierefis in thtk guerra, war ;
divifionj
; i ; ;
gU2a, guide
fifteen.
gutnda, a comaTion cherry
quince^
To
thefe
figured thus
add the note of Divifion or (Iroke ( - ) which is put at the end of a line,
divided or cut, that it maybe is not finifhed : as in thefe ("carefully dividing each fyllable as children in fpelling) d^nimo^ dni-mo^ courage, mind ; it cannot be divided thus : dn-imo^ nor thus anim-o : in the words whre two //, rr^ Sec. are found, then the ftrft confonant is pronounced with the preceding vowel, and the fecond îth the following, and fo accidente^ acciden: ; and
when the word known that it is
hnijfuno^
36
I'he
RUD I MENTS
bed,
the
of
boniJTnno^ the
mod
pretty or better are
to be divided thus ac-cidente or acciden-te^ honif-fimo, Apoflrophe is a ftroke put over fome letters to
denote that another

is left
letter,
out, and
loft
which ought to be there, by the figure S-jualephe of the
following vowel ; as dêl of him, del'dgua, of quêra^ which was ; s'omlte^ it is omitted. water Which manner is much ufed in the Englijh^ and French languages ; and tho' in old Spanifh books it is often obferved, yet common ufe has left language, as an inlignificant it off in the SpaniJJj fo that by joining thing, which often confounds the letters are fingle words formed, faying del^ ejjoiro^ the other or writing efiotroy this other ,
-,
*,
,
the two ^^ or ^^ for better intelligence, thus de otro^ ejle clrOy que era, fe ofende, &c. e^ffe
el,
Of
the ufe of capital letters.
WITH
final
capital letters are to begin
any wri-
ting, paragraph,
point ; all provinces, kingdoms, diftridls, cities, towns, villages, mountains, rivers, fountains, i^c. as the firnames, renowns of authority or fame ; thofe of
fons,
period, or fpeech, after a the proper names, as well of per-
dignities,
titles,
honourable
employments,
and
other names of diftindion, as King, Prince, i^c and altho' capital letters fhould be ufed at the beginning of each verfe ; yet the Spaniards are not exad: in this point, for thev only begin the verfes of
their heroic
and grand Poems with capital being carelefs in other fpeciei of poetry.
letters,
PART
the
Spanish Grammar.
37
PART
0/
ly
II.
E TYMOLOGY.
is
GREAT
or
:
dead
the difference between the mothertongues, and the modern or
becaufe what the firfl of its firmnefs or {lability will not allow the liberty of inventing or changing a word, cafe, nor tenfe, without the the rifle of committing a barbarifm or fokcifm ;
living ones
latter,
is
nourifhed, either
being in the arbitrary power of the living, by adding fome words, per-
feding thofe in ufe, or forgetting thofe which in it's I'o this was likewife fluttering age were ufed. fubjed the LAtin tongue, till it was cultivated by Cicero^ Plautus^ Virgil^ &c. it fprang up in time of Janus and Saturms^ in whofe language the priefts of Mars wrote thofe verfes called by their
SaUi^ which are kept in reverence or refpcd: of the age, which fhews the unpolifhed infancy of that language increafed in time of Latius^ it from whence was derived the Latin, when the and was twelve law tables were written in Latin Romans : but as perfedl in the fiourifhing age of the foon as their empire finifhed, the language fell with it, degenerating in fuch a manner, that at prefent is looked on as half corrupted, there being fo many barbarifms in its Latinity. For which like reafon, many are the words which
:
-,
name
Ufe has introduced in the Spani/h language, whofe root has no other trench than the good pleafure of men ; and other words are fo much degenerated from their original, that almofl
the tyrant
their birth as defahucidr^ to defert (is called Phyfician's verb, and is only ufed to exprefs when
(^,itn:/
:
maa
38 a man
to
"The
is
RUDIMENTS
of
given over by the Phyficians) from the Latin fiducia, but has quite oppofite fenfe , lavdr,
from lodo, mud, mire, or dirt. have been the authors v^ho treated on Etymologies, but who treated with better order and method was Sc Ifidore^ a Spaniard, whofe
wafh
',
Many
rules has followed the

in their
Royal Academy
at
Madrid
;
new
I
didlionary of the Spanijh language

Cas a part of the
to
which
refer the curious.
Etymology
Grammar)
denotes
and fhews the way to find out the cafes of nouns, their regularity and irregularity, tenfcs of verbs, fome authors and the variety of parts in a fpeech ^he knowledge and difcre-^ define Etymology thus And to tion of the parts and particles of a fpeech. pro'-ced to particulars, we think it proper to be*,
gin with
CHAP.
Of the
eight parts
I.
offpeech^ and
efpecially
of Nouns,
Spanifh as well as in Latin, there are eight
parts of fpeech.
"1 '^ r Adverb, Pronoun, Ceclin'd. )j"J"f^'"'>undecUn',d ^Prepofition, C { Verb,
Noun,
Participle.
J
Of
Clnterjedlion^
!1)
a Noun.
as mdno^
Noun
which fignifies is a part of fpeech, a thing without any reference to time, iSc,
a hand
5
cdfa^ a houfe.
Nouns
/y6^
S p
AN
I s
Grammar.
fubllantives
39
Nouns
jedlives.
are
divided
is
into
that
and adic
A noun
felf,
fubftantive
horfe,
which can {land by

as
without an
2l
adjedlive,
homhre^
man
ftand by
^c. whereas the adjective cannot as being of no value without the hriSfo addition of the fubftantive, as hueno^ good
cahdllo^
it
felf,
metttlefome,^^. givenoperfe(fl notion of themfelves, but are explained by being conjoined to the fubftantives, as homhre lueno^ a good man \ cabdllo
hriofo^
a m.cttlefome horfe.
fubftantives are divided into proper
Nouns
names
proper names are fuch as fignify certain determinate things, as Judn^ John ; Roma, Ronie. Appellatives are thofe that fjgnify things undeterminate, as iglefia, a church ; cdfa^ a houfe. Some of the nouns are called frlmitives^ that is original ; others derivatives for their being derived of others, as leccion^ ozdo. Nouns are again divided into fmiple, ^sjufto^ juft ; and compound, as injiifto, unjuft. There are alfo diminutives and augmentativcs, in both which the Spanijh abounds more than any other language, there being no word but what admits of feveral diminutives, to reprefent the thing fpoken of, little , and augmentativcs, to reprefent
and appellatives.
The
it
greater.
2II0,
Diminutives are formed by adding to the word icOj zto, etc, uelOy or ejo, and fometimcs ote^
For Example,
Homhre, a
man
forms Homhredllo, Homhre czco,

Muchachzco^
Homhreciio.
Mucbdcho, a boy ; MuchachtllOy MucbacMto, Muchachueio.
Where
forts,
obferve the difference between thefe feveral

is
v/hich
that thofe ending in
zllo
and
ue!o,
as
Horn*
40
T'he
RUDIMENT'S
of
Homhreczlloy Muchachuelo^ and the like, denote fomething of contempt, as, a pititul little man or boy ; whereas thofe ending in ico^ or ito^ only denote fmailnefs, and fometimes kindnefs, as when we fay Juanzco or Juaniio^ which is Johnny or Jacky. Diminutives in ete and ino likewife denote nomozete, a thing but finallnels, as mSzo^ a youth
*,
young
lad
-paloma^
dove
palomino^ a
young
pigeon ; whereas thofe in ejo imply at the fame time fomething of contempt or diflike, as cuchillo^ hidalgo^ a a knife ; cuchillejo^ a pitiful little knife hidalgote^ an inconfiderable gentlegentleman ^
,
man The
grandete^
iam.e
is
;
alfo
ufcd in adjedives, as grdndcy
large or great
all
grandezzllo, grandezko, grandeziielo^
which figniiy Largi/hy as we may exprefs it, or {omewhat large. There are moreover diminutives formed upon
diminutives \ as chico^ fmall ; chiquUo, fmaller than the other, and chiquiilco^ very fmall. There are on the other hand augmentatives, as has been faid, which enlarge, or reprefent a thing bigger, without any degree of comparifon ; and
thefe are
formed by adding dzo^

a
;
on, or die,
to the
word,
as homhre,
2l ; bomhrote, a great rdzo, perron, or perrote, a great large dog.
man bomhrdzo, bomhrdn or dog ; -perperro, lufty man
^be nouns numeral, or of number^

are as follows
:
called
cardinals^
Uno,
one,
Nueve,
rdne.
Dos, two,
Tres, three, Quatro, four. Cinco, five. Seis, /v.
Siete, feven.
Diez, ten, 'Once, eleven. Voce, twelve. Trece, thirteen.

Catorce, fourteen.
Quince,
fifteen.
/Ocho,
eigdt.
Diez y
feis, fi>ite^n^
Diep
the
Spanish Grammar.'
dred.
41
Diez y fiete, feventeeiu Diez y ocho, eighteen. Diez y nueve, nineteen,

Veiate, twenty. Veinte y uno, twenty one, Veinte y dos, twenty two.
Quatrocientos, four hun-
Quinientos, five hundred. Seifcientos, fix hundred. Setecientos, feven hundred.
&c.
Treinta,
thirty.
Ochocientos,
dred.
forty.
eight
bun-
Quarenta,
Nuevecientosl
.,
.^^^^^^
Cincueiita, fifty. Sefenta, fixty.
Setenra, feventy.
Ochenta,
eighty.
^ f dred. Novecientos, } Mil, a thoufand. Mil y Quinientos, a thou-
"^
Noventa,
ninety.
Ciento, a hundred. Ciento y uno, a hundred
fandfive hundred. mil, two thoufand. Tres mil, three thoufand
Dos
and
one^
&c.
Sec.
Docientos, or Ducientos
Cien mil,
thoufand.
an
hundred
two hundred.
TrecientoSj three hundred.
Millon, a
million.
N. B.
and of the
That
iinos.,
all
common
tinas^
thefe cardinals are undeclined, gender, except tmo^ una^ uno^
plural
and
ciento^
docientos ^
docientas.
it
;
Uno
unfolCiento likewife lofes to when bea foldier. fore a noun, either mafculine, or feminine, as cim
dado,
foldddos,
mafculine (in the fingular onlyj when before a noun lofes 0^ as un libro, a book
comes
hundred
foldiers
cien mugeres,
men
but
when another number
follows
hundred woit with a
ciento y dos,
conjundion between, then it retains to, as ciento y uno^ &c. When ciento has un before, then it is made fubftantive, and governs a genitive, as un ciento de cahdllos^ or un centendr de cabdllos, an hundred of horfe. All the numbers from cignto to mil, are mafculine, and may be made feminine, changing
ps
in
as,
as ducientos,
ducientds,
mil
is
undeclined,
is
and of the
common
gender, but milUn, a million,
42
is
"The
RUDIM^NrS
and
declined,
as,
of
millon^
mafculine
un
dos
tnillones.
^he
ordinals which
declare the order of iime^

flace^
or
are
Trigefinio, or Treinteno,
thirtieth.
Primero, firfl, Segundo, fecond, Tercero, third. Quarto, fourth,

Quinto, fifth. Sexto, fixth,
Quadragedmo,
or
Qua-
renteno, fortieth,
Quinquagefimo, or Cincuenteno,
fiftieth.
Septimo, feventh,
Sexagefimo, or Sefenteno, fixtieth.

ninth,
Odavo, eighth, Nono, or Noveno,
Septuagefimo, or Setenteno, feventieth.
Decimo, orDeceno, tenth, Undecimo, or Onceno,

eleventh.
Oduagefimo,
Nonagefimo,
or
Ochen-
teno, eightieth.
Duodecimo,
twelfth,
or
Doceno,
or
or
Noven*
teno, ninetieth.
Decimotercio,
Tre-
ceno, thirteenth, Decimoquarto, or Catorceno, fourteenth.
Becimoquinto,
ceno,
i?r
Quin-
fifteenth.
Centefimo, Cienteno, or Centeno, hundredth. Docientefimo, or Docienteno, two hundredth, Trecentefimo, or Trethree huncenteno,
dredth,
Decimo fexto, fixteenth, Decimo feptimo. Seventeenih,
Quatrocentefimo, Quatrocienteno,
hundredth.
or
four
Decimo
teenth,
qdlavo,
eigh-
Quingentefimo, or Quinienteno,
dredth^ ice.
five
Decimo nono^ nineteenth, Vigefimo, or Veinteno,

twentieth.
hun-
Milefimo, thoufandth.
Note, that the Spaniards

entos
make
and cardinals promifcuoufly,

y dcho^
:
as en
ufe of the ordinals el mo de mil fefci-
for en el afio milefimo feifcenteftmo

5
y
y
o^dvo
el
imo quince ^ for decimo quinto
ciento
fct^Jita
the
Spanish Grammar.
the
45
fctenta y fiete^ for centefmo feptuagefmo feptimo^ this mud be underftood only in the computation of years^
chapters,
^c.
ordinals are malculine,
and
by-
changing
mera.
a are feminine,
as primerOy
pri-
^hd nouns numeral
called dijlributives^
or of order^
are
two and two. and three. De quacro en quatro, by four and four. De De cinco en cinco, by five and five^ &c. as los Frdiles van de dos en dos fuera del convento^ the Fryars when they go out of the convent they go by two and two.
dos en dos,
by
tres entres,
De De
uno en uno,
one by one.
by three
Cwo cardinals
:
is put between the d uno^ then d ftand inftead of contra^ againft ; as dos d dos^ two to or againft two the fame is in thefe, tdntos a tdntos, fo many againft fo many, as rlndmos qudtro a qudtro^ or tdntos a tdntos^ let us fight four to four, or fo many againft fo many, that is even or equal in number.
Note^ that
when
the letter a
as uno
OfADJECTIVES^
TH
dtilce^
the moft part in
termination of Spanifh adjedlives is for f, or 0, as grdnde, large ;

,
fweet
breve^
Ihort
bueno^
good
fdntOy
holy,
nation
frail
,
&c.
alfo,
debii,
But there are other adjedlives

is
whofe termi-
in
/,
as util,
fruitful
\
ufeful
weak
fragile
fcrtiU
,
and others
e,
in 2,
as capdz^
capable
rapdz^ ravenous.
that termir.are in
Thofe
gender
Iv/eet i
-,
never vary in any

great
;
fo in the aajedives, grdnde^
didce^
tsrribk^
terrible,
we
fay in the mafculine
gender^
44
"J^he
RUDIMENrS
;
;
of
in the
gender, bomhre grdndey a great man nine, mt^.ger grdnde^ a great woman
neuter,
lo
femithe
and
in
grdnde^ that
which
is
great.
Thofe
that terminate in o^ in the feminine gender,
change their termination into a^ as in lueno^ good, mafculine is, bomhre hueno^ a good man ; the the feminine, muger huena^ a good woman ; but the neuter is again in o^ as lo hueno^ that which is good. Such as terminate in /, or z, never change in any
gender.
The
adjcflives grdnde^ great
and
hueno^
good
placed before the lubllantives, and then ibmetimes they loofe ihe laft fy liable, as is ufual to bum cahdllo^ a good fay, gran hombre^ a great man
are often
,
horfe
to
but the feminine gender, hii^na^
is
not liable
abbreviation, becaufe the cutting off the a^ w6uld make it mafculine, and therefore it muft always be faid, buena muger ^ a good woman > buzna
tbiit
cdjl:-^
a good houfc.
vvh"n
it
a faint, has always the lad proper name, and we fay, San Andres^ St Andrew, ^c. Sa?t Pedro, St Peter except only out of this general rule, Sdmo Bomzgno^ Santo 'ThomdSy Santo 'Toribzo, and any faints names that begin with Do^ or To, becaufe the cutting off the jLil fyllaiple of Saji^to, before ^hem would fink In fpeaking of a female the found of the name. faint, no letter is cut off, but it is pronounced as length, as SdrJa Aplonia, Santa AfargarUa, &c,
Sdntc^
fignifies
fyllable cut off before the

-,
The
degrees of cotnparifotJ,
comparifon ^ and fimply denotes the thing,

the
difcrcto,
AL L
Adjeftives
have
their three
pofitive,
degrees of which plainly

learned
i
as doolo,
difcreet,
i^c.
The comparative
thing,
either enhances or
as
inas
debafes the
making a comparifon,
doô^ mo;? learned
the
learned
;
Spanish G r a m m a
lefs
r.^
45
more
menos db^foy
learned
the
masjdnto^
holy
menos fdnto^
fuperlative
lefs
holy.
The
raifes
ic
thing to the highefl:
pitch, or debafes
czffimo, a
to the lowed, as cahdllo velo-
mod
fleet
horfe
car a hellzjfima, a
molt
beautiful face.
In Spanijh there
is
no comparative degree formed

article
from the
is
pofltive, as in the Latin^ but that defed:
fupplied,
lefs,
by adding the
to
mas^ more, or
clear
;
ffienos^
the pofitive
as cldro,
ohfcuro,
mas
cldro, clearer, or
more
clear
dark
mhos
ohfcuro^
lefs
dark.
fuperlative degree is formed when the pofiends in a vowel, by changing that laft vowel tive
into ijfimo^ as
The
from
cldro^
clear
make
the fuper-
Jative clarijjimo^
very
cldro
;
:
or by the adverb muiy ; or by mucho mas^ faying muiy or mucho mas but if the pofitive ends in a confonant, add
mod clear
iJ/i?no^
as
from
vil^ bafe
vilzjfimo^
mod
bafe
from
capdz^ capable,
capacifftmo^
mod
capable.
The
fix
following words are an exception from
the rules above, in relation to the comparative degree, for their fupfrladvis folio ;v the common rule,
where rote that in from the pofidve,

Bueno^ good
;
theie the
comparative quite varies
as follows.
mejor.^ better ;
homjjimo^ or Sptimo^
bed of
all.
Mdl'j^
bad
',
peor^ worfe
piffimo^
or malijfimo^
word
mayor^ greater ; grandiffiino^ or ; mdximo, greated of all. PequenOy little ; menor^ lefs ; peqûemfftmOy or minzmo^ lead of all.
of ail. Grdndt\ gi-ep.t
Muchoy
of
all.
muca
;
7nas^
more
j
muchi[fimOy
mod
Poco^ litde
menos ^
lefs
toqûzffimo^
lead of all,
Thefe two are without a

rative,
pofitive
and compaAdrrimo^
46
the
RUDIMENTS
Of
of
Jcerrhnoy extraordinary eager, tenacious, &c. Uberrimoy extraordinary fruitful.
GENDERS.
there
in Spanijh^
IT
is
no eafy matter to determine, whether
are as
many genders
five, viz,
as in the Laiin^
which has
the
mafculine,
the feminine, the
the neuter, the
of three. having no fubftantatives
common of two, and The queflion arifes from

of the
common
gender,
it,
the Spanijh^
as
neuter
whence
it
follows that
no adjedives can have
being only an accident of the other, and there cannot be that in the accident which is not in the fubjedt whence it will follow that there can be only three genders, the mafculine, the feminine, and the common of two. But this notion, though fupported by many, muft needs be erroneous , for it is plain that when adjectives, pronouns, and participles, are ufed as fubftantives, there is a neuter gender, as appears by the three feveral articles that exprefs them, for el is the mafculine, la the feminine, and lo the neuter ; for
example, el hornbre^ the man ; la muger^ the woman ; and lo hiieno^ that which is good. This is again demonftrable in the articles, efte cahdllo^ this horfe ; efta Burra^ this flie afs ; and ejlo^ this thing j which exadlly anfwer to the Latin, hie, hcBC, hoc ;
and
therefore
it is
infallible that thefe three
niuft have a being.
As
to the others,
genders take the
following rules. rf All adjedives, pronouns, and participles, are of the common gender of three, that is, they will
admit of three
articles, efte,
efta,
efto,
is
by which the
not only to be three genders are expreffed, which termination, as biieno, fuppofed when they alter their luena, hueno, but alfo when they always retain the
fame, as amdnte^ frudcnte^ &c.

2.
All
//ji?
Sp
AN
I s
Grammar.
47
2.
All nouns
that are under
termination exprefling both man male and female of any fort of living creature, are of the common gender of two, as ejfe gudrda^ this man keeper efla gudrda, this woman keeper.
,
one and the fame and woman, or the
under one termination denotes and female of all animals, and yec both the male
3.
The
epicene
has only the mafculine, or the feminine article, to exprefs both kinds, for which reafon the words mdcho, male ; or bemhra, female ; are added to
efia codorniz mdcho^ this %>rzdl hemhra^ this hen thrufh. cock 4. All names fignifying the males of any fort of animals, are of the mafculine gender, as Pedro^ cdnde^ an earl ; Ledn^ a hdmbre, a man Peter lion. And all that fignify the female of any fort, are of the feminine gender, as Maria, Mary ; muger, a woman ; marqûefa, a marchionefs, f hofe words are of the doubtful gender, which have fometim;js the mafculine, and fometimes the femini'ie pr fixed by authors. But for as much as
make
the diftindtion, as,

-,
quail
ejle
*,
proceeded from ignorance, ic who underltand better, notwithflanding ilie privilege grounded on cuftom, to gi^ve every ^vord its proper gen'ile". Some words of this fort chat ^ccur, are arte, canal, color, ecUpfe,
this am'cigui'-y at Hril
will be proper for
^.liofe
mdrgen, origen^ tbema, Thefe a ufed w'.h either of the articles f/, or la, as, el arte, or la arte, the art ; and yet it ought certainly to be la, to denote the feminine, as
mar.^
ordeti,
emhUma,
we
frequently E
from wlience it is derived ; the fame m.ay be faid of all others which of right fhould ever follow their original.
in the Lath:^
P.uUs
4B
^he
RVDIMENTS
of
Rules to know the gender of nouns,
nouns ending in a are of the feminine gender, as pldza^ a fquare, or market ; rofa^ a rofe ; cdfa^ a houfe. The exceptions are planeta, a planet ; comet a^ a comet, or blazing ftar % dia^ a day 5 propheta^ a prophet ; evangeltfta^ an evangelift ; poeta^ a poet ; Calvintfta^ a Calvinift ; Jefuita^ a Jefuit ; alfo fuch as are derived from the Greeks as dogma^ a dogma, or a received opinion, frohlema^ a. problem 5 which are mafculine, butemblemay an emblem, is of doubtlefs gender. Nouns ending in e are generally of the mafculine gender, as diente, a tooth ; 7n6nte^ a mountain. Except, /^, faith ; fumte^ a fountain ; lldve^ a key 5 Jeche^ milk ; mente, the mind ; torre^ a tower ; iroxe^ a granary ; dnade^ 3. duck j ahaydlde^ cerufe ; dve^ a fowl ; cdlle^ a ftreet ; îr;/^, flefh ; cldve^ a key of an organ ; cdrte^ a prince's court 5 efpecie, a fpccorriente, a current 5 J<9/^, a dowry cies J frente^ the forehead ^//^, people 5 muerte^ ^^î'^, a cloud , death 5 î^'i;^, fnow ; noche^ night
-y
AL L
-,
ndve^ a
ferpiente^
^dfr/^,
ftiip
puente^ a bridge
;
pdrte^ a
part
-,
a ferpent
it
all
which are feminine
bus
when
is
fignifies cutting, Ihaping, or contriv-
ing,
mafculine.
all
Again,
fdngre^
nouns ending
are feminine,
in re, that
letter before
itj
as cojiumhrcy
have a mute cuftom ;
blood, ^c. From which general rule are likewife excepted, cobre, coper ; cofre^ a trunk 5 and the enjambrSy a (warm 9 ndmbre^ a name names of months, Setiembre^ OSlubre^ Noviembre^
*,
Deciembre^ which are mafculine. Nouns ending in i are mafculine, if derived from
Iriffenfis
the Arahick, as alheU^ a violet, according to Neyet fome will have it to be a clove gilli;
flower
that
alboU^
or alhori^ a granary
to
fee
%ahori^ one
are
pretends
into
things
that
not
tranfparent,
the
Spanish GraMxmAr.
^c. But fuch words
49
taj
tranfparent, as ftone- walls,
ken from the Greek are feminine,

Sintcixi^
as extafi^ an cxcaiy
Syntax.
in
;
Nouns ending
iield
;
are mafculine, as cdmpo, a

for
tcmplo^ a church
i
a (hip
pro^
good
it
we
except mdno^ a hand ; vdo^ fay, buena pro os hdga^

the
much good may

Nouns ending
fpiric
;
do you.
ware mafculine, as Efpzritu^
y
in
hnpetu, violence.
in
are femininej as ley, lav/ 5 Rey, a King. Except a flock. This is all that can be faid of nouns ending in vowels ; next follow thofe that end in confonants. Nouns ending in d are generally of the feminine gender, as chariddd^ charity ; habiliddd^ ability ; except cefpedy a turf ; huefped^ an hoft, or gueft ardzd^ a ftratagem ; Adalid, a leader 5 Cenid, the Zenith J almud, a certain meafure 5 alaudy a coffin ;
grey,
,
Nouns ending
laud, a lute,
which are mafculine.

in / are mafculine,
Nouns ending
fparrow
are
cdJ.,
-,
as parddl^ a
arancely
\
a
hiel,
lift
or
roll.
The
a fign,
exceptions
or token
j
lime
Jal^
5
fait
fendl^
j
cdrcely
a prifon
gall
miel^
honey
piel^
the
Ikin.
n are mafculine^ as carbon, cole 5 fhepherds ; ahnazen, a florehoufe. Except /ten, the temple of the head ; farten, a frying-pan ; and all words derived from the Latin termination in go, as imdgen, an image,
in
Nouns ending
Rabaddn,
a chief
among
from mago
indrgen, a
margin
from margo, &Ci
Likewife thofe ending in ion, as region, a region ; cleccion, eledion and thofe ending in azon, di^razon, reafon ; from which again except, corazSn, the heart; tarazon, a piece which are mafculine. Nouns ending in r are mafculine, -as amor, love ; Alcazar, a palace ; except fegur, an axe, fior, a
*,
flower
labor, work 7?iuger, a woman. ^ Nouns ending in s are mafculine, as combes^ t\i^ deck of a (hip j Pah, acouncry, or.landfkip. 'Ex, *,
cept
so
cough ; Agnes.
cJock
i
Tie
RUD IMENTS
;
of
;
cept mies^
harveft
Res, a head of cattle
tos,
and proper names of women,

in
as JgneSy
Nouns ending
x are mafculine,
z, are for the
ninez,
as
relox^
carcdx, a quiver.
in
moft part femichildhood nariz, the nofe ; hoz, a fickle ; luz, light. Except agrdZy verjuice ; foldz, comfort ; antzfaz, a vail, or covering for the face ; almirez, a mortar j dohlez^ a fold, or falfhood ; jaez, furniture for a horfe ^ pez^ a fifh ; axedrez, a chequer, or draught-board var^ tizz, varnifh ; tapzz, a carpet; mattz, a fhadowing alhornoz, a moorifh coat ; arrdz, in painting altramuZy a lupine rice all which are mafcunine, as pdz, peace
;
-, *, , ', -,
Nouns ending
line.
Tothefe
rules
may be added,
,
that
all
nouns figni-,
fying the male, muft of courfe be mafculine, as Ddque, a Duke gdllo, a cock ; kdn, a lion and denoting a female, muft be feminine, as Conthofe gallina, a hen. defa, a Countefs is further to be obferved, that whatfoever the It termination happens to be, the proper names of rivers are always mafculine, as el Guadidnay and fo
-,
of any
others, &:c.
Of
the other accidents helofiging to a
Noun.
TH E
are
cles
;
accidents ufually
thefe particulars
belonging to a noun,
its
declination, cafes, numbers, and arti-
but
all
muft be explained
in
the following manner.
Of
Declenftons or Declinations,
Spamjh are not declined by altering or varying the termination, or laft fylkble, as is done in the Latins but by adding and varying
in
NOUNS
the
Spanish Grammar,
known by
:
51
varying the
cafe.
articles, as they are pecuhar to each
And
if
the declenfions are

,
the varia-
tion of the nouns
it
being certain that the Spaniards
it may be faid by only vary in the plural number five diftindl declenfions in dedu6lion that there are as in Latin : becaufe the plural numbers SpaniJJjy
end
in
yf;,
as regia,
d,s
reglas,
a rule.
Es^
Is,
padre, padres, a father.
as ruhz, ruhis,
and
rubies,
a ruby.
Os, as templo,
templos, a
temple or churcho
Us, as tribu, tribus, a tribe.

are three particles or notes to denote the Cafes of a Noun, viz. Be for the genitive and ablative, a or para for the dative, and b for the vocative, Thefe particles are called by other aurhors yf?7if/^j,
There
but without reafon, becaufe the
article is declinable,
and the above
particles
can never be declined.

the Cafes.
Of
E Spaniards have fix cafes, like other Ianlanguages, being Nominative, or that which names the thing, and generally goes before the verb, as Pedro per did fu cdpa, Peter loft his cloak. Genitive, or that which fhows to whom the thing belongs, or from whom it proceeds, as efle es el perro de Pedro, this is the dog of Peter \ Maria ei
bija de Jofeph,
TH
Mary
is
this
cafe
anfwers
to
fo that Jofeph*s daughter this queftion, whofe or

,
whereof ?
to
Dative, or that which fhows the place or perfon whom the thing is given, and anfw^reth to this queftion, to whom or to what ? as di mi efpada d mi
bermdno^
gave
my
fword to
my
'
brother.
Jccufative^
52
"The
RUD IMENfS
Jccufalive, or that
of which declares the fubjed of
the verb, and anfwers to this queftion whom or what ? and follows generally the verb, as efla mandna recebt ejie frefente^ this morning I received
this prefent.
Vocative^
is
called the cafe of calling, admiring,
or fainting, as
Pedro ven aquiy
Peter,
pray
come
here,
&c.
the thing
Ablative^ or that
fon from
joined
whom
which denotes the place or peris taken, and is generally
to a
prepofition, as procedo de la tiirra^ I
proceed from the earth.
Of
the
Numbers,
TH E
Singular^
Spaniards like the Latins^ have
two num-
bers, viz.
which fpeaketh of
"^
(*
one,
Plural^
Jcdfa
which fpeaketh of r many, j

Spanijhy if
yd/as
a houfe houfes
^
is
The fingular
plural by
end with a vowel

s
made
adding the
letter
;
after
it,
as hombre^
i
hombres
is
iemplo^ templos
if
s
end with an
es^
vowel
made
plural
by adding
es^
or
as rubz^ rubzs^ or
rubies^ a
ruby ; but generally in
borcegui^
borceguis^ or borceguieSy except maravedt^ which makes
maravedh^ or maravedifes^ &c. if the noun end with a confonant in fingular, then is made plural by adding es^ as dolor ^ dolores ; Apojlol, Apoftoles ; veZy voZy change z into c in plural, as fdz^ luz has been obferved before, faying paces, luces. Sec. oc is not changed into g in plural, as fbme authors wrongfully obferve, but is retained, and fo iiova relh fay in plural relaxes j carcdx^ carcdxes.
',
Of
the
Spanish Grammar.
Of
the Spanidi articles.
53
guage, as well as in the Latin^ and are borrowed of the pronoun, viz. el for the malculines, la for the feminines, and lo for the neuters. An article (which is an accident to the Noun, and aneceifary one to the modern languages) is a monc^
fyllable^
is
THERE
are three articles in the Spamjb lan-
or
diclion
compofed of
to
one fillahle^
it
declinahky
and ferves
diftinguifh
the genders.
The
Spaniards
make
ufe of the
articles
before all
the nouns, except the proper

///^tongue.
names
as in the Eng-^
Note^ that the Englijh have but one undeclined article, viz. the for the mafculine and feminine, and the particle // which often ferves for
:
the neuter
fo that the EngliffJ
make no
ditference in
genders by their article, when they fpeak of inanimates, except only the word Jbip^ which is feminine, and then they make ufe of the relative 7^^,
ella^
{3.y\ngJ/je
is
a 20 gunfJjipy ella es una nave de
20
caiiones.
EL
This
article
is
irregular
in
the
plural,
and
always placed before nouns mafculine, as el homhre^ the man it is alfo ufed before the feminine nouns beginning with a fand this only in fingular, becaufe in plural we fay
los^
make
and
tho'
; el dhna^ permitted euphonies gratia^ for the better found, to avoid two 's coming together, or the cutting one off, which is \\ii\^ ufed in Spanifh ; becaufe la dgua^ would found like I'dgua^ and therefore for the more diftindion they fay eldgua^ as in French they fay mon ame^ tho' ame be of the feminine gender, and not ma ame or mâme. Yet is not this a general rule, for the moft received
las
dlmas^ las dguas) as

\
el
dgua^ the water

is
or dnima^ the foul
which
cuftoni
54
cuflom
four
"The
is
RUDIMENTS
la for
oj
to preferve as
the
words of three or
antiquity
j
fyllables,
la
anliguedad,
la
Jcademia, the academy. El is often put before the verb in the infinitive mood, when followed by another verb, as el comer en tiempo es bueno^ como tamhien el dormir quando fe neceJfUa^ to eat when 'its convenient does good, as it is alfo to fleep when it is wanted. When the particles de or a are joined to el^ often happens that the Spaniards mdko. one fyllable of both, as inftcad of de el or a el they fay del or al^ as it is faid before in the Orthography. Le in fingular, and ks in plural are often taken as articles by fome authors, but without any grounds for fo faying , becaufe they never are ufed before nouns, but only as relatives after verbs in dative or accufative, according to the cafe governed by the verb, they are like wife ufed before the verbs, as dtxele ejlo^ I told him this ; les ccoinpane^ I accompanied them.
La
be placed before nouns feminine, as la woman ; except thofe nouns that begin with a, as has been faid juft above it is likewife ufed before and after the verb, tho' not as article, but as relative, as la llame, I called her , llamadla^ the plural of la is las^ and often fupplies call her
Is
to
muger^ the
the noun fubft^ntive,

l^s
as
hefo las
de v,
m'^-
that
is
mmos.
As
has been faid,
is
the article of the neuter gen-
der^ and only ufed before adje<5lives, made fubftantives or taken in that fenfe, as lo grdnde^ that which
this article is great; lo hueno^ that which is good, has no plural number, fornetimes lo is taken abfo*
lutely.
/i^
Spanish Grammar.
lo
55
lutely, as todo
I will
que
me manddre
It
is
v. m^- hare con guftoy
do with pleafure every thing
fhall
after
command me.
do
is
it.
that you will or ufed likcwifc before and

lo
a verb as relative, as
dire^
will fay
it \
bdzlo^
What
think
has been
iliid
of the
articles
as articles,
fufficient for the prefent,
refer the reader to
and for the reft I the chapter of Pronouns, and to
the Syntax.
^he Mafculine
The Singular Number,
article
is
thus declin*d
The Plural Number.
Nominative,
Genitive,
el,
the
el^
Nominative,
of the or para
Genitive,
de
los,
the
-of the
los
dtly
or de or alj
los^
Dative,
el,
ael,
Dative,
a or para
los, losy
to the
to the
el,
Accufative,
the
the
Accufative,
Ablative, de
from
the.
Ablative, del, orde eljvom the
The Feminine thus

the Genitive, de la, of the Dative, a, or para la, to the Accufative, la, the
la,
The Plural Number.
Nominative,
Nominative,
las, the Genitive, de las, of th Dative, a las, to the
Accufative,
las,
the
Ablative,
de la,
from the
A.blative, de las,
from
the.
ne
Neuter
article thus
Nominative, h, the Genitive, de lo, of the Dative, a, or para lo, to the

.
It has
no Plural Number.
Accufative,
Ablative,
ds
lo,
lo,
the
from the
Nor
without bombre^
are thefe articles
capable of any vocative,

all,
we
fay,
O man,
general to them muger^ woman.

is
as,
Examples
'56
"The
RUDIMEN'TS
Nouns
in
of
xamj)ks of
the
tbeir feveral Terminations,
Words end
Sing.
in a.
Plur.
Hembra, a Female
Fiuta, Fruit
Hembras, Females
Frutas,
Fruits
Words ending
Sitig.
in
e.
Plur.
Hombre, a Man Li^bre, a Hare
Ilombres, Me)i Liebies, Hares
Words ending
Sing.
in
i.
Plur.
Rubi, a Ruby
javali,
Rubis, or Rubies, Rubies

Javalis, or Javaiies^ ^F}7^j?(?^ri
a Wild Boar
Words ending
Sing.
in o.
iur. Flu
Slilagro,
Caballo, a Horfe a Miracle
Caballos,
Horf^s
Milagros, Miracles
Words ending
Sing.
in u.
Plur.
Spirit
Efpiritu,
.
Efpiritus, Spirits
Tribu, a
"Tribe
Tribus, Irihes
Words ending
ring, f
in y.
-P^^-
Rcy, a King Ley, a La^jo
Reyes, Kings Leyes, La^wi
Words
the
Spanish Grammar.
Words ending
in d,
Plur.
57
Sittg.
Verdad, Truth Merced, a Favour
Verdades, Truths Mercedes, Fauours
Words
Animal, an Animal Gemil, a Pagan
ending
in
/.
Animales, AnbnaU
Gentiles, Gentiles
Words
Sing.
ending
in n.
Flur.
Pan, Bread Celemin, a Peck
Panes, Loanjes Celemines, Pecks
Words ending
Sing.
in r.
58
"the
RUDIMENTS
the
of
Exampks
ofdedinlrtg the three fever al Genders,
Example of
Sing.
Mafculine Gender.
Plur.
Norn. El Padre, the Father
Gen.
Dtl Padre, of
to
the
Father
el
Bat. Al Padre, or para

dre, Accuf.
the Father
or
Pa-
Los Padres, the Fathers Gen. Delos Padres, of the Fathers Dat. los Padres, or para los
Norn.
Padres,
Ace,
Voc.
/* the
Fathers
the Fathers
El Padre, the Father Padre, O Father Voc. Ahl. Del Padre, /roOT the Father
Al
Los Padres,
Padres,
los
Fathers
Ahl.
De
Padres,
from
the
(Fathers
Example of
Sing.
the Feminine Gender.

Plur.
}ôm.
La Madre,
the
Mother
the
Norn. Las Madres,
the
Gen.
De
la
Madre, of Madre,
the
to
Ma(ther
Gen.
De las Madres,
Mothers of the Moto the
thers
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
la
the
Mo(ther
Dat.
A O
las
Madres,
Mo-
thers
La Madre,
Madre,
Ahl.
De la
Mother Mother Madre,/roOT the Mo-
Ace. Las Madres,

Foe.
(ther
the Mothers Madres, O Mothers Ahl. De las Madres, from the (Mothers
Example of
Sing.
the
Neuter Gender.
Kom. Lo bueno, thai ivhieh

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Foe.
Ahl.
is good bueno, of that ^jjhich is good A lo bueno, to that ivhich is good Lo bueno, that mjhich is good bueno, O that ivhich is good De lo bueno, from that luhich is good,
De
lo
Thefe Adjedives ufed as Subftantives have, as has been faid before, no Plural Number.
Common
Adje6lives are declined as Subftantives,
according to their Genders, needs no Examples of them.
and
therefore
there
Some
jhe
Spanish Grammar.
59
Some obfervations concerning derived and com^ found Nouns.
THE Nouns
jedives
,
fome of them Subilantives,

the
of dignity given to Men, and others

of
Subftantives
are
Ad-
nature
requires,
that they be not given to
women, who
are pofltifled
of the like dignity, without deriving the Feminine from the Mafculine j and thus from Duque^ a Duke a Duchefs ; from Conde. an is deriv'd Duquefa, EarJ, Condefa^ 2l Countefs ; from Principe^ a Prince,
Priricefa^
a Princefs
-,
becaufe Przncipe in Spanijb
is
But when the Name of of the Mafculine Gender. Dignity is a Noun Adjedlive, as 'Tenientey a Lieutenant, or a
fidente^
Deputy
;
Jffiftentey
it
a Prefidenr, fhe
;
any Variation
for in
an Afliftant ; Pre-Sexes without fpeaking of a Prefident's

ferves both
la Prefidenta^
Lady,
is
not to be called
but
Id.
PrefuUnte
and
fo in the reft of that fort.
They are guilty of the like Error who fpeaking of a wild, or mountain She-Goat, call her Cdhra monteiza^ becaufe the Adjedlivc Month fhews both Genders, and therefore the Female is to be called Month, as well as the Male. However the Adje(5lives that denote Kingdoms, or Nations, ending in (?j, are only applied to the Mafculine Gender, and the Feminine has the addition of ^, as in fpeaking of
a Frenchman,
is
called Franch,
Nations
or an Engli/hman, he is or In^h, but a Woman of thofc Francefa^ or IngUfa,
CHAP.
Of
Pronouns.
IL
R ONOUNS
are certain words put into the
place, or fubftitutcd inftcad of
Nouns, ferving
to
6o
The
RUDIMENTS
naming
it
of
or thing before over again. There are feveral forts of Pronouns, fome of them are called Primitives, as yo^ I, tUy you, fi,
to fliew, uamed, without
himfelf, nos, or nofotros^
or exprefs the perfon,
we
vos^
or vofotros^ ye.
Others are Derivatives, or Pofleflives, becaufe derived from thofe above, and denoting poffefTion, as mioy mine, tup^ thine, fujo, his, nue/iro, ours, with their ferninine gender, mzay vueftro, yours It is to be obferv'd, iuydy fu^ja^ nueftra^ vuefira. that thefe pronouns, of the fmgular number when placed before fubftantives, always lofc their laft fy liable, and for mio^ tuyo, fuyo, muft be faid, mi, tUy fu^ as tni Padre, my Father \ tu Madre, your Mother fu Jvuelo, his Grandfather. But when a queftion is alked, then the anfwer muft be mio, luyo, or fuyo, as *cuyo es ejle gudnte ? whofe glove is that ? The anfwer is 7nzo, mine, or tuyo, yours, or When they are abfolute, or taken as fuyo, his. neuter, then they have the article lo before, as lo mio, that which is mine \ lo tuyo, that which is thine, ^c. The fame is pra6i:ifed in the feminine gender. To form the plural number of thefe pronouns mio, tuyo, fuyo, or mi, tu, fu, add the Letter s, as was before faid in the nouns, and you have fnm,
*, ,
tuyos, fuyos, mis,
tus,
andyiî.
ejle,
There
efia,
ejio.
are alfo demonftrative pronouns, as
and el, ella, ello, he, (he, that, efte^ efta, ejfe, effa, and el are always placed before nouns, as ejle Vibro, this book, but efto, effo and ello, are effa carne, that fiefh without being joined to any fpoken abfolutely, noun ; ejlo^ fignifying this thing effo, that thing
This
-,
ejfe,
effa,
effo,
that
-,
and
elloy
the thing.
The
particles
making the
cafes in declining,
when
they come before thefe pronouns beginning with e, are not always contracted, and it may be faid d3
ejey or dejle^ de efto^ or dejio.
The
the
Spanish Grammar.
pronouns
are, qtial^
6t
quuriy
The
relative
which,
y^ho, qusy what. For declining of pronouns,
fee
the following
examples.
The pronoun of
îng,
the
firft
perfon To
Plur.
is
thOs declin'd.
lôm.
Yo, /
Norn.
Nos,
or Nofdtros,
<7r
We
Gen.
Demi, Of me
Gen.
De
Dat.
Ace.
A
De
Me,
mi, To me or a mi.
Dat.
A
De
de nofdtros, Of us nos, or a nofdtros, To us

nos,
or nofdtros, IJs
Me
Ace.
Ahl.
Nos,
Ahl.
mi, Frorn me
nos, or de nofdtros.
From
us*
The
Jôm.
fecond perfon T
is
thus declined
Tu, Ton
Nom. Vos,
Gen.
or vofdtros, 7'e or vofdtros.
Gen.
De
ti,
Dat.
Of you
To you
a.
De vos,
ti.
Dat.
Tou
Ace.
A
De
Of y$
To ye
vos,
or vofdtros,
Ace. Te, or
ti,
Vos,
or vofdtros,
2^
Ah J. De
tip
From you
Ahl.
vos, or vofdtros.
From ye
The
third perfon
5'/
thus
Gen. Dat.
Ablat.
Defi,
Of
Ti
fi,
himfelf
Z:///^;?^,
fi,
Z;-//^;/^,
^rr/: Se, or a
De
fi,
Fro;w /^///^^.
And has no plural number, der, unlefs mzfmo be added to

and then mifma muft be
it
nor feminine genit
for the mafculine,
for the feminine,
and then
has mzfmos and mifmai in the plural.
Thefe pronouns in the fingular number ferve both the mafculine and the feminine genders, as does noi and vol in the plural ; but nofdtros and vofotros are
mafculine,
laft
and the feminine

that
is,
is
made by turning
the
into j,
inftead of nofotros
hy
nofotras^
and
inftead of vofotros vofotras.
The
^^^ 62 The Spaniards
RUDIMENTS
frequently in fpeech
firft
of
ufe this pronoun nos with the
and writing perfon plural of*
the imperative mood, taking away the s from the verb, as vdmonos^ for vdmos nos, let us go ; dexe^ monoSy for dexemos noSy let us leave ; and io they do of voSy lofing the v, as zdos^ let ye go, inftead of idvosy or lofmg d in the fecond perfon plural, as amdoSy let ye love, inftead of arnddos^ or amddvos.
thefe
proper to obferve, that the genitive cafe of pronouns, fcems to be in a manner fuperfluous, as never in ufe ; for if we are to fpeak by way of pofTefllon, we muft not fay el lihro es de mi, which would be in Engli/hy the book is of me, but
Ic is
Izbro es mzo, the
iiy
is
inftead thereof, v/e muft ufe the word, mio^ viz. el book is mine. So el cavdllo es de
of you
is
not Spam/h, and would fignify, the horfe is but it muft be el cavdllo es tuyoy the horfe and laftly, el fdyo es de ft, is as falfe, your's
,
being the Coat
is
of him, but
it
muft be,
el fd'jo es
fuyOy or de v. m"^- the coat is his. And if the queftion be afked, a{ya ohra es efta ? whofe work is this ?
the anfwer muft be,
midy mine, or tuya, yours, or

#
after
fuyay his.
Thefe pronouns ferve
a verb, which
is
then
rather in the ablative, than the genitive cafe, as que^ que [era fe dird de mi ? what will be faid of me ?
de
ti
what
will
become of you ?
el
hdbla de fiy he
talks of himfelf.
The
and and
polTeflives mzo, tuyo, fuyo, mine, thine, his,
mi, tu, fu^
my, your,
his,
as alio,
nueftro,
vuefiroy need not be declined here, all of them following the fame rule, without any variation. The three pronouns, )(?, tu, el, are ufed in com-
pofuion with the word mifmOy fignifying 'yo mtfmo, I myfelf, tii mzfrno, youyourfelf, he himfelf ; where it is to be noted that
aifo fignifies the fame,
itfelf,
as
el
mzf?nOy
el
mzjmo,
but then
el is
the article the.
Thefe three are declined as before, only that the mijmo has a fingular and a plural number, and
2
therefore
/i>^
Spanish Grammar.
fay,
'jO
63
therefore
we muft
mifmo^
mifmoSy
in
mzfmo^ tu mifmo^ and el the fmgular, and nofotros mtfmoSy vofotros
and ellos mlfmoSy in the plural ; and fo mifmo and mtfmos for the mafculine gender, and mifma and mtjmai for the feminine. The pronouns poflefTive are Mh^ Huô^ Suyo^ Nuejlro^ Vuejiro^ and the feminine gender of them
but if placed before the fubftantive, then it muft be Tu^ Su^ and in the plural MiSy Tus^ Sus, It is proper alfo here to fpeak of the pronoun of interrogation,
-,
Mia^
"Tuya^ Suya,
Nuejira, Vuejlra
M,
the mafculine, and Cuya^ in the feminine CuyOy gender, and Cuyos and Cuyas^ in the plural number, which always denotes the genitive. To explain the proper ufe of thefe words, take thefe examples :
Afking
anfwer
the queftion,
efte cahdllo ?
Cuyo
es efte cahdllo
is
that
?
is
de quien es
is,
Whofe Horfe
this
The
Mio^ mine, Tuyo^ yours, Suyo^ his; and fo changing the into a^ cuydy rnta^ &c. and in the plural number addas ing 5, as cujos or cuyas^ &c. Notey That Cuyo is likewife relative, as el Rey^ en ciiya Mdno eftd el hacer hieny &c. the King in whofe Hand or Power is, to do good, &c. efte reoy cuyos delitvsfon grandeSy &c. This guilty perfon whofe crimes are great, iSc,
in the feminine gender, only
Uhe Demonjlratives Efle, Efle, Aquel, El.
<5T', This, JQj efte Cahdlloy
as
efte
Homhrey
aquel
this
is
Man,
that
Horfe;
ajfo tbaty
but yet with this difference, that efte fignifies that which is near to the perfon who is fpoken to, whereas rt^z/// denotes that which is neither near him
who
is
fpoken
to>
nor him
who
fpeaketh.
Thefe
64-
"The
RUD IMENTS
Fern.
efta
of
:
Thefc pronouns are thus declined

Sing.
Mafc.
efte
Neut.
efto
Nom.
Bat.
îs
Gen. defte, or de efle

2i
defta, or
de
3.
efla
dello, or de efto
Of this
To this This
efte
a efta
efta, or
a efto
efta
efto, or a efto
Ace. efte, or a efte

^.5/. defte, or
de
efte
defta,ordeefta
defto,ordeefto.
From
thii
Plur.
Mi^y?.
Fern, eftas
No
Neut,
Thefe
Nom.
eftos
G^. deftosjordeeftos deftas, or de eftas Dat. a eftos a eftas ^ Ace. eftos, or a eftos eftas, or a eftas ^^/.deftos, or de eftos deftas, or de eftas.
Ofthefe To theft
7/^^
Fromthefi
ÊJfe^ ejfa^
ejfo^
is
declined
in
the
fame man-^
effas.
ner,
the
plural
number being
Jqueilos,
illo,
ejjos^
The
ellos^
like of Aquil^
Jquella^
ella^
Jquellas,
So
they,
is el^
he,
fhe,
ellas^
the or that thing,
no
mafculine, neuter plural.
they, feminine.
cafes
There
is
The
need not to be re-
peated, being the fame as thofe before. The word dtro^ is often joined to ejfe^ or effa^ as Effotro^ or EJfeotro^ the other Man or Thing ; Effotra^ or EJfaotra^ the other Woman.
There are two other pronouns, which have only a plural number, as fignifying two, which are dm^ boSy and entrdmboSy both. To the firft of them is often added a dos, that is, ^ Amhos a dos^ both together, and Entrdmhos, imports much the fame. Note, that of efte, and eJJ}y is made aquefte, aqueje, this or that very Man. And fo in the feminine aad oeuter gender.
The
the
Spanish Grammar.
relatives,
65
The
îdfi
i^tf,
es
ejlo
is
^liJn^ S>ue^
^laL
QUI EN,
lo
is
either interrogative, or relative, as
dice ?
Who
?
fays
it ?
it.
No
hdi qu:en
lo
fufra^ no
?
I
Man
that
can endure
alfo interrogative,
is
What
fpeak
and relative, as El homhre que 'jO digOy

as
ê
The
Man
them
of.
Sûdh
?
fignifies
Which,
^dl dellos
el,
lo
To
this
is
fometimes added
for the
which of maf-
culine, la for the feminine,

el qudl,
and
for the neuter, as
la qudl,
lo
qudl.
The
tion
of the
plural
declining of thefe confiding only in the addi* needlefs to run the fame is articles, it
over again
no
only it mull be obferved, that ê has ; number, as fignifying What, which is incapable of it and yet ^den and ^dl, though they fignify PFho, and Which, have a plural, which is ^tdles, as Sluihes fon aquellos? Quienes, and Who are thofe ? and ^dles fon los que dices ? What fort of people are thofe you fpeak of, or what are they ? El, is frequently joined to i^^/, which we can;
not fo properly exprefs in Englijh, as fignifying JVho ; but lo qua!, is exprefTed, the which, thefe two conjoined are declined as follov/s ?
Sing,
Mafc.
Fem.
la qual
Neut.
lo qua!
Norn. El qual
Gen. del qual Dat. al qual

Ace. el
de la qual a la qual
or al
la
de lo qual a lo qual
at-
qual,
qual,
la
lo
qual,
cr
lo
(qual Ahl,
del qual
(qual
(quaj
de
la
qual
de lo qual
Plur,
66
Plur.
'
the
Ma/c.
RUDIMENTS
Tern.
las
of
Neuter
No
Norn, los quales
qudles
las quales,
Gen. de los quales Dat. a los quales

Ace.
los quales,
(a los
de
a
or
las quriles
las quales,
or a las
quales
(quales
AbL de
los quales
de
las quales
is added to ^len^ or meaning, fo îenquiera fignifies any perfon, or man whatfoever ; and âlquiera^ is any one, whether man, or woman, or other thing. When que is added to tal thus, que taly then Hands for qudl in Spanijh.
When
the
word ^dera^
alters the
^.aU
it
quite
Of the
Reciprocals, or RelativeSj
me,
te,
fe.
THESE
before,
three are only of the dative and ac-
cufative Cafes,
and have always a verb

eres ?
I
either
I'ell
me who
or after them, as D/me quien you are ? Doite el Parabim ?
give you
Fuefe de aqta. He went away from hence. Joy. Tiiey are alfo placed before verbs, as, Pedro me Juan te dard, John will give dixo, Peter told me. He praifes himfelf. Many El fe aldha. you. other examples might be brought wherein thefe pronouns are varioufly ufed ; but thofe things are better learnt by pra6lice, than fet down as rules. Mi, ti, fi^ before fpoken of as genitive Cafes, the firft two of }7?, and tu, and the third without a proper nominative, are often join'd to the word con^
with, migo,
and the
with
fyllable go,
;
me
Contigo, with
added to you ;
it,
thus Cori"
Confzgo, with
variation for the genders, but ferve both the mafculine, and the feminine. Note, That proprio ftands often for vufmo^ as ^ô propYio^ ov'ômifmo^ (uproprw, &c,
himfelf.
They have no
The
the
Spanish Grammar.
-,
67
her's, their,
y^^, and in plural fm^ (lands for his, ^c. as el Rq conju Hijo el Principe^ the King with his Son the Prince la Retina con fu hija the Queen with her Daughter the la Princefa^
The
poflfenive
Princefs.
Los fuhditos dehen ohedecer^ y pagdr trihuto d fu Rey^ the Subjedls ought to obey, and pay tribute to their King.
El General
comio con fus of dales fuhalternos^
the
General dinned with his fubakern Officers. Sh (lands alfo for f/, or /^, as el homhre tiene fufer (el fer) de Dios^ Man has the being from God. Sufir7na del capitdn^ fu for la \ but to fpeak properly, read always el fer^ the being j la firma^ the
fign,
or one's name.
Add
The
Nouns
dlguien,
to diefe
imperfedl
relatives:
Pronouns,
or
Cierto^ certain;
properly thefe uno^ one; alguno^
fomebody,
or dlgo in neuter,
;
cadauno^ each, every body

folo^
7mdie,
fomething ; no body Cthefe

otro^
'o
two lad mentioned have no

alone
,
plural)
;
other
-,
todo^
all
tal^
fuch
the
tanto^
much
quantOy
how much.
by
And
two punkue words

Nole, I'hat thefe
fuldno and zutdno,

are called
fuch a one.
Salv. Naves, pronouns indefinites.
There
are three perfons in the Pronouns^ viz.

P/ur.
nos,
or nofotros,
Sing,
1
2.
3.
Yo, / Tu, T/;oH

EI, cr aquel,
ive
vos, or vofotros, je
hs
ellos,
or aquellosj têy
Ft
CHAP,
68
fhe
RUD IMENTS
CHAP.
0/
III.
of
VERBS.
dmo, I love ; foi amddo, I am loved Is ; conjugated through Moods and Tenfes ; by Moods the Verb is changed according to the circumftances, as yo hdblo, I fpeak, is the indicative ; bdbla tu, fpeak thou, the imperative, &c. Tenfes are the
:
Man
Verb
is
to do,
a part of fpeech, that fignifies to be, or to fuffer, as fer hombre, to be a
diftindion and variety of times,
as venia^ I
was
coming
-,
vine^ I ca.me, i^c.

into perfonals, (fo called becaufe
Verbs are divided
they have perfons) as yo dmo^ I love ; tu dmas, thou loveft", &:c. and imperfonals, (becaufe without perfonsj as conviene^ it behoveth, confta it is
plain.
The
perfonals are fubdivided into

A(5live
I
PafTive
Neuter ReciprocaL
to teach
;
Adive
to read
liary
*,
fignifies to do, as enfendr^
leer^
and
may
be
made
paffive
by the auxi-
and the participle pafTive of the Verb, 2isfer enfenddo^ foi enfenddo^ &c. But PafTive fignifies to fuTer, as fox amddo. perfon Angular, and the note. That in the third third of the plural are conjugated not only with the the auxiliar y^r, but even with the particle y^, as Dids es amddo^ or Bids fe dma^ God is beloved. Bueno es que la virtud fea hallada^ or fe hdlle en un Pnncipe, it is good that Virtue be found in a Prince.
Verb
fet\
ê
los
Bums
fiun amddoS:,
cr fe dmeni
that the
virtuous
the
virtuous
Spanish
loved.
Gram ma
is
r."
69
fee,
may be
By which you may

To
foi a?nddo,
that the participle Pafilve

tion of this
varied in the conjuganofoiros
Verb, faying,
is
fomos ainddos. Neuter properly

adlion nor paifion,
to
that
which
fignifics
j
neither
color ear ^
as color dr,
to colour
;
recover a colour, or to give colour
correr^
to
This Verb makes a pertedl fenfe by itlelf, in which it differs from the adlive, as ducrmo^ I fleep, meva^ it fnows. The verb Aclive fays the fame thing in the active and pafiive voices, as )0 dim a dio^, or dios es amddo de mi^ which can't be fiid by the Neuter in a proper manner. The Neuter is either fubflantive, as fer^ to be ; or abfolute (fo called for its making a fenfe by itfeJfj by adlion, as blafpbemdr^ to blafpheme, lluevCy it rains ; or by pafTion, as coloredr, ennegrecer. The verb reciprocal is that which return the fenfe backward, and is conjugated thus, apercihirfe^ to be prepared or provided for, 7ne aperczbo^ I prepare myfelf, te aperclbes^ thou preparefl thyfeif; and always has the particle fe in the infinitive.
run, ajjenlir^ to aflent.
Note^
That
in
the Spanijh language,

pajjive^
it
may
by
be made
aEl'ive^
neuter^
one Verb and reciprocal

ir,
the different fenfes that

to put
may
bed,
be applied to
is
as acoftdr^
one
in it's
adtive,
made
paffive
by the Verb
ejiot
auxiluir ejldr^
I
and is and the

in
participle paffive, as
acojlddo^
it
am
put
my
bed, or
lay
down.
When
fignifies
to follow
or opinion, or to declare himfelf is Neuter^ as Pedro^ dexddo el fervzcio de Frdncia^ for ^romejfas de adelantamiento acoflo a la parte de Efpdna. Peter having left the French fervice, by the promifes he had
partial for a Prince,
one's party,
on
his
being
fervice.
promoted,
as
eniifled
it
himfelf in the
to
to come come near
te
Spanijh
And when
acoftarfe
is
fignifies
near to a place,
to this place,
aqui^
then
reciprocal,
as^/
acuejlas
7o
aqui^
te
The
RUD IMENTS
if
oj I
matare^
you come near
to this place,
will kill you.
Some of the Verbs are regular, (fo called for their being confined to rules) and others irregular (fo called, becaufe they have no rule) \ but as their irregularity is various fome time in the prefent tenle of the indicative,
tive,
in the preterperfedl,
future,
in the
impera-
prerer imperfedl and future of the optative,

in
and otherwife to mention it
their participles,
I fhall
take care
in the Conjugations.
OJ
Conjugat'mis.
T
So
HERE
Tongue,
are three Conjugations in the Spanijb

viz,
Amdr^ to love ponder^ to anfvver Ref Venlr^ to come.

that the
Spanip Verbs are
to
be looked for la
the Didtionaries by their infinitives.
Of Moods.
or that which fhows, or declares j the Imperative^ or that v/hich commands ; Optative^ or that which wifhes, or defires ; Suhjunîve, which
Indicative^
TH E
all
Moods
are fix,
as in Latin^
viz.
The
fuppofes fomething ; FotentiaU or that by which Jbmething is expedled ; and the Infinitive^ which
leaver
undetermined.
Of
fenfes.
TH E
fent,
Tenfes, which are the times of adion, or palTion, are three properly, being the pre-
the paft,
and the time to come
And
with
thofo
î;^
S p
AN
Grammar.
71
thofe made by circumlocution are ten

cative
in the indi-
Mood,
viz. the prelent, preter imperfect, three
preterperfeds, the plus perfed, and tour futures And in the optative Mood there are nine, viz. the prefcnt, three preterimperfeds, preterperfed,
two
preter plus perfects,
and two
futures.
Of
the
Indicative
Mood,
Tenfe of all Conjugations of is formed by changing ^r, er^ or ir of the infinitive into 0^ as from amdr fay dmo^ from lecr^ leo^ from cumplzr, cumplo \ this tenfe extends itfelf to a future time, as mandna es dia de fiejla^ to-morrow is a holy day.
Prefent
regular verbs,
THE
The
Preterimperfed of the
firft
Conjugation
is
formed by changing dr into dba^ as amdba^ I did love, or properly I was loving and of the fecond and third Conjugation, is formed by changing ir and zr into la^ as perdia^ pedia, Note^ That this Tenfe has two ways of explaining the fecond perfon plural through all Conjuga,
tions, as amdhadeis or amdbais
perdiddeis or perdzMS
pediadeis or pedzais.
Preterperfed of the firft Conjugation into 4 ^s amdr^ ame but of the fecond and third Conjugations by changing er and
firft
The
by changing dr
f,
-,
/r into
is
as perder, perdi^ pedir^ pedi.
This tenfe
called Befirnte^
becaufe
it is
a time perfedly paft
and exprefTed
with him
laft
as el 7nes pajddo haUe con el^ I fpoke ; month. The fecond Perfed of all the Conjugations is formed of the auxiliar verb haver ^ and the participle pafTive of the verb treated of, as he hablddoy I have fpoken, he per dido y I have loft j he pedido^ I have
afked.
The
third
as huve hablddo^
Perfed is formed &c. but not
in the
fame manner,
fo frequently ufed ia
Sânijh as the other two.
Noie^
; ;
72
Note^
le
'the
RUDIMENTS
thefe
of
That
I
two
latter are called Preterper-.

is
fe6ts indefinites,
for their time

havê
be hablddo^
fpoken to him,
not determined, as but we don't
fay when.
So that the diiFerence between the firfl: preterperfed and the others, is that the former Ihould exprefs time, and the latter not ; befides, that the iirft extends itfelf firther than the others (which are referred to time but lately paft) you may fay, le table dos dnos ha, 1 fpoke to him two years ago but you can't fay le he bablddo dos dnos ha, I have fpoken to-him two years ago becaufe he hablddo does only extend to a time fo lately paft, that it appears Thefe are Valera's to have fomething of the prefent. Obfervations, which I advife the Reader to obferve, in order to avoid the frequent Equivocations that often happens in fpeaking and writing. hablddo havia The Preterplufperfed thus havhi perdido^ havia pedido, I had fpoken, loft, ^r. The firft Future is formed of the infinitive, adding e after r, as of habldr, adding e fay bablare ; ferder^ ferdere ; fedir^ pedire, having always the accent on the laft letter. The fecond Future with the auxiliary be, iefjgOy or debo, and the infinitive Mood with de before it,
,
as he or tengo de ddr, I am to give, debo de dar^ or debo ddr, I am oblig'd, I muft give. The third thus Havre de habldr^ I ftiall he ob:
liged to fpeak, &c.
The
J
plufperfe6l)
fourth fwhich properly is the fecond PreterHavia de babldr^ I had, or thus

:
was
to fpeakj
i^c.
Of
the Imperative^
THE
Imperative is made of the third perfon of the prefent of the indicative Mood, and of the prefent of the optative, as dma tu, love thou
z^/j^
Spanish
-,
Gram ma
tu^
r.^
73
thou
is
perde ame aquiU let him love el^ let him loofe, ^c. pierda So that the third perfon of the
loofe
indicative
the
fecond of the imperative, and the third of the imThe fecond perative is the firft of the optative.
plural
formed from the infinitive by changing r amdr fay arndd^ let ye love ; perder^ per^ ded ; ped^^r^ pedid ; and often the d is loft, faying ainaos for amdd vos^ or amdd os^ and fometimes is
is
into d^ of
tranfpofed after
amddles
;
/,
as amdlos,
it is
amdles
for amddlos^ or
and
fo
often faid decilde for decidle.
Of the
Optative^ Potential^ and Suhjun^five Moods,
or that wiflies, or defires, has always annexed an adverb, as oxalay fi^ pluwould to God, I pray God, or God guiejfe a Bids, grant aunque^ no objlante que ^ fen embargo que^ altho%
-,
OPTATIVE,
notwithftanding.
Potential properly has no figns in Spanijh,
EngliJJj
but
int
has thefe, can^ may^ mighty could,
JJoould,
or
ought,
which
it.
are equal to thefe Spanijh

es
exprefTions,
will
puede fer que^
menefter que^
as
fome authors
have
Suhjunîve has always fome conjundion annexed, que, quando : if, as, that, when, as como yo dme, as may love but the tenfes are all
asy?, cdmo,
-,
alike in thefe three
Moods.
is
The
prefent of the Optative
formed by the preinto e in the firft
fent of the Indicative
changing
conjugation, and into a in the fecond and third conjugations, as^ from dmo fay dme pier do ^ pierda 3
-,
pzdo, pzda.
and fecond Preterimperfedls arc formed perfon of the firft preterperfed: of the Indicative, as from ame in the firft conjugation changing e into dra or dp is made amdra, amdffe ; ^n the fecond and third conjugations add to the prefirft
The
From the
firft
terperfed'
: ;
74
diejTt\
'I'he
RUDIM-EN^S
((fey
of
perdic'ra, per-
terperfea: era or
as
^rom per di hy
from pedt lay

third
pidiera^ pidieffe.
The
infinitive,
here. That thefe tenfes have two ways to explain the fecond perfon plural, as amarddeis or amdraiSy amdjjedeis^ or amdjfeis^ amariddeis^ or amartahy and fo in the other two conjugations.
trom leer^ Obferve
Preterimperfea is formed from the adding i^, as from amdr fay amaria^ leer id ^ irom pedir^ pidirid,
Obferve likewife, That thefe three tenfes vary one from another, fpeaking in a right method
tho' there
Spaniards,
is
fuch a confufion in explaining them,

there
is
that hardly
Some Authors
any difference made by the adapt them to the three
amdra to the Optative, amdje^ to and amaria to the Potential ; as âla 'jo amdra la virtu d^ God grant that I might love virtue ; coino yo amdjfe a Dids, el me amaria^ as I could love God, he would love me. Other Authors, as Tominque^ Ceffer in Gram. Rud. and Villalbay are of opinion, that amdra denotes the difpofition of a thing, or the readinefs for an adlion ; amdjfe the beginning of it, and
VIZ.
Moods,
the Subjundive,
amaria the
fays the
firft
pofTibility
to obtain
it
or as êrehio^
imperfed is a tenfe of motion, exquo from whence, and related to the medium, as de los veinte pefos le diera diez para comprarfe un veftidOy of the twenty pieces of eight I would give hinl ten, that he might buy himfelf a fuit of cloaths
,
tlie
fecond a
tenfe
medium, or
le
inquo^
as como
le
hallajfe haciendo loque
dzxe^
as I Ihould find
him
in
doing what
tional
tenfe,
I told
him.
And
the third a
condi-
lo barza^ como el fuera huenoy I he would be good. One thing is certain amidft all thefe, that aunquey como^ oxala, &c. follow the two firft preterimperfeds, and the third imperfed tenfe is ufed by way of interrogation, or fufpenfion, faying barza
as Ji
v/ould
do
it,
if
the
Spanish Grammar.^
Would you do
do
it is
75
hand
lo
V. m^- efto ?
this
!
harm
yo
that I could
well
que hien or withy;.
formed from the auxiliar The haver^ and the participle palTive thus ; bdya verb atnddoy baya perdzdo, hdya pedido^ when I have
Preterperfe6l
loved, i^c.
The
when
1. I
firft
Plufperfedt thus:
Hdviera
amddo^
had loved.
fecond, huvVeJJe amddo^ is made of the
into re^
as
The
when
firfl
Future
I had loved. Preterimperfed-,
by changing ra
perdiere
all
;
pediera, pidiere^
amdra^ amdre ; perdiera^ with the fame accent on
the fyllables.
2.
Future of the
firft
Plufperfedl
ra into re,
and
participle paffive,
amddoy
fay in the future
by changing from huviera buviere amddo. So that

as
there are nine tenfes in the Optative

as in the Subjundlive
Mood,
as well
and Potential.
Of
to be
;
the Infinitive
Mood.
to
INFINITIVE fignifieth
nor
perdery to loofe
;
do, to
fuffer,
or
and hath neither number, nor perfon, nominative Cafe before as amdr^ to love
pedzr^ to afk, to beg.
When two Verbs come together without any nominative Cafe between them,
in the infinitive
then the latter (hall be

I defire
Mood,
often
as defeo aprender^
to learn
And
the nominative cafe,

al Proximo^ [on
to love bour, are the
los
times the infinitive fupplies as amdr d Dios^ y hacer bien
dos a5ios Principdles de
un
Cbrijii^
dnoy
God, and do good to the Neightwo principal Adlions of a Chridian.
lay loy leSy las, loSy are added to the then r is often changed into /, as amdlle for amdrky perdclk for perderky decille for dechky to love him, to loofe him, to tell him. And when
/(?,
When
Infinitive,
mey
tSy fcy
<?j,
oSy
^cc
follow the infinitive
imme-
diately, then they are
^% dearie^ deczr/elo,
pronounced &c.
as monofyllables,
of jl general Scheme of the Termination of Verbs of the

three Conjugations in their fimple lenfes.
SingiiL
76
"The
RUDIMENrs
tUy
Plural
el
nofotros,
Perfons
J,
wofotros
ellos,
thou,
dofl
he
a e
we
do
ye
do
ais
eis
is
they
do.
do
doth
as es
'\
amos 2. emos
3.
an
en en
did aban
lan
ha've
imos
did
!l
did didjl did aba abas aba
did
abamos
iamos
ha've
{abadeis
abais
( iadeis
t
o o
las
la
m
5
f
I.
haê
e
hafl hath
afte
ille
ha've
afteis
amos
imos
iHeis
aron eron
Jhallor ivill Jhal.

re ras
have
ra
2.
>
remos
reis
ran
do the
/f/
him eel
do,
let us,
let ye,
let
them
elks
a
Perfons
JO, I /,
^/
emos nofotros, ad nofotros en amos ed an amos id an

he
nofotros^
*v6fotros,
ye
elhi
thou,
we
may
may
cis
ais
they
might
r
or
May mayji may

<:î:
e a
//^/^/
es
emos amos
might
en
as
an
mightji might
or
fo/i/
might
aradeis-arais
affedeis-afTeis
ara
aramos
aflemos ariamos
might aran
affen
n.J
*"
"^
I
:,
i-'^
2-
^^^ ^^^5 affe ^

aria
ariades-ariais
arian
7 f
era
cfTe
eras e
rias r
era
ria
eramos
eflemos riamos
Jhall
erades-erais
efledeis-efleis
eran
eiTen
S I
efles efle e
^'Ls-J
or
ria
riadeis-riais
rian
Jhall Jhall Jhall

'v:illha<ve
I
.
Jhall
aredeis-areis
eredeis-ereis
fi>all
are
a ares
eres
are
ere
aremos cremos
aren eren
Infnitivs
the
Spanish Grammar.'
Infinitive
//
Mood,
Pref.
Ten Ten.li.
2.
and ,nd > Pret .imp. 3
arl er V
ir
O
to have
3.
ando ^ 2 endo ^ ? iendo

cr?
"^
r^
ado
ido
ido
ha4
"w
'The termination of Verbs of the three Conjugations in
their
compound
Tenfes.
Singular,
yo
I,
Plural,
tu
el
'VOS.
elks
thou, he
we.
they.
1 ha'vey &c.
7 he, has,\^
'
hemos or haveis, han havemos
Iha<ve^ &c.
r ado < 2 ^ 3 ido 3 hiivo Ihad, &c &c. ado 1 havia, T ad > havias, < 2
J > huvifle,
hijtve,
huvimos, huvifleis huvieron
haviamos , C havi adeis,

viais \ havi
ador
3 havia
^ 3 do ^.
i
havian
/ am r
to
' ar / he or tengo \ ^ er
has,
ha de
hemos,
haveis,
han de
ir
I miijly
or Jlâll
' T ar < er
(_ ir
he obliged to
^ f
P C
"^
1 havre,
3 havra de
"^
c'-J 2. >havras,
3
havremos, havreis, havran de
ar
er
7 hady or I nvc
I;
ir
f 5^<
havia,
havias,
ai ei
ir
haviamos,
C haviadeis,
2.
3
>
<
haviais,
L F t
J âvia de t
havian de
Perfcns
78
Perfons
The
RUDIMENTS
yo
I,
of
elloi
tu
el
nofotrosy
fvofoiroSy
thou, he
we,
ye,
the/
might or could
hanje. Sec.
^fi.Jhaya,
1 ado
J.
hayamos,
C hayadeis
ado
ido
3
S.J
^2. Vhayas,
BC3-3haya
ido
( hayais
hayan
huvleramos, C adeis,
Iljad, &c.
- f 1, 1 huviera, i,lhaviera,l do 2. >huvieras rS2. S-huvieras ^ 2.,
ado
îdo
ido
\
eran
ais
3 huviera
1
I bad, &c. 1 huvielTe 1 ado
huvieiTemos, C edeis,
I
eis
ado
îdo
3
2. >efres
3.3effe
33 ido
S-
eflen
^f
&^
.
^// or It'/// i.^huviere,! ado 1 huviere, 1

.
huvieremos,
C edeis,
{
eis
ado
2.
Veres,
.^
C3-3ere
'ido
eren.
îdo
Infinitive*
Pret. perf.
ado
havito have, &c.
and
Plufperf.
t haver <
2j,
3'
Qcndo
\^
orha
Is'
ar
crq
Future
1 ertohavehereafter > haver de < <

.
3 Supine
V b
ar
ien vien f Cu do <
er
de
îr
to
have
Ohfervations on the Verbs.
regular and irregular Verbs, generally fpeaking, agree in this, that the firft Futures of the Indicative Mood, and that of the Optative are always the fame through out all the Conjugations,
THE
cent on the
fenultima.
with this difference, that the firft has the aclaft fyllable, and the fecond in the ante
When
/Z?^
Spanish Grammar.
79
Preterperfed of the indicative is firft and fecond Preterimperfecls, irregular, the and the firft Future of the Optative are irregular,
tlte firft
When
as
dar,
di,
to give
tener,
to have, or hold,
dec'ir,
to fay.
Fret. Perf.
Pret.
imperf. opt.
diere,
Future,
I gi've
diera,
or dieiFe,
^hen IJhallgive.
ijuhn
I Jhall
ha've.
I might give.
tuve, /
djxe,
had
t\i
viera, or tu vieiTe,
tu
viere,
that
I might
ha-ve.
I /aid
dixe'ra, or dixeiTe
dixere,
^hen I Jhall fay.
that I might fay.
The third Preterimperfedl of the Optative is always the fame, and ends in r/^, as daria^ tendnay
diria for deciria,
Note^ Like wife,

is
that generally the third
perfoa
fingular of the prefent tenfe of the Indicative
Mood,
of the Imperative, and the is the firft of the Optative, as aquel d?na^ he loveth ; dma tu^ love thou ; dine ciquel^ let him love ; que yo dme^ that I may love. There are few exceptions in the Imperative, as
the fecond perfon
third of the Imperative
from poner^
but this
is
tener,
hacer,
deczr^
Sec,
fay pofi tu in-
ftead o^ pone tu^

in ufe,
ten tu
for
time tu,
hdz
for hace^
dt tu^
or dice tu^ &c.
Of
the Participle.
from the verb, and participates its force, that is, has the fame fignification, and governs the
caufe of the verb
cafe,
,
A
^
Participle
is
a part of
a fpeech,
it
comes
it
taketh of a
s
Noun
the gender,
and declenfion
and of both, number and
figure.
In SpamJJj there are four Participles, as in Latin,
viz. of the
Latin
cpamjh,
iamante,
oyer.tC;
lonjing,
<vjho
h tarings
'vJjo
dics hear.
B.
So
The
RUD IMENTS
this Participle
is
of
N. B, That
likewife fuppli^d
in the Spanijh language
by the
third perfon of the
prefent tenfe of the indicative

el
Mood,
the relative
dma^ he v^ho does love ; it governs generally in Spanijh a genitive, as amante de Dios ; and is of the gender of common of three, as
and
que^ as elque
amdnte^ la amante^
Latin
lo
amante,
Spanijh
Of the
or
pret.
C
in
tus
fus as
amatus
vifus
do
in to
as
<
Paflive
t ^^^
Latin
connexus
xo, &:c.
f amado, loved^ < viflo, feetiy ^ connexo, &c. joind or added. ? C

^^^^^
''
Spanifi?
Of
the.
^"
future
S ^"^
)
f^turus
^'
1.
^"
^^^
venturus
T' ^' 1 ^'"'^':^
S^""'^'?
'
iVi?/<f,
That
by
the auxiliar verb haver^
particle de,
is fupplied in Spanijh or by tener^ with the and the infinitive of the verb, as ama-
this Participle
turns Juer am ^
havm
I
de
amdr,
or he de amdr^
am
to love,
had &c.
I
to love; iengOy
Of Fut. in < in<

:.
dus as Jmandus
But
this in
Spanijh
is
fupplied
by
the auxiliar Verbs haver and Jer, the particle de^ and the participle of the preter of the Verb, as Amandus eji^ hd de Jer amddoy he is to be loved, &c.
Gerunds,
ThcGerund.aretermiatedin5^..>in{-/;as-4t?wS
govern the cafe of the Verb, as amando a The Gerund of genitive is loving God : formed of the particle de, and the infinitive of the Verb thus, de amar, of loving ; and that of accu-
And
Dios,
fative thus,
a afnar,
tQ love.
Supines^
the
Spanish Grammar.
8i
SUPINES.
THERE
are
two Supines
one
in Spanijh^
by way of
amdr^ to love; the other paiTive, ^% a fer amado ^ to be loved. This, it is hoped, will be fufficient to bring the Reader into the knowledge of every thing required for the conjugation of verbs ; as for the reft, we refer him to the third part of this Grammar, where under their proper heads he will find every thing necefTary for the conftrudion.
circumlocution,
acftive,
as a
PERSONS.
THERE
yo I
Sing,
tu,
el,
are alfo in
Verbs three PerfoRS
in
both numbers, viz.

C yo ^Tô, I lo've as< tu amas, thou io^jeji or aquel he he loueth. (^ aquel a ma,
thou^
nos, or nofotros,,
Plur.
ellos,
ê
vos, or vofotros, jr
or aquellos, they
f nofo'tros amamos, <v:e loê as< vordtros amais, ye lo've aquellos aman, they /ove. (^
By
the
firfl
perfon,
we
note, he
,
who
fpeaks
by
the fecond, to
Spaniards very feldom make of the fecond Perfon fmgLilar or plural, but when through a great familiarity among friends ; when they fpeak to God, wife and hufbanci to themfelves, inftead thereof, to children, or fervants when they fpeak to others, they make ufe of UJIed in fmgular, or Uftedes in plural, or of Vuejlra Merced^ and Vueftrai Mercedes^ ycu^ your Worihip, your Merits, or Defervings ; which are figns of the third perfon, of which they make ufe of in fpeaking In writing they do always make ufe of '
ufe
-,
the perfon of B. That the
whom we fpeak whom we fpeak.
and by
the third,
Fu^Jlra
82
plural.
"The
RUD IMENTS
of
m^'- in
Vueftra Merced, thus v, m^- in fingular, or v,
Obferve here, that when an adjedive comes after it does not agree in the gender with V. w^* , but with the perfon to whom we fpeak, when to a Man, thus Vueftra or fpoke of ; when Merced fea hien venido, you are welcome to a Woman, thus, Vueftra Merced fea hien venida^ you are welcome, and fo in the plural. It can't be amifs, if at prefent I take notice of
Vueftra Merced,
:
îThe
manner ufed hy the Spaniards
in falut'ing or
complimenling one another,
perfons below thofe of the Nobility and Gentry, as coma eftd v, m^- ? or como le va a v. m^- ? or comofe hdlla v. m^' ? or as newly introduced by ftrangers, como fe porta
general for perfons, or
V, m^' ?
THEY make
ufe of Ufted, or Vueftra
Merced
in
among
how do you
do,
&c.
Anfwer, Mui
hien
pdrafervirle, (oxpdrafervtr a v. m^- ) or Bueno fthat is enfalud) par aque me mdnde, &c. Cahaliero huenos dias
fthat
row.
dtros mas) tenga v. m'^- , Good morBuenas noches tenga v, m'^- , Good Night to you, Sir-, it is ufed in Spanijh huen dia tenga V. m^' , but not Buena ndche in fingular. Befo las Mdnos de v. m^- , I kifs your Hands ;
is,
efte y
Sir
anfwer,
Mdnos) de v. mâgame) la Merced, ox favor For they fay generally i;. m'^- me la (viz. Merced) de efto, dga de efto, do me the Favour of this, or grant me the favour, ^c. We ufe to fay Buen dia, or huenos dias de Dios a V, w^' , God give you a good Day, for good morrow, Sir, &c. as for the other ranks of perfons, we fay, to the King, Vueftra Mageftdd, Your Majefty ; to the Pope, Santiddd, Beautitud, San5ltffuno Pddre^
\o las
(
fup.
V. m^'
me dga
(or
Beatîffuno
Padre,
I
Holinefs,
Moft Holy
i
Father
iXttki which Jhould
given only to God)
to a Prince
V. Alteza,
the
V, Altezay
nencia^
Spanish Grammar.
your Highnefs ; to a Cardinal, V, your Eminency ; to the Grandees, Dukes,, your Generals, and Ambafladors V. Excelencia,
,
83 Emi-
Excellency
to a Bifhop,
Vuejlra Senoria
;
ilujlrtffi?na^
your
Vuejfd
Vuejfa
illuilrious
Lordfhip
Note^
,
to
Earls,
Marquefles,
Vuefira Senorza.
a
That fome
but
I
ufe Vuejlra^
and
promifcuoudy
is
am
of opinion that
word out of ufe, i^c. 1 obferved, that fome of the Nobility in Spain, when they fpeak to any Gentleman inferior in rank, never did make ufe of Befo las Mams de v. m'^- , but
ventdo^
and fo they fay v. m"^- fea Men or hien venido feci el Senor Fuldno ; buenos And when an indzas de Dios al Sr. Fuldno, &c& ferior fpoke to them he would be better off, if he faid Befo las Mdnos de V. Senor la, than faying SerServidor de v. m^*,
vidor de V, Senor la
but at prefent this difference
is
almoft
left off,
&c.
The
preceding Spanifh
:
Words
are
abbreviated
SS,
il ;
thus in writing
V,
Mgd
s
V. Santd, or Beatd^
or BB, Padre
F. Alt
V.Em-,
V.
Exc,
V. S.
S,
K M^.
Of
the Auxiliar Verbs.
AU X
LI AR
Verbs take
their
etymology of
the Latin Auxilium,
Auxzlio, help, fo called,
becaufe they are wanted, and help to the conjugation of other Verbs. There are auxiliar or helping
Verbs in all the living languages, and in the Spanifh there are more than in any other, as foder, tener, foler, ir, &c. without which we can't
righdy explain the meaning of fome tenfes ; but there are three Principal, viz. baver (inftead of
whom we
ejldr
do likewife ufe the Verb tener) to have, to be; the two firfl: ferve for the adtive, neuter, and reciprocal Verbs ; haver fcrves alfo for the paI5ve Verbs io their compound
and
fer,
tenfes.
84
tenfes,
"The
RUDIMENTS
as in the Preterperfeft,
Pluperfect,
of ^c, and
Verb y^> ferves for the paflive Verbs. And as the other Verbs can*c be conjugated without thefe,. we think it proper to begin by
the
fhe Conjugation of the Juîliary Verl Haver, To have.
The
Sing.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe,
Plur.
Yo
he,
has,
1 have
l^hou haji
")
Nolotros f Nofotros
\
or
hemos, J 7 havemos, J
We have
Te have
Tu
>< s
V ofotros haveis. haveis,
El or aquel ha
tie
hath
(_
han,
j.
Preterimperfedi:,
Shg,
Havia, Havias Havia,
Plur,
/ had
1 f Haviamos
j ^ Havian
TFe
had
Thou had > < Haviadeis, Qr haviais Ye had ft
He had
Ihej
had
Firft Preterperfe6t
Sing.
Huve
Kuvifle
Huvo
Phr. 1 have had 1 f Huvimos, Thou haft had V \ Huvifles, He hath had j ^ Huvieron,
We
have had Ye have had Ihey have had
Second Preterperfed,
f Yd he
S\ng.\
"1
C
^^^^^^^
1 have had
Tuhas
\
I TT^'^^
El ha f Nofotros hemos
Theu haft had \ I He hath had
fl
Phr, \ Vofotros haveis t EUos han
f
I
\ We have had
I
^^ ^^'^^ had
^^9
^^'^^
^^^
The
%
third Pretcrperfeft thus
Yo huYc havi<k
h in n9 vfe in Spanifli*
-
Preterm
the
Spanish
G:r a M
ma r,
85
Preterpluperfcdb.
f Havia \ Havias ^ Havia f Haviamos I had had
Thou hadji had
Zing.
Havido,
He had had
We had had
Ye had had
They
Tkr. < Haviadeis

t Havian
!
Firft Future.
had had
r Havre,
îng.
I /hall
or ivill
have
< Havras, ( Havra, f Havremos
Tou /hall or
<wtll haôs
He /hall
or nvill ha<vt
We
/Ipall or ivill ha^vt

<vjill
Tlur.X Havrcis
Ye /hall or
ha've
ha-ve.
t Havra n
They /hall or
nfjill
The
Second,
other Futures are
Yo he
de haver
Thirds
Fourth,
Havre de haver Havia de haver
/ mu/l ha've. I /hall he obliged to

I ivas
to
ha've
have
Imperative
^'
Mood.
Have thou Have he, or let him have Have <uv, or let us have Have ye, or let ye have Have they, or let them have.
\ Haya aquel,
or el
f Hayamos nofotros,
Plur.
< Haved vofotros, ^ Hayan aqucUos or
ellos
The
Mood,
Spaniards ufe,
the
in (lead
of
I
this
Word
Ten.,
of
Tengn.,
Imperative have or hold

*,
which T'engo is often ufed for this Verb He. This Imperative Mood Ten^ of Tenqo.,
fo
com:
monly ufed
. C ^"'^-
for i)\^j,
a-^d.,
is
thus declined
thou
Ten
tu,
Have, or hold
el
\ Tenga
Let him have or hold

Let us have or hold
Flur.
C Tengamos nofotros < Tened vofotros ^ Tengan ellos.
Do ye have
or hold
Let them have or hold.
See this
Verb among
the Irregulars.
G3
Note^
86
Iôley
"The
RUDIMENTS
of
Optative Mood is us'd with thefe figns, Oxald, or Oft^ or Plugieffe a Dios, I have faid, as Would to God, I pray God, or God grant. The Potential like the LaiWy with thefe figns, may^ can^ tnigbt^ could^ floould^ or ought \ both declined like
The
the Subjundive following.
Subjundive Mood.
^'ing. ng.
Prefent Tenfe,
Si ,
r Haya, or< Hayas
1 >
3
1/^
or nKihen 1
may have.
Sec.
como ^ Haya mo
Hayamos
Hayais
1 >
Jf,
or 'when
We may
ha^ve, 5:c.
Hayan
Three Preterimperfedls,
Si, or
f Huviera, huvielTe, havria
")
-if
Huvicras, huviefies, havrias > Sw^. ^Hnviera, huvieffe, havria 5

Plur. r Huvieramos,
Si, o;'<
como<
-^^
h
,,
'
'
ht
'r
fi'M
u? * ha-vi.
huviefTemos, havriamos
huviefledeis, havriadeis
Huvieradeis,
como
{_
Huvieran, huvieiien, havrian.
Preterperfed,
^tng. \ing.
CHaya, r Haya,
Hayas
T C
I \
I J
;i,.;-] Si, ..j
omofHaya ^TtHaya
Flur. C
1 j. or ^^hen I had, ? 'J\ or ^, \ ^ \^hen I have had.

^^^^^,^^ ^.^^^^^^
3
J-
Hayamos
Si, or \ Ha)'ais como ( Hayan
I
(.
^, or v:hen We had, &c,
Two
^.ng.
Preterpluperfeds.
(
1 ^, ^^ f Huviera, or huvieiTe ^^^^ ^ I huviefies S,, .. ^ Huvieras, .r ^ ;^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ 1 como (^ Huviera, or huvielie p-^^^f^^ J 1 />/; f Huvieramos, or huvieffemos \
bi, or
^
(.
Havieradeis, or huyieffedeis I
^^^^^^
^^^
como
Huvieran, or huvieuen
^ ^^^ J
Firft
the
Spanish Grammar,
Firft Future.
87
f Huviere or\ Huvieres como ^ Huviere Flur. f Huvieremos Si, orX Huvieredeis como {^ Huvieren
^'uig.
Si,
If,
or
<^rJhen
1 Jhall have
hereafter. Sec.
Second Future.
Huviere Huvieres Huviere Huvieremos
Huviereis
Havido
J/',
or ivhen lJJ:all have had.

Sec.
Huvieren
or other-ivi/e havre havido,
Infinitive
Haver Haver havido Haver de haver
Gerund. Haviendo,
Mood.
To have.
To have had.
To have hereafter;
Having.
Participles.
Pre/.
El que ha
The per/on voho ha/i
Pa/.
Havido
Had
To havBy in having, Sec.
Supine a haver
Note, That the Spani/h Academy hath changed haver into haher ; but as this innovation is againft the pradlice both of ancient and modern Authors, I thought proper to conjugate and retain haver,
The other Auxiliary Verbs Eftar, a?id Ser, To

Indicative
be.
Mood.
88
T'he
RUDIMENT'S
Preterimperfedl,
of
Sing.
Yo Tu
eft aba
eft abas
Yoera
ivas
nxjAfi
Tu
eras
Thou
Flu
El eftaba Nofotros eftabamos Vofotros eftabais or

eftabadeis
EIlos eildban
EI era Nofotros eramos Vofotros erais, or

cradeis
He
<vjas
We woere
Ye 'were
They 'were
Ellos eran
Firfl Preterperfed.
Eftuve
Flu
the
Spanish Grammar.'
Firft Future.
89
Sing.
-Plur.
r Eftare < Eftaras ( Eftara f Eftaremos < Eftareis
Sere
Seras
Sera
Seremos
Sereis
JJhally or fwili he,
&c.
^ Ellaran
Seran
I
He
de
Second Future.
rHe, or Tengo de He, < Has de eftar
eftar
fer fer
Sing,
Has de
^Hadec ellar
Hemos de
eftar
Ha de
fer
/
be,
mufi
PIur^< Haveis de eflar t Han de eftar
de fer Haveis de fer Han de fer
Hemos
&c.
Third Future.
Havre de
eftar, or
Uv
I Jhall
ohliged to
he"^'
Fourth Future.
Haviaxle
eftar, 9r fer
1 had to
he,
or
/ nvas
to he.
f-
.Imperative
.^.
Mood.
Be Be
nofotros
thou
CEftata
Setu
Sea el
^^'^'^'tEfteel
P/ur,
he
f Eft6mos nofotros < Eftad vofotros
Seamos
Let us he
.{Efteaellos
Sed vofdtros Sean ellos
Be ye
Let them
he>
Subjunaive
9#
"The
RVDIM^NTtS
Subjundive Mood.
Prefent Tenfc.
of
Sing,
Si,
f Efte or\ Eftcs

If, or lAihen
como
Plur. f Eftemos
Si,
I am,
8cc.
or< Efteis
{^
como
Ellea
Three Preterimperfedls.
.Eftuviera eftuvielTe,
eftaria
o;*
Fuera,
fueffe, feriia
ij
Sing.
Si, or^
Eftuvieras eftuvieffes,
eftarias
(?r
Fueras, fuefles, ferias
como'
Eflaviera eftuvieffe,
eftaria
or
Fuera,
fuefTe, feria
Eftuvieramos eftuviefle-
Fueramos, fueffemos,
feriamos
!mos,
^t ivas,
&C.
'when
or eftariamos
Eftuvieradeis,
eftuviefledeis,
Fueradeis,
fueflfedeis,
feriadeis
or eftariadeis
Eftuvieran eftuvieflen,
or eftaiian
Fueran,
fueffen,
fe
rian
Preterperfedt.
f Haya eflado < Hayas eftado como ( Haya eftado
Sing,
Si, or
Haya
Hayas
sido
sido
If,
or
P/ur. f
Si,
Hayamos
eftado
Haya sido Hayamos sido

Hayais
sido
<when
hanje
ori Hayais eftado

eftado
heen.kz
eomo C Hay an
Hayan
sido
Firft
Sing,
Si,
and Second Preterpluperfed.

">
f Huviera, or huviefle or< Huvieras, or huvieftes

or huviefte
I
I
If
eftado
sido
or
como ^ Huviera,
wohen I
Plur. f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos f Si, or< Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis I
had been, &c.

Firft
como
(^
Huvieran, or huvicften
the
Spanish G r a m m a r^
Firft Future.
91
Sing,
Si, or
f Efluviere } Eftuvieres
Elluviere
como ^
Fuere Fueres Fuere
"^
I
f
If 1 /hall, or
Jhould be^
If,
or
Plur. C Eftuvieremos Si, or -J Eftuvieredeis
Fueremos
Fueredeis
f
\
or ^vhen
had 6een,
Sic.
como t
Eftiivieren
Fueren
Second Future.
Sing,
Si,
f Huvlere or^ Huvieres
T
"J
"^
I
como^Huviere
P/r. r
Si,
Huvieremos
I Eflado i Sido i
I
J"^^^'* ka^ve beeUf
^7, / ^f'
''
^z.
or< Huvieredes como ^ Huvieren

or
(_
J
or side.
quando havre eflado,

Infinitive
Mood.
C
^
Pref.
Eftar,
Ser
role.
To hanje been. To be hereafter.
Bei?jg.
Pret. perf.
Future
Haver eilado. Haver de eftar.

Eflando, fiendo
Haver fido, Haver de fer,
i
{^
Gerund.
Participles.
Pre/.
Elque
a
efla,
^
or es,
The Per/on ^vho

Been. To be in being.
is,
Paf.
Sup.
Eftado,
eftar,
Sido,
a fer
The Optative
is
the
fame
as the SubjunBive.
BOTH
thefe
the Englijh having
tween them,
Verbs Eftdr and Ser fignify To he^ no word to diftinguifh beand yet they cannot be indifferently
ufed, there being a confiderable difference between them, which is, that Ser fignifies the proper and
infeparable EfTence of a Thing, denoting the Quality, or Quantity, as Ser hueno^ to be good ; Ser mdlo^ to be wicked ; Ser grdnde., to be big ; Ser pqueno^
CO be litde,
^c.
But Eftdr denotes Place, or fome

adjunct
^2
"The
RUDIMENTS
of
adjunft Quality, as Eftdr en cdfa^ to be at home 5 Efidr bueno^ to be well ; Eftdr mdlo^ or enfermo, to be For in enquiring after a Man's Health, the fick. Spaniards make ufe of the word Eftdr ^ as comoeftdis?
How
I
do you
am
well or
ill.
The Anfwer is, Eftoi huenoy or mdlo. Though fometimes the Anfwer
faying only, bueno^ or mdlo^ is without the Verb, well or fick ; or placing the Verb after the AdjeWhere it is to be 6bive, as bueno eftoi^ I am well. obferved that bueno and mdlo, do not fignify good
and bad,
or
as
ill.
as they
do upon other
is
occafions, but well
In ihort, eftdr ^
us'd to exprefs any thing
that concerns the afFedlions, or paflions of the Soul,

I am melancholy, eftoi alegre^ I am eftoi trzfte^ So that as has been faid fer muft be ufed to merry. denote the infeparable EiTence, or Being, whereas as Elveftido es bueno, perd eftdr implies Accidents, mal hecho, the Cloaths are good, but they are êftd where we fee the eflential Being of the ill made Thing itfclf under the word fer^ or es^ and the accidental fault of its being ill made under the word eftdr. Ser like wife is ufcd to exprefs the con,
dition, or
temper of a
;
Man
in
its
nature,
is
as
efte
hombre
as
efte
is
es colerico
de condicion, this
rick difpofition
bombre
eftd
of a coleand ^7?^r exprefs the fit or adion, colericOy this Man is adlually angry,
fit.
Man
or
in a colerick
"Example of the frjl Conjugation of Verbs regular

in ar, as Revelar, to reveal^ or dijtover.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent Tcnfe.
Sitfg.
f Yo revc'lo \ Tu revelas I Elrevela

C Nofdtros revelaraos Vos revelais \
reveal.
^^ or
yo^ reveal.
He
re'veah.
Tlur.X
7^^ re'veal. ^^ reveal.
EUos revelan
"^h
reveal,
Prcter-
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterimpcrfeft.
93.
$ing,
Yo Tu
revelaba
revelabas
I did reveal^
or
/ at'4j
revealing.
\ El
revelaba
Tou did re^vea/. H^ did reveal.
{Nofotros revelabamos
Vofdtros revelabadeis, cr
revelabais
Ellos revelaban
We
did reveal.
Ye didrcveaU
They didreveaL
Firft Preterperfeft.
f Revele
Sing.
J re'veakd.
Tou
re<veaied.
<
Revelalle
^ Revelo
f Revel amos
Plur.
He
re'vealed.
We
Ye
re'vealed.
re<vealed.
<
Revelafteis
^ Revelaron
They re'vealed.
Second and Third Preterperfedt.

C He,
Has,
or
huve^
or huville
^ Ha, or huvo f Havemos, or huvimos

Tlur. < Haveis, or huviiteis
Revelado,
/ have revealed Thou haji revealed He hath revealed
We have revealed Te have revealed

,
t Han,
or huvieron
They have revealed.
Preterpluperfe<n:.
îng.
f HavTa \ Havias
^Havia f Haviamos < Haviadeis
Revelado,
/ had revealed
Thou hadjl revealed
He had
revealed
We had revealed
Ye had revealed
They
flur.
{ Haviap
had reveled.
Firft
94
1'he
RUDIMENTS
Firft Future.
IJhall or
nx>ill
of
f Revelare,
Shg. < Revelaras, / Revelara,
rifueal
I'ou Jhall or nvill
reveal
He Jhall or
njoill
njoill
reveal
f Revelaremos,
Vlur.
Revelareis,
Te Jhall or
I Re velar an,
reveal reveal êy Jhall or ^nll reveaL

nvtll
We Jhall or
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de < Has de revelar,
revelar,
.
îng.
-J
j
I
f Ha de revelar, or havemos de fHemos,

Havels de'revelar, Han de revelar,
re-
> 1
am
to
or muji
nvidt
Sc^l
J "^
Third Future^
r Havre
^hg. ^ Havras [ Havra
?lur.
1
V
de Revelar
1
I
I
J
/
Jâll be obliged
io
} fHavremosl > < Havreis

(^
revettl,
&c.
de Revelar
(
I
Havran
J
Fourth Future.
fHavia
Sing,
7
de Revelar
J-
i Havias i Havia r Haviamos P/r. < Haviadeis t Havian
W
I
^^^>
"veal,
^^
^.vas
to
r^
1 > de Revelar
3
( I
&C.
J
Imperative
Mood.
Do you
^^^
reveal, or
JRevela
tu,
niicdihou
Revele el/
'^''^
re^saL
FluK
/y&^
Sp
ANIsH
nofotros,
Grammar,
Let us
re^veal,
let ye
qg
nveaL
f Revelemos
Tlur,
< Revelad vofotros. ^ Revelen ellos.
Do ye
rcvealy or Let them reveal.
^he Optative and SubjiinBhe Moods, with Signs Si, Como, Oxala, Aunque.
I[^
their
When, would Gody God Grants

Prefent Tenfe.
Yo
Sing.
revele
reveles
i
\
\ Tu ^
El revele r Nofotros revelemos Plur. < Vofotros reveleis
Whertf
or God grant, &cI reveal, &c.
Ellos revelen,
Preterimperfed:.
f Revelara, < ReveJaras, t Revelara,
Plur.
revelafle, revelaria
revelafTes,
"^ I rrn
I f
Sing.
revelarias
/,
revelafTe,
revelaria
f Revelaramos, revelaffemos, revekriamos f
C
^
T
fi,
^W
^
< Revelaradeis,
revelaffedeis, revelariadeis
^ ^^'^^^ i
Revelaran, revelaflen, revelarian.
Three Preterperfed.
C Haya, < Hayas, L H^ya, C Hayamos Plur. < Hayais
Sing.
p .^^1 ' y^ ^ When, or nvouldto God, ^^velaô, J j ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^
Sccl
i Hayan
Firft
96
ne
Firft
RUDIMENTS
or huvieffe
"J
of
and Second Prcterpluperfedls.
f Huvlera,
Sing.
C
I
< Huvieras, or huviefles I Huviera, or huvielTe

^
When
'^
"^
I f
f Huvieramos, Piur. ^ Huvieradeis,
or huviefTemos
R^ygj^^jQ
J
I
or nvou/d G^^ &c.
^^'^ reveal-
or huvieffedeis
ed,
&c,
Huvicran, or huvieffen
Firft Future.
5/V/g;.
f ^ (
Revelare,
Revelares,
"1
J
I
Revelare,
f Revelaremos
J^/ur:
When or would to God, &C / Jha// or ivi/J reveal, &c,
< Revelaredeis
^Revelaren,
J
Second Future.
CHuviere
Sing.
"1
C
I
< Huvieres
(Huviere fHuvieremos
When
^^
or would
to
\j>..r.UAr.) >Kevelado,i'
I
I
^< ^
^^.^^
^fi"""^^
^^^^
^^,
?/r.
<
Huvieredeis
or otherwife
a;^M &c.
^Huvieren
J
Infinitive
havre revelado.
Mood.
"^
Prefent.
Rcvelar,
To reveaL
Preterperfedt.
Haver revelado
^^
/^^'f^
revealed.
Future.
Haver,
w efpera? de revdar
To reveal hereafter
Gerund#
//^(f
Spanish Grammar.
Gerund,
97
Revelando,
Re'vealivr.
Supine of the Active Signification,
wvelar,
To be about
to
renjeaL
Supine of the Paflive Signification,
fer revel ado,
To he repealed.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and

Revelante, or
el
Adive Voice^
que revela,
Re'vealing.
Participle of the Preter

Revelado,
Tenfe and Palnve Voice,

Revealed.
All regular Verbs that have their Infinitive in ar^ The Irregular are conjugated in all Points like this. fhall be treated of, after the following Lift of regular
Verbs
in ar,
above fpoken
of.
Reo;uIar Verbs in ii
ar.
LAir.ar,
to call.
Ayunar,
tofajl.
Aprovechar, to profi. Cenar, to fup.

Hallaj,
to find.
to
Cuinprar, to buy. Pvecompenfar, to requite. Apartar, to fet afide.

Separar,
to
Topar,-
find.
Ganar,
to gai?i.
feparate%
^
Apelar,
Pelear,
to appeal.
Conteâr, Defpojar,
Arraftrar,
to contejf^
to firip. to
Acomodar,
to adjufi.
^ *
drag.
to fight.
Fiar,
fo trufi.
Camar,
Llo^kr,
to fing.
to
Pagar, td pay.
Sacjuear, to plunder.
'iveep.
Anaenazar^
98
Afientar,
'The
RUDIMENTS
Mandar,
to
of
Amenazar,
to threaten.
command.
Injuriar, to re-vile.
to affront.
to ^jenture.
Diffimulc4r,
to diffemble.
Aventurar,
Ivlacai-j
Enganar, to deceive Dclenganar, to undeceive,

Bailar, to dance.
health.
to kill.
Curar,
Sanar*
to cure^
or heal.
to heal, or reco-ver }o
Danzar,
to dance. to
Amcdrantar,
Efpan*tar,
to
put
into fear.
Domar,
tame.
to fatter.
Lifongear,
frighten.
Manchar,
to Jf-Qt, or fain,
Alzar, to take up. Levantar, to raife, Suuar, to fqjoeat.
Martyrizar, to torment. Encantar, to enchant, Defnudar, to rip. Reposar, to repofe.
Remediar,
Cortar,
Can.âr
to tire.
to
remedy,
Animar,
Rezar,
to
io
encourage.
to cut.
A tar,
to tye.
Jurar, tofwear.
pray.
to
Azotar, to ivhip. Eftimar, to e fee in.

Borrai;, to blot out.
Ellernudar,
Callar, to be
Pafiear,
fneeze,
lent.
Lavar^
Nadar,,
to nx:alk.
to fet
to <vjafy. to
Alejar,
f^-im.
to
at adifance.
Hurtar, Robar,
Besar,
to fieal. to rob,
fcat,
to kifs.
Condenar, to condemn. Dexar, to leave OWidikx^to forget.

Porfiar,
to contejtd.
Cabar, Cazar,
to dig.
to hunt.
Gaftar,
to fpend.
HechaF
vino,
o agua,
to
to
pour
out 'ixine, or nvater.
Acusar, to accufe. Aparejar, to make ready.

Defpreciar,
to defpife. to
Hechar de bever> Hechar de cafa,

doors.
-
II out
drink.
Alenofpreciar,
turn out of
to gi've
undervalue,
io
-^
MaltratV,
Acabar,. to
to mifufe.
Hechar una ayuda,

clyfier.
Empenar,
to engage.
fnip.
f)efpavilar la vela, to fmff the

candle.
Amparar, to proteSl. Defamparar, to forfake,

Mirar,
to look.
te declare.
Defpavilar una cofa,

thing (vanif.
to Tnake
Declarar,
to
Defpavilar los djos,
an^'ake
Procurar., to procure.
from feep. Alumbrar, to
Entrar,
light.
to
come
in.
Criar,
to breed.
Tomar,
to take.
Quitar, to remonjey Alabar, to praife. Alquilar, io hire,

Pcrdcr.ar, to pardon.
or
to
take
Embiar, to fend. Apear, to alight.

Retirar,
to retire.
{a<^>jay.
Abordar,
Caminar,
Recular,
to tran)el. to dranjo
hack.
to come tofhore. Arrebatar, to fnatch. Arrancar, to tear up. Defarraigar, to root up.
Adelantar, toforrivard,
Amansar,
to
tame.
Rdiufar,
to
refuf.
Preientar, to prefent.
Reprefentar,
/yj^
PAN SH Grammar.
I
99
Reprefentar,
to
reprefmt,
Conformar,
Vifitar,
to
conform,
Defafiar, to challejige.
to 'viftt.
Ayudar,
to help.
Confrontar,
to confront.
to
Disfamar, to defame. Honrar, to honour. Tapar, to cover.

Sitiar, to befiege.
Comparar,
compare.
Adorar, to adore. Tartamudcar, to jlammer.

Galantear,
Difparar,
to court.
Enojar,
to
anger.
Efcaramuzar,
to
to ikirmljh,
Usar, Cajar,
to life. to
dfcharge.
to <^viden.
to
marry.
Amar,
It
to lo've.
JEnfanchar, âmbalear,
totter.
would be endlefs
fort,
;
to
the Verbs of this

fuffice
pretend to mention all and therefore thefe may

to the irregular
but
we may now proceed
Verbs of this Conjugation, which are many, and muft be particularly taken notice of. Here follow the irregular Verbs, which beinounder no certain Rule, muft all be particularly conjugated.
The firjl
Cojijiigation
of Verbs irregular
i?i
ar.
Dar,
To give.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
C
T. < Sing. ^
Yo ddi das Tu das (Elda
I give Tou gi've
He gi-ues
r Nofotros damos Flur. < Vofotros dais ( Ellos dan
We give
7e give
They give.
Prctcr-;
loo
"The
RUDIMENTS
of
the
Spanish Grammar.
Second Future.
ioi
îng.
"^
r He, or Tengo de ddr Has de dar

'
/ am
Sec,
tOf
or mnjl givft
Havcmos de dar
Plur.
i Haveis de dar
Third Future.
f Havre < Havras
I
Sing.
I Havra r Havremos Plur. < Havreis
^^^ ^^^
'
1 j
/ Jâll
gi've,
he
obliged
to
jc.
^ Havran
Fourth Future,
f Havia i Havias
alias
Tenfe of Circumlocution,
Sing,
fHaviamos
Plur.
'
fwasfogivf,
Sec.
i Haviadeis ^ Havian
Imperative
. '^5-
Mood.
Gi've thou
5
"^
Da De
tu,
el,
Let him gi've

Let us gi've
Plur.
Demos nofotros. ^ Dad vofotros, Den ellos,
Give ye
L^/ them gi've.
Siibjun^live
102
The
RUDIMENTS
of
Suhjundihe and Optative Moods ^ with the Signs,
(Qomo, Aunque, Oxala, \Wheny God grant, WoM to God,

Prefent Tenfe.
r Yo
Shg. <
de,
des,
Jilyen or
Tu
I El de. i Demos, Flur. < Deis,
God gra7it I do give &c.

^
(Den,
Three Preterimperfed:s.
f Diera, < Dieras,
dieile,
dan
nas da,"*^
I
Sing.
dieiTes,
When, or God grant
( Diera, dieire, dar; f D.eramos. d.effemos

)
danamos
^
or dielieis
I
i J^h,,
'
"=
could,
ox
danais, dieiiedeis,
(^Dieran, diefTen, daiian
"^
Preterperfecl.
c Haya,
Szng.
-l
H^jas,
I
I
^Haya, rHayamos
j^,^^
^^^^^ ^^ cvcouldto God, &c. ^ had gi'ven, or a'>^f?i ^ 1 haJgiên, &c.

I
1 Hayan
Firft

"J
/
I
Zing.
C r Huviera, or huvleiTe \ \ Huvieras, .r Imvicffes I (Huviera, .r huviefle j^^^ fHuvieramos,.rhuvieêmo5^

or huyiefTedeis
I
^^^^^
^^
^j.
^^^^
^^,
-^
q^^ j ^^^
Tkr. \ Huvieradeis,
/ Huvieran, or huvielTen "^
t.
Firft
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firft Future.
loj;
r. Sinv.
'lere* f DIei ^ Diei \ Dieres

:re
I
Whcn^ or God grant IJhall

^'i'^>
P/;/;*.
r Dieremos < Dieredeis
&c.
t Dieren
Second Future.
f Huviete, or havre \ Huvieres ^Huviere rHuvieremos
"^
r*
I
5'/^.
i D'd o> J ^
When.QX God grant IJhall

qx
ôjill gi^je^
<
I
.^c.
Flur, < Huvieredes
J I
( Huvieren
J
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Dar
Preterperfedl
To gi*ve
Tenfe.
ô ha<ve gi<vtn
Haver dado
Future.
Haver de ddr
^ give
Gerund.
hereafter
Dando
Participle Paffivc.
Giving
Dado
Given
Participle
104
1'he
RUDIMENTS
el
of
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe, A6live Voice,

Dante, or
que da
Giving
Participle of the Future Tenfe.

El que ha, or efpera de dar
T'c
gi^
hereafter
Firft Supine.
3.
Dar
^0 he about
to î've.
Second Supine.
fer
Dado
To he gi'ven
The next Irregular Verb of

Almorzar,
this Conjugation
is^
To ireakfaf.
Indicative
Mood,
Prefent.
îng.
Almoerzo < Almuei/as 1 Aimuerza Almorzamos

Almorzais
-J
1 hreahfaR
Tou hreakfafi
He
breakfafts
We
I'e
breakfajl
Plur,
(^
hreakfafi
Almuerian
Pretcrperfcdl,
f/jej
breakfa^
C AImor2Laba
Sing,
1 did
< Almorzabas ^ Almorzaba
hreakfafi, or l*wai hreahfafihg Tou did hreakfafi He did hreakfafi
the
Spanish Grammar,
did hreakfafl Ye did breakfajl
They did hreakfa/i
05
iAlmorzabamos
Almorzabais, or Almorzabadeis
We
Almorzaban
Preterimperfed.
f Almorze
Sing.
/ have
He has
Ireahfajled breakfajied
^ Almorzafte ^ Almorzo r Almorzamos

^ Almorzaron
You ha've breakfajied
We
have breakfajied
Plur. < Almorzaileis
Ye ha've breakfajied They ha've breakfajied
Second and Third Preterperfed.

f He, or huve almorzado < Has, or huville almorzado ( Ha, or huvo almorzado r Hemos, havemos, or huvimos
\
ha've breakfajied
You ha've breakfajied He has breakfajied
We
ha've breakfajied
Flu
J
almorzado
Haveis, or huvifl-eis almorzado or huvieron almorzado
LHan,
Ye have hreakfafied They have hreakfafed
Preterpliipcrfeft.
f Havia almorzado
Sing.
i.
I had
breakfajied
(
f
PIur.<
Havias almorzado Havia almorzado Haviamos almorzado Haviadeis almorzado Havian almorzado
You had breakfafed He had breakfafed
We had breakfajied
Ye had breakfafed
They
had breakfafed
Firft Future.
f Almorzare
Sing.
"<
Almorzaras
Flur.
^ Almorzara f Almorzaremos < Almorzareis / Almorzaraa
I 'willf or Jhall
hreakfofi^
Second
io6
"The
RUDIMENT'S
Second Future.
of
f He, or tengo de almorzar. mg. < Has de almorzar
^ Ha de almorzar
or
iHemo?, almorzar
havemos de
Î am
ia,
or muJI hreakfajl^ 8cc.
Haveis de almorzar Han de almorzar
Havre de almorzar Havia de almorzar
IJhall he obliged
to
breakfafi
nvas
to breakfafi.
Imperative
Almuerza Almuerze r Almorzemos Tlur. i Almorzad
. "^'
Mood.
Do you
breakfafi
Let /;im breakfafi Let us breakfafi
Do ye
breakfafi
xAlmiaerzen
Let them breakfafi
^he Optative and SubjunBive Moods, with Signs Si, Como, Oxala, Aunque.
jf,
the
IVbeff,
would God^ God grant.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo aimuerze
2i
S:Kg.
^Tua Tu almuerzes
-^
{El al i El almuerze r Almorzemos

flur. < Almorzeis
If When^ ivould to God 1 breakfafi^ Sec.
^ Almuerzen
Three
the
Spanish Grammar.
Three Preterlmperfeds.
107
Sing.
f Almorzara, almorzafTe, almorzaria < Almorzaras, almorzafTes, almorzarias
"^
I
I
jr y
I,
^?,
^"*
t
f
P/ur. <
Almorzara, almorzalTe, almorzaria Almorzaramos, almorza'lemos,almorzariamos Almorzaradeis, almorzafTedeis, aimorzariadeis Almorzaran, almorzalien, almorzarian
J
I
'^"jij-^, /^ , ^
'^^^,^^
^'
*
Preterperfedt,
fHaya
Sing.
T
I
I
C
I
< Hayas
C ^^y^
I
/'//zr. -J
Hayamos
Hayais
I Almorzado, \
J
^\
^'^'l^ /bî'^ breakfajtcd,
f îf^'f &c.
^^ ^
/
(.
^Hayan
Firfl
and Second Preterpluperfeds.

"^
f Huvlera, or huvlefie
Sing.
T
I
//*
\ Huvieras,
or huviefles
^' '^f ^'
Tlur.
f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos \ Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis l Huvieran, or huvieilen
^l^ôr^^ô^
^
(_
God{had
hreak-
M'^>^^^
Firft Future.
f Almorzare
Sing. <
Almorzares
I
|
( Almorzare f Almorzaremos
Plur.
If,
^tvhen,
'vjould to
God 1
JJmli
breakfaj}^
&c.
< Almorzaredeis (^ Almorzaren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre < Huvieres (Huviere f Huvieremos
"^
Sing.
Jfy
"-^^^î
God
I Almorzado, J Alr^nr.^^n
grantljhallor
^,///^^^,, i^^î^
f
I
^
J
< Huvieredeis Plur. -{ Huvierede
fajled,
&c.
( Huvieren
Infinitive
toS
l^c
RUDIMENT'S /
Infinitive
Mood,
Prefent.
Almorzar
To hreakfafi
Preterperfeft.
Haver almorzado
Future.
Haver,
ar efperar de almorzar,
To have hnakfafied.
7e he
to
breakfaji hereafter
Gerund.
Almorzando
Firft Supine.
hreakfajiing
a Almorzar
To be about breakfajling
Second Supine.
a
fer
almorzado
Having
hreakfajled
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and A6live Voice.

El que almuerza
Breakfafting
Tcnfe and PafTive Voice,

Breakfafed, &c.
Almorzado
lie
the
"The
Spanish Grammar.
109
following Irregular Verbs of the frjl Con^ jugation^ terminating in ar, are all cmjugated
after
changing the Penultima o

Perfo7is
,
as Almorzar, ue in the three Singular^ and the third of th Plural

the fa?ne
vianjier
i?ito
in all the Prefent Tenfes.

Infimtive.
Prefent.
Preterperfe^.
Contar,
Defollar,
to
count
Cuento
to fie
Refollar, to breath
Acordar, Mollrar,
Aflblar,
to
remember
tojhonju
to defiroy
Volar,
to fiy
Apoftar, to ijcager Hollar, to trample on

Sol tar,
to let loofe to force
Porzar,
Provar, to try, or proiJi Sonar, to found
Atronar, Degollar,
Conlblar,
to
thunder
to
to
behead
comfort
Encontrar,
to
meet
But juîr
to play,
in
All the Verbs ending

fon of the preterperfeft
Jaft
gar have the firil perof the indicative* in ^z^^ ;

the
firft
as likewife the third of the fingular,
and
of the plural of the imperative, and in all the' perfons of the prefenc tenfe of the optative, as
Infimt, Pref.Indic. Pret.pe.
Imperative^
Pref, Optat,
Tocar,
the
Spanish Grammar,
Imperative,
tii
o-
Tienta tu.
Fed thou
?lur. ^
f Tentemos nofotroa Tentad vofotros

aquellos
4 Tienten Prefent Optative.

Cc^tYotiiXiX'Z, thatlmay
Sing.
*.
< Tientes
{feel
|
Plnr.
f Tentemos < Tenteis
^ Tientc
f Tienten
ctbernvife they are conjugated 02
Revelar.
The Verb Anddr^

the
generally
to go,
tenfe
or to go about, has
irregular
j
preterperfe6t of the indicative
and
firft
when fuch
is
irregular,
the
and the fecond Precerimperfedls, and the of the Optative are irregular, as
cÂnduve
p|*Anduville
firft
Future
5/,
Anduviera Anduviefle
^f. anduviere,
^~^ IÂnduvieres Anduvo ^ Anduviere I Anduviera, Anduviefle Ânduvimos ^^ Anduvieramos, AnduvielTemos tiânduvieremos'^ Ânduvilleis, Anduvieradeis, Anduvieiladeiscânduvieredeis 3 Anduvieron Anduvieran, AnduviefTen anduvieren &^
^jÂnduvieras, Anduviefles
in other Tenfes is corjugated as Revelar.
Of
Of
the
the Verbs Pajftve
the
Fir/i
Conjugation.'
VERBS Adiive,
^/r, as
PafTive are formed in Spanlflo from by che auxiliary Verb, and the
fol-
Participle PafTive of the Preterperfed Tenfe,
lowing always the

Sir amddo^
Moods and
to
Tenfes of the Verb

be beloved.
Prefent
112
The
RUD IMENTS
Indicative,
of
Prefent Tenfe.
5''
Sing.
/ am belo'ved > S < eres \ amado -^ Tkou are belo'ved ^ Ces 3 ^ i/f iV belo'ved
f fomos 1 C J r
I
Flur. < fois
>amados
3
<
C.
?F^ are behaved Te are beloved
^ fon
^CV
^^^ belo'ved
Imperfed Tenfe.
feral
Sing.
CI <was
belo'ved
> < eras ^ amado -^ 7" < T'/ôa njoas belo'ved \ (era J He ivas beloved
(^
T ^^ ûjere beloved f eramos 1 f /F^ w^rf ^fW^, P/r. < eradeis > amadcs < Te 'were behaved
t eran
They ivere beloved ^^C^ '"'^''^ ^^/<?i'<
Preterperfed.
f < (
fui, or
(
he side
or has side
1
\
Sifi. -l fuilte, big.
r I have been beloved > amado < Thou has been beloved
/ H^ hath been beloved
fue, or
ha Side
f fulmos, or
hemos OS
han
sido
1
3 j
flur. ^
fuifleis, or
haveis :do Samados < ;is >

sido Sido
f /^^ ^ô;^ ^<?^ beloved 2"^ have been beloved

-^CV ^<*'^^ ^^^-^ beloved
fucron, or
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia
Sing.
-^
sido
sido
Havias sido
( Havia
Vlur. ^
f / had been beloved > amado < Thou hadfi been beloved 3 L ^^ had been beloved
C ^^ had been beloved f Haviamos s:do 1 < \ Haviadeis sido > amados < Ye had been beloved ( Havian sido C T^^y i'^^ ^^^ beloved J
Future.
Sere amado, &c.
/ Jhall
be beloved
And
fo
throughout other
Moods and
Tenfes.
0/
the
Spanish Crammar.
the
ii^
Of
Reciprocal Verbs,
all
Mood, as Acojidrfe to lie down, or to grow near, or to come near hevaniarfe^ to rife up Lihrdrfey to difcharge one's felf, to make
in the inftnitive
j
;
THE
reciprocal Verbs are
terminated in fe
one's Iclf free,
if^c,
and are conjugated thus
Adelantdrfe^ to
go
before, to rife
up
to a
Dig-
nity or to Preferment.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent I'enfe.
Me
5 Te
adelanto
adelantas
Se adelanta
Nos adelantamos
Plur^
^_
I go
before, S.C.
\ Vos,
or OS adelantais
Se adelantaa
Imperfed.
Me
Sing,
adelanta ba
^ Te adelanrabas
Se adelantaba
fNosadelantabamos
Plur. < Vos, or OS adclantabadeis f Se adelantaban
\ t } I
j- j l r <l.d g,le/.ri,
&,
Firfl Preterperfed
Me
Sing.
-^
adelante adelanta fie
Te
Se adelanto
Nos addantdmos
Flur, \
^'^'^^h^^^^^
Vos, or OS adelantalleis Se adelantaron
Second
114
I'he
RU D IMENrS
Second Preterperfed.
he
of
f
Sing.
Me
1
I
< Te has
i S^ ^^ y Adelantado \ ( f Nos hemos < Vos,oroshaveis \
V^^'
^^' ^'-
Se han
J
Moods, but
in
And
fo in
all
the Tenfes and
the
Imperative thus
^.
Adelantate tu
^'"^\ Adelantefeel Adelantemofnos nofdtros

Plur.
Go
thou before, &C.
\ Adelantados
vofdtros
Adelantenfe aquellos.
I
is
The Verb
Pefdrfe^
to
he forr'j^
conjugated
thus
Indicative.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Pefame, or a mi mepefa, or a ti te pefa,
Pefale,
or a el le pefa.
am
is
forry
forry
%lng.
< Pefate,
(^
Thou art forry
He
f Pefanos, or a nofdtros nos pefa. Tlur.X Pefaos, or k vofdtros os pefa,
We
are forry
Te are forry
Vjey are forry.
Pefales,
or a ellos les pefa,
And
fo
throughout all other Tenfes ; Imperative Mood thus :

5 Pefete,
but
in the
Be
thou forty
^'"^'
\ Pt-fele, C Pefenos,
Let him be forry
Vhr. X Pefeos, ( Pcfeles,
Let us be forty Be ye forry

let them be forry
Of
the
Spanish Grammar.
Imperjonah
belonging
to
115
Of
Verbs
the Jirjl
Conjugation,
THE
Of
Spanijh
the
firft
Imperfonals,
like the
Latln^
want
declined only
in
and fecond Perfons, and are the third Perfon, throughout all
Moods and
Tenfcs.
the 1interfonah
fome are Jofive^ and fome TaJJive. The Aulive are conjugated thus To [now*
Indicative.
Nevar
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Nieva>
It fno^s.
Imperfeft.
Nevaba,
Firft PreterperfefV.
//
diifno^,
Nevo,
It fnonjoed.
Second and Third Freterperfedt.

Hti, cr
huvo nevado,
Plufperfea:.
//
hath fm^wtd,
Havia nevado,
// hadfnov:(d.
future
ii6
"The
RUDIMENTS
Future.
of
Nevara,
Que
nieve.
nieve*,
Sera bueno que

Si nevara,
7/ nviJI
ncvalTe, or nevaria.
Quando haya nevado,

Si huviera, or huvie.ie nevado,
/now. /now. he good i/ that it /now. If it nvould /lonu. When it hath /noêd< 1/ it had /nowed.
It nvi/I
Let
if
Quando
nevarc.
When
Vjc Fields are cover
it Jhall /no^vo
Nevando,. Los Campos eilan nevados, Nieve y 2l Noun,
Snonving.
d with /now.
T^he
/now.
In this manner are corrugated the following
Verbs
Atroriar, or tronar, to thunder
Granizar, or apedrear, Hclar, to freeze
to hail
Ahumar,
Conftar,
Relampagcar, to lighten to fmoak

to he plains
or clear
to be convenient
Jijiportar, to import,
The
pafiive Imperfonals
are conjugated with the
Particle fe before or after the Verb, as

Se cuenta, It is /aid, it is Se contaba, // was /aid.
to/d,
it is
related,
it is reported,
li hath been /aid. e^f"^"^ V' Se ha, or huvo contado 5 Se havia contado, // had been /aid. Se contara, It will be /aid.
-^
.a\
And
iV.
fo
throughout
all
other Tenfes and
Moods.
irregular^
E,
That
all
the
Verbs regular, or
perfonals, or imperfonals, except the regular pafiive, may be other wife conjugated by the auxiliary Verb
/?ir, and the
Gerund of the Verb, through
all
the
Tenfes and Moods, as

Prefent,
the
Spanish
Prefent.
Gram m a r.
Indicative.
17
7 love^ or / r amo or eftoi amando, < amas, or eltas amando ^ ama, or efta amando f amamos, or efl.anios amando Plur. < amais, or elUis amando / aman. or eftan amando
Slug.
am
lo-uing^
kc.
Imperfeft.
Amaba,
or eflaba
amando.
7 Tt'^J
loô'htg
Perfcd.
Ame,
Hablo,
or eftuve
amando,
hablando,
I did
lo'v^t
Sec.
LI amo, or'edoi llamando

or elloi
I call, I /peaky
or
or
am
calling
am Jpcaklngy
Lc.
The fame
tions.
is
to be obferved in
all
the Conjuga-
It
muft be obferved here,

called Verbals, for their
,
that there are
Nouns
in
bilis^
fome being derived from

in
ble^
the Verbs
in
Latin thofe are terminated generally
in tor^
and
ix^
and
in Spanijh
dor^
and
iz: as
^panijh,
hie
.
1
/
C Amable
as
dor
Iz 3
< Amado'r t Amatriz, or amadofa.
But f70ie. That there are fome Spani/h Verbs which are defectives in this particular, as well as fome Latin Verbs.
ii8
"The
RUDIMENTS
gatior^/,
of
Of
Verhs Regular of the fecond Conjutn er.
Refponder,
To aiifwer.
Indicative
Mood,
Prefent Tenfe.
f Refpondo,
%ing.
1 anfivef
Reipondes, ^ Rerponde, r RefpondemOSj ?lur.\ Refpondeis ^ Refppnden,

}
He anfwers
We
a7tfvoir
Ye anjnxer
^hey anfwer
Preterimperfefb.
f Refpondia,
Sing.
/ did anpivet-f
< Refpondias, ^ Refpondia, r Refpcndlamos,
Plur.i Refpondiadeis, Refpondian,
or I luas Gnfv:ering. Tcu did anp-iver He did anf-joer We did anj<vcer Ye did anfwer They did anfvjer
Firfl:
Preterperfedl.
1 anpiuered You anjkvered
Refpondi,
Refpondille,
Refpondio, Refpondimo!,
flur
Refpondiileis,
He
anfivered
a7ifu!ered
We
Ye anjhxered
They anjhxered
Refpondi pron^
Second
r/;<f
Spanish Grammar.
119
Second and Third Preterperf&l.

f He, T huve \ Has, or huvlfte [ Ha, or huvo Hemos, havemos, SHemos, huvimos
^
j
r-
1 ha've anfênd
Tou haûe answered
Sing,
\
\
He
or } Refpondido, >
I i \ -^
<(
has an/^vered IVe have an/ix;ered
î
Haveis. Haveis, or huvifleis Han, or huvieron
Te have anfivered
They ha'VB anjkverfd
Preterpluperfcd
f <
Sing.
Ha via Ha via ^ Ha via
r Haviamos Plur. < Haviadeis ^ Havian
Refpondido,
>
/ had anfv:ertd,
Sec.
Firft Future.
Sing.
C Refpondere, < Refponderas,
t Refpondera,
C Refpondercmos,
IPlur.
\ ^^j^ ^^ ^^.j^ ^^j^ ^ ( jJ ^
^^^
>
< Refpondereis, ^ Refponderan,
Second Future.
f He, or Tengo de refponder, \ Has de refponder / f Hemos,
Plur,
or
aniy to or
Sin9.
havemos de refponder f
mufi anfvjery Sec.
< Haveis de refponder, ( Han de refponder.
Third Future.
?i^.
Havre de refponder,
1 Jhall be ohlt^d
to anfvctr.
Fourth.
I20
fhe
RUD IMENTS
Fourth Future.
J teas
of
S:ng.
Havia de refpond^r,
to aftfiver.
Imperative
5 Rerppnde tu. \ Refponda el, C ilerponuamos n^ flur.^ Refponded v'' (^ Refpdndan ellos
-.
^
Mood.
anfujer, or
Do you
anfwer thou
'^'
Let him anfnxer

Let us anfvoer.
Do ye
anfivery or
let
you anfaoer
Let them anfwer
Suhju?i5li'Ve
and Optative Moodsy with

Oxala,
to
the Signs,
^Como, Aunque,
/
When^ God gra?it^ Would

Prefent Tenfe.
God^
f Refponda, Shg. < Refpdndas,

(^
"1
I
I
Pvcfponda,
JVhen, or
Go J grant I
dc^
C Refpondamos, flur. \ Refpondais ^ Refpdndan,
i
I
anfwer^ &c.
J
Preterimperfecfls.
Three
Refpondiera, refpondiefTe, or
refponderia,
.
Refpondiera?, refpondlefTes, or
refponderias,
^^î*
"^
Refpondiera, refpondiefie, or
refponderia
fRefpondieramos,
refpondiefTedeis,
'xWheK, or God grant i did an fixer, &c, \
or refponderiamos
p ^^^^*'
,
^
)
\
Refpondierais, orrefpondielTemos, or refponderiadeis

Rgfporidierari, refpondiefTen, or
j-efponderiai).
Pretcr-^
the
Spanish Grammar.
Precerpcrfedl.
121
CHaya
Sing
< Hayas
(Haya
Plur.
-{
Ilayamos Hayais
Refpondiio,
When, or ^votddto God, BcC, I ha've anfvjeredy &c.
1 Hayaa
Firft
Sing.
r Huviera, or huvieiTe < Huvieras, or huvie.Tes

Refpondido.
When^ or
njuould to
^Huviera, or huviefTe f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos Plur, < Huvieradeia, or huviefTedeis
God 1 h^d
anfweridf
^ Huvieran,
or huriefftn
&C.
Firft Future.
Sing.
f Refpondiere, < Refpondieres,
^ Refpondiere,
f Refpondieremos, Tlur. < Refpondieredeis,
When, or God grant Ijhall, or nill anpwery &c.
( Refpondieren
Second Future.
f Huviere,
Sing. or
havre
"J I
< Huvieres,
( Huviere
When^ or God grant
f Huvieremos
flur.X Huvieredeis (^ Huvieren
^ Refpondido,
Jhall or rwill
anfvjfTtffi,
ha'vt
i
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Hefpondcr,
To anfner
Preter-
S2a
"the
RUDIMENTS
Preterperfeft Tenfe.
of
Haver
rcfpondido;
% have au/wereJ.
Future Tenfe.
Haver de
refponder,
To be
to
anfwer.
Gerund.
Refpondiendo,
Anfajerhg,
Participle Adlive.
Refpondiente, or
el
qu refponde,
AnfwertJ^,
Participle Pafllve.
Rcfpondido,
Anfwered, &c.
tion in
Al! Other regular Verbs of the fecond Conjuga<?r, are conjugated after the fame manner ; take the following Lift of which
Verbs conjugated as
COrrefponder,
Comer,
to correfpond.
Refponder,
to eat,
Meter, to put in. Prometer, to promife.

Ofende'r,
to offend.
Beber, to drink. Reprehcnder, to reprove.

Barrer, topweep.
Efconder,
to hide.
Aprender,
to learn.
Vender,
to fell.
to
Temer,
to fear.
Conceder,
grant.
Acomcter,
Correr,
to attack.
to run,
Emprender, to undertah, Deber, to oiue. Cometcr, to commit*
Of
the
Spanish Grammar.
123
Of
Verbs Irregular of the fecond Conjugation in

er,
asy
Traher,
Saber,
to
bring.
Poner,
to
put,
to
knouc.
Tener,
to ha've.
Poder, to be able. Querer, to 'will or
Hacer, Caber, Ver, to

lo've.
to do. to
be contained,
fee.
Traher,
T'o
fetch or bring.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo trahigo
Sing.
-3
Ifetch
or bring
or brings
Tu
trahes
Tou fetch or bring
I El trahe r Nofotros trahctnos Plur. < Vofotros traheis
He fetches
We fetch
or bring
or bring.
Ye fetch or bring
T^hey fetch
^ EUos
trahen
Preter:mperfedl.
Zing.
TTrahia < Trahias ( Trahia
1 didfetch or
bring
Tou did fetch or bring
He
f Trahiamos Flur. < Trahiais t Trahian
We
did fetch or bring didfetch or bring Ye did fetch or bring
7'hej
did fetch or bring.
Firft Preterperfea:.
Si7ig.
r Traxe, or truxe < Traxifte, or truxifte ^ Traxo, or truxo C Traximos, or truximos Plur. < Traxifteis, or truxifteis
ha<ve fctcht or brought
Tou ha-ve fetcht or brought He hath fetcht or brought
We
ha've fetcht or brought
7e ha've fetcht or brought

They haue fetcht or brought
t Traxeron,
ar truxeron
Second
124
7^^
RUDIMENTS
or
of
Second and third Preterperfefts.

f He, < Has
huvc
f
SitJg.
C Ha f Hemos, flur. < Haveis
rp
or
havemos {
1 ' 1 / ha'Vifetcht or ^^^^^ô, J
^^^^^^^^ 5^^.
tHan
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia
$ing.
< Havias
(Havia fHaviamos P/r. < Haviadeis ( Havian
i TraliHr. ) I ^^^MhtQX brought, Irahido, ^^^ ^
Firft Future,
f Trahere
Srng.
< Traheras
^ Trahera
Plur.
f Traheremos < Trahereis

(^
IJhall or &c.
tv///
fetch or ^r//?x>
Trahcran
Second Future.
r He, or tengo de traher < Has de traher ^ Ha de traher f Hemos, or havemos de traher P/ur. < Haveis de traher
Sing,
I am
to
or tnuji fetch
or"
bringy Sec.
^ Han
de traher
The third and fourth as in the other Verbs.
Imperative
^
.
Mood.
Bring or fetch thou
Let him bring or fetch
^î'
C Trahe tu. I Trahiga el.
P!u
the
Spanish Grammar.
125
f Trahigamos nofotros. Flur. < Trahed vofotros, ^ Trahigan ellos
Let us bring or fetch Doje bring oi fetch Let them bring or fetch
Optative and Subjunctive
Mood.
Como, Aunque, Oxala.

When^ God grants would
to
God,
Prefent Tenfe,
f Trahiga
Sing.
< Trahigas
"J
I
I
^ Trahiga r Trahigamos Plur. < Trahigais t Iraaigan
When or ôuJd to God I

or fetch , &c.
do hrlHg
f
I
Preterimperfed Tenfe.
f Truxera, < Truxeras,
truxefTe,
traheria
traherias
'\
Sing.
truxeffes,
(Truxera, truxeflp, traheria I C Traxeramos, tr ^xefilrios, traheriamos f Plur. < Truxeradeis, truxeiTcdeis, traheriadcis I (Truxeran, truxeffen, traherian J
When, or nvoutd to God I did

bring
fetch,
or &c-
Thefrji and fecond may he conjugated by Traxera, and TraxelTe,
Preterperfedt.
Sing.
f Haya < Hayas
"I
I
(Haya
C Hayamos
Plur. < Hayais
)^^'^*^^'ôuldtoGodIha'-je > Trahido '

]
brought Qifetcht, &c,
(Hyan
J
firft
126
"The
RUDIMENTS
'\
of
Firft
and Second Preterpluperfedls.
Sing*
r Huvlera, or huviefl*e < Huvieras, or huviefTes ^ Huviera, or huvielTe

f Huvieramos,
or huviefTemos
C
I
Whetty or
I
I
J
nvould
to
Trahido ' J
j I
^^^
<?r
^^'^
brought
/^/c/^/,
Vlur.
< Huvieradeis,
<?r
huvielTedeis
J Huvieran,
<?r
huvieffen
&c.
Firft Future.
5/^.
f Traxere, < Traxeres,
or truxere
or truxeres
or truxere
^
"J I
I
f Traxere,
/Fi'^/f,
f Traxeremos, P/r. < Traxeredeis,
or truxeremos r
or truxeredeis i
or God grant IJhall 7^^^^ or brings &c.
tTraxeren, ortruxeren.
Second Future.
f Huviere, \ Huvieres I Huviere
or havre
îng.
f
I
Tlur,
f Huvieremos < Huvieredeis
rr-alii^n ^""''^^'
1 When, or God grant or Jha/I have S brought or /etcht,
) ^^^y*
|
c.
^ Huviercn
1
Infinitive
Mood,
Prefent.
Traher,
To bring, or fetch,
Preterperfed.
Haver
trahido,
To
ham
brought, or fetched.
Future.
Haver,
cr efperar dc traher
Tb bring, or fetch Ureafier,
Gerund*
the
Spanish Grammar,
Gerund.
itj
Trahiendo,
Bringing^ or fetching.
Participle of the Prefer

Trahido
Tenfe and Paflive Voice.

Br9Ught, orftuh'dy &c.
of Conjugation is to be obferved Verbs compounded ofTraber^ as Retraher^ to draw back, ^c.

in all
The fame manner
The Irregular Verb Saber,

Indicative.
To know.
J28
The
RUDIMENTS
Firft Preterperfedb.
of
Siipe,
Sing.
Supifte,
Tou knein
1 Supo,
Supimos,
Tlu
Supifteis
He
knenv
We
knenv
Ye knenu
They kneiM
Supieron,
Second and third Preterperfedls.

He,
$tng
or
huve fabido
1 have known
You hwve known
Has
fabido.
C Tlur. < Haveis
Ha fabido, \Hemes fabido,

fabido,
He
has knoivn
ha<ve knonun
We
^Han
fabido.
Ye ha<ve known Thi^ havg known
Preterpluperfed.
r Havia
Sing,
< Havias ( Havia r Haviamos

< Haviadeis ^ Havian
I had kno<wn You had knonun

Sabido,
He had known
Flur.
We had kno'wn Ye had know7i They had known-
Firft Future.
f Sabre, ^hg, < Sabras, ^ Sabra,

f Sabremos,
Plur,
I/hall, or wi// krtozo

Youjhally or
njoill
knoi
He Jjpally
or nvill kuo<tv
<
Sabreis,
t Sabran,
Wejhallf or will knoitj YsJJjall, or will know Theyjhall, or will krj$iu
Second Future,
He, orTengo de Has de faber.
faber.
J am
to
You are
know to know
kno'w
\ Ha
de faber.
He
is to
Ph
//?(?
Spanish Grammar.
IFe are
to
129
de faber Plur. < Haveis de faber (^ Han de faber
fHemos
kno-o
Te are
to knoix>
to
^hey are
kuouj
Third Fature.
havre de
faber
1 Jhall he ohligd
ts
knovi
Fourth Future.
Havia de faber
1
nxias
to
kno-w
Imperative
-,.
Mood*
Know you
Let him knoim
Sabe
ttt
\ Sepa el f Sepamos
nofo'tros
Ltt us knonv
Plur. < Sabcd vofotros
Knoivye
Let them
^ Sepan
ellos
hozv
Subjun5live
and Optative
Oxala,
Mood,
^Como, Aunque,
^
\when, Though, Would to God.

Prefent Tenfe.
rSepa
Sing.
< Sepas ^ Sepa f Sepamos
God grant
knoi,v,
flat
I maj
Plur. < Sepals
4 Sepan
Pfiter-
ijo
T%e
RUDIMENTS
Preterimperfed.
*^
of
CSupiera, fupIciTe, fabria

Sin^,
<
Supieras, fupielTes, fabrias
^Supiera, fupi^lTe, fabria ^,}rhn, or Gad grant I did knoiv, &c. Supieramos, fupicfTemos, fabriamos t
Plur,
'^
Supieradeis, fupieflgdeis, fabriadeis
Supieran, fupieiren, fabrian
Preterperfedl.
f < ( f P/ar. <

Sing.
Haya
fabido
"1
Hayas fabido
I
f
Haya fabido Hayamos fabido

Hayais fabido
fabido
0ên, or Godgrant Ihava knoivn^ &c.
^ Hayan
Firft
and Second Preterpluperfe^.

"J
C
Sing.
Huviera, r huviefTc < Huvieras, r huviefles (^ Huviera, or huviefTe r Huvieramos, or huvieflemos

or huvlefiedeis
C
I
When,
or
\ 9 h'H
f
*
J
|
moould to
God 1 had
knonvn, &c.
Plur.
< Huvieradeis,
(^
Huvicran, or huvieffen
I.
Firft Future.
Supiei f Supiere
Sing.
< Supiei -^ Supieres iere ^ Supiei ieremos r Supien

< -^
iirhen^ or God grant IJhallkmw, &c.
'. P/r.
Supieredeis Supiert
ren t SupRT<
Second Future.
f HuvJere,
5/^.
er havre
i
< Huvieres,
( Huvicre
f^'i-^ff,
Mr.
Sabido \ '^^"^"'^
f*
or
God grant IJhall

&c.
^ ^
^^-vf knQvjn^
t Huvicrcn
Infinitive
the
Spanish Grammar.
Infinitive
131
Mood.
Tenfe.
Prefent
Saber
% knovn
Preterperfed Tenfe.
Haver
fabido
'To
ha've knonun
Future Tenfe.
Hav^r,
or efperar de faber
To knoiv hereafter
Gerund.
Sabiendo
Kno-vuing
Participle of the Prefent

El que sabe
Tenfe and Adtive Voice,

Knovjtng

Sabido
Tenfe and Pafiive Voice,

Knoivn
The Irregular Verb Tener,

Indicative
7i have^ or
bold.
Mood,
Prefent.
f Tengo < Tienes ( Tiene
/ have,
or
hoU
?/V^.
7ou have, or hold
Hi
has^
or kaldi
Fkfl
1J2
Plur
"The
RU DIME NTS
JVe ha've,
of
Tenemos
Tienen
or hold Ye hwve, or hold They hai-e^ or hold
Preterimperfedi:.
f Tenia < Teiiias (_ Tenia C Teniamos P/r. < Teniadeis ^ Tenian
Firft Preterperfedl.
Slfig.
/ did have, or holdy &c.
Tuve
Sif
/ had^ or held
7 ou had,
Tmiile
or held
Tuvo
Tuvimos Tu\ ifteis
I'u vie roll
He
had, or held
We
Te.
had, or held
had, or held
They had, or held
Second and Third Preterperfedl.
the
Spanish Grammar.
133
r Tendremos ternemos, or tenremos We JJâlU or icitl ha'vt Te jhall^ or ivill hn^-ve Plur,< Tendreis terneis, or tenreis ternarij or tenrdn Thiy jhally o^ wjill ba-vt {^ Tendran
Second Future.
f
Sing. <
He
Ha
de terer
tet
am
to ba--ve,
Has de
er
7'ou
are
to ha^ve^
or ho/a or huld
^
r
Hemos
de tencr de tener
<
Be
is to hanjey
We
are
to ha'vCy
to
Plur. \ Havcis de tcner <
Te are
or hold or lipoid haue^ or btld
I Han
de tener
They arc
to baûS:,
or hold
Third Future.
Havre de tener
Ijhall he ohligd
to
ha've or Icid
Fourth Future.
Havia de tener
1 ivas
ta
ha^ve
Imperative
e
-
Mood.
ha~uCy or hold th&n.
"
5 f
'^^^^
^^
el
-^'^ *^''
\ Tenga
Flur. <
Tengamcs nofdtros Tened vofocros ^ Tengan clbs
Let him hanje^ ar hold Let us ha've, or hold Do ye ha-oBy or hold^ or htyg Let them ha-ve^ or he/d
hU
Optative and Subjunciive
Mood.
Ccmo, Oxala, Aunque.

Wben^ God grants Though.
Prefent lenê.
f Tcnga < Ten gas
5'/;?^.
Tenga Tengamcs
Plur.
Uên., cr
God grant I
&c.
do have, or bild,
Tengais
Tengan
Pretcr-
134
^/^^
RUDIMENTS
Preterlmperfedl.
tuviefTe,
of
rTuviera,
I
c..
ternia, or
tendria
Tuvieras, tuviefies, ternias, or

tendrias
^'^^-
S
I
Tuviera, tuviefTe, ternia, or

tendria
ternia-
[^
rTuvieramos, tuviefTemos,
1
xJVhen^ or 'would to Qod I did hav$ or hold, &c. \
mos,
or tendriamos
PL
Tuvieradeis, tuvieiTedeis, ternia-
mos,
or tendriadcis
or
Tuvieran, tuvieilen, ternian,
tendrian
Preterperfefl.
f Hay a tenido Sw^ ^ Hayas tenido
(
Haya
tenido
irben^ or
r Hayamos tenido
riur,< Hayais tenido
God grant I hwve hady or heldy &c.
^ Hayan
Firft
tenido
and Second Preterpluperfedts.
k
Whfiy or
moould
tt
Stng,
f H^viera, or huvieHe < Huvieras, or huviefles

huvielTe (^ Huviera, or f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos
Tenido,
God 1 had
hady or held
"Fi'ur.
< Huvieradeis,
or huvielTedeis
/ Huvieran, er huvieffen
Firft Future.
îng.
f Tuviere < Tu vie res f Tuviere

Tuvieremo^
-^
Whin J or God grant IJhall have

or holdi &c.
flur.
Tuvieredeis
TuvicreA
Second
the
Spanish Grammar.
Second Future.
135
f Huvlere,
Sing.
or havre
} Huvieres
"J I
C
I
jyj^,^
^r Godgranf
Flur,
fHuviere CHuvieremos < Huvieredeis

tHuvierenr
Temdo, {
1 I
IJImll haui
had
I
I
^^ held,
&c.
J
Infinitive
L
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Xener
^
^^'^'^
o^
'* ^^^^^
Preterperfed
Haver tenldo
Tenfe.
'ô
have had or hdd
Future Tenfe.
Haver de
tener
'to
le to
have or hoid
Gerund.
Teniendo
Holding

El que tiene
Tenfe and Adive Voice.

Holding
Participle of the Preter Tenido
Tenfe and PaiTive Voice.

H^^^
Like
Mantencr,
D^tener,
this
Verb fimple
all
are
its
Compounds
in all
points declined, thro'

to
Moods
and Tenfes, as
maintained^
maintain',
Yo
\
mantengo, 1 maintain, mantuvc, /

Detcngo,
/%
detain qt Ji ay
L detak;
d^tuve,
de-
tained,
Retentr,
136
Retener,
fhe
to retain
RUD IMENTS
or
^cL-itb-hoId;
of
;
Retengo,
1 retain
retuve,
fofiuve,
/ 7
retained
Softener, to fujlain
or uphold
Soflengo, Ifuftain-,
fujlained
I'he
Irregular Verb Poder,
To be
able.
the
Spanish Grammar.
137
Second and third Preterperfeds.

He,
or
huve
5 Has
^
I
I
Î could,
I
Toil could,
Ha
iHcmos,
Haveis
or
\He
\Te
|
SôdXôA We
I
1
or ha've been able or haê been able could, or has been able could, QX ha've been able or hanje been able
havemos
could,
Han
"^
^hey could, or ha^ve been
abk
Preterpluperfed.
f Havia < Havias
Si7tg.
Vlur.
< Haviadeis (^Hayian
Fird Future.
f Pod re < Podras
Sing.
t Podra
C
IJhall, or caV/
Slq.
i^^
^/^,
Podremos
Plur. < Podreis

(^
Podran
Second Future,
f He, or tengo de poder < Has de poder
"^
I
I
Sing.
(Hade poder
'
fmtj}^
or nvill be
r Hemos, or havemos de poder Plur. < Haveis de poder t Han de poder
\
I
able,
&c,
Third Future.
Havre de poder
IJhall be tbliged
to
he able
Fourth Future.
Hav ja de pode?
/ râs
to be able
Thouojh
to have and fourth Futures of the Indicative Mood, or any Imperative Mood, and mofl Grammarians will allow it neither, yet they are As to the fecond frequently and properly ufed. Future, it is very ufual, and when one fays, he cannot do fuch a thing, to anfwer. Has de poder^ You ftxall be able ; by way of compelling flothful perfons, or fuch as may improve by often trying to do that which they cannot do at prefent. The fame is to be faid of the Imperative, which is in the nature of the fecond future, being compulfive j as, if one fay. No podmos hacer efto^ We cannot do this ; and another anfwers, Fuh poddmos^ Then let us be able ; that is, let us ufe our Endeavours, that we may perform that which we think we canfor this
l^he 238 Though it feems improper

third,
RUDIMENTS
of
Word
a fecond,
not do.
Therefore
we
will
proceed to the
Imperative
-,.
Mood.
Do you
he able
^'"^'
Pltir.
5 Puede tu I Pueda el f Podamos nofdtros < Poded vofdtros
Let him be able
Let us be able
Do ye
be able
(Puedan
ellos
Let them be ahli
Subjun5iive and Optative Mood^ with the Signs^
(Como, Aunque,
Oxala,
to
IWhen, Though, Would
God.
Prefent Tenfe.
r Pueda
Sifi^.
\ Puedas
( Pueda f Podamos
\ Wheriy or God grant lean, or

|
bi able, kc,
Thtr.
<
Podais
1
Pretcr-
the
Spanish Gram ma
Pretcrimperfc(fl Tenfe.
i?:.
139
S'///'.
f < ^ f
Pudiera, pudiefTe, podria

Padieras, pudiefles, podrias Pudiera, pudielTe, podria
"1
IWheitf or nvouid
I
to
God 1
could
Pudieramos, pudieflemos, podriamos

Pudieradeis, pudieflTedeis, podriadeis
i
I
Plur.
<
or might be abhy &c.
(Pudieran, pudieffen, podrian
Preterperfedt,
f Haya
Sing.
< Hayas / Haya
j' j
Hayamos
Plur.
When, or ivould to God, &c / hanje been abit, &c.
\ Hayais
^Hyan
Firft
and Second Preterpluperfedis.

"J I
F
'ing.
f Huviera, or huviefTe < Huvieras, or huviefTcs ^ Huviera, or huviefTe C Huvieramos, or huvieiTemos

<^
C
I
When, or
ivouldto
,,
^
\
'
God
Plur.
Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis
or huviefTen
{ 1
/ had
been
I able. Sec.
t Huvieran,
Firfl:
Future.
Sing.
f < ( f
Pudiere
Pudieres
Pudiere
WJben, or
God grant
Ifiall, or
may
Pudieremos
Pudieredeis
Plur.
<
bi able, &c.
^ Pudieren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or Havre < Huvieres t Huviere ? Huvieremos flur. < Huvicredeis
Sing.
"J I
I
f When, I
^^^'^^>
K^tGadgranf
p^
i-
1^
j
\
I
(
I
J may, or /^// have been able,

&c.
Ininitivc
t Huvieron
140
Tbe
RUD IMENTS
Infinitive
Prefent
of
Mood.
1 enfe.
To he
Poder
ahh
Preterperfedl Tenfe.
Haver podido
To have been
ahh
Gerund.
Pudiendo,
Being able.
Sec.
^he Irregular Verb Querer,

Indicative
ô
will,
or love.
Mood.
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firil Preterperfed.
'141
f Qulfe
142
"at
RUDIMENTS
Third Future.
IpallU
af
Havre de querer
ohliged to Ibia
Fourth Future.
Havia de quercr
I had, or I n/jas
to
lovi
Imperative
^.
'
Mood.
Do you tuH/, or /o've Let him nvill, or lonji Let us ixj'tlly or lo've Do ye txjill, or io've
Let them
loiil,
C Quicre tu
\ Qyicra el f Queramos
nofotros
P/ri< Quered vofotros ellos (^ Quieran
or love
Optative and Subjundtive
Mood.
Como,
Aunque,
Oxala,
God^
When^ Though y
ijoould to
Prefcnt Tenfe.
f Quiei ^lera
ing, Sing,
< Quier ^ Quieras Quiera ^ Quiei Qaeramos
When, or God grant I will

or love, &c.
JP/r.
^ Querais ^ Quieran
Three Preterimperfedl Tenfcs.

f <
Qulficra, quifiefle, querrla
Quifieras, quifiefles, querrias
"J
5/^.
iWhen,OTGod
^Quifiera, quificlTe, querria ^ f Quifieramos, ouifiefTemos, querriamos

/'/i^r.
\grant InMould
<
fîfieradeis, quifiefledeis, querriadeis
for did love, l&c.

.
^Quifieran, quifiefien, querrlan
J
Pretcr-
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterperfed Tenfe.
143
Sing,
^ Hayas
I
Hayamos
'
njutlPdy
or
loif d,
&c,
P/r.
^ Hayais
(Hayan
Firft
and Second Preterplupcrfcd.

"J
Sing.
r Huviera, or huvieflt < Huvicras, or huviefTes f Huviera, or huvieiTc C Huvieramos, or huvieflcmos

< Huvieradeis,
or huviefTedeis
CWheny or
I
ivo/</
'^^
i 'c3 r Oae ^^ J <

I
I
^'^
f,^^
Plur.
^ Huvieran,
or huviefTen
nvUPdy or (^ /oo/V, &c.
Firft Future.
f
Sing.
Quifiere
When, ox God grant 1 Jhall
'wili^
C Quifieremos
P7r.
or
/at;^,
&c.
< Quifieredeis
^Quifieren
Second Future.
f Huviere, or havre < Huviercs (Huviere f Huvieremos
"^
C
1
Sing,
?/r.
< Huvieredeis ^Huviercn
i ^<.^^^"" ) Jên.orGodgrant Ijhall OuerJdo \ ^^ willing, or itar/, &c. f

I
i
J
Infinitive
^
Mood.
Tenfe.
r* w/V; or
io'vt
Prefent
.Qh"^
Pretcr-
144
1'loe
RUD IMENTS
Preterperfedb.
To have
n/jilPd,
of
--
Haver querido
or lo'v'd
Gerund.
Queriendo
Loving
Participlei
Querido
IVi/r^, or /î/V,
&c.
This Verb may be declined through all Moods and Tenfes with the word Mas added to it, which with it fometimes fignifies rather^ and fometimes more^ as Mas quiero calldr que hahldr mal^ I had rather be filent than fpeak ill ; or Alas quiero a Pedro que a Judn^ I love Peter more, or better than
John,
T^he Irregular
Verb Pon6r,
Indicative
Ti
piity
or flace.
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Yo pongo < Tu pones
5/;?^.
Pkr. < Poneis (^ Pdnen

Preterinnperfeft,
r Ponia i Poni'a ^ Pen as
1
1 did puf
Ton did pit
îng.
"'oiua-
He
did pit
?lu
^/3^
Spanish Grammar,
m 03
We
7ê
14
P o n ia
Plur. V Poniadeis
did put did put
^ Ponian
They did put
Firft Preterperfecl,
r Puê
Sir.g.
PusJile
\
Z'^/-.
?
Pusilleis
/ Pufieron
\
Second Preterperfc6t.
îng.
He,
huve
Puerto,
1 have put , Sec
Preterpluperfect.
Sing.
Havia
Pueflo,
I had put,
Sec.
Firft Future.
Pondre, or
Sif2g,
pome
Jjha/Iy or will put, &c.
Second Future.
S;>27.
He,
or
Tengo de poner
am
to,
or maji put, &c,
Third Future.
Havre de poner
//'^/V
z^^-
obliged to put
to
Ha via
de poner
/ had, or / w^j
put
Imperative
^" ^" \ Ponga cl r Pongamos nofdtros Plur. < Poned vofotros t Pongaa ellos
Sinr
Mood.
or// thou
Z>5,yi? ^/,
Let him put Let us put Do ye put ^ or

Let them put
let ye
put
Suh
146
The
RUD IMENTS
of
Subjunaive a^J Optative Mood.
J Como, Aunque, Oxala,

I M^'ben^ "tkougb.
Would to God.
Prefent Tenfe.
Slsig.
f Ponga. < Pongas Pdnga

f Poiigamos
Pongais
Whenj or God gram Ida

put^ &c.
Phr,\
Pdngaa
Preterimperfedt,
"
Puficra, pufieile, or pornia, pon-
dria
^.
.
Ptzfieras,
pufieffes, or
pormas,
^^'
pondrias
Puliera, pufieffe, or pornia, pon-
dria
Fuiie r Pufieramo?,
liam-os,
pufiefiemos, or por- f
-LWheHy ornxouldhGod I did putyhot
pondnamos
por-
eradeis, pufiefedeis, or
niadeis, pondriadeis
Pufieran, pufieilen, cr pornian,
pondrian
Preterperfe(5l.
C Haya
r
"J
f Hayamos Fhr.i Hiyzis (Hayan
(
I
^<^'
L
Firil
the
Spanish Grammar.'
and Second Preterplnperfedls.
"J
Hi
Firft
Sing.
f Huviera, or huvIe.Te < Huvieras, or luiviefTes t Huviera, or huviefle ^ f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos
r
I
/
(k
Whin^ df
'^'ô^^^ôGod
^P ueito, ) <
I
j ^^^
&c.
^^^^
Piur. < Huvleradeis, or huvielTedeis
^ Huvieran,
or huvieflTen
(^
Firft Future*
^//jg-.
r Pufiere < Pufieres
^ I
(
( Pufiere r Pufieremos P/ar. < Pufieredeis
When, or G^^
&c.
|:r/
fiall puti
(
I
Pufieren
J
Second Future,
r Huviera,
^'''^*
e^-
havre
"J
T
P^^^'
l
/ Huvi^re'
^^'^' ^^ G.^^rrf/
{ ^^^^ ^^'
^^'^'P'''>
C Huvieremos
i'/ar.-jHuvieredeis
f
I
<
I
tHuvieren
J
Infinitive
\^
Moodi
Prefent Tenfe*
t'oner,
To put
Haver pueHo j
To hamt pul
Gerund*
Poniendoj
Putting
T48
ne
Pucilo
RUDIMENTS
Participle Paffive.
Puf,
of
Sec.
After this manner are declined in
all
I
rcfpefts,
Compomr^
ccmpife^ I
diffongo^
I
to
compofe, 'ô have compofcd ;

I
compofigo^
compofe,
difpofe,
;
Dtfponer^
to
difpofe, dijpufe^
have difpoied
AnteI
pQner^ to
fet
before, antepongo^ I fet before, antepufe^

;
Proponer^ to propofe, propongo^ I and, if there be any nropofe, propufe^ I propofed other Verbs derived by Compofition from Fonir,
have kt before
*,
T!}oe
Irregular Verb Hacer,

Indicative
7i? do^
or make.
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Vo Hago < Tu haces
(_
"^
/
/^<? or
make
Sing.
El hace
ôu do or tnake He does or mmkes
C
Plu}\
Hac^mos
< Haceis t Hacen
(Wê door make. I T do or make
J They
do or /7^/f/
Preterimperfed.
f Haoia Swg, < Hacias ^ Hacia
f Haciamcs Pkr, < Haciadeis, ^Hacian
or haciais
/ did
or made, &c.
Firft Prcterperfcd.
^;>X.
f Hice < Hiciflt

I
J >
^tf-rr ?r:i(dey
&c.
Fkr,
//i?
Spanish Grammar.
1 >
lJ"i
149
^
licimos r Hicimos
P/r.<
Hicifteis licifteis
have made
&.Q..
t Hicieron
Second Preterperfc^b.
f He, or huvc < Has
"J
I
*
r*
Sing.
Ha
T-T
'
K
*
^^'^^ J ^
j
'''^'^'*
r Hcmos, (prhavemos Flur. < Havcis
or pi^de^ Scc^
(Han
J
Preterpluperfe<fl,
5;>^.
r <
Ha via Ha V lis ( Havk

r
Haviamos
Hecho, < /
/('^^ </o^f
or maJe^ 5:c.
P/wr. < Haviideis
( Havian
Firft Future.
f Hare < Haras
Sivg.
( Hara
i
Xljhall^ or
(
^j:i}l do,
or
rit^r,
hlaremi Haremos
&c.
P/r. I Hareis
( Haran
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de hacer < Has de haccx'de liaccr ( Hemos de h^cer < Havevs de hacer ( Han de hacer
(_
^
I
Sing.
Ha
^ / <
(
l
/*,
or
j^.'î^,
or muji h^ &c.
/*/r.
Third Future.
Havre de
hacer,
1 Jhall
he
olUgd to do
Lj
Foaith
jp
The
RUDIMENTS
Fourth Future.
J had, qr /
of
Jiavia de hacer
n^jas to da
Imperative
p.
Mood.
Do
or tnah thou, or do thou
C
"^
Haz,
or hace tu
^^^g-
Haga el r Hagamos
Hagaii
nofo'tros
Let him do or Tiiake Let us do or tnake
Plur.
< Hnced vciotros

(^
Do]e
or make ye,
let
ye de
eilos
Let them do or make
5ubjun6tive and Optative
Mood.

fVben^ Though^ PVoidd
Prefent Tenfe.
to
God.
S^Kg.
< Hagas
I
I
^ Kaga
r Hagamos
P/i^;-.
JVhcK,
</c
or
God grant /
&c.
f
I
or
;/7Xr,
<
HegaU IHagan
J
Preterimperfeft.
jj
f Hiclera,
^biy.
-<
hiciciTe, haria
Hicicras, hicieiTes, hariis
XlVhenÔYivouIdtoGcd Hiciera, hiciefle, haria hicieffemos, hariamos ( J did do or make, &c. C Hicieramos, hicieffe Tedeis, hariadeis i Hicieradeis, hicieire
^Hicieran^
hicicflen. harian
Frcter-
//5^
Spanish Grammar,
Preterperfed.
351
f Haya hecho < Hayas hecho ( Hay a hecho r Hayamos hecho Plur. < Hayais hecho J Hay an hecho
Sing.
"J
/
\
U%e?t, or
God grant I hwve

&c.
inade^ or done^
J
Firft

'I
r Huviera, or havieiTe ^ [ûvicras, o/- huviefies ^ Huviera, <jr huvieiTe tiuv eramos, er huvieikmos P/r. < Huvieradcis, or huvielledeis
Sing.
Trn
<ii'cu/d
to
'^
//
or
madeySiQ.
/ Huviera.n, or huvielTen
Firft Future.
THicle re
^/'V^.
< Hicie leres

iciere ^ Hicie
I
I
Wheny or God grant 1 Jhall ot
rHicicremo mas
Îur.< Hicieredei
ill
do or make^ &:q.
^ Hicieren
Second Future.
f Huviere, ^ Huviercs
or
havre
,
,
Sing.
P/ar.
/Huviere C Huvie eremos < Huvie < Huviercdcis [uvierea ^ Huvie
rrr, U Ijen,
or
^ Godgrant
,
^ Hecho, <
IJhall han)e dont
or madey
&c>
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Hacer,
fo da or r/?^.
Preter-
152
r/je
RU D IMENTS
Preterpcrrc6l
of
Tenle.
To kaue done or tnads
Haver hecho
Future Tenfe.
Haver, or efperar de hacer
% make
or do hereafttr
Gerund.
Haciendo
Doing or making
Participle A(5live of the Preter Tenfe.
Hecho
Made
or done^ SiC,
In the fame manner are declined all the Verbs proceeding by compofition from Hacer ^ as Dc/bacer^ to undo, Rebaccr^ to make again, Contrabacer^ to
counterfeit.
^he Irregular Verb^ Caber,

Indicative
Tô
be contained
Mood.
Prefert Tenfe.
f Yo quepo < T\i cabes ^ El cabe r Cabemos flur. < Cabeis
j^
am
is
contained
Sing,
Ton are contained
He
Pf^^
contained
are contained
Te are contained
fhej are contained
Gaben
Preter-
tke
Spanish
Gramma
r<
53
Preterimperfcd.
CabIa
Sm
Plur
154
"ê
RUDIMENTS
Second Future.
"^
of
C He, cr tengo de caber Shg. < Has de caber ^ Ha de caber f Hemos de caber Tlur. < Haveis de caber {^ Han de caber
/
I
I am
fo,
or
mzfj^
be
f
I
cofttained,
8cc.
J
as in the other Verbs.
The Third and Fourth
Imperative
^.
Mood.
Be
you contained
^'^-
C Cabe ta \ Quupa el
Let him he contained

nofotros
C Tlur, <
Qj-pamos
'
Let us be contained
.abed vofdtros
îlo^
Be ye
contained
t Qh^P^J^
^^^ ^^^^ ^^ contained
Subjundive
^;;^
Optative Mood.
CComo,
Oxala,
Aunque.
\ WhcHy God grant y Though,

Prelent Tenfe.
f Quepa < Quepas ^ Quepa f Quepamos
< Quepais
Sing.
When, or God grant 1 hk

contained^
&c.
?lur.
L Quepan
Preter^
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterimperfed:.
S5
Sinv.
f Cupiera, cupiefle, cabria ^ Cupieras, cupieiTes, cabrias f Cupiera, cupiclTe, cabria Cupieramos, cupiefTemos, cabriamos
-{
Iflen, or ivould
to
God 1
^vas
See.
contained,
Flur.
Cupieradeis, cupiefledeis, cabriadeis Cupieran, cupieffen, cabrian
Preterperfedt.
ing.
f Haya cabido Ha Hayas cabido < Ha
(Ha a cabido ay (Ha Hayamos cabido

^r. \
Pfêfiy
or
God grant I
haue been containedjSiC
Hd ayais
ay (Ha an
cabido cabido
Firft

huvieue
IVhen,
<u!ould
îng.
or huvieiTes
or
to
huviefle
r Huvieramos, or huvieflemos
Plur, < Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis
Cabido,
God I had
been
coti-
( Huvieran,
or huvielTen
tained^
&.
Firft Future,
f Cupiei ere ieres < Cupiei
I
îng.
sere ( Cupiei Cupicremos f Cupiei iredeis flur. < Cupiei
When,or God grant I pall, or nvill be contained^ &c.
ipieren ( Cupiei
\
Second Future.
îng.
Huviere, or havre Huvieres, Huviere
PFhen, or
Huvieremos
Cabido I
God grant I may or Jhall be contained hereafter^
rk>
Huvieredeis
&c.
Huvieren
I
Infinitive
156
"The
RUDIMENTS
Infinitive
of
Mood.
Prefent.
Caber
To be untainei.
Preterperfedl.
Haver cabldo
To have been contained.
Gerund.
Cabiendo
Participle.
ê'i% contained.
Cabido
Contained.
72v Irregular Verb^ Ver,

Indicative
"to fee.
Mood<
Prefent Tenfe,
C
ting,
vc Yo veo
EI ve
'
ve \ 1 u ves
I/ee Tou fee
emos r Ve
is
He fees Wefet
Te
fee
Ven CVei
Preterimperfedl.
Via, r Vis or vcia
IS
Theyfei
1 did fee Tou did fee
He
rvi Viamos
adeis
We
did fee did fee
Ye did fê
Ihey didfet
(Vilan
Pira
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firft
57
Preterpcrfe^l.
CVi,
Sing.
or vide
fa-TV
iftc \ \\{ Vio I Vic
y'ou
faiM
fVi imos
PJur.
illeis i Vi
He fa-TM Wefax^
Ye jfu'^w
tviicron
Second and Third Preterperfcdls.
Sin?.
C He, < Has

(
or
huve
vifto
vifto vifto
/ have fee ft Tou ha'vefeen
"
Ha
He
has feen
Plur.
f Hemos vifto < Haveis vifto ^ Han vifto
We hanje feen
Ye hwve feen Ihey ha<ve feen
Preterpluperfed:.
Havia
î7lg.
/ had feen
You had feen
Vifto,
Havias
Havia C Haviamos Tlur. < Haviadeis ^ Havian
He had feen
We had feen
Ye had Jeen
They
bad feen
Firft Future.
\
Plur.
Ytxi
^'eras
IJhall or nMill fee
You Jhall or
ivill fee
Vera Veremos
Vereig
HefhalloT luiil fee Wefiall or wclll fee

YeJJpall or n.mllfee Tfhtyfhall or 'will fee
eran
Second Future.
tengo de ver f He, orKix < Has de ve er ^ Ha de ver f Hcmos de ver P/w. < Haveis de ver
I am
Yoijt
to
or
to
muf fee
Svig.
C Han de ver
QV mufl fee He is to or mufl fee We are to ox mufl fee Ye are to or mujffee Thty are to or muft fs
are
as in the other
Verbs. Imperative
158
lie
RUDIMENTS
Imperative
of
Mood.
-P" thou fee, or fee thinl
<:;,
^"ÎVeael
Veamos nofotros Tlur\ Ved vofotros Vean ellos
S ^^^>
" v^
'"
Let him fie Let us fee Do ye feey or

let ye fee
Let them fee
The
Moods,
Subjun6bive, the Optative, and the Infinitive altogether as in the other Verbs before, as
the Prefent Tenfe of the two firft Moods Vea^ the Preterimperfcdl, Viera^ veria^ viejfe the Preter,
perfedl,
Haja
vzjlo,
\
the Preterpluperfedl,
Huviera^
Infinitive,
or huviejfe vtfto
the Future, Viere,
The
Ver^ Participle, Vifio,
The Irregular Verb Caer,

Indicative
Prefent
C Caigo
To falL
Mood.
Tenfe.
Ifall
Thoufalleft
\ Caes
t Cae f Caem Caemos
-. ?lur,
< Caeis
-J
(Caen
Hefal/s We fall Te fall rheyfali
Preterimperfe6l.
Caia, caias, &c.
Firfl:
Preterperfed*.
Cai, caiHe, &c.
Second
the
Spanish Grammar.
Second Preterperfed.
159
He
ca'ido.
Has
caido, &c.
And
fo
of the other Tenfes, like the regular Verbs.
Imperative
C Cae \ Calga f Caigdmos
Mood.
Do you fall,
Let him fall
ox fall thou
^'''^'
Let us fall
Plur. \
Ca^
Do ye fall,
or
let
ye fall
I Caigan
Infinitive
Let them fall
Mood.
Tenfe.
Tofall
Prefent
Caer
Gerund.
Cayendo
Falli/2g
The Verb
fent
Entender^ to underfland, in
the Pre-
Tenfe of the Indicative

Ente7tdz,
Mood makes
Entiendo
Preterperfecl.
Of
the
Verbs in Cer,
following Verbs ending In cer^ are genefpek without an /, though it were Jtc\oxQ proper to write them with it before the r, which would render them all regular, and more anfwerable to the Latin^ from which many of them are derived ; but fmce we generally find them otherrally
THE
wife,
it is
proper to note them
down
here.
Infinitive.
i6o
The
RU D I AGENTS
Indicative,
of
Infinitive.
Adolecer, to gronv ftck Agradecer, to thank Amortecer, to dye aiAây

Desfallecer,
to faint
Apetecer, Crecer, to
Encarecer,
tftablecer,
to dtjire
gro-uj
to
to
Encallecer,
<zvax
hard as aCorn
magnify
to ejlablip?
Feriecer, to finrjh
Pacer,
to feed to periJJ)
Perecer,
Compadecer, to ha've CompaJJion Conocer, to hionv

Padecer,
Ofrecer,
Parecer.
to
fuffer
to
to offer
Guarnecer,
to
to
garnijh
appear
to
to
Nacer,
he born
Enfiaquecer, Enriquecer,
gro^M lean
enrich
Empobrecer,
Endurecer,
to gro-zv
poor
to gro-iv
hard
Fallecer, to fail or dye
Engrandecer,
to
magnify
Entriftecer, to gro^w melancholy
Ennoblecer, to ennoble Florece r, to Jlourijh

Fortalecer,
to
Jirengthen
Favorecer, tofaioiir Obedecer, to obey Defvanecer, to make âin Enfoberbecer, to gronv proud Emmudecer, to groiv dumb
Ellablecer,
to eftablijh
Merecer,
to merit.
the
Spanish Grammar.
i6
and fo of others ; but cullom has prevailed to write them as above, and there is no contending againft but Veneer^ cannot admit of the }\ being deit rived from the Latin vincere^ and therefore keeps on without an / in all Moods and Tenres>
,
Of
the
Verbs
in ger.
THE
nitive in ger^
following Verbs which have their Infimake the Prefent Tenfe of the
the fame ; and third Plural of the Imperative Mood, and through all perfons, and both numbers of the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative, and the Subjunflive Moods That is
Indicative
Mood, by changing
Singular, and the
g into j
in the third
firft
when
in the ultima^
or
laft fyllable
there
is
an a or
o.
Indicative.
Infinitive.
Prefent Tenfe,
Encdjo, Rscojo,
Fr tierperfeEf,
Encogi. Recogi. Acogi.
Efcogi. ôgi-
Encoger, to Jhrink^ Hecoger, to gather, Acoger, to entertain y Efcoger, to choofe, Coger, to catchy
Acoj j,
Eicojo,
Cojo,
In other
Moods and
except the
Tenfes, like the Regulars, Tenfes before mentioned.
Of
the Verbs in er.
THE
in
following Verbs in er make the Prefent Tenfe of the Indicative Mood by adding i the laft fyllable but one of the Inftnitive, and
the
i62
The
RUDIMENT'S
Moods.
of
the fame in the fecond and third Perfons Singular, and the third Plural of the Imperative Mood, and throughout the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative and the Subjunflive
the
Spanish Grammar.'
163
Of
Verbs Pafive of the Second Conjugation^

are formed and conjugated in the
as thofe
THEY manner
ver^ to fee
is
fame
j
of the
firlt
:
Conjugation
as
made
paffive,
thus
Prefent. Indicative.
Imperfedt.
"^
Perfe6l
'^ Fui, or
Soi villo T ^ Cc-ravino f S6i viilo vide < eres viflo / I -s ^âs vilio era villo ^ es viilo eramos viilos r Somos viftos f ^5 r eradeis viftos Plur. < So'is viilos \ 9?^ ^ Son viftos J ^ C ^^^" viilos
ng. SiK7.
he fidd
il^c.
|
v^^
villo,
f
I
|
"
And
fo the reft
of die Tenles.
Jo
Of Verbs
Thefe Verbs, and
all
Reciprocal
erfe,
terminated in
firft
are like-,
wife conjugated as thofe of the

Perderfe>
Conjugation
to
as
Ti
lofe
onisfelf,
be hji.
Indicative.
Prefent.
Impe^-fedl.
Perfecfl.
5z.
r Me pierdo < Te pierdes

5
1
I
% I Tc penlias
Se perdia
t: C
Me perdia
1 J' ^
(
-l^
^'e ill Te
C f
Me
^'^
perdi
perdiile
!^
P/.
I J ^ Se pierde ^ Nos perdemos r,^ C f -^ r \ ^ Os perdeis \r^\ ^ Se pierden )ierden J o ^ p C
Nos perdiamos perdiamc O^ perdiadeis ^^

Se perdian
\h
1 .3
C ê { N'os perdimos^ j Os perdiHeis "^ ^ ê perdi^rron f>
and
fo
of the other Tenfes
The
.
Imperative thus
C Pierdete
^ I Pierdefe fPerdamofnos < Perdedos
(_
^'"^-
1
/
J>-
Lofe ^''^*'Ai^'
Plur.
Pierdanfe
^^/.^
i64
7?^^
RUD TMENTS
of
Note, That the Perfons are often doubled in the Conjugation of thofe Verbs ; as, 2I9 me phrdo, tu te perdes, el fe fierde, &c. or thus, Pierdome, Pierby putting im Pronoun after defie, Perdieje^ &c.
the Verb.
Of Verbs
The
Haver,
Imperfonah.
Imperfonals of this Conjugation are.

To he, as in ^juhat concerns
Place^ &c.
Indicative.
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Hai,
or
no hay
There
is,
or there
is
noL
ImperfccH:.
flavia.
There fwas.
Fir ft Preterperfedl.
Kuvo,
There ivas, or there has been.
Second Perfect.
Ha
havido.
There has been,
Plufperfed.
Havia
havido.'
There
had
hten.
Future.
Havra,"
^^^* '^'itl, or /hall he.
Second
//5<?
Spanish Grammar.
Second Future.
72vr^ muji hs.
165
Ha
de haver,
and
fo
of the other Futures.

Imperative.
Hay a,
Optative.
Oxala que Lava,
Let there he.
Prefent.
God grant
Imperfe(5l.
that there he.
Que
huviera, &C.
ât
Perfea.
there might he.
Que hay a
havido,
Tlât there
hath hcen^
Plufperfecl:.
Que huviera
havido,
V.ât there
had
heen.
Future.
Que
huviere.
That there fiall
he,
&c.
The Spanijh is perfed Latin in the ExprefHons of the imperlbnal Verbs, which manner cannot be found in the EngUJk^ French^ and other Languages ; the Engli/b being obliged to add there^ or i/, and the French ii^ &c. and this in all the Imperfonals throughout all the Conjugations.
Examples.
Hai un hombre que me
is
efpera abaxo para
ir
Man
that Jiays fdr
me
bflonjn t9
-M 3
a la Comedia, 77:êrg go to the Plaj-}x>u/e. Havia.
i66
Havia
cien
The
RUDIMENTS
of
one
foldados enla Embofcada, T/jere
êre
hundred
Soldiers in the
Amhujh
is
No
mas que treinta y aos^There nvere no more than Que haya o no haya poco imporia, that there be, or
havia
thirty-tnf:o.
noty
but
of little Importance, &c.
Ser, ^0 hc^ as in
what
concerns the EJfence^ or
îa^
lilies
of a Things &c.
Indicative,
Pre/. Es,
no
es
//
is,
it is
nor.
J/nperf. era,
// ivas.
It
Perf. Eue,
hath been,
and
fo in the other Tenfes.
Examples.
Es noche, or Es verdsd. Era afs!.
es
de ndche,
It
is
Kighi.
It is true.
It 'was fo.
Tea,
Que
fea 6
no
que
fe
me
da,
fhat
it be,
or not
be,
nvhai
it to
is
me.
In the fame manner is conjugated the Verb Ser MencfJr, to be neceilury, or requifue, as
Es Menefter, que yo vaya a ver la Ciadad the Londres, pucs un Mundo pequeno, enque florecen tddas las Artes y Ciencias que eUaa divididas per las quatro partes de el Mundo, // is necrjfary that 1 go to fee theCity of Londion, becaufe it is a little World, in '-Lvhich all the Arts and Sciences that are dinjidcd in the j. four Parts of the World do flour if Sera Menefler, que Pedro y Juan fe avcngan, // îll he neceffary or requifte, that Peter and John agree together.
es
Si fuera Menefler,
yo
vinicra, 1 nvould comt if
it
fould
he
r^
qui e or fit
r.e ceffary,
^c.
the
Spanish Grammar.
167
l^je
Verb Jmperfonal Placer, Ti plcafe.

Indicative
Mood.
It pkafes.
Pref. Place,
Imperf. Placid,
Firfi Perf.
It d':dpleafe. It pie a fed.

//
Plugo,
Second Per/.
Ha
Placido,
has pleafed,
and
fo in the other Tenfcs.
Imperative,
Plega, Let
it
pkafey &c.
Llover^
Llueve,
Llovia,
To
Rain.
Jt rains.
It
did rain,
Src,
Heder,
Hiede, Hedia,
To Stink.
It flinks,
// didjiink,
&c.
0/e>,
To
fmell.
This Verbs changes

Tenfes, as
Huele, Huela,
into hue in
the Prefent
It fmelU. Let it fmell.
Que
hucla,
'That
it
may fmell, &c.
Acontecer^ acaeccr^
Acontece,
To
happen.
// happe?ts,
&c.
Perteneccr^
Pertenece,
To
4
belong.
// belongs, Sec.
Enough
i68
"The
RU D IMENTS
of
us
put an
Enough of the Imperfonal Adlivcs, let Example of the Imperfonal PafTive,

Leerfe^
now
To
be read.
//
is
Se L-p, Se Leia, Sc Leyd,
reading.
It ivas reading.
// /jas kern read, 5rc.
And fo are conjugated ejlahkcerfe^ to be ed or ordered by Parliament, ^c.

Se efiablece. 6e eftablecia. Se eiiablecid
It is ejiahlijhed.
cftablifli-
It ixas eftahlijking.
,
It
has been ejiablijhed, kc.

it
Imêraiiie, Eflablefcafc,
Let
be ejlablipedy &c.
Saherfcy
To
be known.
It
is
Se
fabe, or fabefe.
knoivn.
Se labia, or fabiaie. Se fupo, cr fupofe.

Jmperati've, Sepafe,
It ^was
It
km'wn.
has been knoivn, kz.

it
Let
be knoivn, &c.
N. B. That all the Verbs regular or irregular of the Second Conjugation, may be conjugated in the fame manner as thofe of the firfl Conjugation by the yerb:
auxiliar
as,
Verb
efldr,
and the Gerund of the
Prefent Tenfe.
Indicative.
"^
i
Leo, wg, < Lees,
or eiloi or eft as
Leyendo Leyendo
f LeemoSjoreftamosLeyendo (^ I f/urî Leeis, or eftais Leyendo 4 Leen, or ellan Leyendo J
'
'
&
'
'
and
fo
ill
the reft of the
Mopds and
Tenfes.
Of
/;&^
Spanish Grammar.
of the third
in
ir,
169
Of
Verbs Regular
Conjugation
as
Subir, *To go up or afcend.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f Subo < Subes
Sing.
(SuW
f Subimos Plur. I Subis ^ Suben
Igo up or
afctncl,
&C.
Preterimperfed:,
C Subia
Sing.
< Subias
t Subia
r Subiamos Plur. < Subiadeis,
or fubiais
/ njoas
going up, &C.
^ Subian
]
Firft Prctcrperfcd.
Si??g.
f Subi < Subiile
I Subio f Subimos P/ur. i Subifteis
]
T
Subido,
tufni up or fifcended.
Sec.
( Subicron
Second and Third Preterperfeds

He,
"i
or
huve
C
Ihave gone
i
\ Has
Ha
up or
f Hemos flur. < Haveis
afcended. Sec,
(Han
Fretcr-
lyo
"The
RUDIMEN'TS
Preterpluperfedt,
of
$ifig.
r Havia < Havias
"J
r
I
V Haviamos f
Tlur.
5^"^!^
i Subido, *
\ ^ ^^/^''
\
e^, &:c,
I
""P
^^ ^/^^^-
< Haviadeis
t Havian
Firft Future.
r Subire
Shg. < Subiras
(_
Subira
/y^// or fwill go
cenuy
lip
or af-
f Subiremos Flur. < Subireis
&c.
^ Subiran
Second Future,
f He, or tengo de < Has de fubir
fubir
5ij".
^ Ha de fubir r Hemes de fubir

P/-.
I am
io
or muft go up or /*
cend,
&c.
< Haveis de fubir ^ Han de fubir
Future as in the other Verbs.
Imperative
Mood.
Go you up or afcend
Let him go up or afcend Let us go up or afcend Do ye go up or afcend Let them go up or afcend
^'"îsubael f Subamos
Tlur.
nofdtrbs
< Subid vofdtros t Suban ellos
Subjundllve
the
Spanish Grammar.
Mood.
171
Subjundtivc a?id Optative
Aunque, Oxala, J Como, iWheHy God grants Would to

Prefent Tenfe.
God.
Sing.
C Suba ^ I < Subas ( IVhen or God grant I do go ^ Suba r Subamos f up ox afund, &c. I Plur. < Subals ^ Suban J
'
Three Preterimperfe6ts.
f Subiera, fubiefle, or fubiria < Subieras, lubieiles, or fubirias
I a \-'
(^
*J
I ,,,,
I
!
5'/;/^,
Subiera, lubielle, or iubiria
u'.r
r u-
'
t^hen.m 'would n j j jj
/"
. ,
to
C Subieramos, fubiefTemos, or fubiriamos f

Plur. < Subieradeis, fubieffedeis, or fubiriadeis
(^
l?
>
Subieran, fubiefTen, or fubirian
Preterperfed.
f Haya < Hayas
JVhen, ox
Sing.
God grant I ha've gont
r Hay Los Plur. < Hayais
^^^^^^'
up or afcendedy &c.
^ Hayan
Firft
f Huviera,
Sing.

or havielTe
"^
f
I
\ Huvicras, or huviefies t Huviera, or huvieffe CHuvieramos, or huvieflemos Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huvieiTedeis ( Huvieran, r huvielTen
I
f
'ôMtoGod
''J^'^nded^
^'^^
^"^'^^'
\
I
< ^^^^gone^P
j ^J
\J^^'
Firft
172
th^
RUDIMENTS
Firfl Future.
"J I
I
of
Si.
r < Subieies t Subiere

Subiere
PTên, or
rSubieremos Plur, < Subieredeis
f
I
God grant IJhall or îll go up ov afcend, kc.
^ Subieren
J
Second Future.
f Huviere,
^hg, < Huvieres Huviere (^
or havre
'J I
C
I
<;
When, or God grant
fHuvieremos Plur. < Huvieredeis
i
{ I
b'H
*
)
] I
^P^^^ ^^'^^ S^^

a/
or
afce7ided,
kc,
^ Huvieren
J
Infinitive
I.
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
Subir,
To go up or afiend.
Preterperfed.
Haver
fubido,
T9 ha'vegone up or afccnded.
Future
Haver
er efpcrar de fubir.
Tenfe.
To ^^
/<?
go up or
^^//
hereafler.
Gerund.
Subicndo,
Gc/V^
a/>
or afcending.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe and

EI que fube.
Adive
Voice.
Going up or afcending.
Participle Pafiive,
SttbiJo,
Cone up or afcended.
In
the
Spanish Grammar.^
all
173
In the fame manner

the third
other Regular Verbs of Conjugation in ir^ are conjugated ; as

fufFer,
Sufnr^ to
Hinchir^ or Hencbir^ to
fill,
^c.
Abrir^ to open, Cuhnr^ to uncover, and Encuhrzr^ to conceal, are Regular, except only in the fecond Preterperfedt Tenfe which, inftead of Abndo^ as other Verbs of this Sort, is Abierto^ Cubierto, BefcubiertOy and Encubierto, Next follow
cover,
Defcuhrzr,
to
,
Thefe four Verbs,
ne
Irregular Verbs of the third Conjugation^ in if, as
Venir,
^0 come.
Indicative
Mood.
Prefenc Tenfe.
f Vengo < Vienes I Viene
f Venimos
Plur.
/ come
Tou comi
Sing.
He
comes
We
<
\'enis
come Te come
t Vienen
They come
Preterimperfed.
r Venia < Venias
fVeniamos
P/r.
Sing,
Î did come,
or veniais
Sec.
< Veniadeis, t Venian
Firil
174
'I'h^
RUDIMENTS
Firft Preterperfedt.
Sing,
of
f Vine < Vcnifle (^ Vino f Venimos Plur. < Venifteis

(^
/ came Tou came He came
We
came
Venieron
Te came Têy came
Second and Third Preterperfedls.

îng.
f He, \ Has
or
huve
"^
I
Vlur.
\ Haveis
tHan
i
Preterpluperfe6l.
Sing,
f Havia < Havias
Tlur.
Haviadeis
^ Havian
Firft Future.
verne Sing. < Vendras, or vernas I Vendra, or verna
or
f Vendre,
I |
f Vendremos, o/* vernemos P/r. < Vendrcis, or vcrneis ^Vendran, <7rvernan
^^^^^ ^, ^.^j
^^_
Second Future.
f He, or tengo de < Has de venir ^ Ha de venir
f
venir
I XÎ
Sing.
am lam
to. to,
or
//f come,
de venir Plur. < Haveis de venir Han de venir l^
Hemos
as in the other Verbs.

^
Imperative
'
the
Spanish Grammar,
Imperative
175
Mood.
. ^
^
Ven
tu
cl
Do you
\ Venga
f Vengdmos nofotros Plur. < Venid vofotros

(^
come, or come thou Let htm come Let us come Do ye come, or let ye come
Vengan
ellos
Let them come
Subjundive and Optative Mood.

(
Como,
Oxala,
Aunque.
Though.
( Wherty
God
graiit^
Prefent Tenfe.
f Venga < Vengas
Sing.
Plur.
C Venga r Venga engamos < Venga < Vengais / Venga 'engan
When, or God grant 1 do

come, &c.
Three Preterimperfeds.
Viniera, vinielTe, vernia, or vendria
Vinieras,
Sing.
vlniefles,
vernias,
or
vendrias Viniera, viniefle, vernia, or ven-
^
I
^^^ria
_
C Vinieramos,
mos,
or
^^
viniefTemos, vernia- [
IWhenôr rwould to God I did come, &:c,
vendriamos
Vinieradeis, viniefTedeis, v( ,'erniaPlur. J deis, or vendriadeis

J
Vinieran, viniefTen, vernian, or vendrian
Pretcr-
176
rhe
RUDIMENTS
Preterperfedt,
of
ing.
Haya Hayas < Ha]
_Haya fHa: r Hayamos

Plur.
have come^ &c.
\ Hayais / Hayan
Firft
and Second Preterpluperfc6ts.
Bing.
Tlur.
f Huviera, 9r huvIefTe \ Huvieras, or huviefles nuvicnc ^ nuviera, or huviclTe |_ Huviera, f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos \ Huvieradeis, or huviefTedeis
/ Huvieran, or huviefTen
When,
r
*<' to
Vv '^ J ^^^^^^>
f
nvould ^^"***^
comey
\ God 1 had
&c
Firft Future.
f Viniere
tling.
<
Vinieres
^ Viniere r Vinieremos fhr. < Vinieredeis ( Vinieren
When^QX God grant I JhallyOVwill come, &c.
Second Future,
f Huvlere, or havre < Huvieres,
{ Huviere f Huvieremos
P/r.
I
Sing.
VenidoJ
1
^^^^^'
o*^
'"
^^^ ^^^^ IJhall

^c.
^^'^^ ^^^^>
< Huvieredeis
4 Huviercn
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefent.
Venij-,
Tq
m
Future,
the
Spanish Grammar,
Future.
i^y
Haver de
venir,
To be
to
comei
Gerund.
Vinlendo,
Coming.
Participle of the Prefent Tenfe

El que viene.
and Adive
He
that comes.
Voice,'

Venido,
Tenfe and PalTive Voice,

Come
The Compounds
of this Verb
all
;
Venzr.,
are declined
every refped
in
Moods and Tenfes

as Revenlr^
out as
vengo.,
their original
to return.
throughRe-
Revhw^ &c.
Convenir^
to agree, Convengo^
become, Devengo.^ DeSobrevefur, to come upon fuddenly, So' vhie^ &c. hrevengOy Sohrevzne., &c.
Convlne, &:c.
DeveJiir, to
^be Irregular Verb, Decir^

Indicative
TCo
fay.
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
C DjgO < Dices C Dice f Decimos
'I fay
Chig.
Tgu fay
,
He fays
We fay
Tefay
^hiyfa^
/>//.
^Decis Cîccn
Prit^r^
178
"The
RUDIMENTS
Preterimperfed.
/ did fa^
Toil
of
f Decia < Decias ^ Decia C Deciamos Plur. < Deciadeis, (_ Decian

5i^^.
or deciais
did fay did fay We did fay Ye did fay T^hey did fay
He
Firft Pr^terperfed.
f Dixe
Sing.
\ Dixifte f Dixo f Diximos

\
Dixifteis
Ifaid You faid

aid He f
We faid
Ye faid Iheyfaid
Flur.
/ Dixeron
Second and third Preterperfecls.
fHe He,
Zing,
[as
or
huve dicho
dicho dicho r Hemes dicho Plur. < Haveis dicho ^ Han dicho
/ ha've faid Tou have faid He has faid
We hanje faid
Ye ha<ve faid
Jhey ha'vejaid
Preterpluperfecl.
C Havia < Havifs ^ Havia f f laviamos Tlur, < Haviadeis (^ Havian
Sing.
Dicho,
7 had faid Tou had faid He had faid We had faid Te had Jaid They had faid
Firft Future.
Dire
Sing
Diras
1 Dira
f Diremos
PhrA
Direis
Iflmll or fwill fay Tou fhall or <u:iil fay Hefhail or ^1IIfay Wejhall or îlljay Te fhall or nxiU fay
They fhall or nvill fay
(Diran
I
Second
the
Spanish Grammar^
Second Future.
tengo de decir
\
179
r < ( r Plur. < ^

'hig,
He,
or
7 am
Toil
to
Has de
decir
are
is to
to
or tnuji fay or muji fay or or
de d decir de decir Haveis de decir Han de decir
Ha
He
Hemos
IVe are
to
muf fay muf fay
Te are
to
They are
to
or muJi fay or mufi fay
the reft as in other Verbs,
Imperative
C
^^^^^'*
Mood.
Do thou fay Let him fay
Let us fay Do ye fay Let them fay
Di
tu,
or dice tu
\ Diga el ( igamos nofo'tros C Digai ^lur. I Decic IPlur. -^ Decid vofotros

ân cilos
Subjundive and Optative Mood,

When^ Though^ Would
Prefent I'enfe,
ga
iîng
to
God.
gas
ga C Digam
V/herij
or
Qod grant 1
do fayy &c.
Plur .^Digdls
Preterimperfed.
f DIxera, dixeiTe, dlria < Dixeras, dixelTes, dirias
(_
iiing,
Dixera, dixelle, diria C Dixeramos, dixeiTemos, diriamos

dixeiTen, dirian
IVhen, orn^jouldtoGod
I did fay, &c,
Vlur. X Dixeradeis, dixeiTsdcis, diriadeis
{ Dixtran,
Pretr-
'l8o
Tie
RUD IMENTS
Preterperfed.
of
Shi^.
f Haya dicho < Hayas dicho ( Haya dicho
iM^'^beXf or
(
God grant I havi
f Hayamos dicho Thr. < Hayais dicho
faidy &c.
f Hayan dicho
Firft
and Second
or huvieilb
or huvieffes
Preterpluperfccfts,
f Huviera,
îtig.
< Huvieras,
^
/
C
I
When^ or
iôuldto
^ Huviera,
or huviefTe
f Huvieramos, or huvieflemos Plur. < Huvieradeis, or huvielTedeis ^ Huvieran, or huvieffen
f
i
S D' h
^
J
\
God
^ ^^^
&c.
f^^^*
Firft Future.
f Dixere
Sing.
Plur.
< Dixeres ^ Dixere r Dixeremos < Dixeredeis
When^
or
Gi?^
grant I Jhall or
^vjillfay. Sec.
Dixeren
Second Future.
f Huviere, j Huvieres
or
havre
"J I
T
\ ^^^^^^^
5/^.
^^ ^^^^^^^^
P/r.
&c
t Huvieren
Infinitive
Mood.
Tenfe.
Frefent
Decir,
^7^
Preter-
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterperfeifl
i8i
Tenfe.
^& have /aid.
Haver
dicho,
Future Tenfe,
Aver de
decir,
Tc hi io fay hereafter.
Gerund,
Diciendo,
^^'?'^*
Participle
Adive of
the Prefent Tenfe.

Out fayti^*
EI que dice.

Said.
Die ho.
Participle
of the Future Tenfe.

He
that
is ts
El que ha, cr efpera de decir.
fay hereafter.
through Simple,
The Compounds of this Verb Dear, in all all Moods and Tenfes, are declined
as,
Points,
like the
Bendecir, Maldecir,
Defdecir,
to l/ejs,
to curfe,
ta
Bendigo, Maldigo,
Defdigo,
unfay,
Bendixe. Maldixe. Defdixe.
lie
l82
"J^he
RUD IMENTS
Irregular Verb^
Ir,
of
T'he
Tô go.
Indicative
Mood.
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterpluperfefl:.
183
Îng.
f Havia < Havias
(Havia fHaviamos
Plur.
,jj
J
^
nadgone,kc:' o
-
< Haviadeis ( Havian

Firft Future,
Sing.
<
Iras
Plur. < Ireis
( Iran
Second Future.
r He, {?r tengo de < Has de ir
ir
5'/>|',
(Hadeir
i'/Mr,
C Hemos de < Haveis de
i
ir
'
/;;?/?
''
or
/^ ^^. *
&C.
ir
( Han de
ir
the Reft of the Futures as in the other Verbs.
Imperative
Mood.
Vaya
el
f Vamos nofotros
Plur.i Id vofdtros
Let him g& Let us gs Do ye go
i Vayan
elloi
Let
tkm
g9
Subjunftive
i84
"J^he
RUDIMENTS
of
Subjundlive and Optative
Mood,
Como,
Wkoi,
Aunqiie, Oxala,
"Though,
Would
to
God.
Prefent Tenfe.
{ Vaya
'. -i S.ing, -l
Vayas
Whett, or
(
tVaya
r Vayamcs Tkr, < Vayais Vayan
God grant I
dogs^
&c.
Preterimperfed Tenfe.
f Fuera,
5'/V.
fueile, iria
fueiTes, iiias
< Fueras,
"J I ,,
I
,,
,.'
.
/Fuera, fuelTe, iria Crueramos, fueiiemos, iriamos

Tlur.
...
f
I
'
X Fueradeis, fueiTedeis, iriadeis ^ Fueran, fueilen, irian

Preterperfedl,
C Haya
înz.
-J
Hay as
I
^Haya Hayamos CHaya
.,
Uên. ox God grant 1 ha've gQr.r,

Sec.
'"^'
f /r. ^ Haya
(Haya
Two
Sif2g.
Preterpluperfcfts
f Huvlera, or IiuviefTe < Huvieras, cr huviefles

(_
When^ or
<voouldtoGod
Huviera, or huviefle f Huvieramos, or huviefTemos

er huvielTen
'
1
\
-^
^^^^ ^^"^>
Tlur, < Huvieradeis, or huvielTedeis
&c.
(Huvieran,
Firft
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firft Future.
185
Sing.
f < ^ f Plur. <
Fuerc
Fueres
Fuere
Wljen^ or
fwill gOj
God grant IJhall r

SiC.
Fueremos
Fneredeis
f Fueren
Second Future.
Sing.
C Huviere, < Huvieres
cr havre
When, or God grant

ido.
I Huviere C Huvieremos P/ur. < Huvieredeis ^ Huvieren
I Jhall or
luill
haije goney &c
i
Mood.
Infinitive
Pfefent Tenfe.
Ir,
Togo.
Preterperfedb.
Haver
ido.
To have gone.
Future
Haver de
ir.
Tenfe.
To he
to
go hereafter.
Gerund.
Yendo,
El que va,
Going.
Tenfe and Adive Voice.

He
that
is
going.

)d0,
Tenfe and Paffive Voice.

QOJJ0,
ê
i86
The
RUDIMENTS
of
ê
Irregular Verb, Oir, To bear.
Indicative
Mood.
Prcfent Tenfe.
igo f'Ols
Sing,
/ hear
Tou hear
iOy ^ Oyes
Oye iOy,
f
He
hears
Oimos
We
Tlur, \ Cib
l^
Oyen
hear Ye hear Thej hear
Preterimperfe(5l.
SinZ'
f Ois )ia ^ Oias

Oia
Flur,
f Oiamos < Oiais

(^
Oian
/ did hear Tou did hear He did hear We did hear Te did hear êj did hear
Firft Preterperfed.
/ heard Tou heard He heard We heard Te heard fhey heard
Sing,
^ \
Oifte
'6 tOyo
t Oimos Plur, < Oiftei*
JOyeron
Second and Third Pretcrperfeds.

CHe,
Sing.
or hiJve
<Has
CHa
fKemos
P/i/r. ?
^,j
I haveheardy
&c.
^^^''
Haveis
XHan
Preter-
the
S?ANisn Grammar.
Preterpluperfefl.
187
Sing.
f Havia < Havias
"^
r
I
(Stmos
P/ur.
[o!doJ/WW,&c.
I
< Haviadeia ( Havian
Firft Future,
Sing,
f OIre < Oiras

f
-J
OirLos
^^^^^' '
-^''^^ ^^^''
^<^-
?/r. < Oireis
f
I
( Oiran
J
Second Future,
?/-,
f He, or tengo de < Has de oir ^ Ha de oir
oi oir
/ mufl, or am
to
hear,
f Hemes de oir flur. < Haveis de oir ^ Han de oir
&c,
the
Third and Fourth

Imperative
as in other Verbs.
Mood.
'Oye ttt Oiga aquel f Oigamos nofdtros nof b'tros fkr^ < Oid vofdtros aque] { Oigan aquellos
J
I
Do you hear Let him hear Let us hear
Do ye hear Let them heat-
Subjunflive
i88
"The
RUDIMENTS
Moods
Oxala.
to
of
Subjundtive a7id Optative
nsoith
the St'gm
Como,
Aunque,
2 iVheny Though y
Would
God.
Prefent Tenfe.
roij 'Oiga
Stng. \tng.
-l -^
Oigas Oil
Oiga
When^ or God grant Ida

hear, &c.
Vhr.
f Oyera, oyeiTe, or < Oyeras, oyefies,
oiria
"J
îng.
or oirias
oiria
I
f
^ Oyera,
oyelTe,
o/-
f Oyeramos,oyefiemos,o;' oiriamos J Flur. < Oyeradeis, oyefTedeis, i>r oriadeis I ( Oyeran, oyellen, or oirian J
When, or ivould to Gdd / <///^ ^^r, &c.
Sing.
r Haya < Hayas

\ r\'A
f
*
/ Haya r Hayamos { Hayam '. Plur, < Kay a is
J
1
^^^^^^^
^^^^'^
^^ ^^^ S*'^^^ ^^^rd, &c,
^ Hayan
Two
Sing,
Preterpluperfedls.
r Huviera, or huviefte \ Havicras, er huvieiTes
"J I
I
T J^'hcn^
'?
r
to
^tfi'
t Huviera,
(f
or huviefie
^
or huvielTcmos Tlur. \ Huvieradeis, or huviededeis
Huvieramos,
(
I
qj^^ '
J <zôaA/
j I
Go^:/
heard, 6cQ.
t Huvierin,
cr huvieffea
L
Firft
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firft Future.
189
Sing.
f Oyere < Oyeres ^ Oyere f Oyeremos Pkr. < Oyeredeis ^ Oyeren
When.or God grant
1 Jhall^ or
heary &c.
at'///
Second Future.
f Huvlere,
5/^.
or Havre "1
I
f
j
P/;<r.
< Huvieres, ( Huviere r Huvieremos < Huvleredeis t Huvieren
q.
1
'
^f,
or
God grant IJhall

^^Ji/^ ^f^rrf',
or w///
&c*
J
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefent.
Oir,
% hear,
Preterperfedt.
Haver
oido,
% hanje heard.
Future.
Haver de
oir,
To he
to
hear hereafter.
Gerund.
Oyendo,
Oyente,
or el
Hearing,
Tenfe and Adlive Voice.

He
that
is
que oyty
hearing.

Oido,
I

Heard.
Ths
190
The
RUDIMENTS
ef
T^he
Irregular Verb^ Herir, 7i hurt or wound.
Indicative
Mood.
the
Spanish Grammar.
Imperative Mood,
lyi
. 5'^.
iiere CHier
ta
[iera I Hiei el f Hiramos nofo'tros Flur. < Herid vofotros ^ Hieran ello
Do you Jlrike or 'nound Let him Jlrike or ^vound Let us Jirike or ivound
Da ye jirike
Lejt
or ^juound them Jirike or ivoiind
Subjundive and Optative Mood<
Como,
Whe?i,
Oxala,
Aunque.
'T'hough.
God grant,
Prefent Tenfe,
Sing.
Hiera f Hle'i ieras \ Hiei
Plur.
(Hier IT3. C Hiramos i Hirais ^ Hieran
Wheftf or
God grant I
ds
nvound, Scz,
or herjria
or heririas
JVhefiy
to
or heriria
or ivould
C Hirieramos, hiriellemos, Plur. < Hirieradeis, hirie/Tedeis,
or heririamos
or heririadeis
God 1 did
ixound^ ScQ.
( Hirieran,
hiriefTen, or heririan
Future.
f Hiriere
Sing.
}.
Hirieres
^ Hiriere
f Hirieremos
Plur.
When, or
njoouJd
t9
God
I /hall or -will
^ Hirieredeis
t Hirieren
The
finitive
other Tenfes as in Regular Verbs. Mood the fame. The Gerund
The
In-
Uirmdo^
Tee
Wounding.
J92
"the
RUDIMENTS
Dormir,
to dye.
of
T'he Irregular Verbsy
to Jlcep^
and
Morir,
Dormir,
Indicative
To
jleep.
Mood,
Prefent Tenfe.
Sing,
r Duermo < Duermes I Duerme r Dormimos

Dormis
ijl^^p
Toujleep
Hejleeps
Plur. <
Wejleep Ye Jleep
t Duermen
êy Jleep
Preterimperfe(5t.
Sing.
f Dormia < Dormias (^ Dormia f Dormiamos

< Dormiadeis
l_
>
Plur.
Dormian
7 didJleep Tou didJleep He didJleep We didJleep Te didJleep they did (leep
Firft Preterperfed.
f Dormi Dormifte
IJlept
Sing.
.?
Toujlept
f'Durmio
r Dormimos
Plur,
He Jlept
We Jlept
Te Jlept
1'hey Jlept
< Dormilteis t Durmieron
Second and Third Preterperfeds.

f He, or huve dormido < Has dormido ( Ha dormido
(
ha^ve Jlept
Sing.
Tou han;e Jlept
He
has Jlept
Hemos dormido
We hwue Jlept
Te have Jlept
they have Jlept
Plur.
< Haveis dormido
i Han dormido
freter-
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterplupcrfedt.
19
f Havia
"^
(HrvLos
Flur.
>Dorm:do.
I
/WA/,&e.
I
< Haviadeis ^ Havian
Firft Future.
r Dormire ^ Dormiras ( Dormira r Dormiremos Plur. < Dormireis ^ Dormiran

îng.
^^^^^ ^^
'
c^y////,,/,
'
'
&c;
Second Future.
f He,<?r tengo de dormir < Has de dormir
îng.
/*/-. -c
^ Han
Haveis de dormir de dormir
The
other Futures as in the other Verbs.
Imperative
*.
^'"<^-
Mo6da
Doyoujteep
Let him jleep Let us Jleep
5 Iûerme tu \ Duerma f Durmarhos
//r.
-jDormid
Do ye Jleep
Let them Jleep
^ Duermsn
Sub'
194
l^he
RUDIMENrS
Como, Aunque,
Oxala.
to
of
Subjunctive and Optative
Mood,
ffhen, though.
Would
God.
Prefent Tenfe.
C Duel lerma < Duel -^ Duermas
rma tDuei f Durmamos
I
Sing. ing.
When, or God grant I

dojleep. Sec*
P/ur.< Durmais
t Duerman
Three Preterimperfefls.
f Durmiera, durmiefle, or dormiria < Durmieras, durmieffes, or dormirias
Sing.
I
\
Whn,
'would
or
to
^ Durmiera,>
Tlur.
durmieiTe, or dormiria
or
f Durmieramos, durmiclTemos,
1 dormiriamos
f
God I did
X Durmieradeis,
{^
durmiefTedeis, or dormiriadeis \ Jleep, &c.

or dormirian
Durmieran, durmiefien,
Preterperfed:.
f Haya dormido < Hayas dormido ^ Maya dormido f Hayamos dormido Plur. < Hayais dormido (^ Hayan dormido
Zing.
"^
I
I
f
I
When, or God grant 1 haê Jlepty Sec.
Two
r
Shg.
Preterpluperfedls*
"^
Huviera, or huviefle
C
\
X Huvieras, r huviefles t huviera, ..huvieffe

CHuvieramos, or huvielTemos < Huvieradeis, or huviefledeis
I Dormido
J
I
J
\
\
^y
to
II tt J P f
.^
Scz
'
God 1 had
Plur.
i Huvieran, cr huvieffen
I
L
Fiift
the
Spanish GramMAi^.
Firfl Future.
"1 I
I
195
f Durmiere îng. \ Durmieres I Durmiere f Durraieremos Dm '.i Dui Plur. "{ Durmieredeis (Dui Durmieren
r .,, or ^.,j / Jâ// ^^ iviU
^^
^^^
Jlcsp, &:c.
Second Future.
r Huviere,
Shg, j Huvjeres
or
havre
"J I
C
\
^.^^^^
^Huviere
C Huvieremos
?/r.-jHuvieredeis
^^ or
^^^ ^^^^^ j
^DormidoJ
( >
I
///
/T/..
W//
â'vg
'
^'^^''
c^ ^'-
( Huvieren
Infinitive
Mood.
Prefcnt Tenfe.
Dormir,
To fieep,
Preterperfedt.
Haver dormido^
To havejlepu
Future Tenfe.
Haver de dormir>
To be tofaep.
Gerund.
Durmiendo)
Sleeping.

Dormiente,
or el
Tenfe and A6live Voice.

He
that
is
que Duerme,
Jleeping.
Tenfe and
Slept.
PaflTive
Voice.
Dormido,
Participle of the Future Tenfe.

El que ha, or efpera de dormir.
About tojleep hereafter,
Morir,
196
fhe
RUDIMENTS
To
Indicative
of
Mon'r,
dye.
Mood.
Prefent Tenfe.
f
Sing.
Muero
/ dye
Tou dye
< Mueres
Plur.
t Muere f Morimos < Moris (^ Mueren
He
dyes
We
dye
Te dye
Têy dye
Preterimperfc6t Tenfe.
f Moria < Morias f Moria f Moriamos < Moriais
Sing.
Plur,
^Morian
/ did dye Tou did dye He did dye Mê did dye Te did dye T^h^ did dye
Firft Preterperfed.
fMori
< ^ C Plur. \
Sing.
Idy'd
Tou dfd
Morifle
Murio Morimos
Morifteis
He dfd
We dyd
Te dfd
They
t Murieron
dfd
Second and Third Preterperfeds.

f He, or huve muerto < Haa muerto / haûe
dy'd
Sing.
Tou ha^ve dy'd
Ha muerto
C
Hemos muerto
Plur.
< Haveis muerto Han muerto
dyd dfd Te ha've dyd fhey have dfd

has
He
We
ha^ve
Pretcr
the
Spanish Grammar.
Preterpluperfed.
197
f
%ing.
Ha via
< Havias
Plur. X Haviadeis
\ Havian
Firft Future.
Morire ^ \ Moriras Morira f Moriremos Plur. < Morireis t Moriran

Sing. 'î^
Xljhall, &c.
ox
ix'ill
dyh
Second Future,
r He or tengo de morir < Has de morir
/ > f
$ing.
de morir ' de morir flur. < Haveis de morir {^ Han de morir
Ha
rr
/
Hemos
?J {^ am
^ /j j . , tOsQT mutt aje, &c. J J ^

*
Imperative
Mood.
Let him dye
Muera
t Muramos Plur. < Morid
Let us dye
Do ye
dye
I Mueran
let them djf
Sub
'
198
T^he
RUDIMENTS
Oxala.
of
Subjunftive aîd Optative
Mood,
Como, Aunque,
JVhe?2^
T'hoiigh,
Would to God,
Prefent Tenfe.
r Muera < Mueras { Muera r Muramos
Sing.
Wherif or
God
grant
Flur.
< Aiurais
(.
do djCy Sec.
Mueran
Three Preterimperfefts.
r Muriera,
I
-,.
I
murieffe,
or
mori-
ria
Murieras, muriefies, or mori-
Muriera, muriefTe,
ria
or
morior
[^
rMurieramos, murielTemos,
U LtWhen, or ivould God 1 did dye y <S:c. \

,
^' \
.
moririamos I j Murieradeis, murieffedeis,

moririadcis
I
or
Murieran, murielTen, or mori-
Preterperfedt.
Haya CHa] muerto

ing.
Hayas muerto \ Ha;

Wloen^ or
_ Haya muerto r Hayamos muerto flur. \ Hayais muerto ^ Hayan muerto
God grant I
ha<ve djd. Sec.
Two
5HuvIera,
Preterpluperfeds.
When,
(
or huvielTe Of
to
Huvieras, or huviefTes i Huviera, or huviefle ^ C Huvicramos, or huvieiTemos

^/t*r.
^^^^^^^ '
nvou/d
< Huvieradeis, or huvieffedeis I Huyie^n, sr huviiiTcn J if
Godlhad
dyd, &c.
Firft
the
Spanish Grammar.
Firfl Future.
199
Sing.
f Muriere I Murieres
"J / j^rj
^, c.od grant
y^Y''^,'^ r Alurieremos Plur. \ Murieredeis ^ Murieren
\ f
I
lJhalKox\mll
,/
.
^^*
J
Second Future.
f Huviere,
Sing.
or
havrc
^
/
C
\
Huvieres
j^y^^^^^
^^
^^^ ^^^^^ j
^ Huvieren
J
Infinitive
l_
Mood.
following Irregular Verbs of the third Conjugation, change e of the Penultima or laft Syllable
facond,
ô The
"The
RUD I M'EN'TS
of
but one of the infinitive Mood into f, jn the firft, and third Perfons fmgular, and the third Perfon plural of the Prefent Tenfe of the Indicative
Mo(ft
the
the fecond and third Perfons fingular, and and third plural of the Imperative Mood and throughout the Prefent Tenfe of the Optative and Subjundtive Moods ^ thus,
j
firft
-,
Servir^ to ferve,
Strvo^
ferve,
Sirves,
Strve^
S^rvhncs^ Servh^ Szrven. Imparative, Shve^ Sirvdj Sirvan. Optative and SubSirvdmcSy Servid,
junctive, Sjrva^ Sirvas^ Sec.
All other Tenfes in The others that each Mood as the regular Verbs. are conjugated after this manner ; are,
Reir, To lav.gh^
Concebir,'7(? concei've,
pao, / latighy Qonzibo, I conceive ,
Ries, Rie,
^c.
Genur,
Tofigh,
Gimo,
IJigh^
Concibes,Concibe,^V Gimes, Gime, ^c.

fai:i)e
next that follow. add i before e in the Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons, as above , as
AdiVeniTfTo take ndics, Advie'rto, 1 take mticey Arrepiento, / r^/f/, Arrepentir, To r*?/^;;/", Confiento, 1 confenty Confentir, To confent, Miento, / ^v, Mentir, To lye^
Adviertes,
The
^r.
Arrepientes, 6?f. Confientes, isc.
Mientes, ^'c.
The Verbs
rule,
Ekgir,
eg
To
ij
*,
chufe,
change
Rijo,
into
in the
and Regzr, To fame Moods, Tenfes,

Elijo
-,
and
gti\
Perfons, as above
thus Elegir^
Re-
Fiugir^ To feign, and Ungir^ To anoint, in the fame manner make Fhjo^ and Unjo^ and fo in the other Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons above
mention'd.
Seguir^
To
follov/,
and
fo in the other
makes Stgo^ Sigues^ ^2gue^ Mood?, Tenfes, and Perfons,
as above.
Thefe that follow in the fame Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons abpve mentioned, are conjugated a?
\)fXQ noted,
Qonducfr^
the
Spanish
To
Gramma
al,
20 i
condudl, Condiizgo^ Conduces^ Con^ Conductr^ Condiuimoi^ Conducis^ Conducon, iiice^ Preterper-
fed, Conduxe^ Conduxifte, &c.

JLindlive,
Optative and Sub-
Precerimperfed:, Conduxera^ or Conduxeffe. Future, Conduxere. In the fame manner, Introducir, Induczr^ Traduciry
Prefent,
Condilzga.
and Producir.
Salzr,
Sales,
To
go
out.
Prefent, Indicative.
Salts,
Sdlgo^
Sale,
Salhnos,
Sdlen,
Imperative
Sdlga^
Sal-
Mood,
gas^
Sal, or Sale,
Saiga, Salgdmos, Saltd, Sdlgan,
Optative
and
Subjundiive
reft
Prefent,
&c.
The
Regular.
Of Verbs
PaJJive, Ser oido,
To be heard.
Indicative.
Prefent.
ImperfeL
Era oido
f Soi
Sing.
oidc oido
< Eres oi oido
f Es oido C S6mo oidos

Pluf.
/ am
heard.
\ Era Eramos
Eras oido oido oidos

Erais oidos
Invas heard.
Sois oidcs
4 Son
oidos
Eran oidos
Perfeft.
ido
Sing.
oido oido
f Fuimos, or hemos sido oidos Plur. < Fuiileis, or havcis siJo oiJos
/ ha-ve
been heard,
&c
( Fueron,
or
han sido oidos, &c.
The
Reciprocal thus
Reirfc^
To
Laugh.
Prefent
202
The
RUDIMENTS
C
of
Prefent Tenfe.
Preterimperfedl.
Me
Sing.
rio
ries
Me reia
reias
'^
Te
i Te
/ laugh.
f Se
Se rie
reian
Nos reimos
PIu
Os
reis
Nos reiamos Os reiadeis

Se reian.
Sec.
(
l
luas laughing.
Se rien
Introduczrfey
To
be introduced,
Imperfe5i.
Prefent.
Me
Birtg.
introduzgo
introduces
Me
Te
introducia
introducias
) Te
Se introduce
\ Se
Os
f^
introducia
intreduciais
. i
;,
ntroducimos f Nos int

ntroducis Pkr. < Os intrc
(^
Nos introduciamos
Se introducian
5
si.
intrc Se introducen
Preterperfed.
Me
Sing.
introduxe, or
heme
introducido
Te introduxifte,
or hafte introducido
Se introduxo, or hafe introducido Nos introduximos, or hemofnos introducido, or nos hemos introducido
/
;>
ha<ve
heen
in-
troducidy
or
Os
Plur.
introduced my-^
introduxiileis, or os haveis
intro-
ducido
Se introduxeron, or fe han introduci-
do
Imperative.
ilntroducete tu
Sing.
int I Introduzgafe el itroduzgamonos nofdtros f Inl
Be
introduced thott
Let him be introduced Let us he introduced
PL
itroduced os vofotros .\ rm
itroduzganfe aquellos (Ini
Be ye
introduced
Let them be introduced
And
fo in the reft of the Reciprocals,

Infinitive,
which are
terminated in fe in the
peribnal PafTive.
except the Im-
Imperfonal
the
Spanish Grammar.
Imperfonal Aîves.
203
Convenir, To be convenient.
Indicative.
Pre/,
Jit,
or proper.
Conviene
// is con<ventent
Imperf. Convenia
It ivas cofi'venient
Firft Per/.
Convino
Second Perf.
Ha
convenido
^'
It
has heen convenient
Plufperf.
Havia convenido
Convendra
had been
con'venient
Firft Future,
It nuill he convenient
Second Future,
Imperative^
Ha
de convenir
// muji he convenient
Convenga
Let
it
he convenient, 8cc.
CumpUr^
Prefent.
To
behove.
Cumpic
It hehoves.
Imperfea. Cumplia
It
did hehove.
Firft PerfeSl.
Cumplio
It hehoveth.
Second
Perfect,
Ha
cumplido
//
has behoved.
e^. Havia cumplido Plufperf
It
had behoved,
future. Cumplira,
//
W// behove.
and
fo
through the third Perfon of the other
Moods.
fljr^
is
be obferved, that this Verb Cumgiven here as Imperfonal, only in this Signification of Behoving, or hdni meet j for Cumptzr^
It is to
204
when
it
"fhe.
RUD IMENTS
to
of
is
fignifies
ail
compleat, or
fulfill,
a regular
Verb, and has
its
Perlbns accordingly.
Of the
Impeifonal Pajjives,
lô
Decirfe,
be
faid.
/aid,
Indicative.
Pre/en/. Se dice, or dicefe
It
is
Imferfift. Se decia
li nvas /aid.
Firft PcrfeB. Se dixo
//
was, or has been /aid.

has been /aid.
Second
PerfeSi. Se
ha dicho
//
TlufperfeB. Se havia dicho
It
had
been /aid.
future. Se dira
It Jhally
wo'ill
he faid, U^*
Afcer the fame
Manner
are conjugated,
Efcribirfe^
Se efcribe,
To
be written.
// is nvrttten,
Trefent.
Referlrfe,
Se Refiere,
To
be related or referred.
I^
?V
Pre/eît.
related, or referred, Sec.
of this Conjugation are likewifc declined by the Verb EJlar and the Gerund, as
The Verbs
'Oigo, or elloi oyendo,

Efcribo, er eftdi efcribiendo,
Pido, or efioi pidiendo,
^c
J hear, or lam hearing. J nvriie, or J am nvriting. / beg, or / am begging.
There
the
Spanish Grammar.
205
likewifeTome few Defedtive Verbs ia the Spanijh Tongue, which are perfedl Latin^ viz. Sdlve^ hail, God fave you, which is a falucing Verb, much ufed in their Prayers to the Virgin Mary^ and in Poetry, and has no other Tcnfe in
There
are
Spanijh than the Imperative.
fjve. All
faluting
hail,
God
fave you,
in
ufed in Spaniflj^
Prayers, i^c.
Vcile^
and found
feveral
&c. is like wife Books in a

at
manner, but never ufed odierwife than

farewell, adieu,
God
be with you,
,
Is
much
ufed by
the ^panmrds^ efpecially in writing,

Ohediejit
inftead
of Tour moft
Humble Servant
Imperative
as to
and has but

viz,
two Perfons
and Valete. This may
in the
Mood,
Vdle^
fuffice
Verbs, the Necefllty of
pving
fonals
Account of the Irregulars, and Imperhaving taken up much time.

an
CHAP.
IV.
Of Participles:
in the third Chapter before
A LTHO'
_
there has been
faid
enough of
the
the
_
I
Participles, as to
what concerns
Grammar,
\
yet
think
this
it
the Conjugauon of Verbs proper to oblerve,

Participle,
That
Name
is
comes from
its
Participium, and
ô called for
it
the Latin partaking of the
Verb and Noun,
as
has been faid before."^
Some
are Simple, and ethers
Compound,
Boô,
Indoô.
as
Andante^
Comandd:ite,
K\\
2o6
The
RUD I MENTS
of
All the Spanijh Verbs have not the Participles Prefent,and of the Future ; and they are fupplied by elque^ and the third Perfon Singular of the Prefenc Tenfe of the Indicative Mood, ^c, as it is obferved before. Note^ That the Participles of the Prefent Tenfe
are often
liente^
made Nouns
in
Spanijhy as O'jintey Efcri-
Antecedente^
&c.
CHAP.
Of Adverbs.
V.
HAving
verb,
treated at large of the four declinable
Parts of Speech,
that are undeclinable
;
we now come
firft
to the four
is
the
of which
it
the
Ad-
joined to Verbs, to declare the manner, or the Circumftances of the Adioh, or Paffion as el Ddnza^ or Bdila
Cand
fo
called
becaufe
is
-,
lien^
he dances well
:
-,
el
pudecio cruelmente^ he fuf-
fer'd cruelly
it
often explains
likewife the
Nouns,
j
as
homhre muj fdbio^ a very learned Man mente impudentey intirely impudent, ^c.
iin
ôtal-
Of Adverbs
Primitives,
are Derivatives,
there are feveral Sorts,
fome being
Others
as Si^
Yes
No^
No, &c.
as particularly thofe
which pro-
from
ceed from the Feminine Gender of Adjedives, as dlta^ high, aliamente, highly ; from graciofa, pretty, graciofa7nente^ prettily ; or from thofe in ente^ z, ^/, ?/, &:c. as prudentemente^ prudently ; Moralmhtey morally ; FacilFelizmente^ happily
,
mente, eafiiy,
&c. There are Adverbs of Quality, of Quantity, of Time, &c. as may be feen here following.
Adverh
the
Spanish Grammar.
Adverbs of âlity.
207
Fielmente, faithfully
Buenamente,
or bien, well or
Santamente, Fieramente,
holil-j
fiercely^
&c.
Malamente,
mal,
ill
And
fo the like
may be form'd of
all
Adjedives.
Adverbs of ântity.
Mucho, much
Poco,
little
Pordemas, to no purpofe Demafiado, too initcb
Mas, more
Adverbs of
Hoi, to day Ahier, yejlerday Maiiana, to morrow
Antehier,
yejlerday
I'ime.
Nunca, or jamas, never Quando, when

Siempre, always Entonces, then Mientras, whiiji Subito, or repentemente,
fuddenly
the
day before
Mucho
Poco
ha, long ftnce
ha, lately
Ahora, nozv
'Antes, before Ahun, yet^ even
Tarde,
late
Temprano,
a la tarde,
early
in the evening
Amenudo,
often
delhora, unfeafonably^
Sec.
Luego, forthwith
Adverbs of Place.
Aqui, here AHi, there Adonde, where De donde, from whence Aca, hither
Aculla, yonder
Delante. before
Atras, behind
Aparte, apart^ or Arriba, above
aflds
Abaxo, below
Cerca, near Cabe, clofe by
Ahi, inthatj)lace
De
ô8
rhe
RUD IMENTS
df
De De
aqui,
aJli,
from hence from thence,
Junto, adjoining
Dentro, within Fuera, without
Lexos, far off Encima, upon Debaxo, underneath
Adverbs of Affirmation,
Si,
-jes
Cierto,
trul'j
Tambien,
Verdaderamente, truly as weU^ alfi

^
Ciertameiiie, certainly
Antes^* rather
En
verdad,
in truth
Of
No,
no^
Denying,
Ni,
neither neithef
or not
Nâ,
nothing
Tampoco,
Of Number,
Ûna vez,
once
times
Muchas
veces, often
feldotn
Dos
veces, twice
Pocas veces,
Tres veces, three
Amenudoy
Shewing.
Behsld here
often
Of
He
aqui,
Of Eytcouraging,
Ea, ea pues
Go
to
then
Of
Mas,
Jncreafmg,
More
Adverbs of Biminijhing.
Menos,
Poco,
lefs
Paflb, foft
and fair
littU
OJ
the
Spanish Grammar.
OfWijlAng.
^09
Oxala, would
to
God
Ci^
O if it
would be
Of
Porque, whfj
4/king:
De
Que, what Donde, where Adonde, wJfither
donde, from whenci Quando, when Como, how
Of
Quiza, perhaps
Doiibtmg.
Porventura, peradventure
Of
Primeramente, firfil^ Defpues, after Allende, beyond Alfin, at the end Alcabo, at the end
Order.
Aquende, cm
Finalmente, ' lo ultimo
this fide
in fine
7
7
>i;
'A
la Poftre J
^""^^^^^
^ ^^'
Of
Como,
as
Likenefu
Afsi, fo Tan, tanto, fo much^
Cafi, almofi
&c.
Of
Chance.
cafo, accidentally,
Por dicha, perchance

Comparifon.
Of
Mas, more Menos, lej$
Mejor,
letter
Peor, worfs
0/
tio
fhe
RUDIMENTS
Of gathering
together.
of
Junto, or Juntamente
together
Â montones
In heaps
Of
Aparte
Severing.
Jfunder
The Adverb HdrtOy Enough, varies as to the Gender before Subftantives ; for the Spaniards fay, Hdrto Party Bread enough, where it is Mafculine \ and Hart a Agua^ Water enough, where it is Feminine But before Adjedives it always retains the Mafculine Termination ; as Hdrto bueno^ and Hdrto luena^ though hueno and huena are Mafculine and Feminine. There are fome other Adverbs of the fame Sort j but it would be too tedious to mention
:
all
Things.
Note^
That
Adverbs,
firft
mination ; ponga
-y
the Adjedives are often taken as and then they retain the Mafculine Teras Hdgafe efto primerOy let this be done
efto
derscho^ put this right, or to rights^
CHAP.
VI.
Of Conjunctions.
COnjundlions Words and
are a Part of Speech that joins Some puts Sentences together.
Conjun6lions are Copulative, as uniting Words, and connecting the Senfe ; others are Disjundive, dividing the Senfe, and only joining the Expreffions
the
fions
*,
Spanish Grammar.
\
211
others are conditional, fhewing the Caufes of

,
Things
call
others Rarion;il or Conclufive,
which fome
and others Adverfatives, by which is demonftrated that which we fay canBefides thefe, the Latin hath not hurt or obftrudl. others which they call Ordinatives, as alfo Expletives but thefe lad only ferve for Ornament, for they no way add to, or take from the Difcourfe. and e^ fignifying Conjunctions Copulative are before all Words, excepting thofe that and \ viz. begin with i Vowel, inflead of which is put ^, as we have faid in the Obfervation on the Vowels ; Como^ as s Tâmhun^ alfo. Conjundlions Disjundlive are, M', iîther ; O, or or, either \ yd^ either, as yd ejlo, yd aquello^ either //,
Colledtive or Illative
*,
}!
31
this
or that.
6"/,
Caufative, as Porque^
Conditional,
other wife.
why, wherefore. dado que ^ granting that. Exceptive, as Sino^ if not ; inas^ but 5 otramente^
if-,
There
leaft
i
are others of other Sorts, as Alommos^ at
Aunque^
although
toda via^
notwithitand-
ing, neverthelefs.
H A
P.
VII.
0/ Prepositions.
PRepofitions
fet
o^yiie
are a Part
ofSpeech moll commonly
before other parts, either in

;
AppoOtion
unjufl.
ias
la
j
jujlma^ before a Jullice

as difvoner^ to difpofe,
or elfe in
^,
dl^
CompoAraey!%
'
fition
.^
injiijh^
Thofe
us'd in
co,
Compofition are
con,
de,
des\
ad, dl^
diSy
bick,
am,
com,
eri;^
t^,,^b, prey pro, re, fe, fi, fu,
&c. '
-In
212
"The
RUDIMENTS
of
In J, as Acanaldr^ to cut in Gutters or Channels i abatandr^ to full or mill Cloth. ad^ as Advenedizoy a ftranger , advert tr^ to advertife.
;
aU AlcdzaKy a Royal Caftle or Palace

am^ Ampdroy Protection
co^
;
Alquitdra^
a Limbeck.
amparddo^ proteded,
coberedero, coheir
cg- ordinar, to co- ordain,
or ordain together. compardr, cofUy
to
compare
;
*,
comprometer^
to
compromife.
con.t
convenir^
*
to
agree
condefcender,
to conto
deicend.
de^
degenercfh^
to degenerate
deponer,
de-
pofe,
deSy
diy
dejhacer, to
diferzr,
undo
defer
;
desfigurddo, disfigured.
to
difundir,
to diffufe,
to
fpread abroad.
dis,
eriy
difculpdr,
to excufe
to
dtfponer^
to difpofe.
,
entorpecer^
grow
dull or ftupid
enver-
gonzdr, to
ex^
make afhamed.
to
exporter,
expound, interpret
;
expander, to
to infer.
to pre-
fpread. in, Indignacion, Indignation

oh,
inferir,
ohtener, to obtain
ohtenido, obtained.
j
pre,
vent.
preponer,
to fet before to propofe
prevenir,
profeguzr,
pro,
fecute.
proponer,
to pro-
reedificdr, to rebuild ; reponer, to put again. fepardr, to feparate feparddo, feparated. fe, to follicite. fo, 'focorrer, to fuccour ; folicitdr, Su, fuponer, to fuppofe ; fuportdr, to fupporc,
re,
-,
&c. Thefe Prepofitions following

tive Cafe.
ferve to the Geni-
Antes, as Antes del dia, before Day-break. DeldntSy before, as Dehmte del Juez^ before the
the
Spanish Grammar.
as la
213
D^, of;
is,
Muger
Peter.
,
de Pedro ^ Peter's Wife, that
the
Wife of
DentrOy within
as Dentro de mi cdfa, within as detrds del Cocke,
my
Houfe.
Detrds, behind
,
behind the
Coach.
DefpueSy after
;
as defpues de efto^
after this.
Bdxo^
-k
under
as llevdha un Coleto bdxo de fu cdpa^
DebdxoS
he had on a Buff- Coat, under his Debdxo de mi Manto, al Cloak. Rey mdto, under my Cloak Pll kill the King. Ahdxo^ down, below, is an Adverb. as encima del Agua^ upon the Water. Bncima^ upon Derreddr, round about, as al derreddr de Caftilloy round about the Caille. Circa, near , as Pedro eftd cerca de Juan, Peter is near to John. Accrca, Though formerly ufed as a Propofition inftead of Circa, it is now ufed only as an Adverb, and fignifies concerning, near^ and governs a Genitive as acirca de efto que dice ? what fay you concerning this ? los dias acerca del Nacimiento de Chrifto [on mid frios^ the Days about or near Chriftmas are very
,
cold.
Fuira, out
as Vdya fuira de mi Cdfa^ go out of Houfe. Fuira, afuira, without, are Adverbs. Entorno \ about as entorno de mi, about me, round about me. Cent or no J
;
my
-,
Enfrinte, over-againft ; as Enfrente de fan Pdhlo^ over-againft St Pauls, &c.
The
a
pdra
}
following ferve for the Dative Cafe.

as,
to, f
\ for
to
God
^ Dies folofeha de dar la Adoraciou^ alone we muft pay Wôrlhip di

:
eflo
JI4
And
"The
ejio
es
RUD IMENrS
a PedrOy
I
of
Peter
j
gave
this to
efto
para miy this is for me. though there are fome Authors,
Prepofitions hdcia,
who
place
towards, and bajia^ here even to ; I am of Opinion that they belong to the Accufative, becaufe they are equivalent to the Latin
the
ergay verfuSy verfuvi
\
ufquCy
ad. Sec.
and
fee
no
Reafon
to the contrary.
Prepofitions governing the Accufative.

^,
as
dmo a
DioSy
love
God
voy d Romay
go
to
Rome.
Mire
a tal parley look on fuch fide,
toward fuch a place, and (lands por bdciay towards ; a modo dc Converjdcicny by way of Converfation, inltead of pory by.
Ante^ before
*,
as hoi
el
doce de
Junio parccid ante
mi^ this
Day
or came
Êntre^
the twelfeth of June appeared before me.

j
among, between
Londres y
as habldndo entre nofdtroSy
le dire la diferenciay
que hdi entre las Cortes de

y
Madrid
I
is
fpeaking between
tell
us,
(among
us)
will
you the Difference
that there
between the Courts of London
and Madrid.
Sezun^ according ; as fegiin loque fe me dixoy creOy que todo es un emhufte y?iCcovd\v]g\.o what is told me, that every thing is a fly Lie, I believe,
SobrCj
upon,
ejie
it
Deceit, Falfehood, or Impofuion. as todo lo que tengOy lo puedo llevar fohre

Caballo, every thing
this
I
have,
can carry
upon
Horfe.
fldjla^ until,
even to ; as Pajfeare hafla las ocho de la Nochey I will walk until nine a Clock in the
Night;
to
'llacjay
hafta
hafta Roina^ I will
Mandnay go as
el
till
to
morrow,
ire
far as
Rome, even
I
Rome.
;
towards
the
voyme bdcia
Rio^
go towards
Riven
/i>^
Spanish Grammar.
by,
215
por^
for,
through
Dtos^
diez
Comfort
me
Confueleme for amor de for God's fake ; Las
ftruck
tocaron quando pajfaba por efta calk, it ten a Clock when I went through
this Street.
Le
ajfeguro ejlo por

I afiure
mi paldhra^
for mi vida, por mi Fe\
you
this
by
my Word,
is
by my Life, by my Faith. Por fometimes taken for para^ but of this wc

as
will take notice afterwards.
Cdbe,
near,
Le
old
Wordj
En,
in
as efpero y
Ciuddd (Cdbe, an found him near the City. creo en DioSy I hope, and believe
halle cdhe la
I
lo
in
God.
as
Contra, again ft,
que bahlas
es
cofitra
los
is
Atri-
what you do fpeak the Attributes of God, &c.

hutos de Bzos,
againft
Prepofitions governing the Ablative.

d, as
cteo que
Oficio,
le
Cajiigardn d pen a de Privacion de
believe that they will punifh him,
with the Privation, or depriving him of his

hizo a color de with an Intention to deceive under the Colour, &c. d is taken here as con. Con, with ; ven con migo, come with me, De, as Bios formo a Eva de la Coftilla, que es hvzjjb
engandrnos, he has done
it
Office or
Employment.
Lo
tuerto,
God formed Eve from

is
the
Rib,
which
Sin,
a crooked Bone.
I
Vine de Roma, I
without.
in
came from Rome. Lo bice fin ayuda,

out help.
;
have done
I
it
with-
En,
no tengo dinero en
in the Purfe.
ti, I
el
BolfUlo,
have no
Money
Por, for,
Lo h ice por
have done
it
for you,
&c.
P 4
CHAR
ti6
"The
RUD IMENTS
CHAP.
VIII.
ef
Of Interjections.
INterje6lions are Parriclcs thrown into Difcourfe, which denote, or fhow the PafTions of the Mind. Of Mirth, or Rejoycing. la gdla^ a la gala.
Which
is
is
fine,
rare,
5?c.
God help me, which and upon other Occafions, Grieving, Guay^ Alas! or Jy de mi! Alas for me. Wifhing, Oxald^ Would to God, &c. Hay ah he^ as be que dices, he what you fay
Wondering, Falgame
Dids^
alfo ufual in a Fright,
! !
'0, as
grief
Bios
Dolor
God
pain, or
^,
as a Fuldnoy ho, there fuch a one,
&c.
Remarks
upon fome Spanifli Words
and
Phrafes.
ALL
in
Languages have fome peculiar Expref-^ which are not the fame other Tongues, and the Spanijh is not without
fions to themfelves,
that Sort.
that,
all,
Having therefore already run belongs to the ufual Parts of Difcourfe, and their Nature ; it will not be improper to add fomething concerning thefe Words and Phrafes in the SâniJh Tongue, which are not to be found in
through
Others.
fome of
In the
fable
firft place, the Prepofition Bes is infepafrom fome other Woi-d, and never to be lifed
; :
the
Spanish Grammar.
217
but in Compofition, as fignifying nothing by itfdf but being join'd to another Word, denotes a Privation of what the other imports, as the Syllable Dis does in fome Englijh Words ; thus Honra^ is Honour, Befljonra^ Difhonour, or Difgrace : DfThe cha^ good Fortune, Defduba, Misfortune. withVerbs , as Hacer^ fameEffed it has when join'd
to
make,
Dejhacer^
in,
to
undo
Armdr^
in the
to
arm,
en
Defarmdr^ to difarm.
En
is
commonly
as en cdfa^
i^c,
Houfe;
but in fome Cafes it has a peculiar Signification, not to be exprefs'd in any other Language, that I know of ; as for inftance, Efidr en cuerpo, literally in Englijb is, to be in Body, which is nonfenfe ; but the true Meaning of it, is, to be without a Coat or Cloak for a Man, or for a Wola cdlle^
in the Street,
without a Scarf or a Veil, fo that the Body is to View, without an upper Garment. EJId en pernas^ literally he is in Legs, which has no Meaning, but it fignifies, he is bare legg'd, that is, his Legs are expos'd without Stockings. EJioi
man
more expofed
en
cdrnes,
is,
literally
I
am
in
Flefh,
I
but the true
Meaning
have nothing to En cueros^ fignifies the fame as cover my Flefh. En cdrnes^ that is ftark naked, the Difference being that en cdrneSy is in naked Flefh, and en cueros^ is in naked Skin ; rrmch like the Engli/h ExprefHon, that a Man is in BufF, when he is ftark naked. En fhews, or it notes the laft end of a Thing When it's found as creo en Dios^ I believe in God.
before
the Infinitive,
am
ftark naked,
then
it
turns
the Infinitive
Gerund, as confifte en habldr bien^ it When before confifts or depends in fpeaking well. a Gerund, it is the fame as after and at in Englijh ; as en cendndo^ after Supper, or when at Supper ; en confejfando la Verddd^ after your confefTing the Truth, or when you confefs the Truth ; ir fignifies ai foon^ ^s en acahdndo lo dir(, as foon as I have done I will tell
into an Englijh
ic
2i8
it
Tie
RUD IMENTS
defpertdndo^
of
to you.
En
me
levantare^ as foon as
it
wake,
I will
get
up
and then
(lands for luego^

\
or tan prefto que^ como^

tando, viz.
or quando
as en
I
des perfhall,
or Ihould wake. Hideputa in its Genuine and ufual Acceptation, is the Contraction of Hijo de piita^ Son of a Whore, a mod fcandalous Word in all Languages, and as fuch, fcarce ever us'd by Spaniards of any Politenefs, in its vulgar and true Meaning Yet as bad
:
ândo
difpertdre^
when
as
it
is
in itfelf,
it is
become
a Sort of
Exclamation,
moftly 'us'd by vulgar People, and that in Contempt, and by way of Scorn, as hideputa y que gran per/on age que es ! O the Son of a Whore, or the Scoundrel, what a great Perfon he is to denote a mean Perfon, a vile Wretch, carrying himfelf loftily. Yet fome, through Ignorance, not refieding on the Bafenefs of the Exprefiion, will let it fly without thinking even to commend any thing that furprifes them, as O hideputa y que bien que lo ha hecho I where that fcandalous word drops without thinking, and the whole imports no more, than, how bravely he has done it even as among us,
!
too often hear a Rake fay to his Friend, Damn glad to fee you you ôm^ thus curfmg him out of meer Affedion. Hidalgo^ is a Gentleman, a Man of good Birth,
we
Pm
being a Contradion of Hijo dalgo, or rather Hijo de dlgOy the Son of fomething, that is, of a Perfon of note, or one remarkable for fomething ; not for much Money, which in Spain^ does not make a Gentleman, but for fomething that is honourable ; as Virtue, Learning, Wifdom, or Valour.
Vuejlra merced, fas
it
is
faid beforej
is
generally
contraded into UJled in fpeaking, and in writing exThis is a courprefs'd by thefe two Letters V, M, no other Language, teous exprefTion to be found in being always us'd where there is any Civility, the Spaniards never faying you to one another, which
would
the
Spanish Grammar.
,
219
for T, you. Is only would be very unmannerly us'd from a Mailer to a Servant, or from a Superior Where the Jeaft reto fome very mean Ferfon.
fpedl
is
fhown,
and
;
different Perfons
is
himfelf, be
not allow'd of, much fuperior to the other. The common word therefore in Difcourfe between People of
this prad:ifed even to very inthey fay VoSy ye ; and even this unlefs the Perfon fo exprefling
any Fafhion, or good Manners is ufted^ for Vueftra merced^ which has nothing to anfwer it in Englijh, buc is in the Nature of your Worfhip for in fpeaki-ng to a Nobleman, they ufe Vuejtra Senorza, fometimes contracted into Usm^ your Lordfhip Vueftra ExcclUncid^ your Excellency, ^c. but they have not the Title of your Grace, as in Englijh, There is another refpedlful Way of fpeaking, which is calling a Man by his Name, though fpeaking to him. Sea fervido de fentdrfe el Senor Don Juan^ May it pleafe Bon John to fit down, ic. Where we may
,
alfo obferve,
that the
word Bon
is
alfo peculiar to
the Spanijh^
formerly a Title more fparingly us'd, and given only to Knights, and Perfons of Diftindion but now grown common to all that can claim any thing of Gentility, but yet not to Tradefmen,
,
and inferior Perfons. Sendr, is like the Latin Bominus^ either Sir, or Lord, and therefore equivocal for they fay, 6'/ Senor^ yii% Sir, to the King and
;
Gentleman ; juft as we do. Sir, to the King, and to any other. Yet is Senor, a Lord, as has been faid ; the which Difference is found by the manner of fpeaking for though in fpeaking they fay, Senor Bon Juan, Se-,
Si Senor,
yes Sir,
to the lead
Don Pedro, yet a Letter muft not be fuperfcrib'd, Senor Bon Pedro, unlefs he be a Lord becaufe ; then it implies Dignity, and in common fpeaking
nor
Al
does not. So in fpeaking to fay, es un Senor, or un gran Senor, implies that he is a Lord, or a great Lord. However within a Letter, as we begin Sir, fo they begin, Mui Senor mto, without thereby meaning to gif e the tide of Lord, but as
it
es
if
220 if we
"The
RUDIMENTS
my
fhould fay,
of good Mafter, or good
Sir.
be faid to this purpofe, but this will not allow of it ; thefe few Inftru6lions are Place convenient for Learners, that they may not only fpeak true Spant/k^ but with good manners, and
polirely.
Much more may
Fulanico^
citamlloy
FuldnOy zutdno or citdno^ with their Diminutives or Fulanillo^ zutajiko or cilanko, and
are
as
namclefs,
Words us'd to fignify a third Perfon we fay, fuch a one, and all of them
:
import the fame

-,
the
two
not
firll
being us'd to exprefs
two diftind Perfons,
the firft and fuch a one only one Perfon be fpoke of, and the fecond never They but when there is occafion to mention two. are often us'd in the Feminine Gender, as Fuldna^
ciidna.
named, as fuch a one; of them always us'd if
own Senfe fignifies below, and )<?but as apply'd, the iirfl may have ahdxo the fame meaning with the latter ; as De yo lo hzze hombre^ under God I made him a Man. Del Rey abdxo no ay mayor Perfonaje, next the King there is no greater Perfon. though it feems to come from vuelvOj vueitas^
Ahdxo^
in
ii's
Idxo^ under
Dm
I turn, or return, fignifies

otras cofas
le
did
una cadma
,
among among
-,
as /^ vueltas
de
other things he
gave him
Cdho^
a chain.
but it extends properly fignifies the end to other meanings, as Eftdi al cdbo, in one fenfe is, lam reduced to extremity, either with Sicknefs, or Poverty ; and the fame Words import, I fully underftand, or I am entirely apprized of the thing. Again, Muger bermdfa por el cdbo^ is a Wom.an
-,
perfectly beautiful
and ômdr
la cofa
muz
-por
el
cdbo^ is to take a thing in the hardeft fenfe. Recdudo^ or Recddo, for it is written both ways, though moft commonly pronounced the latter, is a
word of
various SignifiGations.
El
dinero
eftd
it is
a
in
tuen recddo.
The Money
is
fafely plac'd,
good
'
the
Spanish Grammar.
or
fafe.
221
good Hands,
necefTaries for writing.
Recado para efcrivhy the Dile un recado^ I deliver'd

trdbigo,
I
him a MefTage.
provided.
Buen recado
is
come
well
Recado^
alfo us'd for a
Subpena, and
feveral other ways.
Jldahdda^ is properly, a Knock at a Door ; but dar aldabddas^ is fometimes meant of muclvbabling, or talking to no purpofe. pies juntillas^ is a very odd Expreflion, without any real Signification of it felf, and yet there Creo a pies juntillas^ I is a way of ufmg it thus,
:
pofitively believe, I am ftedfaft in the Belief, with,: out afking any further Queftions. 'Tomdr las de villa Diego^ is to run away. Hahldr de chacota^ to banter, or talk idly, a word feldom us'd, but by way of Contempt of the Per_ ;
.
applied to. xabdn a la Ropa^ to foap Linnen for wafliing ; but Dar un xahm a iina perfona^ is what wc call to rattle one, to give a fevere Reprimand.
it
fon
is
Dar
A
Mas Mas Mas Mas Mas
Few Comparifons.
whiter than Snow.
.
JVfî hldnco que la Nieve,
negro que la Pez^ blacker than PjtchV,
amdrgo que la Hiel^ more bitter than Gaul. duke que la Miel^ fweeter than Honey. brdvo que un Lean:, fiercer than a .Lyon. mdnfo que una oveja^ tamer than a Sheep*
to
Comparifons
exprefs
doing Things, im-
pradlicable.
ftriking at
Es comq dar con el puno en el Cielo. Heaven. Es CO mo bee bar Idnzas en la Mar,
That
That
is
like
i$.;jike
-^^
darting at the Sea. Es cdmolpredkdr en Defurto,

in a Defert.
r/.f :.',-
It is like
preaching
Es
222
Water
ing to
The
RUD IMENTS
dgua en
Cejio.
It is
Es como
coger
of like drawing
in a Bafket.
holar fin alas. It is like attemptwithout Wings. Es como el perro del Horteldno^ que ni come las herzas, ni las dexa comer a los otros. He is like the Gardiner's Dog, that neither cat's Cabbage, nor lets
fly
Es como querer
others eat
it.
We
fay, like a
that will neither eat
Hay, nor
Obferve, That
eon^
mod
are turned likewife in
a Manger, Horfe eat it. of the Adverbs Adjedives Spanijh by the Prepoficion
in
let
Dog
the
dently,
and the Subftantive, is the very fame

boldly,
as
prudentemente^
con
as
prudencia^
pruwith
with
prudence. Atrevidamentey
boldnefs.
con
atrevimientOy
Elegant etnenley elegantly.
Con
Con
rality,
elegdncia^
with elegance.
Dichofamente^ happily.
-dzcha^
with happinefs.
liberally, con liberalidddy
Liheralmente^
with libe-
^c. There are Degrees of Comparlfon among the Adverbs, as Doâmente^ mas do5famentey do5i'iffimamentey wifely.
d^y
hdi, ahz.
There
tween
fpelt
alafs,
a'j
;
are feveral
who make no
d'j
the Interjection,
the Verb,
in
Difference beand ay the

their being
Adverb
is
but there
is
a vaft one,
right.
and pronounced
rightly fpelt,
'tis
The
Interjection dy^
the dy and
to be
written thus hdi^
and the Accent is to be on pronounced long ; the Verb is there is but one Syllable, and to be
:
pronounced as fuch the Adverb thus ahz there ; and a ftrong Accent is to be put on the f, as dy de mi
que hdi mticho^ Atheos or
Atheiftas ahz en Londres^ y
temo
el zr^
alafs for
me
that there are
many
Atheifts
there
the
there Cor in
Spanish Grammar.
that place London)
in
223
I
London^ and
am
afraid to go.
a(iuiy
acdy
&c.
;
A(iuz here,
in the
Place where one (lands

^
ard^
hither
little
poraqui, por acd^ here-abouts

,
ahi^
;
there,
farther
alld^
thither,
to that place
acidldy
yonder, there, in that place j for ah t porallz, thereabouts ; por aht poralld^ on that fide, that way ; and they arejoin'd to the Prepofitions ^^, from, por^ by ; as de aqut^ de acd^ from, hence \ de alld^ d& acidla^ from, thence ; por aqut^ by here, by this
place ; por aca, by thefe Parts, in thefe Parts por alld^ by thofe Parts 5 por aculla^ by thofe other remote Parts or Places.
ante,
antes,
Ante^
hahldr
before,
is
Prepofition,
as
it
no conviene
is
not fit or convenient to fpeak (o, or thus, before the King's ante is an Adverb, and is ufed as dnteSy Prefence as in the Lav/ of la Pattzda 2, Tit. 4. L. i. but at prefent never ufed fo It fignifies fometimes that which is firft in time, or of a greater importance,
:
afiz ante la pre/encia del
Rey,
las cdfas, before all things ante fignilikewife a Bufibloe's Hide, and the Fruit Plates that are ferved up at Dinner or Supper before the
:
as ante tddas
fies
Meat:
antes h2.s likewife this lad Signification.
an Adverb, fignifies thepreceeding Time or Place ; as lo dixe dntes^ I faid it before confervd ios Criddos en los cargos de antes ^ he kept the Servants in the fame Places they had before i it is likewife ^z Prepofition Adverfative, and (^gnifies rather, as antts quiero morzr que pecdr^ 1 rather love to die, then to fin k requires like wife. a. Geniylntesy as
,
tive,
as antes de la Musr'te del
Rey aparscioUn Comet a y a Coincc
224
7X^
RUD IMENTS
of
a Comet did appear before the Death of the King, or the King's Death. y^Htes is taken as antecedente^ preceeding, or before, as el exercito del dne antes nos talo los Campos^ the Army of the preceeding Year fpoiled, ravaged, or wafted the Fields. j^ntes con antes y adverbial, imfnedialely^ and more than immediately, if poflible ; a fudden diligence, ex improvifoy fuddenly, unexpected ; as it will be feen in the feveral Phrafes that often happen in Writings. Antes del dia^ before Day break ; antefque, a Prepofition conjundlive, as antefque vdyas a (rahajar^ vete ; a Rezdr^ before you go to JVork^ go to or do your Prayers, Ante and antes are likewife Prepofions, and help but never in the Compofition of fome Words, change e or es into i as an Author obferves wrongfully, becaufe we don't fay, Anticdmara^ but Ante* cdmara^ Anti-chamber, Antefdla^ a Room before
the Saloon^ or the State
Room.
Delante^ adelante,
Delante^ before, in prefence, fronting, is a Prepofition governing the Genitive, as vzvo delante dela
Change ejle Crimen fe comitid this Crime was committed îtefe de delante de mi^ go before the Governor away, or from thy prefence. It is likewife an Adverb, as el General va delante^ the General goes at the Head, or before, &c. Adelanie, an Adverb, fignifies fronting, forwards, before, as vd?nos adelante^ let us go on, or forwards. It fignifies Time, when it has before it en^ pdra^ deaqui^ de allzy &c. 2ls en adelante, afterwards, in time to come para en adelante^ for the time to come ; de
Lonja,
I
live fronting the
delante del Gohernaddr^

:
aqui adclante,
from hence forward
mas
adelante^
farther
theSpAmsH Grammar.^
farther yef
;
12:25
Js hot en adeldnte^
from
this
time for-
ward, &c.
fJina^
dinas,
fJinay Adverb, foon, fooner, as mds dina h hare tu aprenI will do it fooner than you '^0 que tu^ la leccion en una hora^ pero yo la aprendere maS difte
,
dina,
you did learn your LtlTon

will
but
learn
it.
it
fooner.
So
that
in an Hour, dim always has
mas before
fjinas,
Adverb,
he almoft
almoft,
kill'd
near atend
as
dims
de la
me matOy
me
eftdi
dinas
Muerte^ I am near my Death. but feldom ufed in Spantjh.
Thefe words are
Balde, de Balde^ en halde.
Balde
is
Word
ufed generally in Andalufia^
and
Bucket to draw Water from a Well, &c^ but in Spani/h has no Signification, but when in Compofition, and then is an Adverb ; as debdlde^
fignifies a
gratis,
le
free coft, for nothing,

I
he fervzdo debdlde,
,
without occafion ; as have ferved him for noj
thing
de balde,
comhnos de halde, we eat free coft punifhed him without occafion,
le caftigo
Enhalde
(not embalde, as fome do write it carelefly) in vain, without ^ffedt ; as, defpues de tSdo^ nueftro trabdjo [era cnhdid^, after all, our Labour will be in vain ; Pvedique enhalde, I preached without effed, in
vain.
ISIote,
This frequent ExprefTion of fome Shop-,
keepers to the Buyers

will
fell
it
fe
lo
vendere de halde,
that
is,
to
fo
you
for nothing,
almoft for
nothing,
cheap that the like will be found no
where
for Cheapnefs.
Atruiqut
226
"The
RUDIMENTS
Atrueqûe.
of
Is an Adverb, vamos atrueque^ let us change but when it fignifies infleady or in the room of^ then it is a Prepofition, and requires the Genitive ; as, atrueque de fu anilloy or fortija^ le dare la midy I will give you my Ring inftead, or in the room of
yours.
Of Para and
Por.
Thefe Prepofitions are often confounded by the Gentlemen that learn the Spanijby nay even by fome Spanijh Authors, fo that I think it neceffary
to obferve that,
Pdruy for ; fervcs to denote the Utility, or Detriment to a Perfon as ejtos cien reales [on fdra Pedroy que es pobre^ thefe hundred Reals are for Peter^ who is poor, or becaufe he is poor. Los di 'para vmd. I gave them for you vine aqui para
-,
*,
bahldr con vmd,
came here
to fpeak with you.
When the Englijh puts to before the Infinitive, the Spaniards make ufe of de^ d^ para^ or por 5
but with this Diftindtion, that de
Infinitive,
is
put before the

tener^
;
and when the Verbs venir^ haver ^
&c.
or a
Noun
j
is
before the Infinitive

;
as Vengo
I
de cenar^ I
come from Supper

tengo de ir^
I
I
he de de amdr,
muft love
de fer confolddoy
muft go ; tengo neceffiddd want to be comforted, &c.
of Motion preceeds the Infinitive, as la Ley de Dzos me compile a hacer Men, Divine Law compels me to do good ; voi a leer efte lihro, I go to read this Book. Para, when the Verb tends
to an Habit,
fenor
!
when a Verb
Ufe, Cuftom, or its Quality, as b dadme vuejlra Grdcia, y hacedme hdhil para dmaroSy conftdnte para fufrzr^ y firme para perfe*
2
verdr^
the
verdr^
Spanish Grammar.
Lord
to
!
give
me
or
thy
Grace,
227 and make

Por^
me
able to love you,
conftanc to fuffer,
perlevere.
or ftable
j)dra,
continue
the
and firm and
when they denote
the
End
that
moves
Caufe and the Means to obtain I as ftrvo a Dios por gozdr de el premio^ it ferve God to enjoy the Reward, or that I may, or El eJiîritu mdlo noi in order to enjoy the Rev/ard. malos penfamientos para dejviarnos del fone amenudo camzno de la virftld^ the evil Spirit puts on us often bad Thoughts to fet us out of the way of
or inclines,
*,
Vi
tue.
Para
&c.
is
ufed in queftioningand anfwering, and fig-
nifies, for
what
why
for
whom
No
as Paraqiiefe dlxo
is
efto
? to
?
? to what purpofe, what purpofe ? to what
end, for what
this faid
bdi paraque^ there is

:
no Reafon,
ejla carta ?
no Occafion, no Caufe
is
Para
quien es
me.
dnie^
para mt^ for whom Paraque fignifies likewife

I
this Letter ? for that^ and is a Sign

*,
that denotes the fubjundlive

that
Mood
as,
paraque
to
)(?
may
as
love
It exprefTes alfo,
what
End, good
Office,
for
;
or Place, a Thing, or a Perfon is efte Cahallero es bueno para Minijiro^
aquel para Secret drio^ y el otro para Mayor ddmo^ this Gentleman is good for a Minifler, viz. to be a miller, that for a Secretary, and the other for a
Steward.
EJle
this
aquellas cortinas
good
Bed.
It
es
for
epejo es hueno para efte quarto^ y para mi cdma^ this Looking-Giafs is Room, and thofe Curtains for my
denotes prefent and future
Time;
as, efte veftido
hueno para hoi^ Vara
this Suit
of Cloth
I
is
Mandna^ y para cada dia^ good tor this Dav, for To-
morrow, and
an dno^
for everv
Day
he comprddo trigo para

for a
let
hi^.ve
bought Corn
Exceptions,
Year
el
Ahoi'a y
p)arafiempre^ alahemos a Dzos^
us praife
God now
pajfddo fe
vifioriS
and
tor
ever.
Para
dm
com^rdron
eftas provifidncs^
y duran haun^ thele Pro-
228
vifions
"The
RUDIMENTS
and
laft
of
is,
were bought
for laft Year, that

as yet
:
for the
fervice of laft Year,
Para
ayer (el
dza de ayer) fe hicieron made for Yefterday,
eftos Verfos^
thefe Verfes
were
that
that
is,
to
celebrate
Day.
Para poco^ good for little, of fmall capacity. Par aeon ^ between us, or in my, or our Opinion
as,
para conmigo es c'lerto^ in my opinion it is true. Por fometimes denotes that the Thing is not yet done ; as, eft a obra eft a poracahdr^ this Work is not yet finifhed por hacerfe^ to be done. It fignifieslikewife the End of, or Means to do a Thing ; as, fe rineron pormz, they quarrelled on my account, &c. Por^ by, for, through ; as Por eftos medios h aU canzo^ he obtain'd it by thefe Means ; fuz al Banco for ducientas Izbras, I went to the Bank for 200 /. pajjemos por efta cdlle^ let us go through this
:
Street.
Por^ though, although, &c. por pequma que fea tho' fo fmall I will take it, altho' it be fmall I will take it, and then it denotes a Tenfe in the Optative, as por do5fo que ftm^ though he be a learned Man, &c. In Compofition, as por tdl, fo that ; por un idly for fuch a one ; porloque, porloqual^ for which 5 pcrende, therefore ; por Pordonde, which way ; ejfo^ for that Reafon ; por que ^ why ; por ventura^ peradventure, perhaps. But pro for provecho^ as pro^ huen pro le hdga^ much good may it do you the reafon of a Thing, as el pro de las el proy pro y contra^ pro and MugereSy Women's Reafon por acdfto^ by chance, by con^ for and againft ; por dinero hdila el Perro, the Dog dances accident for Money j or as we fay in EngUJh^ Money makes
la tomare^
:
*, -,
the
Mare
to go.
PrimerOy
the
Spanish Grammar,
Primero^ Primo^ Sec,
229
becaufe
Are Adjedlive Ordinals, but with Diftindllon ; we ufe Primo, and 'not Pr'wicro in the great Numbers, as an Author wrongfully faith we don't fay vigejmo primero^ but vigcfimo Primo^
2ifl
;
trigefimo primo^
31ft.
Primer
itands fome-
times for primer amente ^ and it, it is taken as Subftantive ;
when
it is
it
has
lo
before
often us'd before
and
0^
it
after the Subftantives,
when
before
;
as
primer lugdr^ lugar prijnero

ire
them loofes when an Adverb

rather; as
I
fignifiesfirft, before,
in the firft place,
primero
la
Guerra^
firft,
:
que a la Efcuela,
to
rather
chufe to ferve in the
War, then
the beft,
go
to School,
&c.
Prmo,
the
chiefeft,
is
a deli-
cate curious
Thing
its
Primo rarely
it
join'd to
any
Subftantive,
becaufe
ftands as a Subftantive
itfelf,
and varies
Coufin,
Prima
Termination, and then fignifies a Primo Hermdno^ a Coufin German ; ohra Eermdna^ a fhe Coufin German
as
:
Prima^ curious very beft, &c.
Work,
the beft
lo
Primo^ the
NO.
is
Akho* m^ Note of
be a Negative,
Interrogation
?
-,
in
queftioning
eftare
it
fhall I not wait here
aquzno? No me hard eft e favor ? Will

as
?
me
you not do me
whether or
no,
this
favour
and then
it
ftands for
'Tanto^
ânto^
tan^
ân>
;
The Adverbs Tanto^ fo much, as much 9uanio^ how much, are often put before Subftantivos,
Verbs, &c. to fignify the Quantity, Manner, or Circumftances of the Adion, &c. as, por tanto comer 0^3
230
comer
"The
eftds
RUD IMENTS
you
of
efjfermo^
are fick for having eat fo
îanto hebo me hace mal^ for over eating ; every thing I drink, fall that 1 drinkj does me ^dnto fide por ejios gudntes ? tantOy no good. how much do you alk for thefe Gloves ? fo much. ânto quanto, every thing, fo much as tanlo mas^ Tanto fignifies likewife a Counter fo much more. îdnto^ all, every thing, as quanta dice es to play or every thing he faith is falfe j faljo^ all, \7hat, quantos ? quanta mas ? how much more ? how
much,
many
ejle^
quanta quiera^
fo,
how much
Pdno
foever.
es
^dn,
as
as aquel
is
tan huena como
that
Cloth
as
amigos^ he hath as h quan mdlo eres^ y

Nobles^
good as this ; iiene tan buenos good Friends qudn^ how ; as

:
quan
bueno
te
bdces entre
los
how bad y6u are, and how good do you make yourfelf among the Nobility.
Tanbien, fo well, as well
cido^ I
-,
eftoi
am
fo well recovered
efto ejld
tan Men convaletan bien hecho
omofepueda hacer^
this is as well
done
',
fo that Tanbien
done as it could be muft not be confounded with

figni*
Tambien^
fies alfoy
as an Author does, becaufe tambien and not a^ '^'^H
^demds^
The Adverb Adsmds^ fignifies, befides, moreover, over and above, in vain ;as Ademds^ conviene faber que^ befides, moreover, it is to be known that penfativo ademds quedo Bon îxote, efperando^ (ffc, over and above thoughtful remained Don fixate, waiting, &C, Vol. II. Chap. III. Ademds fe canfa^ takes Pordemds^ that is, in vain, to no pains in vain. purpofe \ it governs likewife Genitive, as ademas de ^0, befides this, &c, Segmi, when before a Verb is an Adverb, and fignifies ciccprding, as j as Se^thi dice Don Judn^ as Sir Johs
*,
the
Spanish Grammar.
; it is
231
John
faith
likewife a Prepofition governing the
Accufativc j as, fegun mi fareccr^ according to my Opinion. Ayufo^ an old Adverb, is the fame as aldxoy beas lo echdron ayufo^ they throw'd it low, under down, below, under ; it fignifies likewife after and under ^ as ahdxo ; as de Dzos en Ayi(foy or de Dios abdxo yo le cure, under God, or after God, I am the Perfon who cured him, or made him well. Hajla^ till, even, up to, as far as ; as, hajla quando ? till when ? hajla que venga^ untill I come ; baft a quanto ? how much ? haft a tanto^ fo much ; hafta el borde^ up to the brink ; hafta Palacio^ as far as the Palace ; hafta las doce^ till Noon. This may ferve by way of Specimen, and Pra<5tice will teach v/hat can't be fo well committed to
-,
writing,
without far
exceeding the Bounds of a
Grammar,
Q_4
THE
THE
SECOND PART
O
F
T H
SPANISH
Called
GRAMMAR
Syntax.
HE SpaniJIo has fo great an Affinity
with the Laiin^ that whofoever underftands the latter,
difficulty in the
will find little
Conftrudion of the
other.
Having hitherto treated of the eight Parts of Speech, as they belong to Etymology, it remains now to treat of them as belonging to the Syntax Ccalled Conftruftion, or the order of Conftruftion. j
HA
Jifi
New Spanish Grammar.
333
CHAP.
Of the
Concords and Articles.
THERE
1.
are three Concords in the

^
Spanifi)
Speech, viz,
as,
'^0
2.
Between the nominative Cafe, and the Verb; dmoy 1 love ; Pedro fcrihey Feier writes. Between the Subftantive and the Adjedlive
curiofoy
3.
homhre a virtuous
as,
curious
Man
Muger
virtuofa,
Woman.
Between the Antecedent and the Relative, as fj, quien vive contentOy happy is he who lives contented, or with content.
3.
Feltz
Of
the firft Concord.
A
Cafe
deSy
Verb
in
el
perfonal agreeth with his
Number and
Perfon
I
as yo Leo^ tu
Nominative Apren^
the
Maefiro enfena^
read,
thou learns,
Mailer teaches, &c. Note^ That many Nominative Cafes, with a Conjunction Copulative between them, will have a Verb Plural as, Pedro y Juan vinieron a verme Ayer^ Peter and John came to fee
-,
me
Ycfterday.
Sometimes a whole Claufe, and the infinitive Mood of a Verb, may be the Nominative to the Verb following ; as, iodo loque fe dixo ayr^ me movio a totndr ijla refoluciouy all that was faid Yeflerd^y moved
me
to take this Refolution
el
comer fatisfdce at
hamhriento^
levantarfe
to ear, eating, fatisfies the
Hungry
el
temprdno
is
es
faludabky
to rife betime
in
the Morning,
wholfome.
Exceptions,
^34
-^ ^^'^
Spanish
Exceptions.
Grammar.
When
tive
a Queftion
after the
is
alked,
;
then the
ejld
?
Nomina-
goes
is
Verb
as,
Sr. Fuldno en
cd[a ?
efto
Mr
how
is
is
fuch a one at home this underilood ,

?
como fe entiende
que tiene vmd.
fo in the
.?
"What
is it
the Matter v/ith you
And
Ne-
gatives, as no
es efto ? no es verddd ? Is it not this ? not true ? Thefe Relatives are excepted ; que hora es? What is it a Clock ? puien es ? who is ?
quien idea ?
who knocks
quten
Udma
who
calls,
&c.
Some of
them
;
the Reciprocal Verbs, and the Impera-
tives of all the

as,
Verbs have their Nominative after pefame mucho^ I am very forry 5 dma tu^
love thou.
When a Verb comes between two Nominatives of diverfe Numbers, the Verb may indifferently accord with either of them as, tantas palabras juntas
,
or fan confufion^ fo many Words togelas fuperfluidddes Jon Excejfo ther are a Confufion Superfluities are an Excefs.
es confufton,
:
Of
the Second Concord,
whether it be a Noun, Pronoun, or Participle, agreeth with his Subftantive in Cafe, el hombre fdbio^ y la as, Gender, and Number
The Adjedive,
Muger
virtuofa fon
dignos
de
alabdnza,
are
a learned
worthy ofpraife; Man, and a virtuous how they agree, and that the by which you fee Mafculine Gender is more worthy than the Feminine; and fo it is faid dignos and not dignas: It is likewife plain by the above Example, that, many Subftantives with a Conjundion copulative between them will have an Adjedive Plural,
Woman
When
A
When
el
23 5
a Claufe ferves as a Subftantive, then the Adjedive is to be put in the Neuter Gender ; as,
Rogdr a
Dm
j
en
es
todo tiempo es
neceffdriOy
it is
hueno
fero en
tiempo calamitofo
pray to
fary.
God
always good to but in calamitous time it is necef-
Exceptions,
Before the Nouns Subftantives beginning with a^ Eubonicd gratia^ for the fake of the good Sound, the
Spaniards ufe the Mafculine Article, as has been faid before, as el dgua^ the Water \ al alma^ the which proceeds from the Spaniards not ufing Soul
,
the Apoftrophe, as
fome other Nations do, &c. After Vueftra Merced the Adjedlive does not agree in Gender with vm^' but with the Perfon to whom one fpeaks, as we obferv'd before ; fo that when we fpeak to a Man, we fay, bien venzdo fea
V. md' Sir
venidos fean v.m^^^^
welcome ; and in the Plural, hien Gentlemen you are welcome ; when to a Woman, vmd. ss mui huena^ Madam you are very good, &c.
you
art
Note,
rhat Buino^
malo^ unOy primero, tercero^
^c, when before a Subftantive, they lofe the Letand ciento lofes to : and tho' fome Authors ter ; are of Opinion, that tanto and quanto lofe to before the Subftantives, I fay, that it is falfe, and wrong i becaufe tanto and quanto always remain whole, and are derived of the L^/z Adverbs T'^^^/i?, quanto-, as, quanto Ma) or eres^ tanto mas te humillards^ how much the greater you are, fo much the more you fhould be humbled. But tan and qudn are derived from the Latin tarn and quam,
Grande^ lofes de before the Subftantives that begin with a Confonant as, gran Muger^ a great
*,
Woman
Gran Cdfa^ a great Houfe

with
~a
but
if
the
in-
Subftantive begins
then
it
is
often
differently
236

ufed,
differently
and when begins
with another
Vowel always
retains de,
Obferve likewife, that the Spaniards do generally ufethe Adjectives after the Subltantives, as it has been faid : but the Epithets are ufed by the bell Spanijlo Authors before the Subftantives as, el Serdphico San Francifco^ the Seraphick St Francis ; el Melifluo St Bernardo, the Mellifluous St Bernard ; el intrepido General, the intrepid General ; el Philofopho Arifto^
-,
teles,
the Philofopher Ariftocle

the
San5ftffmo Pddre^
-,
Beatiffimo Padre,
Holy Faiher
Excelentiffimo
moft excellent Sir ; ilufirijjimo Senor, moft illuftrious Sir, &c. and fo we fay es huen homhre, he is a good Man ; ejie es tin mal homhre, this is a bad Man.
Senor,
Of
the third Concord.
The
Antecedent
is
Word,
is
or Claufe that goes
before the Relative,

Relative.
and
rehearfed again
by che
Relative agreeth with his Antecedent in Number and Perfon ; as, es fahio, quien hdhla poco y bien, that Man is wife, that fpeaketh but little and to the purpofe.
The
Gender,
When
Rey
a Relative
is
diverfe Genders, then

fe ird luego
it
between two Antecedents of agreeth with either ; as, el
Windfor, the
a una cafa de campo, la que eft a en will foon go to a Country Houfe, he recehido tres cartas, cuyo which is at Wind for contenido me gufta mucho, I have received three Letters, whofe Contents pleafe me much ; atacdron al Enemtgo, cuya infanteria tomo luego la derrota, they attack'd the Enemy, whofe Foot foon gave
King
-,
way and
fled.
Sometimes the Relative hath for his Antecedent the whole Sentence that goeth before it, and then it mud be put in the Neuter Gender, and in the Singular
A
revoked

,
237
lar Number
as, alzdronfe losfoldddos en elfuerte contra

lo
fu Gobernador^
que
le obligo
a entregarle^ the Soldiers
in the
Fore or Fortrefs againft their
Go-
vernor, which obhg'd him to deliver it up. Many Antecedents Singular having a Conjundion
Copulative between them, will have a Relative Plural, which fhall agree with the Antecedent of
the
mod
que
I
worthy Gender
as,
recebz el Cabdlio y la
Mula
which
lative
me
embid^
lofque prefente al Sr,
Fuldno^ I
fent
receiv'd the
Horfe and the Mule
that
you
me,
prefented to
Mr
fach a one.
there is no Nominative between the Reand the Verb, then the Relative (lands for the Nominative ; as, quien dice efto ? who faith this ? but v/aen there is a Nominative between the Relative and the Verb, tiien the Relative fhall be put or any other in the Cafe governed by the Verb, Word ; as, la grdcia que le pzdo^ the Favour which el Rey a quien obedefco^ the King to I beg of you ; whom I obey \ el Embaxaddr, de cuya proteliidn gozo^ me efcnbe ejla carta^ the Embaffador whofe Protedlion I enjoy, wrote this Letter to me. Note^ that the Relatives you may make ufe of,
When
are
tal^
le^
les^
la,
;
lo^
las^
lo:
(to thefe four laft

lafque,
you
may add
qudU
que
as, laque^
loque,
lofque) quien^
ciiyo^
\
que
as,
to
which you may likewife add
a Prepofition
d loque Dzgo^ to which I fay ; deloque recebz gufto^ of which I received Pleafure ; de quien es ? to whom it belongs ^ pdra quien ? para el \
cuyo
es ejie
for whom ? for him , you may anfwer, mio^

Idno^
fombrero ?
then
tuyo, or fuyo^ ov del Sr,
de aquel Caballero^ mine, thine, or yours,
Fuor
are
of
Mr
fuch a one, of that Gentleman.

likewife,
Articles,
is
Obferve
that
called ellyptic
for
la carta^
thefe Relatives becaufe they exprefs

;
Subftantive which
la
I
not there
as, recebz la de
;
the v.m^,
de
received yours
lez
los
Izbros
^.evcdo, pero
2
los
del
Padre
Feijoo no^ I read
êvedo'i
238
New Spanish Grammar,
do'^ Books, but not thofe of Father Feijoo ; and then they govern the Cafe of the Subflantive ; as recibi la de Pedro^ pro no la de Judn^ I receiv'd that of
Peter^Sy but not that of Jo/^^,
&c.
Of
There
nines,
the Articles.
are three Articles

el
in Spamjh,
as
is
faid
before, viz.
for the Mafculines,

;
la for the
it
Femi-
and
if I
lo
for the Neuters
and
can't be taken
amifs,
fhow here
the manner,
how
they are
to be ufed.
Firft, All proper Names of Men, Women, Gods, GoddefTes, Angels good or bad of Months, Cities, Towns, and Villages, &c, have no Article before them ; as, Phelipe V. Rej de Efpana Luh XV. Re'j de Frdncia ; Jorge II. Rey de Ingalaterra^ &c. Philip V. King of Spain, &c. Carolina Reina de Ingalaterra^ Calorine Queen of England Ju,
pter^ St Miciiael Juno, Lucrecia, St Miguel^ Enero, January ; Febrero, February, &c. Secondly, If we put an Adjedlive between proper Names, or exprefs their Epithets, or fpecify fome Adlion, PafTion, or Motion, and take notice of their Qualities, &c. then we put the Article before them as, el Omnipotente DioSy el Dios de Mife',
ricordia
the
Almighty God,
:
the
God
el
of
Mercy
el invencible e
intrepido General^ the

el
invincible,
and
intrepid General
Prince/a,
ejie
Rey^
la
Reina,
Principe, la
y el
Duque
de Cufnberland irdn a la comedia
the King, the Queen, the Prince, the and the Duke of Cumberland will go to the Play-houfc this Night 5 and fo before other
noche,
Princefs,
common Words.
Thirdly, Before the Numerals is never made ufe of the Article, but when they are taken relatively ;
as, lo5 doi vinieron,
los doce mefes del the two came Months of the Year 5 los fie te dtas
;
ano^
the twelve
de la
A
las
239
de lafemdna^ the feven Days of the Week ; las d ce ^rzbus^ los doce jipojloksy los doce pares de Frdncia^
tkc and fo are uno^ quaU the Participles, and fome of the Infinitives ; as, el uno^ the one, &c. lo dicbo^ the above con Moderadon^ el corner^ el heher y el dormir^ faid, to eat, to drink, and to deep h'acen hen al cuerpo^ with Moderation, does good to the Body. The Particle an fo much us'd in Englijh is omitted in Spanijh ; for tho' we fay, another Man, anootro^
qudiro partes del Mundo^
ther
Giro dia^
they only fay as the Latin, Stro homhre^ not un otro bomhre^ or un otro dia, Efpdna has but fcldom an Article, and Serdena,
Day,
Portugdly Sedliay and cdndia never.
CHAP.
Of
II.
the ConflriiBion of
thuns,
WHEN
tions,
two Subftantives of diverfe Significa-^ do fo come together, that the Latter
in fome kind or other feem to be poflefTed, or depend of the former, then the latter is put in the Genitive Cafe j as, el amor de Dios es mas perfeEio^ the Love of God is the mod perfed amor del Pddre^ the Love of a Father ; la Terneza de la Mddre, the Tendernefs of a Mother ; la Eloquencia de Cice^ ron^ the Eloquencê of Cicero^ &c. And often this Genitive is turned into an Adjective ; as, el amor 'Divhio^ the Divine Love ; el Amor Paterno^ the fatherly Love ; la 'Terneza Maternay the Motherly Tendernefs, ^c. An Adjedlive in the Neuter Gender put alone
:
without a Subftantive,
ftandcth for a Subftantive,
and
240
-^ ^^'^
Spanish
Grammar.
after
it ;
and may have a Genitive Cafe
deme u^
foco de lo miichoj y algo de lo pco^ give me a little of the much, and fomething of the little you have 5 lo prudente de Don Pedro nos admira^ the prudent
Don Peter furprifes us, Cs?r. The Nouns of Praife, and Difpraife, of "Want, oF Arts, Sciences, all proper Names of Cities, Towns, &c. of God, all proper Names of Men, Women, Spirits good and bad, of irrational
Part of
of inanimates, of Months, Nouns of Meafure, 8e:c. coming after a Noun Subftantive, or a Verb Subftantive may be put with the Prepoiition de ; as Muchdcho de hum ingenio^ a Boy of a good Wit ; h ombre de mal Credzto^ a. Man of bad Credit or Reputation ; Maeftro de Mufica^ a Matter of Mufic ; Profe[f6r de Theologza, a ProfefTor of
Creatures,
la Divinity ; la Cdfa de Pedro, Peter's Houfe ciuddd de Ldndres, the City of London ; la voluntdd de Diosj the Will of God, &c. Sometimes the Genitive Cafe is put alone, the former Subftantive being underftood by Eclypfis ; as recehz dos Cartas^ la de Pedro lez^ pero no la de
*,
ml
Correfpondiente,
received
two Letters,
that of Peter's,
dcnt.
but not that of
my
I read Correfpon-
Of the
membrance,
Conftru5lion of Adjeofives,
Adjedlives that fignify Defire, Knowledge, ReIgnorance, or Forgeting, and fuch like require a Genitive ; as codtcwfo de dinero^ other covetous of Money ; ignorante de todo, ignorant of
all
things,
^c.
Partitives,
Nouns
and
certain
Interrogatives,
;
with certain
Nouns of Numbers,
folo^
ilno,
require Genitive
dos,
as alguno^ ninguno^
qualquier^
tres^
Primer0, fegundoy &c. algimo de vofotros, fomebody of you, elprimero de vofotros^ the firft of you. Romulo
A New Spanish
Gra7?2mar.
Romulo fue el Primer de los Reys de mulus was the firft of the Kings of Rome ^ de que (rata en Londres ? de Guerra, what are you about f in London ? or whattalke you inLondon ? of War; de quien fe hdbia ? de los Turcos, of whom fpeak they ? of the Turks. Adjedives fignifying Fulnefs, Emptinefs, Plenty,
241 Roma, Ro-
Want, require de ; of Water fallo de juicio^

or
-,
as,
llcno
de dgaa^
his
full
without
Senfes.
And fometime they require the Prepofition en ; as abundant e de todo, or en todo, plentiful, or well Ruode bienes, or en bienes ftored with every Thing tempordles, y Pobre de los, or en los efpiritudles, rich
,
in
temporal Goods, and poor in the fpiritual, &c. Dzgno^^nd indzgno^vcqu'ire. aGenitive ; as, fdi dzgno^ or indigno de bdnra, I am worthy or unworthy of Honour. But adornddo, contento, defcontento, alegre, &c. will have de or con, as, efte quarto ejid adornddo
de precidfas aldjas, or con preciofas aldjas, this
Room
de
is
adorned with
tento^
fine Furniture
Contento and Defconejldi
require likewife en, as,
contento
eftoy
contented with this, &c. efto, efio, Adjedlives, whereby is fignified Prolk, Difprofit, Likenefs, Unlikenefs, fubm.iting or belonging to fomething, govern a Dative Cafe ; as, tilil, provecon
or en
am
chdfo,
cof/iodo,
-,
Bueno,
convcniente,
guftofo,
mdlo,
con-
rendido
igudl,
defigudl,
femejdnte,
parecido,
forme, &c. 2.%, [era util a Pedro el trabajdr, working will be profitable to Peter and fo are diofe of Affinity, which likewife are conftrued with a Genitive ; as, fdi Pariente de Fuldno or d Fuldno, I am a
,
Relation of, or to fuch a one. Add to thefe fome of the Verbals

hie,
in hie,
as
amd-
dable
Sec.
N, B. That the Nouns of Meafure of Length, Breadth,or Thicknefs of any Thing, is put in the Accurative,and theAdjedive in theGcr.itivc-, 2i%Jfta torre tune cien pies de alto^ this Tower is one hundred Feet
high
242
high
; efte Pdno time dos vdras de dncho^ this Cloth has two Yards in Breadth, Some Adjedives govern the Ablative Cafe; as, con^ or enla colera efioi amarillo^ y con la ira coU^
rko, y con fus amendzas temerofo^ I am pale for being angry, angry with Wrath, and with his Threatning timorous. There are Ablatives Abfolutes, (To called for their having no dependance in the Speech) as acahdda la cena^ the Supper being finifhed, or having fupt ; quitdda la Cdu/a, cefa el efeÎo^ the Caufe being remov'd, the effedl ceafed. The Ablative of the Inftrument is made in Spanijh with the Prepofition con^ with as lo hue con el MaYtillo^ I have done it with the Hammer. The Words ei^perto^ experimentado^ Perzto^ ver^ fddoy curfddo, &c. require an Ablative with en ; as verfddo en iibros^ verfed in Books.
,
Of
the Numerals,
The Numerals may
be divided into Cardinals
as*
uno, doSy tres^ 6cc,
Ordinals ; as, Pri?nero^ fegundoy tercero, &c. Diflributives, as, de una en jmo^ de dos en dos^ de tres
en tres^ Sec,
Partitives, as cada uno^
y otro^ alguno, &c. quincena, veintena^ treindocena^
in Englijh^
el
mo
Collectives, as una
tena^
&c. a dozen and no more

in its (lead
;
they
faying
the
fifth
la
twenty, thirty, &c. diezma^ a tenth, &c.

,
quznto^
Of
Augmentation hk, &c.

5
as
lo doble^
lo triple^
lo
quadru-
Univerfal, as todo, ninguno^ ndda.

Particular
as, algtino^
alguien,
&c.
Cafe
;
All which govern the

Prirniro de todos^ the
firft
Genitive
as,
el
of
all.
Of
New Spanish
Of
Granwiar,
243
the Comparatives,
The Comparatives
vern que^ than,
fon lies
\
mas^ more
-,
i7unos,
lefs,
go-
in
which the force of the Compari-
el todo es
Mayor
que la parte, the
Whole,
or the Compound is greater or bigger than the Part fu Malicia es peor que la de el diablo, it's Malice
and fo in mejor^ worfe than that of the Devil's Now for the Regular Comparatives ; as, es mas fcibio que Salomon, is wifer than Solomon ; es mas Herfnoja que Rachel, is more beautiful than Rachel ; es menos prudente que fu Hermdno^ is lefs prudent than his Brother. They govern likewife deloque, than what ; as, es mas Doô deloque fe pihfa, is more learned than what it is thought ; es 7nas afortunddo deloque merece^ is more lucky than what he deferves. When the Articles el, la, lo are put before mas, thea it governs the Genitive , as, es el mas difcreto de los homhres, he is the difcreeteft of Men ; la mas afdble de to das las Mugeres, the mod affable of all Women ; lo mas fele^fo de todo, the moft felect of all, of every
is
*,
menor.
Thing.
They govern alfo the PrepoGtIon entre ; as, es la mas Hermofa entre todas las Mugeres, is the moft beaues el mas Docfo entre todos tiful among all Women los del Colegio, is the moft learned among all thofe of the College. Some SpaniJI: Writers put de before entre as, ^j el mas fen aid do de entre Jus condifdpulos^ is the moft fignilized from among his School-, -,
Fellows.
feveral
bear.
By which the curious may obferve the Conftrudions that the Comparatives will
Examples
Vr'ith
The
the
Article
before
mas^
are called Relative Superlatives, and the following abfolute or independing which end in ijjitno
-,
iffima
errmo-ma^
&cc,
as
2
prudcntiJfi?7io,
moft
;
difcreet
244
difcreet
-^ ^^'^
*,
Spanish
;
Grammar.
the
proximo^ neareft
;
minimo^ the leaft,
imalleft
acerrimo^
moft vehement,
mod
obftinate.
When
tive,
the Adverb mui^ very, is before the Pofithen the Pofitive is made Superlative as Dodlifllmo, \ Mui Dofto, ver'j learned.
-,
Prudentiflimo,
M.xxWvMdiint^^ver'^ prudent^ &:c.
CHAP.
III.
OfV R O N O U N
S.
NO
We,
that
5, and fos^ though in reality they fignify the fame as Nofotros, and Vofotros^ that is.
-,
the
and Ye two
yet they differ in the

latter
have
der,
not,
Nofdiras and Fofotrai,

in
all
ufe, and in Feminine Genwhich the other have
the
being always the fame in
all
Genders.
;
tros is
common
ufe,
as
IVe with us
Nofdbut
No5^ is generally ufed by a fingle Perfon, as a Sovereign, or the like, where We is alfo imployed
in
it
Englijh.
But fometimes Nos
fignifies
Ui,
when
follows a Verb, as dddnos de corner^ give us to eat ; guiddnos a la cdfa^ lead us to the Houfe ; and
do not abufe us. apply 'd to a fingle Perfon, that is infpeaking to inferiors, or between familiar Friends, which is too grofs to avoid the word tUy thou before, and to fave in Spanijhy as has been faid thus the refped of V, M. alfo above fpoken of vos os engandis^ you are miftaken : and they fay,
after no^ as no nos rnaltrdtep^
Vos^
is
alfo
-,
fo before Verbs
vos perdeis,
you
i
lofe
Plural, as vos amdis, you love ; but in the other Cafes the ;
I will
is
cut off
as yo os dare^
give you
el os
llevard.
A
llevard^

;
245
it
he will carry you
and the fame when
follows the
Verb
as quitdos de ahz,
get you from
thence ; and fo in many other Cafes. Note^ That Los^ Las, are conftrued with the firft and fecond Perfons of the Plural ; as, lofque fomos that are ChriChriJlidmSy vivdmos como idles.
We
los Apoftoles, que d los Maridos, The Apoftles fay, that we married fhould obey the Lofque fueredes Cbrijlidnos, ohfervdd y Hufbands cuinplid los Preceptos de Dzos, you that are Chrikeep and accomplifh the Commandments ftian,
ftians,
let
us live as fuch.
Dken
lafque fdmos cafddas ohedefcdmos
of God, &c, El^ and Ella have a Dative Cafe of a different Termination, which is contrary to the general Spanijh Rule ; for they fometimes make le and les, and thefe two are only ufed, when they imply fomething of Acquifition, and denote the Perfon receiving ; as, Vi a Pedro y dzle^ or le di [us cartas^ Vide mil I faw Peter and gave him his Letters. amigoSy y communiqueles mis ctiidddos^ I faw my Friends, and imparted my Affairs to them ; where it appears in both places, there is an im.parting, or In thefe Cafes there is no ufing of lo^ giving. or los for le, or les, becaufe it would breed Confuas will appear in this Inftance, Los que perfion, dieron fus haziendas, pzden a los juezes, que los ahor^ quen los ladrdnes^ They that have been robb'd of their Goods, require of the Judges that they hang Now were it faid, Pzden a losjuezes the Thieves. que los ahorken los ladrones, th^rt would be no deciding whether they required that the Thieves fhould be hang'd, or that the Thieves fhould hang them. Mi, ti, /, are ufed after Prepofitions ; as a mi^ to me ; para ti, for you ; por fi, by himfelf 5 but after con, with, they muft all have the Syllable go added to them ; as con mzgo, with me i con tzgOy with you \ con szgo^ with himfelf,
Me,
te, fe, are join'd to Verbs, and ftand for as, dixome^ he told the Dative, and Accufative Cafes me ; fervirte^ to ferve you ; amdrfe^ to love himfelf.
,
246 Me,
They may alfo be placed before the Verb, provided a Nominative Cafe is before them as }'(? me tu te irds, you will be gone i ire^ I will be gone he will be gone ; fometimes the Nomiel fe ird, native Cafe is not expreffed, but always underwhere el is unllood ; as me dma, he loves me der flood, as el, he ; or Juar/, John, or Pedro, Peter. Obferve here, that me, te, fe, fometimes are us'd in the Dative by the Figure Pleonafm ; as, fenor I y Lord where are they going a dondeos me llevan ?
*,
O
?
to carry you from
me
Qu'ien te
feme cuhr'io
de dolor
he that came here to cover or fill you up with Grief r inftead of qiden te cubrio de dolor ? 5^ before the third Perfon of a Verb, generally as, fe fignifies what we exprefs by // fi, or the^ ; or reported, or they fay, or red'ize, it is faid, port I for if it be ufed to fignify himfelf, as has been obferved above, it is ufual to add a ft, or a ft mifmo, which denotes himfelf; as, fe dma a fi mifmo, he loves himfelf La, U, lo, las, les, los, me, te, fe, nos, andi;^;, as, oirela, I will are frequently joined to Verbs
is
-,
Who
hear her
direle,
I
;
will tell
it; llevdrilos,
will carry
him them ;
1
harelo,
I will
do
\
efcriviriles,
I will
write to them
ireme,
let
I will be
defpedirelos,
will
difmifs
-,
them
gone
;
vcte,
be you gone
vdyafe^
joining vos to the Verb, the
walk ; but in always cutoff; as, amdros, to love you, not amdrvos ; and if the Verb be the third Perfon Plural of the Imperative Mood, the laft Letter of it which is always d, muft be alfo cut off; as, calcntdos^ warm yourfelves, and fo in others. When le, lo, las, los, are joined to the Infinitive Mood, the laft r of it is fometimes changed 'mto /, for the fofter Sound, as for dezirle^ fay dezUle ; buf bi$ is HQ general Rule, ^
him be gone
paffeemonos, \tt us
is
NoU,
A
Note^

That when a Relative
is
247
to
referred
Mafculine, then we make ufe of le^ wiien to a Feminine of la, when to a whole Sentence or Claufe of lo in the Neuter. Mto^ tuyOy fiyo, nueflro, vuejlro^ and mijmo^
Noun
have the Article added to them, when they are as, lo fpoken abfolutely, and without a Subftantive Unlels mio, what is mine ; lo tmo, what is thine. they are fpoken in Anfwer to a Queflion , as if it be afked, Cuyo es efie cavallo ? whofe Horfe is this? the Anfwer is, mzo^ tnyo, or fuyo^ mine, yours, or his. ^LS.cuyo es ejlo ? Ci{yo is naturally an Interrogation Whofe is this ? But it is often us'd to fignify the Perfon a Thing belongs to ; as El hombre ciiyo es efte
, *,
cavallo,
this
the Man whofe Horfe this is, or to whom Horfe belongs. Mi, tu, fu, Plur. rnisy tus, [us, are us'd for 7niOy
;
tuyo, fuyo
cafa,
but always before a Subftantive

;
my Houfe
tu Izhro,
his Face ; mis gudntes, your Spurs ; fus papeles,

ÊJle,
ejie
effe,
my
all
as, mi ; your Book ; fu ccira^ Gloves tus efpuelas^

,
his Papers,
aquel,
are
Demonftratives
is
;
;
but
ej/e^
denotes a
that
Thing
is
near the Perfon fpeaking
Thing
rather near
him
ejfe
that
fpoken to
-,
and
aquel
aquel,
which
at a
;
Diftance from both

Plato,
is
as, efte
;
cuchillo,
this
Knife
that Difh
perro, that
Dog.
The fame
thefc
to be underftood of
^
the Feminine
aquella,
Gender of
Words,
ejfo,
Efta, ejfa,
and ; of them, Êftos, effos, Aquel pronounced aquello s, ejjas, aquellas. eft as, (lands for the firft Perfon Singular, with energy, and aquellos for the firft Plural ; as, yo aquel que en Ids pafddos tiempos cante, &c. I he who in former
and of the Neuter,
Êfto,
aquello
fo of the Plural
Number
Times
fung, ^c.
Relatives,
The
times
is
or Interrogatives.
as
^dl, fome-
them
which of and fometimes Comparative, as ^dl es el verdno^ tal si invicrno. Such as the Summer is, fuch
interrogatory,
dellos?
?
^dl
is
248
is
-^

,
the
Winter
and fometimes
qudllapidta.
it
is
diftributive, as
Qudl
coge el oro^
One gathers
the Gold,
another the Silver.

taly differs herein from ^/i/, that the latter afks the particular Perfon, or Thing, and is IVhicb cf them f whereas the other quedions the Quality
ê
of the Perfon, or Thing, as ^/^ td es efte cavdllo? What fort of Horfe is that ? ^le is alfo an Interrogation, as Sê dizes? What do you fay ? It is alfo Demonltrative, as El Homhre que hdbla^ The Man that fpeaks. It
alfo figniiies than
;
as,
Mas
vdle hahldr pdco, que ha-
hldr mal^ It
It
is
is
better to fay little than to talk amifs.

in
I
fometimes
I
the Nature of an Exclamation,
as
ê
Defgrdcla
What
I
a Misfortune
ûe
linda
mugcr
What
;
a fine
Woman! ê^
may go
;
the fame as
ihat^ as que ^0 vdja^ that
ê for pcrque,
do
it
why, becaufe
thou,
becaufe
as,
I
bazio tu^ que yo no puedo,
Obferve that dque is not one SpamJJj Word, becaufe ^ is a Prepofition, and denotes /<?, and then is not an Adverb, for a que^ is as a the fame as to what End, to what Purpofe
can^t.
*,
we underftand, a que fin, to ! que vino ejle what end came this Man? a que juego perd'w fu dincro ? At what, or at which Game did you loofe
ho?nbre
your
Money
And
always
is
a Relative, the fame
as qudl, or cuyo, dec.
CHAP.
Of
PRoperly
the
IV.
Verbs.
fpeaking, the Spanijh Verbs have only
thefe following fimple Tenfes, viz. the Prefent^
Preterimperftct, the Preterpcrfed, and the Future, of the Indicative Mood , the Imperative Mood ; and the Prefent, Preterimperfedl, and Futurcj of the Optative or Subjundlive j as
Indicative,
Seiv S
250
has the fame Cafes, when Verbs of wifhing and the like come near them ; as, Pedro defea fer fanto^ Peter wifheth to be Holy : lo antes quifterafer RUo^ que parecerlo^ I had rather be rich, than to be accounted fo, 6fr. 2. Of the Auxiliary Verbs. Haver governs the Accufative ; as, Pedro ha el Izhro^ Peter hath the Book. Efidr^ when it fignifies to be in a Place, requires the Ablative with en ; but when to be with fomebody, an Ablative with con ; as, eftarev, m^ en fu cdfa ! will you be at home ? To eftare en la Lonja^ I fhall be on the Change j ejloi con v. md, I am with you ; here con is ufed for fhortnefs, becaufe the meaning is. To ejloi en companid de v. m^y I am in
your Company. Obferve this Phrafe, eftdr en ejfoy en ello^ &:c. ejld v. md- en ejfo ? do you remember of that ? have you obferved, or taken notice
of that
it
?
are
you
in the
fame Mind, &c.
Ser
when
or pertaining to a Thing, will have the Genitive ; (except when the Pronouns mto^ tuyo, fuyo^ nueftro^ vueftro are to be us'd, as, efte becaufe then they are in the Nominative lihro es mh, &c,) as, efte Peine es de mi Muger^ this Comb belongs to my Wife. But when it denotes
fignifies PoffefTion,
,
the Property of a Thing,

it ; it
it is
has
for
a Dative after
î ^ Pedro^ ; Noie^ That wf, // jf, belongs to Peter, i^c. feldom can be put in the Genitive by themfelves, or without a Subftantive ; tho' they may in the Dative ; as, es de mi Hermdno^ it belongs to my Brother ; you
as,
efto
es
para mi^
this
me
for you, for
ti^ para fi^ is for me, Muger digo efto, except de it him como hdhlas tan mal of you O my Wife I fay this de mi P why do you fpeak fo bad of me, (^c.
may
fay, es
para mi, para

:
-,
Of
brance.
tive
5
the Genitive.
Verbs fignifying Grief,

as,
Want, Forgetting, ^c.

Pejame de
la
Compaflion, Remeniwill have a GeniMuerê de fu Padre^ I am

forry
A
forry for
de dineros^
New Spanish Grammar. 251 Me compadefco the Death of your Father

:
de fus Mjas^
I
pity his
Daughters
Carefco^ necefiito
want Money. And thus de is put before the Thing fpoke in the Speech, es menefter a^ cordarfe de lo que me dzxo^ it is neceflary to remember of what you faid to me Me olvide de eflo^ I
:
forgot that. The Reciprocals of geering, boafting, and diftrufting, govern the Genitive, as vanagloriarfey pi
carfe^
defconfiarfe,
&c.
Of
A(5live
the Dative,
Verbs
have
fii
either
I
Dative
or Accufa-
tive; as,
conofco a
conofco efta
Letra,
Don
Antonio
know this Writing; Amigo^ I know Don An-
thony your Friend.
The
Prepofitions of the Dative are a or fdra.
To
this
Rule of
;
the Dative belong the Verbs,

as,
Jugdr^ to play Cards.

the King.
Juego a
los
ndipes,
play at
Obedecer^ defobedecer^
&c. Ohedefio
al
Rey^ I obey
Manddr^ when it fignifies to command an Army, &c. requires theAccufative ^ when other Things, the Dative ; as, el Duque de Montemdr Mando el Exercito the Duke of Montemar comEfpanol en Italia^ manded the Spanijh Army in Italy el Rey mandd al Emhaxador de Venecia de falir de Londres en tres dlas^ the King ordered the Venetian Ambaflador to go out of London in three Days. ir, to go ; as, v6i d Roma^ I go to Rome.
-,
Ajjiftir^
to help or a (Till
as,
ajfiftire
d Pedro^
will help or affift Peter.
Saluddr^ to falute ; as, faludo a Fuldno^ he faluted fuch a one. Habldr^ to fpeak ; llamdr^ to call
fatisfacer^ to fatisfy
;
fervir^ to ferve, favorecer^ to

;
favour ;
defafidr^ to
chalenge
;
abfolver^ to abfolve
i
:
Amenazd'\ to threaten The Verbs of pleafing, difpleafing, granting, denyaconfejdr^ to give
Advice
ing.
252

and
is,
ing, pardoning,
acquifitively, that
fo all manner of Verbs put with thefe Tokens to^ or for^ after them, will have a Dative Cafeof thePerfon5and often the Accufative of the Thing. The Imperfonals acontecer^ avenir^ convenir^ importdr, pertenecer, placer^ and the like to thefe, will have often two Datives of Perfon ; as, a fni me acontecioy it happened to me ; a tz te conviene^ it is convenient for you j no le imporla a ely it does not concern him, &c.
^he Accufative.
The Latin Verbs, which govern the Accufative of the Thing, and the Dative of the Perfon, govern generally the fame in Spanifh \ as, reftituid
pertenke al Cefar^ render ye to belonging to Cefar ; dz el Izbro al Impreffor^ I gave the Book to the Printer, ^c Verbs of afking, teaching, arraying \ alfo moft f the Verbs Tranfitives, viz. all fuch as have after them an Accufative Cafe of the Doer, or Sufferer, whether they be Adtive, or Commune, and fometimes the Verbs Neuters, will have an Accufative of the Thing*, as, Gozo faWd, 1 enjoy Health ^ pzdo tocdr ejia Grdcia, ruego ejle favor ^ I afl< this Favour OrgdnOy to play on the Organ. d Generally all the Adive Verbs require an Accufative or Dative ; as, amdr d Dzos^ bacer Men, to do good ; Guardar los Mandamientos de Dzos, to defcuhrzr la verddd, keep God's Commandments
al
Cefar
lo
qiie
Cefar what
is
-,
-,
to difcover the Truth

Suit of
gandr- el pleitOy
to get the
Law,
be
;
5
Ssr^x.0
fometimes governs an Accufacive,in the

as,
es
Infinitive
hueno fer hojnbre bonrddo^
it
is
good
to be an honeft
Man,
Of
^NewS?ANisu
Of
Grammar.
253
the Ablativs.
All PaiTive Verbs, and generally mofl of the Reciprocals, will have the Ablative with de
,
as, foi
amado
Father ; me levanto except acoftdrfey de la Cdma, I get up from the Bed recoftdrfe^ fentarfe, which have the Ablative with en. The Price of a Thing is put after Verbs in the Accufative with por^ zs^lo comprepor unpefo, I bought lo vendi por ires reales, it for a piece of Eight or a tres redles la ydrda, I fell it at three Reals per
de mi Padre,
I
;
*,
am
loved of
my
Yard. Verbs of Plenty, Filling, Emptying, Loading, or Unloading, will have an Ablative 5 as, ahundo de riquezas, I abound of Riches te llenare de oprohrios, I will load you with Injuries, ^c. Verbs that betoken Receiving, or Difbance, or taking away, will have an Ablative as, recibz mil pefos de Pedro, I received one thoufand Pieces of Eight of Peter Kenftngton difta tres m^llas de Londres, Kenfington is three Miles from London,
-, -,
Verbs of arguing,
quarrelling, fighting, i^c.

\
re-
quire the Ablative with con
as, argtiir, rentr, peledr.
The Verbs
if cu7n,
that
govern
-,
in
Latin thefe Frepofitions

defpues
a, ex, ah, will have in Spanijh an Ablative with de,

con
-,
pro, por
poft,
-,
vjque,
hdfta,
&c.
Obferve
at the
laft,
that the following Rules are
retained by the Spanijh Authors, for the Verbs, viz,

I. If the Word governed by the Verb fignifies a thing animate, generally it is put in the Dative Cafe ; as, voi a ver a mi Padre, I go to fee my Father, dmo d mi Mddre, I love my Mother. The Verbs of Motion to a Place, always govern the Dative ; as, voi d Madrid, I go to Madrid the
:
Verbs of Motion, from a Place, govern the Ablative -w'lihde; as, vengo de Efpdna, I come from Spain i if the Action, Motion, or PafTion is through
I
a Thinti
254
-^ '^^'^
Spanish
Grammar,
a Thing or Place, then theVerbs govern the Accufative with por ; as, vendre for Paris ^ I (hall come by way of Paris ; fufri por v. m^> I fuffered for you, &c.
3.
To
j
exprefs a
Thing
indifinitly,
;
the Spaniards
always ufe the Accufative Cafe

vino
4.
as trdhigo
as in Latin, affero
panem
fee
;
& vinum,
mirdr^
to
pan y
look
ver
;
The Verbs
ver^
to
differ; becaufe ver requires Accufative; as,
Palacio^ to fee the Palace ; and mirdr^ Dative and Accufative, as Mzro el juego ; mtro a los que juegan^ but when they fignify to look for one, then they govern the Accufative with por ; as Eftoi mirdnda por V. mdy I am looking for you.
Of
5.
the Particles requiftte to
fome
'tenfes,
The
and the
firft
Mood,
Prefent Tenfe of the Subjunftive, &c. and fecond Preterimperfeds of the faid are conftrued with que^ paraque^ porque^
oxala^ fupueftoque^ puejlo
qiie^
aunque^ hienque^
da
go.
ioque, a fin que, conque^ puefque^ &c. as, Es hueno que yo vdya^ it is good, that
Paraque el 'venga. To the end that he may come. Porque tu aprendie[fes a ordr^ for that you might
learn
how
to pray.
el
Aunque
that he
venga^ &c. altho he come,
&c.
to
jifin que
the end &c. The imperlbnal Verbs generally govern the Sub-
Aprendiera^
learn,
aprendiej/e^
might
jundlive with^//^, but with this Diftindtion ; that when the imperfonal is in the Prefent Tenfe, or Future
of the Indicative Mood, then they always govern the prefent of the Subjunctive Mood ; but_ when the Imperfonal (or any other Verb taken imperfonaliy) is in any of the Preterits of the Indicative, then it governs the Imperfeia, the Perfe(5l, the PlusI
perfc<^5
A
perfed,

-,
25
or the Future of the Subjundive, accord-
as, ing to the meaning of the Speech ConvUne or Convendrd, que el Rey en Perfona Comdnde el ExercitOy it is convenient, or it will be
convenient,
that
the
King
in
Perfon
do com-
mand
the
Army.
Convino que el Principe fueffe con ely it was convenient that the Prince fhould go with him. The Prefent Subjundive is likewife conftrued
with the Particles por futile por Doô^ por fdbio, por pequenoy por Grande, &c. but por (lands there for aunque, although , as, âlqutera cofa cofa por pequcna que fea hdce fa papel en el mundo, any thing, although it be little or fmall, does fome fervice in the World, that is, ferves for fome Thing or Purpofe in the World. An Imperative often requires the Prefent, the firft and fecond Preterimperfedt, and the Future of the Subjundlive Mood, zs^fea loque fea, let it be as it will, altho' it be fo fea lo que fu era ox fueffe , let the Thing be, or happen as it would; fea loque fuere, happen what it fhall happen, at all Events. All the Tenfes of the Subjundlive may be conftrued with luegoque^ quando, fi^ como, aunque ; but plega a BioSy 3,nd fea Dios fervido, require only the Prefent Subjun6tive ; znd plugiera or plugulejfe, fuera or fueffe Bios fervido may be conftrued with all the Tenfes of the Subjundive, except the Prefent Tenfe. The third Imperfed of the Subjundlivc Mood re:
quires yJ,
gtifto,
qudndo,
aunque,
y como,
de gujlo,
con
de mui huena b mala gana, b quan de gdna, por
Ventura, acdfo, &c. Pues, puefque, aunque, oomo, quando, luego,
may
be conftrued with
all
the Tenfes of the Indicative

del
I
Mood
I
fell
as,
quando vine
campo,
cai
del cabdllo^
pues perdi
el ejlribo,
v/hen
came from
I loft
the
th.^-
Country
Stirrup',
from the Horfe,
becaufe
&c.
The
third Imperfea: of the Subjundive Mood fometimes conftrued by Circumlocution, viz. with the Infinitive and the Words, Ma^ Mas, hia^ Sec. as baUarte hia (for hablaria), efcribirle hta por
IS
^^6 The
el correo
(for efcribiriale),
;
ahrazdrla hza (for abra-
and the Reader will find, that if the Pronoun and the Letter h are taken away, it remains that Tenfe ; as, if from hahlarte hia, te and h is And although taken, there it will remain haUarza, fome Authors are of Opinion that hablarte hia^ flands for hablarte tba^ I was going to fpeak to
zariala)
yet Father VaUra obferves that that manner fpeaking is a Circumlocution proper to the third Preterimperfed, and often ufed in the SpaniJIj Poetry, adding h to la by the Figure Epenthefis, to denote that the Accent fhould lie on the f, as hacerte hia Men, ft fuejfes hueno, (hacerte hid for haria) he would do good for you, if you was good. The fecond Future of the Indicative Moodj which is made by the Auxiliary Verb haver, is conftrued with Elegancy with the Particles me, te, fe^ te, la, lo, les, las, los, at the End of the Infinitive ;
you
of
Gidarme has for me guiards, or rather for has de guidrme, you muft guide me ; darte he mi hzja en
as,
cafamiento for he de darte, or te dare mi hzja en

miento,
I
cafa-'
will or
;
mud
give you
my
Daughter
in
Marriage
dare,
7.
I
darte la he^
Englijh
;
for he de ddrtela^ or te la
will give her to you.
The
Tongue
and
in
has one Sign to the InSpanijh there

is
finitive, viz. to
none for
to
,
the
Infinitive,
;
as
ozr,
Infinitive, as
Leer, to read
to hear
love Altho' there are fe-
Amdr,
veral Particles ufed in Spaniflj before the Infinitive, they are governed by other preceeding Verbs or Nouns Subftantives, and thefe are a, pdra, de, con,
en, por,
hafta, defpuefde, and el when the Infinitive ferves as a Nominative to another Verb.
CHAP.
z^f
CHAP.
Of
V.
Prepofitions,
Cafes to be given to fome Parts of Speech^ being one principal Part of Syntax, and there being properly no Cafes in Spanijh^ as there are
Latiriy
TH E
When
we
will therefore treat
which anfwer the End

the
of the Prepofitions, of the Latin Cafes.
Noun
in
pofTeffing, or fignifies
Speech denotes the Perfon whofe a Thing is, we always

-,
ufe of the Prepofition de as, lEJio Izbro es de Juan^ This is John's Book ; unlefs we ufe the pofitive Degree of that fame Perfon, making it an Adje6live to the Thing poflefTed ; as, Efta ley es de Dios cr divina^ This is God's Law, or divine Law. This Ufe of the Pofuive is fo neceflary, when the PoUefTion belongs to any of the Pronouns, yo^ tii^ fe^ that we mud always fay, Êfta Cdfa es mza, iuya^ fuya^ This Houfe is mine, yours, his not de ?m, tf, or ft. But they may be ufed when they do noc
'
-,
make
denote PofTeflion
duelete
as, acuerdate de wi, remember
me
have Compaffion on your felf; did huena cuenta de fiy he gave a good ilccount of himde
ti^
felf
The
Prepofition de
is
;
alfo applied
as,
from whence we come from Court.
to the Place Vengo de PaldciOy I come
When
the Prepofition denotes Acquifition, or the
Perfon for
, or 'para
this Letter
whom
*,
as, dale
Thing is, we ufe the Prepofitions a Juan efta cdrta^ give John
for John.
fe^
Êfta carta es para Judn^ this Letter is Except here the Terminations, me^ te^ of the Pronouns yOy tu^ el^ which though they S denote
,
2 J
denote Acquificion, do not admit of thefe Prepofitions ; as, dioine el dinero^ he gave me the Money. They are alfo applied to the Place we are going tOjWhether proper or appellative ; as, Voi a Madrid^
de dSnde partire pdra
Roma^
am
going to Madrid^
,
from whence
I will fet
out for Rome.
Noun Pafiive as, Tedro Peter loves John ; but when the Noun is an Appellative, it is fometimes ufed, and fometimes omitted; as,/ 7naeftro enfena los DifdpuloSy or a los DifcipuloSj the Mailer teaches the Scholars. The Prepofition Con^ before mi, ti, ft, requires,
is
alfo applied to the
dma a Judn^
that the Syllable go fhould be added to
them
*,
as,'z;^
conmzgo,
felf.
come with me
es
ire contzgo,
I will
go with
you, Pedro
When
is
Verb
com jgo, Peter is harfh to himbefore an Infinitive, then the turned into a Gerund in Engltjh\ zs,con amdr^
dfpero
is
Con
with loving. Prepofitions in Compofition are frequent in Spavijh, that is, joined to other Words and made one
with them. as, Diner 0,
are commonly a, and en, em, &c. Money, thence homhre adinerddo, a money'd Man ; and we fee the like in the Englijhy
Thefe
is
where adding ed
Spanijh a
:
to
Money makes
the
fame
as the
does not hold in moll other Words: from Noche, Night, anochecery to grow Night, which the Englijh does not exprefs without Vide^ the fecpnd Part, and fuch Circumlocutions.
But
this
the
Remarks.
CHAP,
têw
Spanish
Grammar.
259
CHAP.
Of Adverbs^
Conjunîoiis^
VI.
and
Interje6lions.
little need be faid of thefe three Parts of Speech more than has been obferved before. As for thofe Adverbs, that are formed by adding minte to Adjedtives, as is done in Engli/h^ by the Addition of the Syllable ly ; when two of this Sort follow one another, the two additional Syllables^ mente^ of the firft of them, are always cut offs
VERY
thus,
ly,
A
is,
Camindr fegura^ y alegremenie^ To travel fafeand merrily. Negative Adverb joined to any other Negative
-,
Part of Speech, does not make an Affirmative, as in Latin ^ and other Languages for,A^<? veo a nddie^
I
fee
No-body
JSo te
hdlla ningunOy
No-body
can find you ; nor can the fame Words be takea negatively without both the Negatives ; for, it can not properly be faid in Spanijh^ êo a nddie^ for, I fee No-body but if we would avoid the two Negatives, we mud fay, No veo' a persona algma^ I fee not any Perfon ; JSIddie te balla. No-body can find you.
*,
Thus, No
quiero
is
mda^
is,
I will
have Nothing
;
but, un no ndda^
next to Nothing
as,
Fdltale
un no ndda del pefo^ It v/ants as much as Nothing of the Weight. Notwithflanding which, the learned in Spain are of a contrary Opinion and do rightly
,
fay, that in the Spani/h^ as
well as
in Lativ^
two
Negative Parts of Speech make an Affirmative as. No ndda^ algo, fomething, ^c, Noy is alfo fometimes ufed by way of Interrogation ; as. No vsndrcis pr acd ? Will not you come
this
Way ^
S 2
The
26o The
neither,
A New Spanish
Conjundlion Tambten^
are
Grammar.
alfo,
and TampdcOy
ire
ufed thus
I will
He
goes, and
El va^ y yo go alfo ; El no
;
tamhien^
quiere, ni yo
ta7np6co^
He
will not, nor I neither.

is
Of
Interjedlions, there
no more
to
add to what
has been faid already.
Of Figurative
ConJtruBion,
THERE
are two Sorts of Conftrudion, the Proper, or Simple-, and the Improper, or The firft of them is that which in all Figurative. Points is agreeable to the Rules of Grammar, which has been fufficiently fpoken of before. The Figurative is a Way of fpeaking that departs in fome refpedl from the eftablifhed Rules, and yet is admitted and received, becaufe in common Ufe, not only among the Illiterate, but alfo among the Learned. What little there is of this Sort in the Spanijh Tongue moft necefiary to be known, (hall be com-
prehended in a few Lines. The Paragoge, a Figure which adds fome Letter, or Syllable at the End of a Word, is now quite out of Ufe in Spanijh^ but may be found in fome old Poems, efpecially common Songs and Ballads, where they fometimes, to make up a Verfe, fay, Amore for Amor^ Love ; Cantare^ for Cantdr^ But thefe fuperfluous Additions ,a Song, or to fing are now, as has been faid, quite laid afide, and only found in the Verb, Soi^ and V6i^ from the Verbs Ser^ to be, and /r, to go; and therefore according to the general Rule of Spanijh Verbs, ought to be So^ and Vo^ as they were ufed in former Ages, but of latter Times the i has been added for the better Sound,
:
The
A
ufed
New Spanish
,
Gramjnar.
26 1
is the cutting off fome Letter, in Middle of a Word as, yo via, I faw, tu vias^ the you faw ; for veia, veias. The fame is frequently
The Syncope
in the fecond Perfon Plural of the Preterimperfedt Tenfe of the Optative, and Subjundlive
>
Moods, of Verbs
duvieradeis,
as Anduviejfeis, for Jnduvieffedeis

;
Jndariais, for Andariadeis
Anduvi'irais^
for
An-
&c.
is
The Apocope,
of a
It
is
cutting off a Letter at the
End
val prevemr, quefer prevemdo^ where better to prevent, than to be prevented

,
Word
as,
Mas
-,
we have mas
feen in other
val, for
mas
vale.
The fame may be

little
Words, but now

is
,
ufed.
Inverting the natural Order of the Letters in a Word as, fome are apt to fay, haceldo^ do it ; decUdo^ fay it quitdldo, take it away inftead of hacedlo, deczdlo^ quitddlo, which are the
Metathefis,
*,
propereft and
mod
polite
Way
of fpeaking,
and
therefore the other
not to be imitated. There is another Figurative Conftrudlion, called Eclipfis, when feveral Words are left out of a Sentence, and to be underflood j as, Buenos dias, GoodcKorrow, where is to be underflood, os de DioSy
Way
God
give you
os
hum
Vtage,
a.
good Voyage ;
*,
vjtelligitur,
de Dids,
God
give you
and
fo
fubia
many other Cafes, which are common in all Languages, and therefore do not need to have much faid of them. The fame may be faid of many other Figures,
which
tire,
if
ail
were to be mentbned,
,
would
rather
than inform the Reader and it would be likewife fuperfluous to mention here, and to burden the Memory with the Rules of the Profody, which are the fame as thofe of the Latin, and no ways necefTary to learn the Spanifh
Language,
befides
what
has been faid in the Orthography.
S3
Some
262
Neio
Spanish
Grammar,
Some General
Obfervations for forming
the Spamjh from the Latin.
Latin Stibjiantives which have their Ablative in tate become Spanifh by changing tate into dad, layijig the Accent as in the Latin^ aSy
Charitate
Fidelitate
Lcitin
Caridad

f,
263
Latin Words beginfiing "with change it into H, thus

'
in Spanifh often
Face re
'
Hacer
Faba
J
.
Haba
p^
./7
Falco Farina
Halcon Harina
Hierro
^ Formofus Ferrum
Fervor Furnus
Hervor
Horno
Latin Subjiantives ending in one in the Ablative^ become Spani{h by taki?jg off the laji Vowel^ as
Educatione
Spanijh
Educacion
(Religion
iCongregatione
.Generatione
iCongregacion Generacion
into r, as above.
Where
note, that they change
iSermone
Cicerone Platone
{Sermon
Ciceron Platon
Latin Subjiantives ending in o in the Ablative^ are true Spanifh, as
rOrnamento
I
rOrnamento
I
Experimento
Experimento
Latin i
I
Exemplo Argumcnto
Spanijh }
I
Exemplo Argumento
L Ancidoto
lÂntidoto
S4
Latin
264
A
is,

lis,
Latin AdjeBives ending in
in Spanifli caji
away
thus
Materialis
^^^^'^
r Material
.,
jFinalis
Vacilis
.Debilis
^^^^^-^
-ru
jFinal
SFacil
CDebil
Latin AdjeBives ending in us, are made Spanifh by their Ablative in o, as
Malus
-^"^^'^
rMalo
^^""'-^
^Siccus
isico
Humidus
cHumido
Latin Ferbs become Spanifli by only cutting off

the lajl e, thus
rCaftigare
I
rCafligar
i
A mare
Perdere
A mar
Tener
Perder
Latin} Tenere
I
Spanijh )
1
LSentire
It
LSentir
endlefs to pretend to (hew all the between the Spanijh and the Latin^ the main Affinity Body of the former being derived from the latter, with only fuch fmall Difference as may eafily be conceived from what has been faid above,
would be
A VO-
265
VOCABULARY.
CONTAINING
Such Words
mon
as mofl: frequently occur In comUfe, and are therefore moft neceflary

firft
to be
known by
Learners;
as,
The
Body, Houfehold-Furniture Names of Beafts, Birds, and Fiflies ; the Service at Table ; Fruit, Trees, Cloathing, and many other Sorts, all under their refpedive Heads.
'/J
Parts of the
U U *J J U U U U
>
tji^
t;^^;s i^;J^ &s -/jJ^ '/;.;
^^4 5
J J ^^1 y ^^^ v^ iJ
^
The Parts of Human Body.

Partes del Cuerpo
Humano.
LA
La
La
cabeza, the bead. Las fienes, the temples. Act\ihro^the brain. Laoreja, the ear. El cogote, the part La ternilla de la oreja, /^^
behind^
where the
griftle
of the ear.
la oreja, the
head and neck join. El hueco de

coroniila, the crown of the head.
hollow of the ear, La tela del oido, the
drum
mollera, the mould of
the head.
La
of the ear, ceja, the eyebrow.

the eyelid.
Lafrente, the forehead.
El parpado,
Las
266

^he Parts of Human Body,
Partes del
Cuerpo Humano.
Laspe{lanas,^^^^3'^-/^7^^;.
La La La
nuca, the nape of the

garganta, the throat.
El lagrimal, or
eye.
la
cuenca
neck.
del ojo, the corner of the

'E\i>\^^C'0 dt\
op ythe
El gaznace, the gullet. white El feno, the hofom,

teta,
of the
eye.
a pap.
la teta, the
La
nifia del ojo,
the eyeeye.
El pezon de
bally
or fight of the
nipple of the hreafl.
Tela
del ojo, the film of
the eye.
Niervo
nerve.
optico, the optic
El pecho, the hreaft, El eftomago, the flomach. Las coftillas, the ribs.
La
la nariz,
barriga, the
belly.
La
La
La
nariz, 'the nofe.
El ombligo,
the navel.
Las ventanas de
the noftrils.
ternilla
La
ingle, the groyn.
de
la nariz, the
nofe.
grijlle
of the
punta de
la nariz,
the
El brazo, the arm. El codo, the elbow. El fobaco, the armpit. La mano, the hand.
tip
La
of the nofe. mexilla, or el carrillo.

the mouth.
the
La La
mufieca, the wrijl.

pal ma de la
the
the cheek.
mano, palm of the hand.

the fingers.
La boca, La enzia,
Los Las
Los dedos,
los
gum.
Las junturas,
the fingers.
or juntas de
joints
dientes, the fore teeth.
dedos, the
of
the
muelas, the grinders.

teeth.
^L.osco\mi\\o%the eye
La yema
El pulgar,
del dedo,
the thumb.
La
La
lengua, the tongue.

the palate. the jaw.
brawn of the finger.
El paladar, Laquixada,
El dedo
finger.
indice,
the fore-
barba, the chin, or the
heard:, but in the latter

fenfe commonly ufed in the
plural.,
El dedo
del corazon, the
middle finger.
Barbas.
El dedo annular, ^^^/(?^r/l?
El
cuello, the neck.
La
cerviz, the hinder part
B dedo menique,
ricular^ the
little
fiw^-
or aufinger
of the neck.
La
A
La
267
ne
una, the nail
Parts of
Partes del
Human Body. Cuerpo Humano.

El
pie, the foot.
Las
efpaldas, the hack.
La La
planta del pie, the fok
Ijoshombros^the Jboulders. Los lomos, the loins.
of the foot.
garganta del pie, the
Los Las
lados, the fides.
joint of the foot.
El empeine, the inflep. Las partes vergonzofas, El calcanal, the heel. El dedo del pie, a toe. the privities. El dedo gordo, the great El muflo, the thigh.
nalgas, the buttocks.
rodilla,
La
La La
the knee.
toe,
Eljarrete, the ham.

pierna, the
leg,
La
piel, orelpellejo, the
Jkin.
pantorriUa, the calf of El cabello, the hair. the leg. Un pelo, a fingle hair.
'
'Lztipimlhythefhine-hone.
La
cara, the face.
El
tovillo,
the ankle.
El visage,
the vifage.
The
inferior
Parts
Partes interiores del Cuerpo
ofHmnan Body. Humano.

efpaldilla, thefhoulder*
hone.
MOreciIlo,^
GrafiTa,
mufcle.
La La
crgordu-
ra, fat.
canilla del brazo, the
Membrana, a membrane.
arm
bone.
Nervio,or n'lirvo, a nerve. Hueflb facro, 7 the rump Vena, a vein. hone. orRabadilla, J
Arteria, an artery, Ternflla, a grifile.
Hueflb, a hone, Meollo, or 1 _^^^,^ > marrow, T- '

1 uetano,
Efqueleto, ajkeleton, El corazon, the heart. Los bofes, or \ the lungs
La
J
the
chine
calavera, thejkull.
Choquezuelas,
bones.
Lospulm6nes,or ^ or the -^ t i\ J lights. Los livianos, El higado, the liver. El bazo, the fpleen,
;
?
Los riiiones, the kidneys^ El efpinazo, the back bone. Los iefos, the brains. Las coftillas, the ribs. El celebro, the brains. El
268

interior
^he
Parts of
Human
Body,
Partes interiores del
Cuerpo Humano.
El eftomago,
the ftomach.
the
La
El
La
Las
boca del eftomago,

tripas, the guts,
flema, flegm. quile, the chile,

leche, the milk.
pit of the ftomach.
La
Orina, or urina, urine,

Eftiercol, dung.
^
Los
inteft:inos, the bowels,
La madrr',or 7 the matrix Sudor, fweat. La marriz, J or womb, Moco, fnot. Cafpa, fcurf. La vexiga, the bladder, La fangre, the blood. Saliva, fpittle. Lagrima, a tear, La colera, the choler.
T'he Jive
SenfeSy
Los cinco
Sentldos.
La
El El
vifta, the fight.
oido, the hearing.

olfato, thefmell.
El gufto, El tado,
the tafte.
the feeling.
Good ^/alkies in Human Bodies^ Buenas Calidades del Cuerpo Humano.

Salud, health.
Brio, fprightlinefs,
Hermofura,
beauty.
Buen
talk, a goodfhape,
Defedts in
Human
Bodies^
Defectos del Cuerpo

Fealdad, deformity,
Humano.
Arrugas, wrinkles, Pecas, freckles, Laganas, blear-eyes, Verruga, a wart. Lunar, a mole. Nube en el ojo, a pearl
in the eye.
Flaqueza, weaknefs, Ser tuerto, to have but one

eye,
Coxez,
lamenefs.
SemrumudOyto ftammer.
Corcova,
crookednefs,
Stv colvo Jo be bald-headed. Str x omo yt o have a flat nofe.
Catarata, a cataraEl.
Eftareftropeado,/o^^^r/ppled.
Cegucdad,
blindnefs,
or
ceguera,
Tullido, lame of the limbs.

kannefs.
Magrura,
Eunucho, an eunuch. Zurdo,
A
Zurdo,
efd.

Defers
in
269
Human
Bodies^
Defedlos del Cuerpo

left'handed,
Humane.
0/ a hand*
Manco, lame
Vifco, or
vilojo, /quint-
Mudo,
Sordo,
dumb,
deaf.
Of all that De lo
Pano,
cloth,
appertains to Cloathiiig.
que toca
al veftir.
Fieltro, felt.
Pano fino, fine cloth, Pano baito, coarfe cloth, Pano tundido, milVd cloth. Grana, or\ ^
Angeo,
canvas.
Bay eta, hays. Lana, wooll,

Eftambre, worjled, Seda, filk, Bocaci, buckram. Joya, a jewel. Hevilla, a buckle. Alamares, loops on coats. Ojal, a button-hole. Bordadura, embroidery. Boton, a button,
Frania,
^c V Elcarlata,
Raxa,
Scarlet.
cloth rafh,
Sayal, fackcloth,
Frifa, frtze,
Eftamena,
ferge.
Eftofa, fluff, Tafetan, taffet^,
Rafo, fatin, Terciopelo, velvet,
orl
Damafco, damajk,
Brocado, Irocade, lace, Gorgoran, grogram, Lifton, a broad ribbon. Chamelote, tahy. Tela de ore, cloth of gold, PalTamano, gold or filver
Flueque, j" f'''"^'Puntas, or encaxe, Cinta, a ribbon.
Algodon,
Lino,
flax,
cotton,
lace.
Fuftan, fuftian.
R ibete,
Copa
an
edging.
Sombrero, a
camhrick,
hat.
Cambray,
del fombrero,
thi
Holanda, holland. crown of the hat. Ruan, fine French linnen. Falda del fombrero, Tela de cafiamo, hempen brim of the hat.
cloth.
the
Trencillo, the hat-band.

ticken,
calico,
Terliz,
Calicu,
Plumage, a feather.
Bonetillo de viejo, ajkullcap,
Gaza,
mu7>lin.
Bonete,
270
A
Of

all that appertains to Cloathing,
De
lo
que toca
al veftir.
a Polainas, fpatterdafhes. Efpuelas, fpurs, night-cap, Bonete de clerigo,^ clerg'^-- Punos, or ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ ' '^ -^ Bueltas, y man^s fquare cap. Gorra, an old fajhion cap, Tahalf, ajhoulder-helt, Caperuza, another fort of Tiros, a wafte-helt. Efpada, a fword, cap. Camifa, afhirt, E)%a, a dagger. Capa, a cloak, Almilla, a waftecoat, Cafaca, a coat, Chupa, a waftecoat, Ungarina, a coat. Calzoncillos, drawers^ Guante, a glove. Jubon, a doublet, Cenidor, a girdle. Manga, afleeve, Manga perdida, a loofe Cabellera, a wig, Panuelo, or "^ a pocket hanging fteeve, handFaldillas de jubon, the Paiiizuelo, or Lienzo de fal-^ ker^ fkirts of a doublet, triquera, Calzones, breeches, J chief. Ropa, or^ Balona, a band, ^ Ropon, j Cuello, a collar, Ropa de levantar, worColeto, a buff coat, ing gown. Agujeta, a point. Pelico, orl a Jhepherd*s Fal triquera, <?/>:'^/^<?/. jerkin, Bolfillo, a coat or wafte- Zamarra, J ôaupcket
Bonete, a cap, Bonece para dormir,
Botas, hoots,
Medias, ftochns,
PkaMugeres,
^^^
/=" JVome?2,
Medias de
feda, ftlhftock^
ings, Tocado, a head-drefs. ^ Medias deeftambre,^^;^^/?- Toca, a quoif ed ftockings, Manto, a veil,
Ligas, garters, Zapatos, fhoes, Efcarpines, focks. Pantuflo, a flipper. Borcegui, a bufkin,
Saya, a
petticoat,
YaCquin^Lân upper petticoat
Guardapies, a
petticoat.
EnîgmSy
to
the petticoat ?jext

"
them.
^vantal.
A
De

appertains to Cloathivg for
al veftir
27
Of all that
lo
Women.
que toca
para Mugeres.
Avantal, or delantal, an Avanico, a fan, apron, GuardarQL?r7
7,
Bdims,ftap.
Ropa, a gown,
Mantilla, a 7nantle.
Capillo, a hood,
Quitafol,
^'^n umbrella.
,
Relox, or 1 Mueltra, /^
'^^^^'^^
Tablillas, tables,
looking-glafs.
little
Chapin, properly a Spanifh Efpejo, a high clog^ made of corky Buxeca, a
box,
hut applied tofignify any Eftufilla, a muff, other, Calcetas, under ftockings of Lienzo del cuello, a neckthread or cotton,
handkerchief,
Zarcillos, ear-rings,
Peinador, a combing cloth, Cofas de ninos, things for

children.
Arracadas, pendants,
Gargantilla, a necklace,
Collar, a collar. Manillas, or 1
J^jâcelets
Panales, clouts.
Mantillas, fnantles,
*
Braceletes,
j Joyas, jewels,
^^^^' ^ bowler or fwaith Juguetes, play-things,
Cuna, a
cradle,
Sortijas, rings,
A ma,
Dixes,
a nurfe,
toys,
Pedrerias, precious ftone5 Anillo, a ring.
Of what concerns Eating and Drinking, De lo tocante al Comer y Beber.
LA
dia, dinner,
comida del medio Haftio, a loathing of meat for want offiomach,

'Afco,
Cena, fupper,
loathing at
the
Almuerzo,
Merienda,
breakfafi,
fight of nafiinefs,
bever^ or after- Borracho, a drunkard,
Buen bebedor, a good Colacion, collation, drinker, Ba.nqu6iQyan entertainment, Buenapetito, agoodappeCombidado, a guefi, iite. Hambre, hunger, Gloton, a glutton, Sed, thirji. Pan, bread,
noon*s luncheon,
fsLn
272

concerns Eating
Of what
and Drinking,
De lo tocante al Comer
Pan bianco, white Pan candial, the
bread,
bread,
whiteft
y Beber.
gihleti.
Pepitoria,
C2Lrbon2ida.y meat broil' don
the coals.
Pan bazo, brown bread, PicadiUo, a hajh. Pan ixioWht ^French bread, Cecina, hung meat. Pan reciente, new bread. Pernil, or la gammon Pan de todo el trigo, Jamon, ham, j
Carnero, mutton. Vaca, beef. 'Pandectvida.^bar ley bread, Cordero, lamb. Pan de avena, oaten bread. Ternera, veal. Pan de mijo, millet bread. Puerco, fork. Pan de levadura, leavened Cabra, goat'*s flefh,
wheaten bread.
centeno,
or
Pan de
r'ê
bread,
bread.
Cabrico,
bifket,
kid.
Bifcocho,
Tocino,
flice
bacon,
leg
Rebanada de pan, a
of bread. Cantero de pan, a
bread,
Pierna de carnero, a
of mutton.
crufi of
Efpalda
de
carnero,
fhoulder of mutton.
corteza, the cruft, MaflTa, dough.
La
Torta, a
Rofquilla,
cake.,
cake,
a loin. Pecho, a breajf, Manos de C2,rntrOy Jheep*s

trotters.
Lomo,
made
a fine fort of like a roll,
Rueda de
of veal.
ternera,
a fillet
Bunuelo, a fritter. Tarta, a tart.

Quefadilla, acheefecake,
Empanada, a pye.
Carne,
flefh.
Afladura, the pluck, Salchicha, a faucidge, Longaniza, a great fancidge.
Carne cozida, bciVd meat, Salchichon, Carne aflada, roaft meat. cidge.
the biggeft fan-
Carneeftofada,y?^^'Jw^^/. Morcilla, a bloodpudding. Paftel, a pafty, Carne frita, frfd meat. Civntgn\\^d^^broil*dmeat, Caldo, broth.
Carne momia,
out bones.
"
flejb with-
Sopa, foop. Potage, pottage,

Papas,
A New
Of what
Papas, or 1
any
Spanish
concerns Eating
Gram?nar.
and Drinking,
y Beber.
torrefnos,
eggs.
273
De lo tocante al Comer
fort
of
Huevos y
Iops
coU
pap, JPuches, J Pifto, ;W/)i broth,
and
Huevos
eggs,
rebaeltos,^//^r'^
Leche, milk, Nata, cream,

Suero, whey.
Huevos
Pg^^^
pocket,
de
to
faltriquera,
yolks of eggs in ajhell of
Requefon, curds, Manteca, butter, Quelb, cheefe,

Cuajo, rennet,
carry
in
the
Yhi^^wos xt^lts^-yfweet eggs

or
Cabellos>^K
out
de angeles, j like hairs, Cui]d.da.^7mlk hardned with rennety before it breaks Sazon, feafoning. Salmuera, brine, into curds and whey, Efpecias, [pice. Huevo, an egg. Ye ma de huevo, the yolk Pimienta, pepper, Gengibre, ginger, of an egg. Clara del huevo, the white Clavo de efpecias, cloves,
Huevo Huevo Huevo Huevo
Canela, cinnamon, of the egg. bjando, a foft egg. Nuez mufcada, or duro, a hard egg. efpecia, nutmeg.
frefco, a
de
new egg. Flor de efpecia, mace, en cafcara, an egg Moftaza, muftard,

Agraz,
Verjuice.
in the fhell.
HuGvo cozido, a boil' d egg. Hut V 3.is2ido^ an egg roaji'

ed in the embers.
Vinagre, vinegar. Azeite, oyl,

Sal, fait,
Huevo
egg,
ellrellado,
afrfd Azuq^v,
fugar,
HutvohuSroân
addle egg.
Efcabeches, pickles, Dulces, fweatmeats,
empollado, an egg Almivar, fugar boil'd up with a chicken in it, for conferves. Huevos de pefcado, the Confervas, confervis. Confites, comfits> fpawnoffi/h, Huevos mexidos, yolks of Mermelada, marmelade. ^gV f^^^^^d with white Ftrid^, pears preferv'd like wine 0nd fugar, marmelade>
Huevo
PaflilJas
274
-^ ^^'^
Spanish
Grammar.
Of what
concerns Eating and Drinking,
De
Paftillas
lozenges.
lo tocante al
comer y Beber.
old wine,
de boca, fweet Vino anejo,
Mofto, new
wine,
'S^Tdin]2Ldd.^candy^doranges,
Vino
ligero, light wine,
Turron, a rich fweetmeat Vinazo, a ftrong wine, made of abnondsy honey y Vino mofcatel, mujkadine wine. &c. Malvasia, malmfey, orl fweetBarquillos, wafers, 'Agua pie, liquor made of Suplicaciones,
J
Bebida, drink,
"water put
after
to the
grapes
been
Vino, wine,
they
have
prefd. Vino puro, pure wine, Vino aguado, wine and Hez del vino, wine
lees,
Vino
water, vuelto, pricked wine. Aguardiente, brandy, Cerveza, ale ov beer. Vinotinto, red wine, Alqja, meath or metheglin, white wine, Vino bianco,
Hypocras, hypocras.
Vinohaloque,/)^/^
wf/?^.
\ mo
Vino Vino
Q\2ixiiQy claret wine.
Cidra, cyder, Chocolate, chocolate.
Tea, or The tea. dulce, fweet wine. fharp wine. Limonada, limonade, picante,
'Aves, Feces,
Friitas,
Los Animales,
Hierbas>
Raices, &c\ comeflibles, fe hallaran debaxo de fus proprios Titulos. T'he Beajis, Fowls, Fijhes, Fruits, Herbs, Roots,
thofe
&c. that are Heads.

Beftias.
eatable,
ivill
be
found under
Beafts.
Vaca, a cow, Beftia, Beftia domeftica, or Buey, an ox.

a
beafl.
Carnero, afheep, M?in{?L,a tame beafi, Beftia feroz, a fierce beafl, Oveja, an eive.
Ganado,
cattle.
G^n7idom2iy6r, great cattle.
Cordero, a lamb. Bezerro, a calf,

Javaii, a wild boar.
Toro, a
bull.
Puerco,
275
Alazan toft ado, a dark Puerco, an hog, Bufalo, a buffalo, JorreL Caballo, an horfe. Flovero, that has a white Cabalio caftrado, a gelding, fpot on the off hind foot, "Rubic-kn, flea-bitten, Garanon, a ftal'don. Cabaiio enccro, a Jlone- Caoalio aguado, />^-^^W,
horfe.
Yegja,
a mare.
Caballo corredor, a race- Cabron, a he-goat. Cabra, afhe-goat, horfe. Caballo dealquiler,tf^(?r/^ Cabriro, a kid, to he let. Perro, a dog, Caballo de mano, a led Perro de caza, a hound. SabuelTo, a blood-hound, horfe. Caballo de pofta, a poft^ Podenco.-^r \ r. j i' I' Perdiguero J -^ horfe. Caballo rebeldc, a reftive FGrro cjiilidoâ hound that
-
horfe.
does not oên well,
Caballo defbocado, a hard Parro baxo, a terrier, mouthed horfe. Lebrel, a gre'j^hound, Caballo medrolb, a Jlart- Perro ventor, a finder, ing horfe. Perro del agua, a water* Caballo tropezador, a dog. Maftin, a maflif, Jlumhling horfe. Caballo que facude, a jolt- Perro de pallor, a Jhep^
ing horfe.
herd's dog.
Caballo afmatico, a broken Perro velador, a houfe dog. winded horfe. Perrillo de falda,^ lap-dog. Caballo indomito, a horfe i\lano, a bull- dog,
that has not been broke,
or will not he broke.
Caballo bavo, ^
ba^^ horfe.
Galgo, a hare hound, Lechon, a fucking-pig, Cochino, a y^>ung hog,

Corêio,
B':iYOc.2i{i2Lno,achefnutbay.
a rabbit.
B^yo efcuro, a brown Bayo dorado, a bryght

Picazo,^' py\i
horfe.
bay.
bay.
Hacanea, a pad^ Muleto, a young mule* Mulo, an he mule,
'Bûziorod^diO^ dapple grey.
Mula, a fhe
mule.
De
Potro, a colt. ^ctmuSzZya cream colour, Pollino, an affes^s Alazan^ aforreU Ciervo, a flag.
or
eolor ue
gamuza,
colt,
Cierva,
276
New Spanish Grammar
Cierva, a hind,
Raton, a moufe, Cachorro de ciervo, a Rata, a rat, Zorra, orl fawn. ^ Rapofa, J^/^^* /AiTas de ciervo, a fta^s
horns.
Topo, a
mole.
Raftro,opifadasde ciervo, the track of a flag. Comadreja, a weafel, Texon, a badger, Gamuza, a wild goat. Cabra montes, a roe-buck.
Hiena, an hiena. Leopardo, a leopard. Leon, a lyon. Leona, a lyonefs.

L.tonciWo^ a lyon*s wheljp* Lobo. a wolf.
Gato de
algal ia,^ civet-cat.
Lobo
cerval, an ounce.
Gamo, Dama, a
a fallow-deer.
doe.
ÔfTo, a bear.
Ofsillo, a beards cub,
Hardilla, a fquirrei Elephante, an elephant. ^ ana, or 1 ^ mar tin y a ^,^^.- % y.K'
Pantera, a panther.
Abada,
or
la
rhinoceros.
Marta,
Mono,
a monkey. Gimio, an ape. Arminio, an ermin. Erizo, an hedge-hog. Liebre, an hare. Liebrilla, a levret. Contp^ a rabbit. Liron, adormoufe.
Rhinoceronte, J ' rr-, ^. T^S^^' ^ ^^^^^: Puerco montes,

boar,
a wild
Navajas, or colmillos de javali, the tujks ofa wild

boar,
Lavajal de javali, the of a wild boar.
foil
Creatures that drag on the Earth. Animales que fe arraftran per Tierra.
Cocodrillo, a crocodile. Serpiente alada, a flying Lagartija, a lizard. Lagarto, an alligator. ferpent. Bivora, or vibora, a viper. Dragon, a dragon, Bivorefno, or viborefno, 'Afpid, anafp. a young viper. Culebra, afnake.
Serpiente, aferpent.
^
Amphibioui

Amphibious Creatures.
2yy
Animales Amphibios.
Bivaro, or'Xâ bever,
Caftor,
or Tortuga, or 1
^^^^^..
'
-'
J
<?r
cajion
Galapago,
Nutria,
Lodra,
"'"""'
Infers.
I
Chinche, a bug. Langofta, alocuft. Efcorpion, a fcorpion. Tarantula, a tarantula, Polilla, a moth,
Savandijas.
Arana, afpider, Aranuela, a little Jpider Carcoma, a worm in wood, Oruga, a caterpillar. Arador dc la mano, an hand-worm, Sapo, a toad. Efcarabajo, a beetle. Caracol, a [nail.
,
Mofca, afl^, Mofcarda, a wafp. Abeja, a bee.
Hormigaâ pifmireôr
Rana, a frog.
Grillo, a cricket.
ant.
Morcon, a great fl^. Zangano, a drone.

Cigarra, a grafehopper.
Rebolton,
Piojo, a
an
infe5i
Abifpa, or avifpa, a wafp. that Tdhonâ gad bee ^ or hornet,

Lucerneja, afire-fl'j, Maripofa, a butter-fly. Vaquilla de dios, a ladj*
bird.
fpoils vines,
loufe.
Liendrc, a mV. Pulga, a flea.

'Aves.
"
Birds.
'Aguila, an eagle. Aguilucho, an eaglet. Buicre, a vulture. Efmerejon, a merlin. Ga.vi\iny a fparrow-hawk. Mochuelo, a tajfel-hawk. Halcon, a falcon. Torzuelo, a male faeon. Giritalte, a gerfalcon^ Alcotan, a lanner. Sacre, a facre.
Garza, an heron. Garzota, afmallheron. Milano, a kite. Cuervo, a crow^ or raven. Corneja, a rook. Calandria, a lark. Nevecilla, a wagtail. Canario, a canary bird. Gilguero, a goldfinch. Mirla, a blackbird. Pinzon, a chaflnch.
Ruifenor,
278

Pavo, a
turkey,
Ruifciior, a nightingale,
"VvTCjcron, a gi revhird,
P.-ipagayo, a parrot. Ur-aca, afnagpye. Grajo, a daw, Lechuza, an qwL Morcielago, a hat. Mochuelo, a chough, Cumaya, a night raven.
Ellornino, a jterliiig^ Francolin, a oodwit.

Faiian, afhcojant,
Zorzal, a thrujh. Hortolano, an ortolan, Gorrion, a fparrow. Perdiz, a partridge,
Paloma, a
dove.
Q\iQi2iC^bx?iSâgoat-fucker. Pichon, a pigeon.
Palomino, a young pigeon, Tortola, a turtle-dove. Alcion, a king^s-fjher. Chirlito, a curlieu, Cuervo marine, a cormo- Golondrina, afwaliow. rant. Aveftruz, an oftrich.
'Anade, a
duck.
Qtxctidi^ a teal,
Gdnfo, agoofe.
Pato, agoofe.
Âiilar, ^^XfT^
r
'
Cigucfia, a ftork, Cucliilo, acuckow.
Anferon, J Qtrmcz\o..awindwhiffer. FuJga, a moorhen. Abion, a martin.

*
Cifne, a fwan. Ymvoxoârohin-redhreajl. Grulla, a crane. Pezpitalo,^r 7 ; , > ^ waotaiL r>L^ Chirivia,
Gaviora, a
Cerceta,
gull.
Abuillo, a lapwing.
diver. i a di'
Oropendola, awitwaL Vencejo, a martlet. Cuervo marine, a cormo- Abejaruco, a titmoufe. Abutarda, a huflard. rant. Chocha, or 1 a wood- Tordo loco, an owfel. Pelicano, a pelican. cock. Gallinaciega J TordOj a flare,, or ft ar ling, Feniz, or phemx âpbenix. CliirJo, a wood-pecker. Codorniz, a quail. Picoverde, a green heak> Capon, a capon. Reyezuelo, a plover, Galjo, a cock. Aguzanieve, a wren, Gallina, a hen, TalaviUa, a hinting. Poilo, a chicken;Mergo, a pujjin. Pdlla, a jpulleto
Somorguj6n,or
Parts

Parts of a Bird. Partes de 'Ave.
279.
Unas, talons, j RabadiUa, the rump. 'AJa, the wing. Fchohs, or y quills y or pen- Pechuga, the wing of a Penulas, feathers. fowl drefi'd. 3 Pie, the foot, Entrepechuga, /^^ ^r^w;/.
Cola, the
tail.
El pico, the beak, Pluma, a feather, PJumazo, the down,
Biiche, ihe craw.
Garras, or 1 the
daws ^
or
Pezes.
Fijloes.
Aburno, a
hlech.
like
Lamprea, a
lamprey.
Sabalo, a rich fifh mon.
faU Langoftilla, a prawn.
Anchova, an
anchove.
Anguila, an eel, Ballena. a whale. Barbo, a barbie.
Lobo, a bafs, Sarda, a mackarel. Marfopa, a porpoife. Abadexo, poor jack.

Merluza, ftock-fi/h, Almeja, a mufcle, Ortiga pez, the flingingPerca, a pearch.
Mero,
the holy but
Lufo, a pike, Carpa, a carp.

CalamarejOj a calamary,
Talpaire,/^<? ?niller's thumb, Pulpo, a polipus.
Caballo msLrinoâfea horfe, Congrio, a conger, Delphin, a dolphin, Doradillo, the gilt back. Lenguado, a foal, Langofta, a lobfter, Ellurion, a fturgeon. Gobio, a gudgeon. Harenque, a herring. Ôltra, an oyfler.
Raya, a thornhack. Liza, fkate, Sardina, a pilchard. Salmon, falmon, Xibia, a cuttle fifh. Tenca, a tench. Atun, a tunny fifh. Trcmielga, a cramp fifh. Trucha, a trout. Rodovallo, a iurbot.
Parti
.280
Ne%iD
Spanish
Parts of a
Grammar.
Fifh,
Partes del Fez.
Hocico,
the fnout,
gils,
Hutvos dtptz, the /pawn
Agallas, the
properly the hard row^ which is in [mall grains, 'Alasconquenada,^^^/;^. Leche del pez, is the foft Efcamas, thefcales. row, Efpinas, the hones.
Concha, the Jhell of fuch as have one,

'Arboles.
l^rees,
Alvaricoque,
tree,
an
apricot
Manzano, an apple tree, 'Alamo negro, an alder
tree^ or black poplar, Almendro5<3 almond tree. Alamo bianco, the common Durazno, a peach tree. poplar. Guindo, a cherry tree, QtxizQân hart cherry tree, Cedro, a cedar tree, Sahuco, an elder tree, CaftafiO) a chefnut tree. tree. Enzina, orl Cidro, a citron an ca Roble, a quince tree. Membrillo, J Cornizo, the cornll tree, Serval, a fervice tree, Cypres, the cyprefs tree, date tree. Palma, a 'Ebano, the ebony tree, a fig tree. Higiiera, Arze, the ?naple. a jujuh tree, Azufeifo,
. ,
Gr3.Vi^do,apomgranatetree,
Haya,
the beach,
ajh.
Limon, a lemon tree, Moral, a mulberry tree, Nifpelo, a medlar tree.
Frefno, ths
oak,
Azebo, theholmy
or holy
Texo, the ewe tree, Avellano, a nut tree, Laurel, the laurel, Nogai, a walnut tree. OliVo, or Azeituno, an AIcorn6que,/i?^ corck
olive tree.
tree.
or fir ^z^hxiohtâ wild olive tree, tree. Naranjo, an orange tree. Alverchigo, a peach tree. PJantano, a plane tree, Sauze, a willoxi; tree, Ciruelo, a plumb tree. Tejo, the linden tree, V^rhlp a pear tree,
Olmo, the elm. Pmo, a pine tree^
ArboHllos,
A
Aiifo, ibe

Shrubs.
281
ArboliUoS, orMatas.
lote tree,
Agnocafto,^^^ agnus cajlus, Brufco, butcher*s broom,
Alhocigo, the pijlacho

tree.
tree,
am Balfamo, the half

Box,
the box tree.
Regaliz, or regalicia, the

liquorice tree.
Madrefelva,
fuck! e- tree,
the
honey Romero, rofemary. Rofal, a rofe tree.
Zarzamoro,^^^ blackberry- Savina, favin. Tamariz, a tamarind tree. hufh, Alena, privet. Hiniefta, broom, Uva efpinoj a goofcberry Vina, a vine, Labrufca, a wild vine. bujh, Parra, a wall vine. Adelpha, ivy,
Fruta,
Fruit.
Albaricoque, an apricot, Naranja, an orange. Almendra, an almond. Alverchigo, a peach. Madrono, a fruit like a Ciruela, a plumb. flraW'berry, Ciruela paffa, a prune. Pera, a pear. Durazno, a peach, Guinda, a cherry, Pera bergamota, a herCereza, an heart-cherry. gamot'pear, Caftaiia, a chefnui, Manzana, an apple. Cidra, a citron, Camuefa, a pippin. Membrillo, a quince. Manzana de S. Juan, a Serva, fervice, John- apple. Datil, a date, 'Uva efpin, a goofeberry, Higo, a jig. Melocoton, a melocotoon* Breva, the firfi jig, Melon, a melon. Azufaifa, a jujub, Bellota, an acorn. Granada, a pomegranate. Algarroba, a carob, Limon, a lemon. Alcaparra, a caper. Mora, a mulberry, Zarza mora, a blackberry^ Nifpero, a medlar, Tamariz, a tamarind. Avellana, a hazel nut. Pinon, the kernel of a pine* Nuez, a walnut. apple. Azeituna, an olive* /Uva, a grape.
îngs
iSz
Things belonging to Fruit and Ttês^ Cofas tocantes a Fnitas y 'Arboles.

Cafcara de granada, nuez, Raiz, a root, &c. the Jhell of a fome- Hebras de raiz, the fibres granate^ nut, or the like. of a root, granada, o otra Arraigar, to take root, Telita de
femejante fruta, the thin Tvonco, the trunk of a tree, film in the pomegranate, Qoxttz^6t\hho\^thehark. or fucb fruit,
Zumo
or
del arbci, the fap. the mofs,
Pimpollo,
the fucker
a hraiicb, fprout of a vine, Sarminto,a twig of a vine, Hqja, a leaf,
Moho, Ramo,
Yema de
a
vine,
tendrels
viiia,
the
hud of Cuefco dc
offruit.
fruta, theflone
the Mondaduras de fruta, the paring of fruit. a vine, of Pampano, a vine branch, Pezon, thejlalk, Renuevo de vid, a ôung Engerir, or ingerir, to engraft. fhoot of a vine. Racimo de uvas, a bunch Almaciga, a nurfer^ of
Zarcillos de la vid,
of grapes,
trees,
Pepica de
ftone.
la
uva, a grape- Arboleda, a grove. Arbol filveftre,^ wild tree.
Plantar, to plant. Podar, to prune. Efcavar, to lay open the Marhojar, to bark trees. Engerir de pua,/o engraft. roots. Rodrlgar, to prop a vine. Engerir de cafiuto, to in-
Defojar, to nip the fuper-
oculaie.
fluous leaves of the vine. Engerto, a graft. C? var, to dig about a vine. Pepita, the feed or fmall
Rozar,
to
weed.
kernel offruit.
Corn,
Trigos,
Trigo, wheat.
and y
beft
its
Parts,
fus Partes.
Trigo rubion, red wheat.

the
Trigo
candial,
Efcandia, bearded wheat.
wheat.
Herren, mafling
2
corn.
Efpeita,
A
Centeno,

rye,
283
Efpelta, fyelt.
Tallo de la ei'pigz^tbeftem. Nudo de la efpiga, the

knot under the ear.
Cevada,
barley.
oats.
Avena,
Arroz, rice. Mijo, millet.
Mijo grande, Maiz,
or
*}
del tallo, the joynt of the ft em. Granza, the hujk or chaff. iniian Ralpa de la efpiga, the wheat. heard.
Nudo
Legiimbres,
Alverjon, a great vetch.
Pulfes.
Lanteja, a lentil QdîvTcciZ^^âjort of[ânifo Altramuz, a lupin, peas. Judia, a french bean. Zicerchas, tares. Arvejas, or \ Cafcara, the cod. Guifantes, j-^
*
Haba, a
bean.
HoUejo,
the hujk.
RootSy Plants^ and Herbs. Rayces, Plantas, y Yervas.
Ajenjo, wormwood. 'Apio, fmallage. 'Ajo, garlick.
Coles, coleworts. Berza, cabbage. Repollo, afprout.

Colyflor, coliflower.
Eneldo,
dil.
An IS,
anifeed.
Calabaza,
gourd.
a pumpion or
Armuelles, orachôr golden

flowers.
Aicachofa, an artichoke. Efparago, afparragus.
Pepino, a cucumber, Perexil de la mar, famphire.
Abrotano, fouthernwood. Acelga, while beet, Bledo, a blite.

Borraja, borage,
Maftuerzo, garden
creffes.
Efcalona, afcallion, Efcarola, endive. Efpinaca, fpinage.
Cardo, a thiftle. Zanahorias, carrots,
Hinojo,
fennel,
Voieza,
chervil.
Hongo, a mufhrome.
Chirivia, ajkirret.
dive.
Hoblon, hops. Lechuga, a lettice, Lechuga cerra- 7 cabbage

lettice.
da,(9rMurciana, j Achicoriaj fuccory or en^ Lechuga crefpa,

ktticc,
curl'd
Nabo,
284
-^ J^^'^
turnep.
Span
I s
H Grammar,
ger-
Nabo, a
Genciana, gentian.
Cebolla, an onion, Acetofa, french forrel
Camedreos de agua,
mander,
Romaza,
Perexil,
long forrel
Hierba puntera,
houfeleeh
Azedera, common forrel.

parfle'j.
Vdeno,
henbane.
Puerro, a leek, Verdolaga, purflain, Ruiponces, tampions,
Marrubio, horebound. Matricaria, feverfew, Malvas, mallows.
Xaramago,
Ruqueta,
^''l
^,,^,/,
Corona de rey, melilot. Torongil, balm.

Mercunal, mercury,
l^îl
Ruda,
rue.
Centoenrama, J Salvia, fage, Criadilla de tierra, a trujle Corazoncillo, St. John^s wort, or pignut.
/^
hojas,
.
or 1
.;^
.,
>
milfoil, -'
Marjerdna, fweet marje- Nardoj fpikenard, Oregano, origanum, torn. Tabaco, tobacco, Culantro, coriander. Parietaria, pellitory, Agarico, agarick. Ct^zc2iV2\\o, ground thiflle. Gafete, or \ ^ "^ Dormidera, poppey, itorio, Epatorio, J Perficaria, arfefmart, Acibar, aloes. Pervinca, perwinkle. angelica, Angelica, Rofa montes, piony, celandine, Celidonia,
Betonica, betony,
Llanten, plantain,
Biftorta, hifiort or fnake- Polipodio, polypody.
weed.
Neguilla, Manzanilla, camomile, Culantrillo de pozo, mai- Hierba cidrera, briony. Poleo, penniroyal, den-hair. Eleboro, helebore. Center ia, cent ory, Coloquintida, coloquintida, Ruybarbo, rbeubarb, VerbafcOjOr? wolflade or Sanguinaria, bloodwort. Gardolobo, (greatlungwort. Sanicula, felfheal. Sarazinefca, heart-wort. Hamapola, a poppe-j.
Axenuz.orl ..n , ^^^'M'swort.
Ditamo, ditony. Artadegua, fieahane,

Eleboro, belehore. Tartago, fpurge.
Satyr ion, ragwort,

Saxifragia, faxifrage,
Efcabiofa, fcahious.
Efcamonea, fcammony,
Cebolla
New
Sp
AN
I s
H Grammar.
285
Cebolla albarrana, a wild LinQ, fax. Ceguca, hemlock, onion, halecho, fern. Alforvas, Jenugreek, Palomilla, fuinitory. Hierba cana, ground-fell YizgOydanewortôr dwarf Valeriana, valerian.
Verbena, vervein. Branca urfina, he an foot, Aconito, wolfsbane.

pike. Efpliego, lavender f
elder,
Junco, a
Cerraja,
rufh.
thiflle.
fow
Mand
agora, fnandrake..
Amor
del hortelano, bur-
dock.
Perexil
de agua,
filêftre,
Morella, night fhade. Correhuela, knot grafs. ivater Orriga, a nettle.
parfley.
Tamariz
rijk
Vale fa, pepper wort. tama- Azafran, faffron.
fhrub.
Xabonera, foap-wort.
Alfalfa, darnel
Afarabaca, afarabacca, Calaminto, catmint, Cana, a reed. Doradilla, mules fern. Canamo, hemp.
Albahaca, fweet hafiL Hierbabuena, mint.

Serpol, wild thyme.
Tomillo, thyme.
Flowers.
Vellorita, a cowflip.
Flores,
Jacinto, the hyacinth.
Jafmin, jafmin.
Junqaillo, the junquil.
Ranunculo,
lus.
the ranunca*
Azucena, a
lilly.
Rofa, a
rofe.
Maya, a
daify.
Mara VI 11a, a
marigold.
Tulipan, a tulip. Amaranto,/i?^ velvet flow- Violeta, a violet. er. Aleli, a white violet. Capullo, a rofe- bud. Peonia, a peony.
NarcifTo, the daffodil. CJavel, a pink.
Girafol, the fun-fiower.
Colores,
Colours.
Morado,
colour.
purple.
Color de
colour.
ladriilo,
brick
Color de aurora, aurora

Blanco, white.
Azul, blue. Colombino,
dove-colour.
Limonado,
286
New Spanish Grammar

colour,
Limonado, lemon Amufco, filamot.

lour.
Grana,
fcarlet.
Color de llama, flame

Color de fuego,
lour.
Co
Lconado, tawny. Negro, black.
fire co
Anaranjado, orange colour. Azeitunado, olive colour.
Roxo,
or
Carmefi, crimfon, Pardo, gre'j.

Ceniciento, ajh
colour.
Colorado,
^^'^
Amarillo,
'jellow.
Encarnado,
Virtiides
carnation.
Bermejo, reddijh. Color de rofa, rofe colour, Verde, green. Color de mar, feagreen.
Virtues
y malas Calidades de los Hombres. and Vices^ good and bad âlities
of Men.
Reboltofo, mutinous. Bien criado, well-bred, Cortes, courteous.
Vicios, buenas
Ecatado, cautious.
Dieftro, dextrous.
Docil, docil. Galan, gallant.
Grave,
fiber.
Simple, harmlefs,
Julto, juft.
Agudo,
Vivo,
Jharp.
fprigbtly.
Sutil, fubtil.
Prude nte, difcreet. Defvergonzado, impudent, Fogofo, fiery.

to buf-
Chocarrero, given
foonry,
Impertinente, impertinent
Importuno, tôublefome,
crafty.
Necio,
Aftuto,
foolijh.
Loco, mad.
Maliciofo, malicious
Ligero, light, Defcuidado, carelefs, Temerario, rajh. Afable, affable,
Temerofo,
frighted,
fearful.
Amigable,
to
friendly.
Efpantadizo,
apt
he Bizarro, brave
Charitativo, charitable.
Valerofo, brave,
Cafto,
chafte.
Tonto,
ftupid.
Conftante, conftant,
Fantaftico, fantaftical
Devoto, devout.
Dlligente,
diligent,
Embuftero,
deceitful.
Defatinado, dtjlraêd,
Groffero, clownijh.
Fiel, faithful.
Generofo, generous.
Humilde,
New
Sp
AN
I s
H Grammar,
287
Humilde, bumble.
Mifericordiofo, merciful,
Pacience, patient,
Rabiofo, outragious* Alegre, merry,
Ufano, gay,
Indecifo, irrefolute,
Religiofo,
religious.
Ambiciofo,
ambitious.
Soberbio, proud, Avariento, covetous, Hypocrita, an hypocrite, Cobarde, a coward.
Zclofo, jealous, Adultero, an adulterer, Rufian, a ruffian. Matador, a murderer,
Blafphemaoor, a blafpbc"
mer,
Salteador,^: highzvay-man.
Hjlgazan,
idle,
Altivo, haughty. Chifmoib, a tale-hearer, Aduladcr, a fuitterer, Golofo, a gluiton. DeQeal, faitblefs. Delkgradeciao, ungratefuL Inhum^no, inhumane
Infolente, infolent.
Jurador, a fnearer,
Calamniador, ajlanderer. Murmurador, a cenjurer^ Hechiccro, aforcerer. Trampofo, a cheat, Homicida, a wvrderer,
Inceftuofo, inceftuous,
Luxuriofo, kwd, Porfiado, pofitive. Perezofo, Jlothful Prodigo, prodigal.
Ladron, a thief, Mentirofo, a lyar.

Perjuro, perjured,
Perfido, perfidious,
Vano, vain. Mugeriego, given

men.
Profano, profane,
to
wo- Rebelde, a
Sacrilege,
perfon,
rebel.
facrilegwus
Atrevido,
bold,
Colerico, pajjionate.
Traidor, a traytor.
Partes de
un Relno, Parts of a Kingdom.

Aldea, a
Diftrito,
village.
Provincia, a province. Ciudad, a city, Villa, a fnarket town.
diJiriH,
Partes de
una Ciudad,
City.
,
Parts of a
Cafa, a houfe.
Iglefia,
Tienda, a /hop.
orl Templo, S^
'^"^
.
Palacio,
288
A New Spanish
Grammar,
Palacio, a palace.
Hofpital, an hofpital.
Mercado, a market. Carniceria, the Jhamhles.

crofs
,
Cafa de la villa, or del Encrucijada, a ayuntamiento,/i^/ow- Lonia, orl

houfe.
way.
B61fa,
'^'^
^''^^^W-
Tribunal, acourtofjujlice. Carcel, a prifon. Muros,or K^^ Arfenal, an arfenal ^^^^^ Murallas, | Academia, an academy. Fortificaciones, fortifica* Colegio, a college.
Calle, a ftreet. Callejon, an ally.
iions.
Plazuela, a
lane.
little
market
^^"fj^.rl Callejucia,
j
î""""'-
Of the
De
Nino, a
los
child.
Moradores de
Inhabitants of Cities^ las Ciudades.
El poblacho, or
the mob.
la
plebe,
Muchacho, a hoy. Muchacha, a girl.
Canalla, the rabble.
Ciudadano, a citizen. Oficial, a tradefman. Mecanico, a mechanick, Muger, a woman. Labrador, a peafant. Viejo, an old man. Aldeano, a countryman^ Vieja, an old woman. Decrepito, one that is de- Picaro, a rogue. Efclavo, a Jlave. crepit. Platero, a goldfmith. Coxo, lame of the legs.
Mozo, a youth, Hombre, a man.
Manco, lame
of the hands. Librero, a
hookfeller.
Barbero, a barber. Ciego, blind. ^ Sordo, lame. Mercader de feda, a mercer. Magiftrado, a magtflrate, Noble, noble. Mercader de pane, a woollen -draper. Hidalgo, a gentleman. Caballero, a knight. Mercader de lienzo, ct
Tendero, ajhop-keeper, linnen- draper. Mercader, orN Saftre, a taylor. Hombre de >a merchant. Cofturera, a femjlrefs.
negQcio,
J^
Sombrerero, a hatter. Calcetero, a hofier.

Zapatero,
Ne^)
Spanish
Grammar.
289
Zapatero, a /hoe- maker, Herrero, a fmith.

Albeitar, a farrier, Cei rajero, a lock-fmith,
Juez, a fudge,
CaiceJero, a goalor,
Verdugo,
r^
/
the executioner^
Cerero^ a wax-chandler,
Cjanapcin, or
Lavandera, a
laundrefs.
^ a porter to
\
efpordllero,
| ^n]
botcher^
""
or
Medico, a f byfeci an.
Remendon, a
Cirujano, a furgeon cobler. Charlatan, a mountebank, Tataravuclo, a grandfa^ SacamueJas,(^ tooth drawer. ther's grandfather. Sillero, a fadler, Biflavuelo, a great grand' Carpintero, a carpenter, father,
Peon^ a
labourer,
Avuelo, a grandfather.
Padre, a father,
Albanil, a bricklayer. Pintor, a fainter,
Madre, a mother.
Panadero, a baker,
Hijo, a fon. Carnicero, a butcher, Hija, a daughter, Frutera, a fruiterer, Nietc), a grandfon, Verdulera,tf herb woman, Bifnieco, a great grandfon, Paftelero, a pajlry-cook. Hermano, a brother,
Taberncro, a vintner, Cervezero, a brewer. Mefonero, an inn-keeper, Ventero, the fame, Reloxero, a watchmaker, Pregonero, a cryer^ or hawker, Joyero, a jeweller. Boticarioi an apothecary, Buhonero, a pedlar,
Vidriero, a glazier.
Cunado, a brother in
Padraftro, a
law..
ft ep-father.
Madraftra, a ftepmother, Suegro, the hufhand'i^ or

the wife's father.
Nuera, y^rno,
the wife of the fon.
the hufband of the
daughter,
Primo hermano,
Carbonero, a
collier,
Jardinero, a gardiner,
a coufin german. Tio, an uncle. Sobrino, a nephew. Primo fegundo, a fecond

coufin.
Letrado, a learned man,

or a lawyer.
Marido, an hufhand.
Procurador, afollicitor, Muger, a wife. Abogado, an advocate^ or Novio, a bridegroom. counfellor at law. Defpofado, one betrothed. Ahijado,
_
290

Viudo, a widower,
Hermanodeleche,tf/^7?^*
brother,
Ahijado, a godfon, Padrino, a godfather. Madrina, a godmother. Compadre, an he-gofip.
Niiiodela piedra,^/oiling,
Comadre,
agoffip.
Compaiiero, or la com- Wmo^nûtô^ a falfechild^ Camarada, J panion. Baftardo, a haftard. Donzella, a maiden. Mellizo, a twin. Cofrade, a hr other of the Mugcr cafada, a married
famefociety.
woman.
Cofr2idh^ a guild or fociety. Muger parida, a lying-in woman. Communidad, a company, Âmz^QMchtâwetnurfe, Huerfano, an orphan, Manceba, a lewd miftrefh Soltero, a hatchelor, Ramera, oril ^ , Heredero, an heir, ''^^'''' '| Puta, Tntor, a tutor.
Curador, a guardian.
AHoufe^ and
Cafa, ahoufe.
all that belongs to
it,
Cafa, y todo lo perteneciente a
ella.
El
folar,
the ground the
houfe ftands upon.
An^zon^ an arch' d deling. Boveda, a vault. f Ako decaâ^ a Jiory of a

houfe.
Cimiento, the foundation, Pared, a wall.

Patio, a court,
Efcalera, a flair-cafe.
Fachada,
the front.
alto,
Un
andar or
a floor,
Tejado, a tit'd roof. Puerta, a door. PafTadizo, a pajfage or entry,
Portal, a porch.
Corral, a court-yard. Ventana, a window. Entrefuelo, a low room &r Trafcorral, a hack-yard. floor between the upper Camara, a bed-chamber, and lower that are more Apofento,(?r > ^ chamber Pieza, lofty, J Zaquizami, or cicio, the Quarto, an apartment. deling ; alfo thefpace be^ Anticamara, an anticham* her, iween the deling and the roof of ahoujey anH a Requadra, aback room. Sala, a hall. cock-loft^
Corrcd($r,

Umbral,
ths threjhold,
291
pucrta,
Corredor, a gallery, Retrere, a clofet, Eitudio, a ftitdy,

.
Baftidores de Ja
the frame of the door,
Armario, orl Poll mo, a zvicket. ^^. ^' > a cupboard, ^ ^ ^ ' ^ ., ^ Alazena, J Quicios, or 1 ^ ^^^g^^' Efcaparace, a prefs for Goznes, J
,
.
cloaths^
or the
like.
Cerradura, a
lock,
Guarda roba, a wardrobe, Cerradura de
golpe,
fpriiig-lock, Alcova, an alcove, Candado, a padlock, Defvan, a garret, ^^^'^^^^^ ^^^ ôlt of a Balcon, orl ribalcojn ^* Cerrojo, a bolt. Mirador, j Azutea, the flat roof of an U^lvq^ a key.
lock,
houfe,
Ytnt2ini\l2L,a
cockloft,
little
wwdow
Camaranchon, a
Torre, a tower, Bodega, orl ^ Cueva, J
Repofteria,
r 00771,
the
^^//^^
*
Picaportc, a latch. Tranca de puerta, the bar of a door,
butler*
Guardas de la llTwe, wards of a lock,
the
Defpenfa,^ buttery or pantry.
Cafiuto de Have, the pipe of a key,
Vidriera, the glafs of the
Co z in a,
kit chin,
Caballeriza, the ft able.

Perreria, a dog-kennel,
Palomar, a dove-houfe,
Gallinero, ahen^rooft, Jardin, a garden.
window, Rejas de ventana, the bars of a window. Efcalera de caracol, ^

winding
ft
air -cafe,
Llanos de
efcalera,
the
Parque, a park, Privada, or 1

NecelTaria, J
half pace cf ftairs, Coronilla del edificio, the Grada, orl n ^' -^ top of the ftruûre. Efcalon, j Teja, a tile. Efcalera fecretajî^r^/^/r/.' Pizarra, a fate. "îgî ^ beam,
w*
landing places cf ftairs. Defcanfo de efcalera, the
Ripia, a Jhingle, VJgon, the girder^ or main 'Ala de tejado, the eves of beam, the houfe, Tabla, a board. Canal, the gutter^ Cruzero, a rafter. -
U2
Ladrillo;
292
Pared
-^
1^^'^^
brick.
Spanish
main
the
bed,
Grammar.
hafes
Ladrillo, a
wall,
Rodapies, the
the
of the
maeiti'a,
Tapere, a
carpet.
Savanas, Jheets. Frazadas, blankets. party -wall. Pared de cal y canto, a Covertor, the counterpane, Almohadas, pillows. wall of lime andftone. Tabique,^ lath andplaifter Tapiceria, iapejlry. Pintura, or quadro, a partition,
Pared de en medio,
Cal, lime or
plalfter,
pi5iure.
Efpejo, a looking-glafs. ArgamafTa, mortar, Encoftradura de pared, Candelero, a candleftick.

the plaijier of
a wall,
y eflb, very fine white lime.

Jaloegue, white-wafJj.
Defpaviladeras, fnuffers, Arana, a branch to hold
many
Yefca,
candles.
tinder.
Mefla, a Banco, a
Silla,
table.
Pajuela, a match. bench. Pedernal, a flint. a chair. Silla de brazos, j arm^ Eflabon, the fteel
chair.
fire.
to Jlriks
Taburete, a chair with a Orinal, a chamber-pot. Coichon, a quilt to lye on, hack. Sitidl.aftoolwithoutaback. Colcha, a quilt to lay o?i
Banquillo, afiool.
the bed,
Caxa, a box. Cama de campo, a fieldÂrca, or arcon, a chefl. bed. Caxon, a cafe of drawers, Teftera de cama,/^^ bed^sdrawer. Tirador, a head. Efcritorio, a cabinet. Colunas de cama, the bedbed. Cama, a pofts. Lecho, the part of the bed
Catie, a couch.
Xergon, afiraw-bed. maderage Eftera, a mat. Calentador de cama, de cama, a bed/lead. warming pan. Cielo de la cama , the bed's Chimenea, a kitchen. tefter.
that
is
laid on.
Armadura,
or
Cortinas de cama,t^rf-r//r. Refpiradero, or canon de chimenea, the funnel of tins,

the chimney,
Morillos,
'
A
Tenazas,
New Span
tongues.
I s
H Grammar,
hdtcket
293
or pail*
Morillos, andirons,
Fuelles, bellows,
Herrada, a
Cubo, a
tub,
?
,
Lcxia, or
Pala, or badil, a Jhcvel,
Guarda fuego, a fkreen. Urgador, atifador, a p- Levadura,

ker,
Colada,| Xabon, foap,
^^'^'
leaven.
Kodilladecozina, a
kit chin cloth,
coarfs
'011a, a pttage.pot,
Tapadera,
'
the pot-lid.
Salvados, bran. Elcaifador, achafing-dijh. Artefla, a tray, Trevedes, a trevet, Mantelcs, table-cloth, Hornillo, ajlove. Servilleta, a napkin, Homo, an oven, Aguamanil, an ewer, Sarten, a frying-pan, Almofia, a bafon, Cazo, afauce-pan. Toalla, a towel, Cazuela, a little pan, Platillos, plates, Efcumedera, ajkimmer, Cuchillo, a knife.
Parrillas, a gridiron,
Afa, the ear of the pt. Puchero, a pipkin, Cucharon, a ladle, Caldera, a kettle,
Eftropajo, a dijh- clout, Pala del horno, the peel
for the oven,
Harina,
vieal.
Tenedor, a fork,
fait,
dijh,
Coladero, a cullander, or Salero,

Jlreiner,
Plato, a
Cedazo, afieve, Rallo, a grater, Aguja de mechar, a

ing- pin,
Efcudilla, a porringer,
Cuchara, a fpoon,
lard- Tajador, a chopping-block,
Jarro, a mug.
AfTador, a fpit, Azeitera, or 7 ^,_
Taza, a cup or
7
dijh,
^.
Sal villa, afalver,
Flafco, a fiafk^ or bottle. Vinagera, a cruet, Vidrio, a glafs, Almirez, a metal mortar, Mondadientes, a tooths Mortero, ajlone mortar, picker, Mano de mortero, a peftle, Mayordomo, ajleward, Brafcrillo, a chafing- di/h, Trinchante, a carver,
Redoma,
a vial,
Secretario, afecretary,
Sumiderp, a fink,
Cantaro, a ptcber.
Carnarero, a chamberlain^
or valet de cha^^bre.
U3
Defpenfero,
294
New Span isH Grammar.

fala,
Defpenfero, a caterer^ or Maeftre

clerk of the kitchen,
a fewer^
Capellan, a chaplain,
Limofnero, an almoner. Page, a page, Lacayo, a footman, Cochero, a coachman,
Bodeguero, a butler, Repoftero, a butler, Halconero, a falconer* Cozinero, a cook, Galopin, a fculUon, Portero, a porter.
Cafcro, or huefped, du-^ the landlord. eno,or amoi
Muzo de C2ih2\\osâgroo?n.
Caballerizo, a gentleman
of the horfe,
Copero, a cupbearer.
de
la cafa.
Of Country Affairs, De las cofas del Campo.

Alqueria,
a country
or Raftrillo, the harrov;.
farm
houfe.
Sembrador, a fower,
Efcardador, a weeder, Rozador, a weeding-hook, ^ Segador, a reaper, Vaquero, J Guadana, a fey the, or la fwineporquero, Trillo, a flail, herd. porquerizo, _f Horca, a fork. Paftor, afhepherd, Vieldo, a winnowing fan. ûrron, a fcrip, Ca^y Mo, afhepherd- s crook. Pefcador, affher.man Red barred era, a drag-net. Honda, a fling. Vara, or caaa para pefcar^^ or > j. Ortelano, \ a oar diner. T J- > a fifhing rod. Jardinero, ) ^ Sedal de la cana, a fifhinga ditcher, Cavador,
Quintero, a farmer
Vinadiro, a
"vine dreffer,
line,
^^radorj
or
la
1
plough-
Labrador, J Arado, a plough.

Efteva-, or
man.
Anzuelo, a fifhing-hooK Cazador, a huntfman. Cebo, ci bait, Liga, birdlime,

Jaula, a cage.
Manzera, j Kejadel arado,

fhars.
1 a day la-; hourer, Jornaiero, J illherp, a keeper of affes, c^ plough-^
a plough Qbrero, or
handle,
"
Hombrc
A
Hombre

del
295
ar^-
campo,
a Bobeda de parras, an
hour.
country-man.
Campo
que defcanfa,
a Laberynto, a
lahyrinlb.
Gruca, a grotte. Tierra cntre los fulcos, a Cafcada, a cafcade, ridge, Fucnte, a fountain. Sulco, a furrow, Chorro de dgua, awater* Trigo en hierba, green fpout. corn, Pilon de fuente, the vafs Tierra inculca, land not of a fountain,
fallow-field,
tilled, Encaniido,(?r7 Monte, or 1 a bill, or aqueducto.r""^"''^"''^* Montana, J :} mountain, Hortaliza, all forts of
,
Cuefta,
(^r
.-.w
r-.
berhag\e.
Collado, J Cerro, a rifing ground, Valle, a valley. Abifmo, a bottomlefs pit. Zanja, a ditch.
*^^c ^^'^'.
pi^nta, ^ //^/. Camino real, thehigb-way^
Senda, orl Vereda, |

Pifada,
f7r
^
^
P^^^^'
.
1
^^''
Languna, a
lake, or marfb.
Raftro, j
Llanura, a plain,
Cavalgadura, a
heafi
for
Roca, J Penafco, a great rock. Defpenadero, a precipice. Bofque, aforejl, Efplanada, a curious plain, Mata, a thicket, Zarza, a bramble, Efpina, a thorn. Prado, a meadow. VtvgSl, a gardenia bower, Hucrta, an orchard.
Carreca, a waggon. Carro, a cart, Rueda, a wheel. Ray o de rueda, the f poke of a wheel, Llantas, or 7 the felloes of
Cambas,
Cubo de
J the wheel. m^ddi^tbe nave of

the axle-
the wheel 'Exe de rueda,

tree.
Jardin, a garden, Eftaca, or 1 the pin of a Êra de jardin, a bed in a Clavo, J wheel, garden, CaleiTa, a calocbe or cbaife^ Glorieta de jardin, a bed Litera, a borfe litter.
of flowers,
/
Andas,
thefhafts.
Almaciega J a feed-plot^
C6che,c?r carroza, a coach.
U4
Railra,
296
^^^^
a
-^
Spanish
"^
Grammar-,
Raft ^^/>.^^l Narria, J

Cefta, Z'^^/.
Bolfa, a purfe,
fledge.
Saco,
^M-
Canada, a flajket.
Efpiierta, a dirt-bajket,
Maleca, a portmanteau, Talego, ^ bag,

Valija, a cloak- hag.
Cherrion, a dung- cart. Banafta, a great hamper.

Alfqja, a wallet.
Zurron, a budget or f crip.

Religion.
^be Churchy and Tubings pertahiing ta Iglefia, y cofas Religiofas.
Nave
de iglefia, the a church.

the dome.
ifleof
Miflal, a mafs-hook.
Soiana, a
cajfock.
Cimborio,
Pinaculo, a pmiacle.
Ghoro,
Capill'ii
the choir.
o.
chapel.
Atr il, a
dijl.
Sobrepdiiz, afurplice. Roquete, a Jhort furplice. Bone re, a cap. Mitra, a miter. BacuiO, a crofter.
Patriarcha, a patriarch.
Sacriftia, the vcftr^.
Gam pan a,
Arzobifpo, an (irchbifljopo Obifpo, a bijhop. Badajo, the clapper of the Obifpado, a bifhoprick. Diocefis, a diocefe. bell. Pila de bautizar, the font. Coadjutor, a coadjutor. Sufraganeo, a fuffragan, Ifopo, afprinkler.
Campanario,
a
the belfry
bell.
ConkKiomiioâ confej/wn- Sacerdote, a

feat.
pHeft.
Sacerdocio, pripflhood. Tribuna, a tribune^ or gal- Diacono, a deacon. Subdiacono, a fubdeacon, lery.
CimenteriQ,
yard.
the
church-
Ac6\ytOy0ne ihatferves th$

prieft at the altar.
Leftor, a reader. Clerigo, a clergyman, Altar, an altar. Prelado, a prelate. JF rental, an antipendlum. the ta- Abad, an abbot. Tabernaculo,(;r \ \hernacle, AbadefTa, an abbefs, Sagrario, Abad fa, an abbey. P^ljOs a canopy. ântcl del dXtkr^the altar- Canonigo, a canon. Deiin, a dean, "(loiL Prevdftes
Ofiiario, the charnel
New Spanish
an
Grammcuc.
leJfon
297
Prevofte, a provoft,
Leccion, a
Archidiacono,
arch- Verfecc, a verfe,
Sermon, a fermort. deacon. Meditacion, ?nedilatwn. Precentor, a precentor, Mae (Ire de choro, the ma- Oracion voc.^l, vocal prayi'
fter of the choir,
er.
Cantor, a fining- man, Sac rift a n, /^^ veftr'^ keeper,
Oracion
prayer.
jnental,
mental
Vvthtn^-ado^ a prebendary, Predicar, to preach, C\ir2i.,the parfon of a parijh, Hacer el catechifmo, to catechize, Parochia, a parijh, Enterrar, or^ Vicario, a vicar, ,
Oficial,
an
official,
fepultar,
'^'
Promotor, a proElor, Excommunion, excommu^ mcation. Encomienda,^ thing given in commendam, Sufpenfion, fufpenjion, Entredicho, an interdi5f^ Bautifmo, haptifm,
Confirmacion,
(ion.
confirma- Irregularidad, irregularity.
Defcomulgar,
municate.
to
excom^
Matrimonio, matrimony, Comulgar, to receive the

holy facrametit,
Iglefia cathedral,
a catbe*
dral church.
Ceremonia, a ceremony, Rubrica, the rulrick,

Ritual, a ritual,
ÔrdtntsiîCroSyholy orders Conventual, the church of a monaftery,
Vz-xxocWulâ parijh church.
Adviento,
vent.
the time of ad-
Oficio divino, divine fervice,
Pfalterio, the pfalter,
Quarefma, the lent, Temporas, ember-week:.

Vigilia, an eve,
Pfalmo, a pfalm, Antiphona, an antiphon,
Ayuno,
afafi,
things relating to War, Cofas tocantes a la Guerra.

Artilleria,
artillery^
or Canon, a cannon,
Boca de cafion, the mouth Pieza de artilleria,^ canon, of the gun, 'Tvtndt^mWtxidi^ths train Fogon, the touch-hole,
great guns.
of artillery,
Culka
298
New Span
I s
H Grammar.
Culata del cznonîhe hreech Lanza, a lance. Alabarda, an halbard. of the gun, Carreton de canon, a car- Partelana, a partefan. Pica, a pike, riage of a great gun.
Cargar, to load, Apuntar, to level

Difparar,
Jhot.
to fire.
Alfange, a cy miter. Efpada, a fword, Purio de la efpada,

canon--
the
Tiro de canon, a
handle of the fword. Porno de la efpada, the
Defmontar un canon,
difinount
a gun,
to
Enclavar un caiion, up a gun,
pommel of the fword, Guarnicion de efpada, the nail hilt of the fword.
to
La
hoja, the blade.
a poniard, Bayoneta, a bayonet. Daga, a dagger, Pedrero, a patterero, Caiion entero, a whole Yelmo, a whole helmet. Celada, the fame, cannon. Medio canon, a half can- Morrion, a morrion,
Gulebrina, a cuherin, Falconete, a falconet,
Puiial,
non,
Vifera,
helmet,
the vizor of
an
Petardo, a petard, Bomba, a homh. Mortero, a ^nortar-plece, Granada, a granade, Molquete, a mujkei, Carabina, a carbine,
Gorjal, the gorget.
Peto, a breafl 'plate. Coraza, a cuirafs, Efpaldar, the back-plate. CofTelete, a corflet.
Bracelete, armour for the
Efcopeta, a fire-lock,
Fiftola, apiftol,
arms,
Eala, ahullet, Polvora, powder,
Efcarcclon,
armour from
for
the
the wafle to the thighs,
Mecha,
match,
Grevas, greaves
thighs,
Pedernali a flint, Fiecha, an arrow, Dardo, a dart, J.ivalina, a boar-fpear, Honda, a fling, 'Arco, a bow, Maza de armas, a battle-
Inojeras, armour for the

knees*
Broquel, a luckier.
Efcudo, afJfield, Adarga, a target. Cota de malka a coat of maih

General,

Centinela, afentinel
lieu-
299
van-*
General, a general Teniente general, a

tenant-general,
Avanguardia,
guard,
the
Sargento mayor de batalla, a major 'general Maeflre de campo, or coronel, a colonel. Sargento mayor, a major, Capitan, a captain, Teniente, a lieutenant. Corn eta, a cornet, Alferez, an enfign, Sargento, aferjeant, Cabo de efqiiadra, a corporal.
Cuerpo de
batalla,
th^
main body of the army.

Retaguardia. the rear.
Cuerpo de
referva,
the
corps de referve,
Cuerpo de guardia,
corps de guard.
the
'Ala, the wing of an army.

Batallon, a batallion,
RegimientOjCr? \^^'^''^'^^^* Tercio,
Tropa de caballos, a
a brigadier,
of horfe,
troop
Quad rill ero,
Soldado, afoldier, Caudillo, a leader ^ or commander, Tambor, a drum, Pifano, a fife, Trompeta, a trumpet, Atabal, a kettle-drum, Soldado de acaballo, a
de infanteria,^ company of foot. Hilera, a rank. Fila, a file, Efquadron, a fquadron^ Mochillero, afoldier^s boy. Bagage, the baggage, Vivandero, afutler.
Compama
trooper, Partida, a party, Soldado de apie, a foot' Conedovts^theforlornhope

foldier.
Batidores, difcoverers,
dragoon,
Dragon, a
Murallas,
or >
Piquero, a pikeman. Muros, \ Mofquetero, a mufketeer. Almena, a battlement. Efcopetero, afufiiier. Parapeto, the parapet. Infante, a foot foldier. Caftillo, a caftle. Infanteria, the infantry, Fuerte, a fort. Caballeria, the cavalry. Fortaleza, a fortrefs,
Artillero, a gunner,
Fortificacion,
tion,
'^^^^'-
fortified
Bombardero,^
bombardier,
Ingeniero, an ingeneer.
Minero, a
miner,
Torre, a tower. Ciudadela, a citadeL

Baftion, a baflion. Cortina^
paftadorj a pioneer^
300
Media

Contramarcha, a countermarch,
Cortina, a curtin.
luna, an half-moon,
Tronera, a loop'hole, Efcaramuza, ajkirmijb. Terrapleno, a rampart. Batalla, a battle. Cabailero, a cavalier^ or Sitio, a ftege,
mount, Rebelin, a ravelin,
Contraefcarpa,^^^ counter[carp,
Quartel, quarter,
Encamifada, a camifade^
orfurprize,
Barrera, a harrier,
Salida, a fall^. Batir, to hatter,
Falfabraga, afaujfe-hra'j, Brecha, a breach. Foflb, the ditch, Efc^^lada, an efcalade, Repecho, a breaji-tvork, A^T^ko, an ajfault or attack. Llamada, the chamade, Gurica, a fentinel^s boD^, CafeTaca,^ cafemate, Capitulacion, a capitulaGaleria,
or
i
.,
tion,
/ ^ Corredor, 5 Eftrada cubierta, the covered way, Cefton, a gabion. Eftaca, a palifade, Reduto, a redoubt. Atalaya, a place for difcoveryôrtheperfonthat
is
Guarnicion, a garrifon,
Tocar
la caxa,
to heat the
drum,
Levantar gente,
men,
to raife
Pagar
el
fueldo, to pay the
men,
Batir la eftrada, to fcour
the country,
to difcover,
Manta, a mantlet^ or cover Lev :.icar el skio, to raife the feige, for men from the fhot, Fagina, fafcines, Marchar a vanderas de{pleg^dsiS^ to march witb Mina, a fnine,
Contr3.n]in?iâ countermine.
flying colours.
Trinchera, a trench. El real, the camp.

Vituallas, provijions,
Reforzar
el exercito,/^ re-^
inforce the
army.
to
Tocar a recoger, Municiones, ammunition. a retreat,
found
Vifono, afrefh water foU Entregar una plazaj/^yr* diir, render a place. Picorero, a marauder.
A New Spanish
El 'Ano y
'Ano, a year.
Grammar,
301
The Tear, and Us Parts.

fus Partes,
Manana,
the morning.
Mes, a month.
Semana, a week, Dia, a day, Noche, a night.
T'he
Tarde, the evening. Hora, an hour, Minuto, a minute.
Momento, a moment.
Months.
Los Mefes.
Enero, January.
Febrero, fehruary, Marzo, march. Abril, april. Mayo, may.
Junio, June,
Julio, July.
Agofto,
auguft,
Setiembre,
feptemher.
06lubre, oBober^
Noviembre, novemher; Deciembrc, decemier.
^he Days of the Week. Dias de la Semana.
Domingo,
funday.
Lunes, monday,
Martes, tuefday, Miercoles, wednefday.
Jueves, thuffday. VierneSj friday,
Sabado, faturday.
Navegacion.
Navio,
nao,
or 1
Navtgatwu
Frag'.ta, a frigate.
nave, or
>a Jhip,
J
guerra, a
Saica, a faick,
Caraca, a carrack.
Navio de
Navio
man
Fufta, afoift,
Pinaza, a pinnace, of war, mercantil, a mer- Barca de paffage, aferr^^

boat,
chant-Jhip,
Navio
ligero, a light vej-
Canoa, a
canoe.
fel for failing,
Galera, a galley, Galeaza, a galeafs. Galeon, a galleon.
Piragua, a piragua. Gondola, a fort of boat fo

called,
Efquife, ajktff,
Gakota, a
galliot.
Barqucta,
^02
A New
ori
J
Spanish
fail.
Grammar.
Barqueta,
îQr,f"
Vela del trinquete5//6^/(?rd'Vela cevadera,

/^<?
Barquilla,
Balfa, afloat.
f^rit"
Capitana real,/^<? admiral. fail. Almiranta, the vice-admi- Vela latina, a fhoulder of mutton faiL ral, Armada> a navy of men of Remo, an oar. Pah de remo, the blade of war. the oar, Flota, a fleet of merchants. Troneras, the port- holes. Efquadra, a fquadron.
Abordo, aboard, Popa, the poopyorflern.

Proa, the prowy or head. Tartdna, a tartan. Bergantin, a hrigantin. Navio de fuego, afirejhip, Patache, a patach. Feluca, a felucca, Barca, a hark. Barco, or\ ,
^
Batel,
5
Empavefadas, the nettings^ Gallardete, a pendant. Vanderola, a flag. Vandera, the colours.
Bruxula, the compafs. Punta de la proa^Jhe fler;js Puente, the deck. Cubierta, the fame.
Tilla, the hatches.
Bancos
de
galera,
the
Sentina, the well.

l.aftre,
ballafl.
^f,
thaughts of a galley. Timon, the helm.
Quilla, the
"""fi'
keel.
Maftil, or} .,^ '^' 'Arbol, I

mafl.
fAncorsi^ an anchor.
Am^rra,
or >
3
Ârbol mayor, the
fnain-
Maroma,
^^j^^_
Lj'. gabia, the round top. Tiinquete, the forc'maft. Gu^Lvdnnytheboat-fwain, Quilla del arbo], the flep Marinero, afailor. Forzados, or 1 of the mafl. u p^.^. Galeotes, S^ ^ Entena, a yard. Efpalder, the hindermofl Vela, a fail. rower in a gaily. Vthma.yorythe main-lheet. Vela de gabia, the top-fail. Vogavante, the fore-man
-^
Sonda, the founding lead. Piloto, a pilots or mafter.
Perroquete, the top-gallant
in rowing. in
Comitre, the boQt-fwain fail. a gaily. Vela mefana, the mizzen

fail.
Coffino;
A
Coffario,
Pirata,
New Spanish
^^\ ^
5
Gra??mar.
303
^^
i)-rate
'
^^^"^^ a calm.
Viento en popa, tbe wind

full aftcrn,
Camara
grande, ihe great

tempejl,
cahhin,
Coger
cl
viento, to ply to
to^
Tormenta, a
windward.
Îr a la bolina,
Borrafca, aJior?n. Bonanza, fair weather,
ply
and
tack upon a wind.
Algunas Sentencias, y Refnines Efpanoles,

So^ne Spanijld Sentences^
and
Proverbs.
vino, y ami- ^^\lL^wineând a friend^ go, antiguo. ihe older the better. ^ Aunque Teas prudente vie- nough you be a difcreet old jo, no defdenes el conman, do 'not difdain to be
AZeite,
\^
fejo.
advifed,
Aunque compuefta la men- Alê

tira^fiempre es vencida.
difguifed.is
though never fa well always worfied.

you cloatb a monkey
isfull
Aunque
viftais a la
mona Though
that
de feda,
mona fe
queda.
infilkît
is^
there is no
a monkey ; making
a filk purfe ofafow's ear.
'Afno de muchos, iobos de comen,
An afs that has many mafler%

is
devoured by the wolves

is,
is
that
nefs
every bodies bufi^ 7W bodies bufinefs.
rio
rebueko, ganancia
//
is
befl
fifmng in troubled
de pefcadores. waters. Aquella es bien cafada. She iswell marrfd^whohas que ni tiene fuegra, ni neither mother^ nor fifler
cuiiada.
in law.
Aquien
dices tu puridad.
When
a efte das tu libertad.
you entruft one with your fecret, you give up
your
liberty.
Aquellos fon ricos, que They are tienen amigos, frimdi.
rich
who have
A quien
304
J^^'^
Spanish GrammaK
A quien no le fobra
A A
el pan. He that has not bread tS ne crie can. fpare^piuft not keep a dog. Beggars muft not be choofersi quien dan, no efcoge.
padre guardador, hijo

galiador.
fu pareja.
nigardly father
has a
prodigal fon.
Cada oveja,con
Alljhould match with their

equals,
/Ande yo
caliente,
riafe So 1 keep m-jfelf
la gente.
warm^ no matter ifpeople laugh at

vie,
/Antes que
lo
te cafes,
que haces.
mira Mind what you do you marry ; that

before you leap,
before
isy
look
Amigo
Amigo
del buen tiempo,

el
Afair weather friendJurns
with the wind, quebrado, aunque Friendfhip thdt has been broken.may be patched up, foldado, nuncaesfano.
viento.
hit will never be found,
mudafe con
Amigo
de uno, enemigo Be a friend but to one^ and an enemy to none, de ninguno, lo que puedes fdlo, lid When you can do a thing
,
efperes a otro.
yourfelfy
do not wait for
another.
Al defdichado,p6co le vale
fer esforzado.
If a
man is unfortunateît ahim

little to
vails
be brave,
Allegatc a los buenos, y Keep good company ^ and yoH will be one of them, feras uno dellos. hombre ofado, la for- Fortune favours the bold, Al tuna le da la mano. good man reckons all Al buen varon, tierras countries his own, ajenas patria le fon. Al agradecido, mas de lo Give a grateful man more pedido. than he ajks, Al villano dadle el pie. Give a clown an inch, and he will take an ell, tomarafe la mano. Al que da el capon, dale Ifonegivesyouacapon^give himtheleg^ and the wing. la pierna, y el alon.
Al que
iBofa,
tiene
muger
caftillo
her-
He that has a beautiful wife^

or a caftle on thefrontiers, or
en
frontcra,
A
rera,

le
305
frontera, 6 vina en car-
or a vineyard upon the

road^
is
nunca
falta
never without
guerra.
quarrels.
caballo dado, no le Dq ?wtJcok a gift horfe in miren el diente. they?iouth. Burlaos con el afno, dares Play with an afs^ and heHl ha en la barba con el flap you on the face with
rabo.
his tail
No jeftingwitb
is
fools.
Buen
prlncipio, la
me tad
ni lo
j^ good beginning
half the
es hecha.
work
done,
Bocado de mal pan,

comas,
can.
ni lo des
Do
not eat
a tu
breads nor give

dog.
a morfel of had it to your
Bocado comido, no gana What is eat en gains no friend, Paft favours forgotten. amigo. Bien a ma, quien nunca ^hat^s a true lover ^ that
olvida.
never forgets.
el
Bien fabe
fabe,
fabio que no
A wife man
is
fenfihle of his
el
necio
pienfa
ignorance^
a fool thinks
que fabe. himfelf wife. Beftia que anda llano, para / would have a beaft that carries eafy for myfelf^not mi me la quiero no para mi hermano, for 7ny brother every one loves the be for bimflf ft Cria Cuervo, y facarte ha Breed up a crow^ and he* II
-,
el ojo.
pull out your eyes.
Con
rocin, y florin Latin ^ a nag.^ and money andaras el mundo. will carry you through
latin,
the world.
Cobra
fama, y Get a good name^ and you echate en la cama. may lye abed. Cortesia dc boca mucho Goodwcrds are worth much, vale, y poco cuefta. and coft little. CantariUo que muchas ve- ^he pitcher that goes often ces va a la fuente, 6 to the well, comes home
buen a
dexa
la afa,
la frente.
broke at
laft.
Cada
gallo
canta en fu Every cock can crow on his
muladar,
own dunghih
X*
Canta
3o6
Canta

y no
tiene ^hefrogfmgs^ and
neither hair, nor
'jet
la rana,
has
pelo, ni lana.
wooU ^he poorefi people are

merry,
built,
Cafa labrada, y vina plantada,
^ boufe ready
When
is
and a
vineyard ready planted^ I. e. they are heft to buy.

the wine
is
Do
entra el beber, fale el

fueres,
in^the wit
faber.
out.
Per donde
haz When you are

Ltduftry avails
cut fortune.
at
como
vieres.
as they do at
Rome, Rome.
do
Do Do
falta
dicha, por
dcmas
little
with*
es diligencia.
fuerza viene, derecho Might overcomes right.
fe pierde.
Dicen que eres bueno, êy fay you are a good man, but put your hand mete la mano en tu
feno.
into
confult
ence.
your hofom ; that isy your own confci'
Dolor de efpofo, dolor de codo, duele mucho, y

dura poco.
A hujband^s
a pain
forrow
is
like
in the
elbow,very
De amigo
diablo.
Jharp, but foon over, reconciliado, Never truft a reconciled
guardate del
como
del
friend any more than you
would the
deliver
devil.
Del agua manfa me guarde God

dios, que de la brava
me from a ftill
yo me
fabre guardar.
water, for 1 will deliver myfelffrcm that which is rough 5 alluding to the
De
tempers of people, luengas vias, luengas Long travels produce great

lies,
mentiras.
un hombre necio, a fool fometimes gives good advice. veces buen confejo. Defpues de defcalobrado, ô break a man's head, and then give him a plaifter. untar el cafco. Del loco, porrada, 6 mala From a madman you may ex*
paldbrao
pe5i a blowôr
ill
De
language.
Mas
A .New
Mas
vale
Spanish
cada
^6.:,^-
Grammar,
3 07
is
un toma, que yl
^'' :/
band,
worth
dos e dare.
two
in the bujjj,
/)^fii/j/^
Deipues de beber,
have drunk^
uno dice fu p^rcccr. Defpues de comer, dormir ; defpues de cenar,

paflbs mil.
they are open hearted.

/1ft
n- d'lmer /Jeep a while
after fuj}per
walk a
mile,
Debaxo de buen fayo, el hombre malo.

el fuelo,
efta
A good
Do
not
looks
coat often covers a
wicked fellow,
trufl
t>t quien pone los qjos en
a
:
man
that
that
no
les
tu di-
on the ground with

is,
nero.
your money
hypocrite,
an
Guardate, de hombre que Take heed of a man that does not talk^ and of a no habla, y de can que
no ladra. Echar el mango

ftral.
dog that does not hark,

tras el
de- To throw
the helve after
the hatchet,
'Echate a enfermar, y fa- Take your led, as if yott were fick^ and you will bras quien tequierebien, know who does, and who quien mal. y
does not love you.
El
dar limofna,
nunca Giving alms never

flock.
lejfens t hi
mengua
la bolfa.
fi
El perezofo
empre
es
Afloathful
needy.
man
is
always
menefterofo.
El avariento rico,notiene pariente ni amigo. El bobo

^\
covetous rich
neither
friends.
man has
nor
pajfes
relations,
es callado,
por
A fool that fays
little
for a wife man. El que tiene tejados de vi- He whofe houfe f covered drio, no tire piedras al with glafs^muft not throw de fu vezino. flones at his neighbours. El huefped, y el pece, a guefl andfifh flinks when
fefufo es reputado.
f
tres dias, hiede.
kept three days.
El
harto del ayuno,

iiv'ne
no He
that
is
full,
duelo alguno,
'paffton
on
hasnocom^ him thai is
falling,
El
3o8
El dar
A
es

el
honor, y
es el
pela
//
dir dolor.
is an honour to give^ and a trouble to ajk. is
El hombre
miiger
el
fucgo,
Man
fire ^
and woman
is
la eftopa,
viene
diablo y fopla.
tow^ the devil comes and Hows,
El viejo en fu tierra, y el mozo en la ajena, mienten de una manera. El lobo harto fe mete
fraile.
An old man in his own ând

y oung
man in another coun^
try, are both lyars alike.
was fick^the monk would be\ when the devil was welly the devil a monk was he. En tal figno naci, que / was born under fuch a planet, that I have more quiero mas para mi que
the devil
devil a
When
para
ti.
kindnefsfor
my
is
[elf
than
the
for you.
En
cafa llena
prefto
fe
When
the houfe
full,
guifa la cena. Fortuna, y azeituna,
fupper is foon drefs^d, a Fortune, and olives fometimes come in a glut, and veces, mucha, a vcces fotnetimes none at all, ninguna. Gato efcaldado, del agua The burnt child dreads the
frh ha miedo.
fire,
Humo,
*y muy gatera, ger parlera, echan el
A fmoaky
coming
doors,
houfe,
in,
the rain
hombre de
era.
fu cafa fu-
and a fcolding wife, turn a man out of
Hijo malo, mas

liente
vale do-
A wicked fon
a
is
better fick
que lano.Juras del que ama muger, no fe han de creer.
than in health,
l!he oaths of one that loves
woman
are net to be
regarded.
Los
ninos de pequenos. Children muft be chaflifed when they are little, for que no hai caftigo deit is afterwards too late. para ellos. fpues
Lo
que los ojos no ven. What the eye does not fee^ the heart does not rue. corazon no deffea. yerros del medico, The earth hides the mijlakes Los
la tierra los cubre.
X
ofphyftcians,
Lo
A
Lo
cielo.
309
que no quieres para ti, Bo as jou would be doneh^. no lo quieras para mi. La oracion breve fube al yl fiort pra)er reaches
heaven.
aplace,
La
traicion
el
mas We
love the treafonjjut not
que la hace. La muger compuella a fu marido quita de puerta

ajena.
no
the traitor.
^ wife
well drejfed keeps
her hujhand from running to other women.
La
llora,
viuda rica, con un ojo y con elocro rey

el
rich
widow weeps with

and laughs with
one ey^
pica.
the other.
La muger,
vino, fa-
can al hombre de tino. Mula, que hace hin,y muger que park latin,
Women and wine^ make a man mad.
A mule
that kicks^
and a
woman
th at peaks latin
never come to a good end, nuncahicieron buen fin. Muger, viento, y ventura Women, wind^ and fortune^
prefto fe
muda.
are given to change.
Mucho
Muger
sabe la rapofa, pe- The fox is very cunnings but he is more cunning that ro mas el que la toma.
catches her,
placera, de todos
A gojfiping woman talks

all people^
of
and all of her, Mucho fabia el cornudo, The cuckold was very fuhtle, pero mas el que fe los hut he was more crafty
dice,
y todos
della.
pufo.
that cuckolded hiin.
Mete
el
ruin en tu pajar, Let a fcoundrel into your
y quererte ha heredar.
barn,
and he
will con-
trive to he your heir.
Mas
Mas
vale favor,
que ju- Favour

juflice
goes farther
than
hegy
flkia, ni raz6n.
and
reafon.
vale pedir, y
men-
//
is
better to ajk
to
and
digar, que en la horca
than
lows.
fwing on the galill
pernear.
Mai me
quieren mis commadres, porque digo
My gojfips bear me
becaufe
will^
I fpeak
the truth,
las verdadcs.
Mas
310 Mas

//
is
vale guardar, que demandar. Mas vale mala avenencia, que buena fentencia.
better
to he
/parings
better
than
to beg.
is
^ bad compofttion
jnent,
than a favourable judg-
Mas
fabe
el
loco en fu
^ mad man knows

buftnefs
his
own
a
has
cafa,
que
el
cuerdo en
better
than
la ajena.
wife
man
does another* s.
Mas
vale a quien diqs ayuda, que el que mucho
He
thrives better
who
madruga.
God's bleffmg^ than be that rifes earl'j,
Nunca
tu
efperes,
lo
amigo
quo
que haga Never expe^ sour friend to do that which you can do tu puyourfelf.
dieres.
No es nada,
tan a
fino que
ma- The matter

hufband.
is
not
much
but
mi marido.
that they are killing
my
No hai mejor maeftra,que

neceflidad
No hai mal
como no
el
y pobreza.
There is no better miflrefs than neceffity and want.
tan Jaflimero,
tener dinero.
No
No
calamity fo grievous^ as.
to be
bit
without money.
fo fweet
isjlollen.
No hai mejor
hurtado.
bocado, que
as that
which
No
hai peor fordo, que el None fo deaf as he that will not bear, que no quiere oir. girl^ a vineyard^ agarNina, viiia, peral, y haden of peas ^ and a field bar, malos fon de guardar. of beansy are bard to be
kept,
Ni
por cafa, ni por viHa, no tpmes muger ximia.
Bo
an a vineyard take a monkey wife \ that

not for the fake of
houfe^ or of
No
%$y deformed. hai fabado fin fol, ni There is no faturday without fome funfhine, nor viejo fm dolor, ni mo-
cfca iin arrebol.
an
old
man
nor
without an
young a a charm.
ailing^
tvencb without
A
Ni
Ni
311
de eftopa, buena ca- ^bere is no having a good Jhirt of tow^ .o- a good mifa ; ni de puta, bucna amiga. friend of a whjê,
cavalgues en potro, ni muger alabcs a otro.
firmes carta
veas.
Do
not ride upon a colt^ nor
tu
prajfe 'sour wife to ano-
Ni
ther man. que no Neverfign any writingwith^

out reading^vor drink wa*
ter without looking into
it,
Leas,ni bebasaguaque
no
Ni
a rico debas, ni a p6-
bre promecas.
Never owe f?ioney to a rich man^nor promife any thing
to a poor one, Necios, y porfiados hacen Tooh^ and ohjlinate people
ricos los letrados.
enrich lawyers,
Oveja que
bocado Thefheep that bleats loofes pierde. a mouthful. Oir, ver, y callar, recias It is very hard to bear^ fee^ cofas fon de obrar. and fay nothing. tempero, Whatfoever the weather is^ For ningun dexes el camino real do not leave the highway per el fendero. to follow the path.
bala,
For hacer placer

ni fayajni
al fuefio,
camifa tengo.
trough indulging of fleepy / have neither petticoat

nor fmock.
Riftng early makes
it
Per mucho madrugar, no amanece mas aina. Poco, y en paz, mucho

fe
not
me
;
haz.
facaras el o-
day the fooner, little in peace is much to me,

will find the clue by the thready and what is to
Por
lo
el hilo,
Tou
villo
y por lo pafiado,
baila el per-
no venido.
come by what
is
pafi,
Por dinero,
ro.
The dog dances for money ; money makes the mare to

gois
Por
fer
Rey,
fe
quiebra All jufiice

crown,
broke to gain a
toda ley.
Pleito,
y orinal, llevan cl
al hofpital.
Lawyers and phyficians fend

a man
to the hofpitaL
hombre
Pienia
312
Pienfael ladr6n,que todos The thief thinks all men Sk& him. fon dtr fu condicion. Pefcador de vara, mas c6- ^n angler eats more than he gets. me que gana.
PeleaiiJosladroneSjdefcu- }0oen thieves fall out ^honejl brenfc los hurtos. men come by their goods, harking dog never bites, Perro ladrador, niinca
buen mordedor. Para amor, ni muerte, no

hai cafa fuerte.
No
houfe isftrong enough to
keep out love and death.
Paiios
en palacio, Pine cloaths are regarded at que no courts and not gentility, Palabras de fanto, y unas <To talk like a faint ând claw like a cat, de gato, \o que debes, fabras p.ay your dehts^ and you'll Psga know what you are worth. lo que tienes. Panadera eras antes, y Formerly you was a haker^ aora trahes guantes. and now you wear gloves. Quien a todos cree, yer- He who believes all men is ra j quien a ninguno, in the wrong,and he who
lucen
hijos dalgo.
no
acierta.
believes
right.
none
is
not in the
Quien no alza un alfiler, ê that will not take up a no eftima a fu muger. pnjoes not value his wife. Quien fia, o promete, en //^ that is hound for amdeuda fe mete. ther^ or raakes apromifcy
contra^s a debt.
Quien da
lo fuyo antes
de
He who
gives
away what
he has before he dies ^mufi fufrir. prepare to endure much. Quien ha criados, ha ene- He who has fervants, has
morir, aparejafea bien
migOG no efcufados. unavoidable enemies. Quien no tuviere que ha- He who wants fomething to cer, afme navio, o tome do^ may fit out afiip^ or muger. marry a wife. Quien poco tienc, y eflb He who has little and gives
y
da,preftofearrepentir2.
it
away^willfoon repent.
rife betimes.
Qu'im
a Ja rapdfa
h'4
ds
He
(hat will deceive thefooc
^ngaiiar, ûmplele n>a"'
mufl
grugar,
Q^j^fl
jl
New Spanish
Grammar.
313
Quicn tiene quatro,y gafta He who gets four^ and cinco, no ha menefter ff ends Jive ^ has no need
bolsico.
of a purfe,
es
Quien ruin
en
fu tierra,
He
that
is
hafe in
his
own
ruin es en la ajena.
country^ isfo in another^

loves that
Quien lo mofo le
feo
ama, her- He who

fome.
parece,
deformed ^fancies
which is it handhis
Quien
a fu perro quiere
le
He
that will
kill
is
dog
matar, rabia
levantar.
ha de
muft fay he
mad,
Quien come la vaca del He who eats pays for Rey, a cien afios paga
los
the king*s cow^
the hones an hundred years after. hue fibs. Quien te hace la fiefta. He that gives you a treaty and did not ufe to do ity que no te fuele hacer, 6 either defigns to deceive^ te quiere engaiiar, 6 te
ha menefter.
Quien de
repiente,
prefto
deterfe ar-
He
or ftands in need of you, that refolves in hajle^
mina, de efpacio
repents at leifure,
Quien lengua
va.
ha, a
Roma He who
has languages ma*i
travel to
Rome.
love
Quien bien quiere

can.
a Bel- hove me^ and
my
doge
tran, bien quiere a fu
Quien
al cielo
efcupe, en
He
that fpitsat heaven^ has

fall in his face,
la cara le cae.
it
Quien lexos fe va a cafar. He who ried, 6 va engaiiado, 6 va a

engaiiar.
goes far to he
either
is
mar^
deceived^
or goes to deceive,
in
Quien fiembra en el ca- He that fows mino, canfa los bueyes ways, tires
y pierde
Quieres que dale pan.
el trigo.
lofes his
the high-
his oxen^
and
corn,
te
siga el can. If you would have the dog follow you, give him hread,
Quien
fe cafa por amores. They that marry for love, malos dias, y buenas have had days^ and good
poches.
nights,
Quien
New Spanish Grammar. 3 14 Quien pobreza tien, de He that is poor is defpifedby

yel
deudos es delden ; rico fin ferlo, de todos es deudo.
fus
el
his kindredând be that is

is a kin to every body though he he not.
rich
Quando
coflario
pro.
When the pyrate makes vows

to
a bad plight, Quando el hierro efta en- Tou muft ftrike cendido, entonces ha de iron is hot.
fer batido.
mete miffas, y cera, con mal aoda la galera.
heaven^
his vejjel
is
in
whilft the
Quanio
el
el villano efta
mulo, no conoce a
en Set a beggar a horfe-back^ and he will ride to the

devil.
bepijfes
dios, ni al
mun do,
Quando
para
el
las botas, las

el
uombre mea When a man no es bueno boots, he is

diablo reza,
his
not fit for
mozas.
young women.
Quando
the fox preaches^take enganarte quiere. heed of the geefe, Qual el dueno,tal el perro. Like mafler, like man.
When
Riiien las commadres, def-
When
'The
gojftps
quarrel,
the
cubrenfe
las verdades.
truth comes out.

cat foon
Raton que no fa be mas de un horado, prefto le

coge el gato. Sufre por faber, y trabaja
catches
the
moufe that knows but one

hole.
patience to learn, and por tener. take /nns to be rich. Si teneis la cabeza de vi- If you havt a glafs head^ drio, no os tomeis a do not pretend to throw pedradas conmigo. flones at me. Sientate en tu lugar, no Sit in your own place^ and you will not be forced to te haran levantar.
rife.
Hav?
Si el necio
ria lo
no mercado, no
malo.
Iffools did not go to market, that which is nought would fe vendefuefte

al
not he fold.
Si quieres aprender a orar,
If you would learn to pray ^ go tofea. Si te da el pobre, es por- If a poor man gives, it is in hopes to receive more. que mas tome. Si
cntra en la mar.
^N^w Spanish
Se
Grammar.
315
Si quieres vivir fanojhazte If 'jou would be healthy ^ be old betimes, viejo temprano.
bien mandado, Be a diligentfervant, and you will eat with your majier, tu amo. Salio del lodo, y entro en He leaped out of the frying* el arroyo. pan into the fire.
mozo
y comeras con
Topanfe
no
los
Todos
los hombres, y Men meet^ but mountains do not. montes. los duelosjcon pan Fat for rows are better than
lean,
fon menos.
'Una golondrina no hace One fw allow makes no fumverano.

mer,
Viejo amador, invierno An amorous old man is like con flor. flowers in winter. Vender miel al colmene- ô fell honey to him that
ro.
keeps hives
-^
that
is^
to
carry coals to Newcaftle,
Vanfe los amores,, y que- Love goes off^ but the fling dan los dolores. of it remains. Vanfe los gatos, y eftien- When the cat's away^ the
denfe los ratos.
mice play,
*Thefroft does not hinder the
Yerba mala, no laempece

la helada.
growth of weeds
ill
that if^
Yantar tarde, y cenar cedo, facan la merienda f^pper^ fave an after noon's luncheon, de en medio. Zorrilla que mucho tarda, êfox that ftays out longy waits for a prey. caza aguarda. Zorrilla tagarnillera, ha- ^he fubtle fox counterfeits being deady to lay hold of cefe muerta por asir
prefa.
the prey,
weeds grow apace. late dinner^ and an early
Por do
ta la
falta la
cabra, faU
Where
the goat leaps^ the

,
que
la
mama.
kid follows
after kind.
that
is,
cat
Nombrei
3 16
A New
Spanish
Grammar.
Nombres
proprios de
Hombres y Mugercs.
Proper Names of
Men and Women.

Fernando, Ferdinand. Juan, John. Lorenzo, Lawrence.
Luis, Lewis.
AMbrofio,
Amhrofe.
Andres, Andrew, Auguftin, Auguftin,

'EdLViholomQ ^Bartholomew,
Beniro, Benedi5f, Bernardo, Bernard.

Catarina, Catherine.
Cecilia,
Cecil-j.
Sulana, Sujan.
Chriftoval, Chriftoj^her.
Lucas, Luk^. Lucia, Lucy, Marcos, Mark. Martin, Martin. Mathias, Matthias,
Chrifoftomo, Chryfojlom, Nicolas, Nicholas. Pablo, Paul.

Carlos, Charles, Dominick,
Philipe, Philip.
Domingo,
Margarira, Margaret.
Sebaltian, Sehaftian.
Eftevan, Stephen.
Francifco, Francis.
Simon, Simon.
Guillermo, William. Jeronimo, Jerome, Jorge, George. Diego, James. Henrique, Henry.
Thomas, Thomas.
Ifabel,
Elizabeth
Maria, Mary. 'Ana, Anne.

Jofeph, Jofeph.
Verbos tocantes a
Verbs relating
to
las
Perfonas de Hombres, y
Mugeres.
the Perfons of
Men and Wo
men.
Andar,
Correr, Sakar,
to go.
to tuny to leap,
Comer,
Beber,
Hartarfe,
to eat.
to drink.
to gorge.
to fafi.
Danzar,
:;},' bailar
lance.
Ayunar, Chupar,
to fuck,
MafcJrj,
A
Mafcar, Tragar,

to to
3 17
chew,
/wallow.
Jugar, to play, Trabajar, to work.

Efcribir, to write,
Rafcar, to/cratch. Efpulgar, to pick fleas.

Acoftarfe,
to go to bed.
Dormir,
to fleep.
to rife,
Levantarfe,
cloaths,
Veftirfe, to put on on*s
Holgar, to he idle. Leer, to read, Defpertar, to awake. Huir, to run away<i Bravear, to ho aft. Alabar, to praife,
Defpreciar,
Soltar, to
let go,
Tocarfe, a
her head,
woman
to drefs
to defpife.
Hacerfe
la
barba,
to trim,
Abrazar,
Atacar,
to
embrace.
Boftezar, to yaun, Velar, to watch,
to lace.
Calzarfe los zapatos, put onjhoes,
to
Abotonar, to button, Llamar, to call, Rezar, to pray.

Predicar,
to
Calzarfe las medias, put onftockings,
to
preach.]
Obedecer,
to obey,
Enfermar,
Curar, Hcrir,
to
grow
ftck,
Mandar,
to
command,
to govern*
to cure.
Gobernar,
to wound, Parir, to bring forth. Matar, to kill, Bezar, to kifs, Emborrachar, Ito make Hacer teftamento, /o a will, embeodar, j drunk.
w^/^tf
^y*
".'^
^4
if^'i
^'"'4
^'^ ji^4 ^y* ^'î ^'^ ^"i î ^'i ^'^t ^^5 >'î ^'"'5 ^'^^ i>*i i^<2 i^4 -^'^ y^ ^^
Phrafes Familiares.
Familiar Phrafes.
TEngo mucho I
fleep,
fueno, Defpertad, Awake,
amvery fleepy.
Dormis demafiado,
fleep too
Toti
Dexadme dormir. Let me

Dormis
much.
prefto,
Rife
Levantaos
?
Are you
la
afleep ?
quickly.
Eftais aun en
cama
Are you
in bed flill ?
Porqueno osdaispriefTaf fVhy do you not make hafte >

Eftais
3i8

yfrtf3;(?
Eftaislevantado?
up? Cuidado no OS
cold,
Quercis falfa? havefauce?
Will you
resfrieis.
âke care you do not get

Veil los, Put on your cloatbs.
Con fal me contento, / am fatisfied with fait, Porque no come is ? IVhy

do you not eat ?
Lavad
las
manos,
IVaJh
your hands, Peinad la cabeza.

your head.
efta la pechuga de una polJa, Here is the Comb wing of a pullet, No comeis pan ? Don^t
Aqui
Atacadme, Lace me,
you eat bread ?
Quereis beber ? Pedidio, Ayudame, Help me, Will you drink? QdXzTiAmt^Put onmy Jhoes Call
andflockings.
for
fo.
?
it,
Haveis rezado ? Have you

faid your prayers?
Dadme un bocado de que*

Give me a
bit
of
Adonde
eftan
mis horas
?
cheefe.
Where is 7ny prayer-book? Nohaifruta?

Quereis almorzar
you breakfajl ?
IVtll
Is there
no
fruit ?
Quitad
los manteles, I'ake
Decidme
lo
êll me what 'Unos huevos, Some
off the table- cloth, you will have, Juguemos a los naipes,
eggs.
que quereis,
Let us play at cards,
Una
xicara de chocolate,
Mas
vale irnos al jardin,

the
A difh of chocolate.
Es hora de comer,// is din^^
ner time,
We had better go into

garden,
Hace mucho
la
frio,
y nos
Sentaos a
mefa.
Sit
podremos
is
acatarrar. It
down
to table,
very cold^ and
we may
No
tengo
fervilleta,
ni
get a cold,
cuchillo,
ni
tencdor,
Hace
/ have
knife^
no napkin^
nor fork.
is
nor
'Efta 611a efta bien guifada, Thii foup
calor y no es fano el andar a medio dia, 'The weather is hot^ and it is not wholfome to walk at
noon,
very
well made,
Quedemonos pues
aqui.
No como
eat
710
carne gorda,
Then
us take
let
us flay here,
la
fiefta.
fat meat,
Durmamos
an
Let
nap,
afternoon^s
Aqui

fulano.
319
Aqui viene
Here
comes fucb a one.
Rogadle que entre, Defin him to come in. Que nuevas trahe v. md.
poco gana, 6 pierde en ello. For one man to die and another to be married is what happens every day^ and the publica
lick neither
What news do
you bring.
gains nor lofes
No
hai
cofa de nuevo,
much
by
it,
^here is nothing new, Muchos fon de parecer Cierto que hai muchas noque havra guerra,/l/^y vedades. Indeed there is are of opinion that there much news, will be a war, Contadnos alguna cofa, 'Otrosporfian que ha de fell us fomething, haver paz. Others affirm Dicen que el conde de N, there will be peace,
fe
earl of N. Que fc cafe,

cafar,
ha csiizdo ^They fay the is married.
Los
6 fe dexe de que nos importa ?
coflarios de j^rgel hacen mucho dano. The Algier rovers do much

mifchief,
Vinoeiher he marries or
marries not^
it
what
does
concern us ?
Pues Ids de Tunes y Tripoli no eftan ociofos, Thofe of Tunis and Tripoli
idle,
Hai avifo que el duque de are not N. fe ha muerto, ^here Conoceis

is
advice that the duke
aquella dama? Bo you know that lady f
of
N.
is
dead^
fe
Mas quiero que
mueran feisduques, quemorirme yo, I had rather fix

dukes fhould die than die
Bien la conofco, es mui hermofa, / know her

very welly fhe
beauty,
is
a great
Mui
modefla, y mui difVery modeft^ and

difcreet,
myfelf ^ Si no haceis cafo de mis
creta.
very
nuevas,que quereis que Tiene gran dote. She hai

great portion, OS diga ? If you do not regard my news^ what Su madee fiempre la acomwould you have me fay pana. Her mother is alto you ? ways with her.
(?.
Morirfe
efte,
cafarfe el
La
hija es
mui obediente.
is
otro, cofa es que cad a
The daughter
dient.
very obe-
dia fucsde, y
la
repub-
320

lo
la
madre bien
it,
me- Que nos importa,

is
IVbcii^
rece,
/ind the mother
that to us,
a la plaza, Let us thefquare,
deferves
Vamos
go
to
Pues
fu hijo es bizarro ca-
ballero, ^hen her fon is Que haremos alia ? What Jhall we do there f a fine gentleman, Ha fervido con reputacion Ver y fer viftos,^^^ andhe feen, en la guerra. He has ferved in the war with Que hora es ? What a dock
reputation,
is
it
Ademas,
letras,
es
hombre de
he
is
Son\z.^(\\Ji2XrOyFour acloch
No putdQ krÎt cannot be, For mi relox afsi es, // is Mui cortes. Very court e- fo by my watch, For el fol no falta un quarous. tOj // does not want a Nada fanfarron. Nothing
Befides
man
of learning.
given to boafting,
quarter by the fun.
temprano para fade cafa, // is too ear ly to go abroad yet, his valour^ Es Coronel de un tercio, Mas vale andar de dia^ que de noche, // is betHe is colonel of a regiter to walk by day than went,
For
fu valor
ha medrado,
Aun
es
He has been preferred for
lir
Veis aquel que paffa ? Do you fee him that goes by ?
by night,
De noche
todos los gatos
Quien
es
Who is
is
he ?
the re-
fon pardos.
At
fe
night all
Es todo
otro,
lo contrario del
cats are gray,
He
jufi
Muchos robos
de noche,
cometen
rob-
verfe of the other,
Many
Es un
Comoafsi? Howfo? miferable, He

wretched fellow,
beries are committed in

is
the night,
Cobarde en eftremo,
great coward,
Siendo tantos, quien fe ha de atrever ? Being fo many^ who will dare to

attempt us ?
Sumamente ignorante, Sufinely ignorant.
La noche
night
is
es
mui
fria,
The
Dtivi^rgonzîdo, Impudent,
very
cold,
Echador de
ways
bravatas,
bullying.
Al" Hagamos buena lumbre, Let us make a good fire,
Trahed
A New
Cerrad
that door,
Spanish Grammar
Shut
321
Trahed carbon, 5m^rW/. Laftima es que fe impri..Q.\\2id\^n2i^ Lay on wood. man tales difparates. It
elfa puerta,
is pity that fuch fopperies fkould be printed.
Lcamos un
rdto,
Let us
eflos
?
La emprenta
bien,
read a while.
hace mucho mucho mal. y
Printing does much good, and much harm, Adonde hai buen gobierniiento, 'The'j are all of no no debiera hacer mal. diverfion. Where the government is No gufto de novelas, I do good it Jhoulddo no harm. not like novels. Adonde le halla elTe buen Ahi hai Comedias, There gobierno ? Where is that
libros
Que
Ton
IVhat hooks are thefe ? T6J0S fon de entrecenl-
are plays.
Si fon
leer,
good government
fe
to
be
buenas
pueden
are good
found
If they
los
En
todas partes hai fu
Ic-
they 7nay be read
gua de
mal
camino,
Son de
ney
heft
are
mejores poetas, writ by the

Hiftory
'There is fomething amifs every where.
poets.
No
parece
hai cofa perfedla en
Mejor
is
es hiftoria,
efle
mundo, Nothingis
in this
better,
perfeU
world,
Pues que os
viages?
What
de Dexemonos de cuentos, y do you no jufguemos. Let us

leave off ftories^
think of voyages ?
and not
eat
judge. Nos dan a conocer todo el mundo, fm falir de Merendemos,
Let'^s
They our afternoon^ s luncheon. make us acquainted with 'Effo es de ninos. That is
nueftra
all
patria.
the worldy
without
like
children.
going out of our native country.
Mozos
Aveces nos llenan la cabeza de m.entiras. Sometimes they fill our heads
fomos, comamos mientras podemos, We are youngs let*s eat
whilft
we
can.
Palieemonos un race, Let with lies. us walk a little. Lomifmo hacenlashifto- Ei aire es templado, The
xi^^^HiflQriesdQ the fame,
air
is
temperate.
YolySmos
322
New Span
a
la
I s
H Grammar,
fobre todo la fefiora,
Volvamos
Linda
is
ciudad.
This
Let us return
calle es
to the city,
And
the lady above
all,
efta,
a fine ftreet.
tiendas fon hermofas,
la
Mui obligada les eftoi, / am much obliged to you,

Adonde
there
is
Las
hai
merito,
'The /hops are beautiful,
hai obligacion,
no Where
is
Mirad
pompa
de aquel
is,
merits there
no
tendero, See hozvftately

that J/jop'keeper
obligation.
Alabad mi hacienda y no
Bien foberbios fon muchos,
mi perfona,
goods and not
Praife
Many
are very
fe
my my per/on.
proud.
Êflb fuerainjufticia, That

en-
En
tenicndo dinero fVhen la nchan, have got money
would
be unjufl,
they
Comprad
lo
que fevende.
is
they
Buy what
to be fold.
grow haughty,
Aquella tendera parece una condefa, That female Jhopkeeper^ looks
like
Mas quifiera
toda
than
la
fenora que
la tienda,
1 would
7ntflref$
rather have the

all the Jhop,
countefs,
cafa-,
Mi
Ni
marido no
Compremos alguna
My
me,
el
me vende. hujhand will not fell
het us buy fomething.
Que guftan
cedes
?
vueftras merwill you
What
have F
tal alaja, ni
pleafe to
querra defhacerfe de hai precio que la com pre, Neither
Una
tabaquera
curiofa,
/will he
part with fuch a

it.
y^ curious fnuff box. de Francia, Tixeras
jewels nor will any mo*

ne^ purchafe
Aqui viene mi marida. French fcizars, Here comes my hufband. Hevillas de las mejores,
Some of the
befl buckles,
Dichofo
es
el.
He
is
happy man, Haveis moftrado a eftos no want of any thing. fenores lo que les agraVueftras mercedes vean lo da ? Have you fhown que les agrada, Gentlefalta,
is
Aqui nada
Here
Todo
men^fee whatpleafes you, nos parece bi^n,

like
thefe gentlemen
what
the'j
lih?
all
TodQ
A
Todo
^RQo
is

De
323
aqui nos contenta,

eslo quedeseo, That
wijh,
All here pleafei us,
what I
Mui
venturofo fois, Tou are very fortunate. No me puedo quexar de mi fuerte, 1 cannot com-
mirar un demonio. defpues de haver vifto un Angel, 'To look upon a devil after having fern an angel.
fea
Tan
is,
como
fi.
es,
prefu-
me de
As
ugly as ftoe
fhe has a conceit of
plain of my lot. herfelf. Dios OS guarde, God keep PalTemos,

you.
que no puedo
tohviirh. Let us pa fs by ^
El mifmo vaya con vueflras
for
cannot endure her.
mercedes, God go El
lo
Rey
viene,
Dios Iq
with you.
guarde, The kingiscom-^

JVe
i^, God hlefs him, Paremonos aqui, Let
Aca voh^remos por

que
fe
ofreciere,
us
fhall return
hither for
what we want. Seran fervidos con toda

eftimacion, Tou Jh all he ferved with all refpeEl.
fiand here, Quien viene en
el
coche
?
con
is
fu
mageftad
Who
in the
coach with his
majefty ?
Haveis
fee
vifto
?
criatura
mas bella La Reyna nueftra feiiora Uid you ever over ei^ foberana, Our f
charming
lady the queen,
more
otros dos perfonages, ha enamoThe other two great per^ Parece que OS rado, Tou feem to he in fons, love with her. El caballerizo mayor,"
creature ?
Los
Mi amor
love
is
es cafto.
My
chafte.
The mafler of the horfe, el gran teforero, And
Su prefencialo merece, the high treafurer. Her prefence deferves it. En el primer coche quien
Aqui
teneis otro eftremo,

the con-
hai
Who
is
in the firfl
Here you have

trary extreme,
coach ?
Los
God
?
gentiles-
hombres,
ufhers,
Dios nos
ver
us.
libra,
deli-
The gefitlemen
Las
afuftais
libreas fon
liveries
mui ricas,
are
De
que os
What
The
rich,,
very
are you frighted atf
Las
324
New Spanish Gfammar,

viftofas.
ver-j
Las guardas fon

fine fight.
No
fenalan los tributes
The guards are a
Bo not they fet Tambien effo

That
the Taxes ?
les
toca,
Adonde va
Whither
going f
fu
is
mageftnd
his
alfo belongs to
them.
?
viajefi'j
No lo rehufan a veces Do
not they refufe
it
fome-
Alacomedia, fo
Pues
lo
the flay,
times.
fabeisjdecidmealgo de la corte, Since you
Los Efpanoles
leales,
fon
mui
The Spaniards are
know
ity
tell
me
foine-
very
loyal.
thing of the court.
No
refpondeis a mi pre-
Las
cortes todas fe pare-
gunta, Tou do not an-
cen, Jll courts refemhle

one another,
fwer my queflion. Pareceme que fi, 1 think I
Pero
do. el gobierno de Efpana como es ? But how is Como afsi ? How fo ? the government of Sp^Lin ? Porque fiendo tan leales, le dan a fu Rey lo que El Rey es abfoluto, The
king
is
ahfolute.
?
pide,
Becaufe being
ajks.
fo
Que
fon las Cortes
What
loyaly
they give the king
are the Cortes ?
what he
Los procuradoresdel Reino. The reprefentatives of the kingdom.
Y el
lo
Rey no
que
the
ha
pide mas de menefter.

aJks
And
king
no
Tienen
poder
?
fobre
el
Rey
Have
they any
fower above the king ? El Rey de Efpafia no conoce fuperior, The king of Spain owns no fuperior,
more than he wants, Dichofo Rey, y dichofa gente, an happy kingy and an happy people. Contadme las grandezas Tell me de Efpana,
what
sirven las Cortes
?
relates to the
gran-
De que
dour of Spain. What is the ufe of the Hai en Efpana doce ReiCortes ? nos, 6 provincias grandes, There are in Spain De repreientar las necefor kingdoms^ twelve fidades del Reino, T'o
reprefent
the
wants of
large provinces.
the kingdom.
Quales
A New Span iSH

Quales fon
they ?
Caftilla,
(Caftile^)
?
Grammar.
9000.
325
IVhich are
naft cries
are reckoned to
religiofas fe-
be above
Leon, Las perionas

tenta mil,
ferfons
Aragon,
lonia)
Navarra,(iY<fZ-
The
religious
varre) Catalufia {Cata-
70000.
Gal icia, Valencia, Las haziendas de los Duques que fon Grandes de Efpana fe eftiman en un millon nuevecientos y noventa mil Eftas contienen diez y feis dijcados. The eftates of mil, y fetecientas villas,
Murcia, Bifcaya, (Bifcay) Granada, Andaluzia, Eftremadura.
nefe
towns.
contcin
16700
1
the dukes that are

dees
Gran-
1990000
ducats.
'Once Arzobifpados,
arMiJho-pricks,
Las
de los Marquefes Grandes trecienros y
Quarenta y ocho Opifpados, 48 bi/ho pricks,

Qiiince Univerfidades, 15
univerfities.
cinquenta mil, Thofe of the marquejfes Grandees

at 350000. Las de los Condes Gran-
Les rentas
cad OS,
treinta millones
venue
des trecientos y cinquenta mil, Thofe of the earls^ Grandees ^soooo. The kin^s reamounts to ô Las de los Duques, Marrealcs
montan
de du-
millions of ducats.
La
de los fufodichos arzobifpados y opifpados, dos millones deducados,57?^ revenues

renta
quefes, y Condes, que no fon Grandes, tres
millones ciento y cinquenta mil, Thofe of the

dukes^
earls
marqueffeSy
and
of
the
aforefaid arch-
who
are not Gran^

millions
hifhopricks andhifhopricks
dees
three
are two millions ofducats. Las prebendas, parochias,
150000.
Todo efto en Efpaiia, All this in Spain, y otros beneficios otro tanto. The prebends^ pa- Los dominios de las Indias fon immenfos. The rifhes^ and other benedominions
in
fices as much more, Conventos fecuentan mas de nueve mil^ The mQ-
the Indies
are immenfe.
Y3
Sa
326
Su
A
el

go home
to
theforo enriquece a to-
talk of thefe
do
mundo,
enrich
Its
trea-
affairs^ for
I am much
llega la nous
fures
all
the
delighted with them,
world,
Vamos que
tratar
fe
Recojamonos para
defias colas,
che,
night
Let
go^
for
mucho
que gufto dellas. Let us
draws
on.
Coloquio Primcro en una Hofteleria. Firji difcourfe in an Inn,
^.yXlos fea en efl:a ca- A./^ jL/ ^^' OYdi^ quien Vj"
hai alia dentro
?
is
B
ôufe,
he
in
this
Ho-jy
who
there within ?
B.
En
V.
hora buena venga B.
Sir,
you are very
weU
m.
B.
come,
A, Sois vos el huefped ? B, Soi el mozo, y criado de cafa, para fervir a los huefpedes honrados como V. m. 'A, Sere yo bien hofpedado aqui efta noche ? B. Si fenor, v. m. fera
bien tratado, y no le faltara cofa que apetefca.
A. Are you
the landlord?
I am
the
man and fer^
vant of the houfe, to ferve fuch worthy guefts

as you ^ Sir.
A.
Shall
be
well enter-
tained here to night ?
mui
B. Tes^ Sir, you will be very well treated, and

Jhall
want for nothing

defire,
is
you can
A.
Como fe llama el
fped
?
hue- A.
el
What
name
?
my
is
landlord's
B. Llamafe Guillermo
Bueno.
B. His name
A. Quicra Dios que tal le halle. Qual es la enfena de lu cafa

?
William Good. A. God grant I may find

hijn fuch.
What fi^
has
he
to his houfe ?
B. Mejor
A
La
cia.

7'ou will not find
3 27
B. Mejor no le hallara B. V. m. en ninguna parte.

enfeiia es la jufti-
a heU ter any where, The fign

is
Jujiice.
^. Buen huefped en
cafa,
A.
good landlord
there
is
in the
y
ta,
la jufticia a la
puerno hai mas que deffino es
houfe^
and jujiice at the

nothing
door^
fear,
que
ieais
elfetobedefir'd,butthai
vos conforme a Jo demas.
you
rejl,
be
fuitable
to
the
B. V. m. diga de mi lo B. Sir, Tou may /peak of me as you Jhall find by que la experiencia le enfefiare experience \ for it is not que no es de hombres honrados athe part of honejl men t9
-,
labarfe a
fi
proprios. ilevad
commend
themfelves,
A. Ea
T.2i^
pues,
mi A. Well then Jead my

to the ftable^ litter
horfe
caballo a lo cabal leri-
him
dadle harta paja, y no Je quiteis luego la

SI 11a,
well^
and take
not off his
faddle prefently, becaufe
he is hot, que viene iudado. B. Manda v. m. que le B. Do you pleafe I Jhall lleve al rio a beber, o lead him to the river to drink, or that I give que le de agua en la caballeriza ? him water in the Jiable, A. Dexadle primero re- A. Let him cool firft, and then give him his water, frefcar, y defpues dadle el agua, no le de torohave the lefi: he Jhould zon el beber eftando gripes by drinking when
tan caliente.
he
is
hot,
it
B, V. m. es fervido que B. Does

quite las boras, y le trahiga linos pantuflos?
le
pleafe you. Sir,
that
boots,
I draw
off your
and bring you a

flippers,
pair of
A, Bien dices, trahedlos ; A. Tou are in the right 5 bring them, for I have porquc he perdido mis zapatos en el camino.. loft my Jhoes by the way, Bring me alfo a brujhto Trahedme tambien uclean my cloaths, and na efcobilla para limwater to cool my hands, piar el veftido, y agua
para
2 28
New
Spanish
Grammar,
and mouthy and get rid nos y la boca, y quitar of all this duft^ todo efte polvo. B, Aqui tiene v. m. todo B. Here n all ôu afk for^ 5/>, reft your felf^ and lo que pide j defcanle, confider whether you y mire fi quiere cenar will fup alone^ or with lolo, o con 16s otros
pararefrefcarmelasmahuefpedes.
the other guefts,
^, Mas vale cenar adon- A. // is better to fup with converfacion company^ than aione^ de hai and when Ihavefupped, que folo, y en cenando I will go to bed for I meacoftare, quevengo
^
canfado, y quicro defcanfar.
am weary and will

^
reft
me.
B,
bien hara v. m. B. Ton will do very welly Sfr, hut with the help of pero con ayuda de un aliitlewineâjnanfteeps traguito de vino, fe
Mui
better. duerme mejor. mdlo el confe- A. Tour advice is not amifs.^ A. No es it fits me \ let us go then., jo, yo me acomodo
con
B,
el
Vamos
pues,
fi
if
it
is
time,
es hora.
efta aparejado, B. Jll is ready ^ and they only wait for you^ Sir. foloefperan a v. m. y Pues yo voi, que no A. / go then., for it is not A, reafonable to incommode es razon hacer defco-
Todo
mod id ad
a los
la
demas
y para decir
verdad,
the reft ; and to fay the truth, I find 7ny f elf well
difpofed to eat, for hun^
me hallo
para
car.
bien dilpueRo
comer ; que la hambre empieza a pi-
ger begins
ilemen,
to pinch.
Gen-
I am very glad
pleafed
to
Mucho me
alegro,
iofindfuch good compatiy,
Senores, de hallar tan
be
fit
buenacompania,
fe sirvan
v^m^
m.
fu
down^
de fentarfe.
v.
C.
En tomando
afliento, nos
C,
Sir,
ed,
when you are featwill all place our
iremos to-
we
dos acomodando.
felves,
A.
Mucho
A
J.
New Spanish
Gram?nar.
329
ver'j
Mucho me
honran v^ A. Ton honour me muchy

Gentlemen^
well here
;
m'. yo aqui eftoi mui bien ; no gaftemos el tiempo en cumplimientos, que la cena fria
I am
let
us
not
wajie
merits^
time
in
compli-
for
the fupper
cold^ is not good. no cs buena. D. Pues efte Caballero lo D. Since this gentleman commands ity let us obey, manda, obedelcamos. Here is no need of carAqui no fon menefter mejor es trinchantes, vers^ it is better for every one to lay hold of what que cada uno eche mahe likes^ and let us eat no a lo que le agradare, noWy for we Jhall have y comamos ahora ; que time to talk as much as defpues havra tiempo
para difcurrir lo necefiario.

yf.
is
requi/ite afterwards.
'Efto es lo que a mi A. That fuits me very well^ conviene, por habecaufe I have made a ver hecho Jornada larlong journey^ and eaten ga, y CO mi do poco. little,
me
E. Mozo, dame de beber, E. Waiter ^ give me drink to Jharpen my appetite. para aguzar el apetito. B. V. m. me diga lo que B. Sir^ you will kll me E.
what you pleafe to drink, de beber. un buen trago E. Give me a good glafs of de vino de Francia, que French wine^ which is es el mejor a mi giifto. the befl in my opinion, A. A mi, un buen vafo A. Give me a good cup of de cerveza, que tengo beer^ for I am thirflf^ fed, y es buena para and that is good to quench
giifta
Dame
matarla.
it.
D.
buena cidra, D. If you have good cyder^ por principio de cena I like it better than any me agrdda mas que 6other liquor to begin with
Si teneis
tra bebida.
at fupper.
el
C, Pues para mi,

del
vino C. For me^ Rhenijh wine

is
Rhin
fi
es
el
mayor
mofl delicious^ if
it
be
regalo,
es verdadero,
right.
E. Diccn^
33^
A
hai

el
E. Dicen, que
Canarias cs para mugerts y per 6 a mi gulto,
vino de E. They fay Canary is for women^ hut for my palaie none
it,
is to
compare
to
no
le
ninguno que
fe
iguale.
\A.
El vino en general es A. JVine in general is letmejor que quantas cofas ter than all other things^ ban inv^ntado Ids horn7nen have invented to bres para paladearfe, o pleafe their palates^ or
antes para deftruirfe.
rather to dejtroy themfelves,
C.
Los que exceden dela C. ôfe who exceed ternperance^ wajie it to detemplanza, para deftruirfe lo galtan
*,
pe-
Jlroy
tbemfelves
hut
with moderaiiun, all liTO con moderacion toquors 7nay he ufed, dos los liquores le pueden tomar. D. Si la gente fe gober- D. If people would govern themfches as they ought nara como debe, todas God created all things for las cofas crio Dios para the fervice of humane fervicio del genero hu-
mano, y vemos
ceflb
el
ex-
race^ yet
we
is
fee the ex-
que hai en todas.

las
cef there
in all,
E. Han dado en
farfe
abraf- E. ^hey
are fallen into a
entranas con
way
aguaardiente de mil generos, y las mugeres en hartarfe de tea hafta
of hurning out their howels with a thoufand of flrong waters^
forts
que no
F.
'
les
cabe.
of filling themfelves with tea^ till
and the women
they cannot hold
it.
En
efta cafa
no falta F. There is nothing wanting

in this houfe^ that can he
nada, que fe pueda apetecer para comer, o beber regaladamente. A. Bien fe echa de ver por lo que aqui tene-
defired to eat
daintily,
and drink
A. That is we have
and
that
it
vifihle in
what
here he/ore us^
mos prefente, y fera bien no cometamos las
will he convenient
we
do not commit
culpas
331
the faults we hlame in others. en otros. C. Que hora es, para que C. fVhat a clock is /V, that we Jhould gotohedfo hanos acoftcmos tan prefto, teniendo ocafion Jlily, when we can divert our/elves ? divertirnos. ? de B. // has ft ruck twelve. B, Han dado las doce. C, El tiempo no fe fiente C. îme flips azvay in good Company, en buena converfacion.
culpas que condenamos
D. Bueno
fera retirarnos,
D.
// will be well for us to
que tambien la gente de cafa ha de defcanfar.

E.
withdraw^ for the peopie of the houfe muft reji

too.
buenas noches les E. God give you a very good nighty Gentlemen. de Dios a vueftras mer-
Mui
cedes.
yf,
Venid vos conmigo, A. Do you come along with
mozo
B.
a fu
mey waiter ?
eftoi para fervir B.
Aqui
/ am
vice^
here at your ferSir.
me reed. A. Ayudadme
dar.
defnu- A. Help
to undrefs
me.
Aqui efta la fervilleta B. Here is the napkin for a cap, para el bonete. A, Efta bien enjuta, y las A. Is it very dry^ and are the fheets fo ? âke favanas lo eftan ? mirad heed you do not kill me no me mateis con ropa with damp linnen. humeda.
B. B.
Mi ama es mui
dofa en
es
cia,
cuida- B. Mymiftrefsisverycare-
efle particular,
fulinthatparticular^fhe
muger de concien-
y no quiere que padefcan los huefpedes,
a confcientious woman^ will not have her er through her guefts fluff
is
and
por fu defcuido. A. Pocas hai tan culdadofas de fus huefpedes, o de fus almas ; las mas -como cobren el dinero,
2
negle5i.
A. Few
ofl
take fluch care

gueftsy
their
or
of
their
own floulsy
them^ fo
moft of they get the
60
332
no
J5.
A
fe

ptone'j^
elfe,
acuerdan de otra
think of nothing
pleafe 'jou^ Sir^
cofa,
V.
M.
gufta que
?
le
B, Does
it
sirva en otra cofa
I Jhould ferve you any

farther ?
A, Por ahora no me fal- A. At prefent I only want ta mas que dormir, y to fleep^ and I find it
el
fueno
fe
va acercan-
coming upon me,
do.
B. Dios
fe le
de a v. m. B. God grant
good
rejl^
you
very
defcanfado.
Sir,
Coloqulos Efpanoles e Inglefes.

Spantjh a7td Englijh Colloquies.
Coloqulo fegundo,
Collo
qû
II.
JEntre do5 Caminantes^ lia- Between two Travellers, mddos Don Juan, y Don called Mr John^ and Ricardo; interviniendo a Mr Richard \ their two tykes fus dos Criddos^ y Servants, and an Holt, nn Huefped, fomecimes putting in a word.
D. J.QAlido hemos
al
j^
a
tin
de
Sevllla,
^ÎWJ^
out
^^^
^^^gih
^^
got
VV o/Sevil.
R.
D. R, Harto me pefa mi de la falida, pero es

la necefli-
Mr
it is
This
parting
hut
troubles 7ne fufficiently^
fuerza hacer de
requiftteto make virtue dad virtud ; que quien of necejjity ; for when a mas no puede^ morir fe man can do no more^ he
dexa.
mujl fuhmit
to dye.
D. J, Que haveis dexado atras que tanto os aflige fu aufencia ?
Mr
left
J.
PJ^hat
have you
ahfence ?
behind^ that you are fo

its
tnuch grieved at
V.R.
A
D.
2^.
*,
New Spanish Grammar. No he dexado Mr R. / have

lefs
333
left
no
menos, que el corazon, y que ha dias, que el alma eftan en poder de cicrta da ma. J, Dexadla, pues ella fe queda quieta enfu cafa, y rogara a Dios por nofotros, que nos vamos canfando por efte cam 1 no. R, Podreyodeciroslo que dixo un amigo, a quien fe le avia muerto un nino, que coniôV^ndoh
than
m^
hearty
and foul
which have been for fome

time pajl at the difpofal of
a certain
J. ftnce /be
houfe^
lady.
Do
is
not
mind her,
ta
at eafe in her
will pray
and
us^
God for
ourfelves
who
are tiring
upon our journey, to you ^ as a friend did^ whofe young child was newly dead^ when
R. I may fay
fo?ne comforted him, faying,
algiKios condecir, tendria he would have one to pray
quien rogafie por el en el for him in heaven, and he cielo, reipondio ; no fe fi anfwered-, 1 know not whe^
ther be is capable of it, tendra tanta habilidad. podreis decir J, Tou had better fay as J. Mejor dixo el otro llevan- another did, who when bis lo que
do a fu muger a enterrar ; wife was buried, being ajkque preguntandole como ed^hy he did not go with no iba con ella en el en- the burial, anfwered, let tierro, refpondio, Vaya- her go fo for this time, I fe eft a vez afli, que a otra know what I have to do in yo fe lo que tengo de ha- the next,
cer.
R. Let us leave jefting, R. Dexemos gracias, que no puedo tan prefto for I cannot fo foon forget a
olvidar a quien tuve tanta perfon
I fo
entirely loved.
voluntad.
fe, fi me aven7. ture a decir, que en efta
No
dama
tuvifteis
J. 1 know not whether / may venture to fay, that mal gufto. you had no goodfancy in the
lad).
R. Porque 7. Porque
t3a,
es
mui gor-
R. IVhy ? J. Buaufs fie

fat.
is
very
R. Contra
234
-^ ^^'^
Spanish
Grammar,
R. There is no arguing no Quanto y againft taftes. Befides, a fat mas, que la muger gorda woman is cool in fummer^ es frelca en el verano, y and keeps a man warm in
R. Contra gufto,
hai difputa.
en el invierno tiene con que abrigarfe un hombre, y no huelTos que le hagan mal. 7. No nos metamos en femejante difputa ; dexemos a cada loco con fu tema, y volvamos a hablar de Sevilla, que defde
winter^ and
is
not all hones
to hruife h'lm,
J.
Let us not enter upon
fuch a controverfy ; let us leave every mad-man to his
own humour ^ and
let
us a-
gain talk ^/Sevil, for from
efta cuefta fe divifa algii- this hill, there is a view na parte de fu grandeza, of fome part of its granque no es tan poca que no dour^ which is not fo inconfe pueda decir mucho en ftderaUe^ hut that much
fu alabanza.
may hefaid
es
la
in praife of
it,
R, La torre
fe
que
R.
//
is
the fteeple that
parece.
appears,
7. Notable es fu altura,
y mas que pueden
^-
J. The height of it isvery remarkable^ and it is fo
bir hafta lo alto della dos
perfonas juntas a caballo.
much more that two perfons together may ride up a

horfe-hack to the top of it, R. And what can the
R,
fe
Y
fi
la
Giralda, * que
le fajta
con cada viento * Giralda

J.
it,
want,
if
fhe
muck.
J, 'Efto yo lo jurara.
turns with every wind.
I would freely fwear
tiene
R. Dire is, que porque R. Tou mean, hecaufe nombre de hembra. fhe hears a womar^s name.
* Note, That this Giralda is the name cf a "jaji Figure of a Woman, that jiands ofi the top of the aforefaid great Steeple of Sevil, and fer'vesfor a Weather-cock^ turning 'with the Windy and is called G'lralda for Gil-adla ; and this from Girar, to turn about ^^.vith the Wind.
7,
A
7.

no baRa
?
335
effo
Pe-
J.
Jnd
is
ro
volvamos a
nueftro
ficient ?
But
let
not that fufus return to
tema.
our fubje^,
R. 'Efta torre con las R, This tower ^ with dos herriianas a los lados, the two fifters on the fides fon armas de fu fanta i- of ity are the arms of its
glefia.
holy church,
las
J,
Quien fon
dos
J.
fters ?
IVho are the two ft*

Julia,
hermanas ? R. Santa Ju/la, y SanRufina^ Patronas defta gran ciudad. J, Siento en el alma el no haber vifto en ella el monumento que hacen el jueves fanto. R, Es cofa peregrina cflb, y las limofnas que fc dan efla femana.
ta
R.
great
J.
in
it
5"/
a^dSt Ruof
this
fina, the patronejfes

city,
// grieves
heart that
me to the I have iwt feen

make
the fepulcre they
on
Maundy Uurfday,
R. That
is
very extra^
ordinary^ as are the alms
which are given that week,

J. The church is certainly very fumptuous.
J. Por
cierto,
que
la
Iglefia es fumtuofa.
R. Haveis notado las R. Have you obferved muchas Capillas que tie- how many Chapels^ Doors^ ne, puertas, y Altares ? and Altars it has ? J. A^^. J. No. R. Then^ there are aR, Pues paflfan de feella
tenta los Altares que hai hove feventy Altars in it*, tiene tambien it has alfo nine doors^ and ;
nueve puertas, y ochenta eighty windows. The granvidrieras. La grandeza de dour oftheftepsis extraordiaquellas gradas es cofa peregrina; y fin efto, el Arzobifpo, Dignidades, Canonigos, Racioneros, Veinteneros, CapelJanes, Muficos, SacriftaneSjMozos de choro, Pertigueros,
nary ^without mentioningthe

Archbifhop^Dignitaries^Ca*
nons,
Demy-Canons^
Chorals^
Vi^
cars
Chaplains^
ing-boy 5, Vergers,
Muficiam^ Sacrifans^ Singand mabut
nymore\
bove
what h a^
revenue only
otros
muchcs
all the
fobre
336
fobre todo, palTa la renta for repairs^ is above fifty de fola fu fabrica de cin- thoufand Ducats, quenta mil Ducados. 7. La cuftodia, diccn, J. The tabernacle, they que es cofa SLdmirkhh fay ^ is a wonderful thing to
vella.
befeen,
R. Es tan grande que la lie van en un carro. J. Pucs que tendra de pefo ? i?. Mas de mil y trecientos marcos de plata, que hacen veinte y feis arrobas; de altiira tres
varas y
R. It is fo big that carried in a cart.

J. PVhat then,
it is
may
it
weigh
R. Above a
three
thoufand
hundred marks of plate, which amount to fix hundred weight and a halfy
media
y efto, the height three yards and
cruz que lleva por a half without including remate, que es de una the crofs on the top, which quanta ; y el ancho de co- is a quarter of a yard long ; luna tiene cerca de dos and the breadth of it bevaras. tween the columns, is near two yards. y. Sofpecho que es uJ. I fancy Sevil is one of na de las ciudades mas the antienteji cities in Spain. antiguas Sevilla, de quantas hai en Efpana. R. Mil fetecientos y R. The ancient foundaveinte y fiete anos, antes tion of it was laid a thou^ que Chrifto feencarnafle, fand feven hundred and tuvo principio fu antigua twenty -fev en years before Pero dexan- the incarnation of Chrijl, fundacion. do efto, es fin niimero la Befides, the wealth it conriqucza que en fi cncier- tains is iinmenfe, as is the ra, y la remota gente que number of remote nations en ella fe halla. that refort to it,
la
fm
7.
Muchas
cofas
hai
are J. "There
many
things
que aflombran
en efta to be admired in this city, as ciudad, como la Alcai- the exchange of fhops, the zeria, el Real Alcazar, royal palace, the cuftomla Aduana, cafa (4e la Mo- houfe^ the mint, the merneda^

los
337
mercadcres, la Carcel, la Alhondiga, fa juridici(5n con horca y cuchillo, ^c. R. Sin clto, proved Sd'villa de azeite a todo el Reino, y las Undias. J. Yo he oido decfr, que miichos dias fe regiliran en la aduana mas de diez mil arrobas.
^. Hablar de fus baftimentos de pan, vino, carne,
neJa, Lonja de
chants exchange^ the goaly

the granaries^ jis jnrifdiction
with power of
Befides^
life
and
death ^ &c.
R.
nifjjes
StvW far-
the whole kingdomând
the
J.
Weft- Indies with oil. 1 have heard it faid^

ar?'ohas
that fever al days ^ above ten

thottfand
{that
is
125 tun) are entered in the

cifto?n houfe.
R.
talk
//
would beendlefto
provifions^
of
ils
of
do,
fruras, caza, y pelca- bread, wine, flcjh, fruits^ feria nunca acabar. fowl^ and ffJo,
J. The two jillars in it, una pucfta la wiih the figure of Hercufigura de Hercules, primer Ics^ the firft founder of this fundador defta gran ciu- great city on one of them-, dad y en la ocra Julio and on the other, that of Cefar, que la iluftro.con Julius Cjcfar, who adornJos muros, y cercas que la ed it with the walls, and
y. Las dos col Unas que
tiene, en Ja
R. If zve rightly confix que mayor grandeza que der it \ what more graneftos Caiios de Carmona, dour than this AûeduU of que fabricaron los Moros. Carmona, which was built by the Moors. Since you have namJ. Pues haveis nomJ. brado a Carmona, decid ed Carmona, give fome algo della, porque yo no account of it, for I have la he vffto mas que de feen no more than in paffmg pafTo, y fe que dilta feis through, and know it is fi-^ leguas de Sevilla, leagues from Sevil.
-,
rodcan, y quince puertas en eilos que la engrandezen ; Ton, porcierto, memorables. R. Si miramos en ello
works that encompafs 1.% and fifteen gates in it that

contribute to
its
grandour,
are very remarkable.
R. La
338
R,
New Spanish Grammar. La ciudad de CarR. ne city of Carmo-
is feattd on an eminence^ eminente, con fuertes mil- and has ftrong walls, with towers on them, a ros, 118 torres, y vifto- 118 fo alcazar; regando fus heautifulpalaceânditsfpadilatadas vegas Cd?>i?o;;d'jy cious medows are watered Guaddna. Produce fu ter- hy the rivers Carbones and Its territory mino mucho pan, vino, Guadana.
inona eftd puefta en sitio na
azeice, aves, frutas, horca- produces

lizas,
much
corn, wine,
ganados, y todo lo oil, fowl, fruit, herbs, catque es neccfsario para la tie, and all that is necejjary Tiene la for human life. The city vida humana. ciudad tres mil vezinos, contains three thoufand fadivididos en fiete Parro- viilies, divided intofevenpa^ chias, con cinco conven- rijhcs, with five monajieries los de Frailes, otros tan- of men, and as many of tos de Monjas, y buenos nuns, and good Hofpitals.
Hofpitales.
haveis oido haJ. Have not you heard una famofa hechi- talk of a famous witch faid zera que dicen huvo un to have lived fometime in tiempo en Sevzlla, y def- Sevil, and to have removed pues fe paflo a Car?ndna ? thence to Carmona ? R. / have not only heard R. No folo he oido hatalk of her, hut I knew her, blar della, pero la conoci, y vi todos fus inftrumen- and faw all her tools, which tos, que no eran fino Unas were mere trumpery, and baratijas, por lo qual no therefore I believe nothing of
J,
No
blar de
creo en hechizos.
witchcraft.
J. For my part I verily believe there is but whe-,
J. Yo que los hai ; haya, o no los haya, decidme lo que fabeis de aquella vieja embuftera. R. 'Ella feaprovechaba de mil cofas, como fon habas, verbena, piedra del aguila, pie de texon, foga de ahorcado, granos z
a la
verdad creo pero que los
ther there
is,
or
is
not, tell
me what you know of that cheating eld woman. R. She made ufe of a
thoufand things,
ger^s foot,
as heans^
verbein, eaglets fione, a bad-
a halter one had
been hanged in^ the feed of
de

the fern^
339
de helecho, efpina de crizo, flor de yedra, hueiTos de corazon de ciervo, 6jos de loba, unguencos de gato negro, pedazos de
the prickle of an hedge-hog^ the flower of ivy ^

the bones of a ftag^s
hearty
the eyes of a Jhe-wolf^ ointmerit of a black cat^ pieces
agujas clavadas en cora- of fieedies fluck in hearts of zones de cabritos, fangre kids^ blood and beard of a y barbas de cabron berme- reddijh he-goat^ brains of
jo,
leilos de alho, y una an afs^ and a little vial of redomilJa de azeite fer- oil of ferpeyits^ beftdes other pentino, fin ocras inven- inventions which 1 cannot clones de que no me acu- call to mind,
erdo.
en que pararon J. J. And 'what came cf all fe [pells ? todos eftos hechizos ? the R, En que la encoroR. That Jbe was carted, zaron, y a ella, y a otros andjhe, and ten more^ had diez, Ics dieron trecientos three hundred lafJoes a-pece^ azotes, tras lo qual me after which, fjje fent me
embio
a avifar
que
fi
fe
iba
word fhe was
going to
An-
a Antequera^ que
que- tequera,
if I pleafed I ?night
ria la fucfle a ver, y fino go fee
que
me
llevaria
her, or if not fhe en bo- would carry me through the

air.
landas.
go fee her, or J. Fuela a ver, o fapo J. Bid you did you hear what end jhe que fin tuvo ?
had.
R. No la VI, que no me importabael bufcarla, ni pudo ella con todo fu hacerme bolar ; faber, pero fupe que fue a Antequera, donde la cogieron haciendo hilar un cedazo, y echando unas ha-
did not concern
R. I faw her not, for it me to look
for her, nor could fJoe with all her a-rt make me fly i
hut
I heard ffoe went
to
An-
where fJje was taken making a fievefpin, and cafting beans, and they has, y le dieron otros do- gave her two hundred lofocs cientos azotes, partio de inore-, fhe fet out from thence alli a Malaga, 2id6ndQdi6 /^Malaga, where fhe endtequera,
fin a fu
miferable vida.
td her wretched
hfe.
Criddo
240
fe
New
Spanish
no
Serv.
Gramtnar.
i.
Criddo I. olviden v^ m^ con la converdicion, que fe va llegando la noche, y fi nos queddmos a la fcna de la eftrella, la cama fera dura,
Senores,
kt make you forget that the night draws on^ andif wejhould take up
Gerjtlejnen,
not your difcotirfe
la
cena
ligera.
oftheftar {that under the canopy of heaven) our bed will be hard, and our fupper light,
is
at the fign
]. It is likely you are y. La hambre debe de haver llegado, que la no- hungry^ for night is not fa che no efta tan cercana, near at hand, but the adpero el avifo no es para we is not amifs,
defpreciar.
ftfiores
Serv. 2. In truth , my Criddo 2. En verdad, mios, que mi ca- maflers,?ny comrade is in the marada tiene razon, que right, for it is beft to get in\o mejor es llegar con dia to the inn by daylight, tofup a la posada, cenar defpa- at leifure, and go to bed be-
cio, y acollarnos tcmpra- ti?7ies, for thefe horfes will no, pueseftos caballosnos tire us fuificiently, and gst traheran harco molidos, us good flomachs, or digefl y los eftomagos bien ga- what we have eaten.
flados.
ella,
R. Pues teneis parte en no fabriais aprove-
R.
it,
Since you partake in
charosde la converlacion, y no poner todo vueftro cuidado en comer y dormir, que Ton las cofas en comiin entre los brutos y los hombres, ficndo la razon la que nos differencia
dcllos.
improve upon the difcourfe, and not fet all your thoughts upon eating and fleeping, which are things in coinmon he tween and 7?ien, beafts whereas it is reafon that diftinguiJJjes us
could not you
from them,
Sir,
Scnor mas vale una lonja de tozino para quien tiene hambre, y una cama mullida para quien viene canfado, que toda la razon del mundo 5
Criddo
I.
Serv.
of bacon
that
is
a rajber a man hungry, and a foft

i.
is
better for
bed for hi?n that
is
tired,
than
all the
j
reafon in the
itfelf
world
and reafon
la
A J.SCW
y
Spanish
<î u<u,n,.,
j^
mifma razon nos en-
teaches us to feek for that
fena
que bulquemos Jo which necejftty requires^ and que requiere la ncceflidad, to maintain our bodies,
el lultentar
nueftros cuJ. JVell^ let us put on tho" it he 07ilj to pleafe our
erpos.
7. Ea,caminemospues, aunque no fea por mas que complacer a eftos mozos que parece que van con hambre y lo peor, que temo havemos errado el camino, y aqui no hai a
-,
men^'-ui^hofeem to he hungry
-^
and what
is
Jlill
worfe^
am afraid ive have lofi our way^ and here is no body to

enquire
of,
quien preguntar. R. As for the way^ I R. En quanto al camino,creo que vamos bien fe- helieve we are fafe enough ; giiros pero con todo, howeverfttwill nothe amifs bueno fera preguntar, pu- to afk^for^ if I mijlake not^ es, fi no me engano, alii I fee afhepherd yonder,
,
veo un
paftor.
J. Let us go thither to J, Lleguemonos alia a ajk. preguntar. R. 'Tell us friend, is this R. Amigo, decidnos, a Car- the way to Carmona ? es efte el camino
7nona ?
Shep. Tou are right,, van v-. m'. camino es derecho, no Gentlemen^ the way is firaight^ you cannot m'lfs it, le pueden errar. Qu'into camino ncs J. How far have we yet J, queda aun hafla la ciu- to the city ? dad ? Shep. 7wo leagues and Paftor, Dos Icguas y
Paftor, Bien
el
media, todo llano, fin fu- an half without any afcent bidanibaxada, tierrarafa, or defcenty plain ground, and fair, y limpia. R. God he with you^ R. Dios quede con vos,
ami go.
Paftor,
friend,
vaya con v^
Shep.
And go
alongwitb
ms.
you^ Gentlemen,
7. Bien
342
Nemo
Spanish
Grammar,
IFe vtay very well J. J. Bien podemos caminar de efpacio, pues te- ride leifurely, fence we have nemos baftante dia, y con- day enough^ and it is good to
viene aliviar los caballos, eafe the horfes^
who
are
to
que han de caminar mana- travel

na.
to
morrow,
Serv. i. In truths Sir^ your charity is very great dad para con los caballos, towards the horfes, withfin acordarfe de que tarn- out confidering that we are
Criddo i.Porcierto, ftn-
or,
que
es
mucha
la cari-
bien nofocros no nos he- not mos de qucdar en la cama.

Criddo 2.
like to lie a-bed,
fi
nos co-
Stxv.2.
Andifwe JJoould
gen los falceadores, que al fall into the hands of the anochecer fakn de fus ef- bigh-waymen^ who in the condrijos, quedarcmos pe- evening come out of their or librddos, y podra fer lurking holes we fJoall he in a worfe plight^ and perque fin cama, ni camfla. haps have fieither bed nor
^
Jhirt.
R, Pues quien te dixo R. ^Fhy, who told you^ a ti, que aqui havia fal- that here zvere any highteadores ? eftos quando los waymen ? when there are
hai es alia en Sierra
Mo* any
fe
it
is
yonder on the moun-
rena
que en
tierra defcu-
tain Sierra
Morena
for
bierta
como
efta
no
a-
treven a moftrar
la cara.
they dare not fhozv their faces in fuch an open country

as this
is.
J. Quanto y
ma-s
que
J. Befides that,
we
being
y four of us, and all carrying todos con buenas armas de /rc'-^?';;2j, it mufl he no fuego, no han de fer pocos fmall number that can rob los que nos han de poder us ; for hefedes that of our robar porque ademas dt\ money y it would be a great
fiendo nofotros quatro,
,
mucha per- lofs of reputation to fuffer dida de reputacion dexar- ourfelves to be firippedwhen nos defvalijar, vmicndo we are fo well p>rovided. tan prevenidos.
dinero, fuera
Criado
A
Criddo
lo

i.
Yoledoimi
Serv.
i.
I give
'jou
343 my
palabra a v. m. que antes word. Sir, they Jballfooner me maten que me quiten kill vie than take what I
que Uevo, que no me inclmo a palTar Ja noche en un cam no muriendo de hambre; pero, con todo, mas vale guardar lo que tenemos en paz, que no aventurar las vidas en
1
have from ine, for I have normndto lie allmghl^Jlarving with hunger^ upon the high^way, and yet it is better to fave what we have in peace, than to hazard
our
lives
in
defence of
it^
defenfa dello,
fm
necefii-
without any need.
dad.
R. Bien has dicho, y
R.
believe
I'ou fay well,
and I
yo creo que Dios nos ha
God
has delivered us
librado de femej antes a- from any fuch adventures^ Venturas, pues hemos lie- for we are now at the ci-
gado
a las puertas
de
la
ty gates,
ciudad.
J. Apeemonos en efte J. Let us alight at thk albergue, que es uno de inn, which is one of the los mejores. befl,
R, Dios
fa.
fea en efta ca-
R. God
be in this houfe,
Huefped. Vs.
ores.
m^
fean
Ho^.
my
Tôu are very
weU
mui bien venidos mis

J.
fen- come,
maflers,
TendremosaquitoJ. Shall we be furnifhed necelfario, Huef- with all that is necejjary^ ped ? mire, que fomos landlord? take notice, that perfonas que nos tratamos we are men who make much
do
lo
bien.
of our felves.
Huefped.
fieren vs.
Quanto
quia
af-
ms
hallaran,
ry
Hoil. Tou will find eve^ thing you would have

Gentlemen,
beds,
pedir de boca,
camas
here.
feadas y sabanas limpias.
have neat
fheets.
ajk and and clean
Criado
i.
SI,
pero pa-
Serv.
Ay
but the fup^
ra cenar, que la cama fm per, for abed withoutfupper^ cena no hace buen fueno. willnot make one fleep found, R. Mirad Z 4
344
^^'^
Spanish
mu-
R. Mirad vos por los

cabal los, que tengan
Grammar, R. Bo yo look
to
the
have plencha y buena paja, buen /}', and good Jiraw, good heno, y bucna cevada, o hay^ and good barley^ or avena, y dexad el cuida- oats^ and take no care of do de la cena, que en the /upper ^ for that is in good hands. buenas manos queda. Ahora, huefped, J. J. Now ^ landlord ^zvh at
horfes^ that they
que
hai
que comer
perdices,
is
there to eat ?
Huefped. {2i\\\^hrQ^ CO'

nejos,
pollas, polios,
Holl.
'There
is
hare^
rabbits^ partridges^ chickens^
anades,
vaca,
capones, ganfos, pullets^ capon: ^geefe., ducks pavos, carnero, turkeys.^ mutton., beef^ pork^ puerco, cabrico ; kid\ do you choofe., Gentleimn.
efcojan mis Senores.
K. Con un par de peruna buena polia, dices, havra paranofotros ; pero
R.
t ridges.,
couple
cf par^
pullet^
;
&
and a good
will be enough for us
but
para los mozos fera me- cur men muft have feme* thing more fubftantial, nefler cofa de mas peib. Hofl". Leave it to me^ Huefped. Dexenlo v^ ms. a mi cuenta que yo Gentlemen., and I will enprocurare agradar aamos, deavour to pUafe both ma^
criados.
fters andfervants.
afsi,
haya baJ. Let it be fo., provide enough for all \ and now let flante para todcs ; y dadnos ahora a probar de us tafie ycur wine., whilfi
J. Sea
vueftro vino, mientras

guifa la cena.
fe
the
fupper
is
drejfwg,
Ho^. Js for wine^ there Huefped. En quanto al vino, no le hai mejor en is no better in Spain ; for toda Efpana que aunque tho* I am no drunkard., nor no foi bcrracho, ni bebe- yet a drinker., what I drink dor, lo cue yo gado qui- 7?iuft be very good, and ero que sea bueno, y tal fuch I give to my worthy ]e doi a mis huefpedes guejh, honrados.
-,
R,
No
quifiera deci'r
R. I would
lijhlyy
not talk foo^
difparates, peio los bue-
but
great
drinkers
nos
A
lleva los

hombres
345
nos bebedores tienen por have a faying, that good refran, que el buen vino wine carries men to heaven.
al cielo.
J,
effo
No
entiendo
como
J.
do not underftand
how that can be, pueda fer. R. 'They fay good wine R, Diceii ellos, que el buen vino cria buena san- breeds good blood, good blood gre, la buena sangre en- begets good conditions, good gendra buena condicion, conditions bring forth good la buena condicion pare works, good works carr'j buenas obras, las buenas men to heaven, obras llevan los hombres
a) cielo.
J. Dexemos eftos diJ. Let us lay afide thefe chos profanos, y vamonos frofane fayings, and go to
a la iglefia mas cercana, a dar gracias a Dios que nos ha trahido aqui con bien, y rogar nos guarde en adelante.
the next church, to
return
thanks to
God for having
brought us hither in fafety, and pray he will prote^

us for the future,
Platicas entre cena.
Difcourfe at fupper.
R,
No
hai
mayor
re-
R. There
is
no greater
galo que una perdiz.
dainty than a -partridge,
mayor,
poJIa.
], There is 710 greater for J, Para mi no le hai que una buena me, than a good pullet,
R. Contra gufto no hai

difputa.
R. There
is
no difputing
Por
efto fe gafta againft tafies.
That
is
the
off",
todo.
reafon that all things go
Experience fhows^ J. La experiencia nos J. mueftra, que lo mas ef- that whatfoever is mofi cafo es fiempre lo mas e- fcarce, is ever 7nofl valued ; ftimado que lo que an- for that which is over plen,
da fobrado, en poco
tenido.
es tiful,
is
made
is
little
account
of
R. 'Eflaesverdadmui
R. That
a truth well
argue ugainfi
ella
conocida, y arguir contra known ^ and
to
346
el la fuera negarfe a Jo que /V, would be oppofing that eflamos viendo con los o- which we daily fee with our jos ; pcro hai perfonas tan eyes but there are fome
-,
amigas de porfiar, que men fo fond of contending^ aun io que efta patente a that they will not believe Jos ojos no quieren conce- what is evident to their eyes.
der.
y. Por efTo hai tantas mundo, por el mal natural de tales perfonas, que noquieren dexarfe lie var de la razon, fino de fu vanidad, la qual los hace necios por no padil'putas en el
J.
That
is
the reafon^
there are fo many putes in the worlds through
why
the
df
ill
difpofition of fuchper-
fons^
who will not fuffer themfelves to be led by reabut by

their
fon^
vanity^
recerlo.
which makes them fools for

fear of being thought fo,
R, ElTa vanidad es la R. That vanity has the que mas parte tieneen to- greateft fhare in mofi things do lo que hacemos, y de- we do^ and fay \ for there Gimos ; porque pocas 6- arefewwords or anions free bras, o palabras hai que from fome touch of that no tengan fu punta defte vice,
vicio.
Huefped.
licencia de
Con
v^
fu
buena
Hoft.
leave^
With your good
I come cena a to know whether you like gufto ; fi faltaalgunaco- your fupper \ or whether fa en que les podamos fer- any thing be wanting that
Gentlemen^
m^ vengo
a faber
fi
efta la
Vir en efta cafa, y tenta el viiô.
fi
con-
this houfe affords^
andwheyour
It-
ther the wine

king.
is
to
], If we fhould complain^ y. Si nos quexaramos, culpa fuera nueftra ; it would be our own fault que en verdad las avesno for in truth the fowls cannot pueden fer mejores, ni be better, nor better dreffed, mejor guifadas, y el vino and the wine is fuch^ that es tal, que fi tuvieramos if we were wont fo to do,
la
-y
coftumbre nos hiciera it would intice us to drink bebermasdeloneceflarioj more than is nee effary, but
tal
pero
A
pero
fin
347
cometer txciô we will make much of our nos hemos de regalar con felves without exceeding^ for el, porque alegra el cora- it chean the heart.
z6n.
R. Our Hofl is a very R, Es mui honrado nueftro huefped, y fu era- honejl man^ and behaves to es conforme, y tal lera himfelf accordifigly^ and on de nueftra parte la paga. our part the pay Jh all befuitable.
Huefped.Yiv'^nmis kno' Hoft. God preferve you res muchos anos, por la majty yean^ my majlers^
mucha merced que me for the great favour you do hacen, y el contento que me, and the fatisfa5fion I me dan en fervir perfonas receive in ferving perfons of
que tanto merecen ; por- fo much worth ^ for fomeque a veces defpues de time i after all pojjihle pains
haver trabajado lopofsible has been taken to pleafe^ por agradar, hai algunos there are fome that cannot que no pueden dar buena give a good word.
palabra.
7, Eflb
6 precede de
J.
ât
either proceeds
tener
cion,
mui perverfa condi- from a perverfe temper, or 6 de fu natural mi- from their covetous nature^
ferable ; por parecerles, believing that defpifing all que defpreciando quanto that is fet before them, they Ics ponen delante, quedan are the lefs obliged to pay
menos obligados
a J a buena paga, rinendo fiempre fobre la cuenta. R. Eflb manana Ic veremos y tengo en tan buena opinion a nuellro que no creo huefped, havra porque renir \ quan-,
generoufly, always
making a broil about the reckoning,
R.
We Jhall fee
that to
morrow, and 1 have fo good an opinion of my hofl, that*

/ do
yiot
believe there will

-,
be any caufe to differ
be-
to y mas que no me hallo fides that, I am no way in^ inclinado a eflas penden- dined to thofe quarreU, and
cias,
vez
y fi me la me guardo
hacen una if I am once put upon, I de la fe- take care of being fo a fecond gunda.
348
Â

to as
gunda, y avifo a todos los time^ and give notice que puedoquefe guarden. many as I can, that
they
may fecure
themfelves.
Hod. I pro?nife you, Huefped. Yo]csprom6a v^ m'. que no tendran Gentlemen, you Jhall have to de que guardarfe, fi lacu- 7io occafion to Jhun me, if
enta no
les
contentare, pa- the reckoning does not pleafe

*,
que guftaren you,you Jhall pay what you que yo fe que no han de pleafe, for I know you querer que les sirvan de would not hefervedfor novalde, 6 que pierda quien thing, or have me lofe by
garan lo
les
sirve.
ferving you,
J.
J.
Amigo, vueftrobutiene
Friend, your
civility
ob has obliged us, and we will nofotros no not fail to do accordingly ; ligados, y dexaremos de correfpon- let us now go to bed, and
en proceder nos
der ; acoftemonos ahora, a good y quedad a buenas noches.
night to you,
Huefped, Nlui buenas fe

las
de Dios a v^
m^
Hod. God give you a very good nighty Gentlemen,
Coloquios
349
M5tel >*.' SJfiJj^^ ^/JXA yJi /-c5 ^^5 j*^ ;>^< J^^ ;^< ;^^ /^5 J.*^ ^>^^ l^ ^/J. ^/^"/Ji y^ ?j^
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglefes.

Spanijh a7td EngliJ}j Colloquies.
Coloquio
tercero.
Col
l o qjj
III.
Entre un ' A?no llamddo Between a Mafter called Don Alonfo^ and his Don Alonfo, 7 fu CriServant, a Taylor, and ddo^ un Sdjire, y una Lavandera, y Don Pea Laundrefs, and Don
dro.
jiccrca de
Jiirfe^
lo
Pedro,
que idea al vey
About what belongs

drefilng, civility,
to
cortesia^
me-
and
vas,
news.
^;i?./^Yes, m6zo,que Mafter.
\^
'
TÔ
you
is it
hear^
hora
es
i^
time of the day
jiine,
^^^>
what
?
Criddo, Son las nueve dad as. A. Porque me dexafte dormir, fabiendo que tenia que hacer } C. Por no enojar a v.
Servant. It has ftruck
A. Why
fleep^
did you let me knowing that I had
bujinefs to do ?
S.
For fear of making

^
m. pues quien duerme {\' you angry Sir ^ for they that empre fiente que le inqui- fleep^ are always vexed to he
ecen.
diflurhed.
puede reM. There is no remed'f mediar. Enciende ahora jww. Light the fire^ and la lumbre, y calientame war7n me a fhirt^ and a una camifa, y unas cal- pair of under -flockings^ and cetas, y lacame otros cal- take me out another pair of zones, que me quiero le- hreeches^ for I will rife, vamar, Qua!
A.
fe
Ya no
350
C.

?
Qual veftido gufta
V. m. de ponerle
S. What fuit of cloaths will you pleafe to put on^ Sir ?
A.
C.
Dame el negro. Lo peor es, que
M.
no
S.
Give me the black. The worft of it is,

is
hai camifa limpia.
that there
no clean Jhirt,
fo, when I do tantas ? Eres defcuida- have fo many ? Ton are exdo en extremo, y me ga- cejfive carelefs, and tire my
ftas la paciencia.
A. Pues como, tenien-
M. How
paiience,
S. Sir, he not impatient
;
impaciente V. m. pues bien fabe que todas vinieron trahidas del camino, y que no ha havido tiempo de lavar,
C.
fe
No
for you know they were all worn, upon our journey,
and
there
has
not
been
wafh and dry them, enjugarlas, aunque yo though I gave the Laujiy
time to
mucho
fe lo
encomende
\
a drefs a great
it
,
charge about
la lavandera
pero
ella fe
but fhe
is
come, without
ha venido, fin Ijamarla. fending for. M. It has hapned well, A. Bien ha fucedido, ella merece fer mui bi- and fhe deferves to be very y en pagada por fu cuidado, well paid for her care, and
y diligencia.
Lavandera. Dios
le
expedition.
pa-
Laundrefs. God reward
gue
a V.
m.
efla
buena you.
confideracion,
Sir, for that good conch3.n- fideration, and charity ; for
que muchos cabal- there are many Gentlemen, que quieren que who would have the poor to Ids pobres les sirvan de ferve them for nothing.
dad
leros hai,
valde.
M. That is not my ternA. No fe eatiende eflb conmigo ; dec id lo que per fay what the Linn en monca la ropa, y fe os comes to, and you fhall be
-,
pagara. L. El criado, Senor,

conrara, y
paid.
la
me
dara lo
L. The que may count

S.
Servant,
it,
Sir,
and give me
to
daba a
C.
otras.
as he gave another.
mi
cuenta,
monta
According
it
my
rec-
diez
reales,
koning,
comes to ten royals.
A. Effe
A
yf.
New Span
huelpeda
,
h Grammar,
351
reckoning
;
'Effe es hacer la cufin la
M.
That
is
cnta
de- without jour Hojlefs
do
zid vos, Senora, Joqueos joufaj, mijlrefs^ what will content 'jou ? contentara ? L. That^ Sir^ is a known L. 'Efle, Senor, es precio fabido, no hai que re- price^ there
plicar
is
nothing to fay
m. fuere fervido de darme alguna c6,
fi
V.
to to
it ;
if
it
fhall pleafe you
give
me fomething for
to
fa
por haver trafnocha- having fat up

le
efti-
ferve yoUy
do para fervirle, mare la merced.
will he thankful for the
favour,
A, Bien lo haveis me-
M. Ton
have well de-
recido, ahi teneys los di- fervedit^ there are the ten
que monta la ro- royals the linnen amounts tOy pa, y eftos dos de ventaja. and two royals over. L. May my mafler live L. Mil anos viva mi fuplico a thoufand years^ and I bea Senor, quien mande fiempre a efta fu feech you always to employ this your poor ferv ant. pobre criada. M. God go with yoUy Id con Dios, y bolA. ved el fabado. Mozo, and come again on Satur* mandaftes venirei Saftre? day. Lad., did you order
ez
reales
the Taylor to come ?
C.
Dos horas ha que
le
S. 1 called
ago.,
is
him two hours

it is
llame, y creo que el es que fube la efcalera.
and believe
he that
coming up the flairs,
A.
gais,
falir
;
buen tiempo HeM. Tou are juft come in que ya eftaba para time y for I was ready to go como haveis tarda- abroad what made you flay
\
do
tan to
Saflre.
;
fo long ?
Taylor. I could not help^ No pude mas, que quien sirve a it, Sir-, for he that is to ferve muchos, no es dueiio de tnajiy., is not mafler of his own time. fu tiempo. A. Bien efta, yo os he M. // is well., I have embiado a llamar para que fent for you to jnakeme two me hagais un par de ve- fuits of deaths,
Sefior
llidos,
S,
Ordenc
3 52
S.
A
Ordene

m. como T. Give 'ôur orders^ para quan- Sir^howôu will have them y made, and againft what ti?ne.
v.
los quiere,
do.
M. Tou muft make me A. Hareifme un veftido entero de efcarlata, a whole fuit of fcarlet^with
guarnicionesdeo- gold trimming of the hefi. El The other of a whitifh colas mejores. otro fera blanquecino 11a- lour plain, without any la^ no> fin guarnicion alguna. cing. S, Aqui trahigo buena T. I have brought a con* cantidad de mueftras de fideraUe quantity of pattodos generos, v. m. mire terns of all forts y fee. Sir, whether you like them, fi le agradan. M. There is no need of A. No es menefter mirallo mas ; eftas dos mue- looking any farther \ Ichoofe Itras efcqjo, y los vcfti- thefe two patterns, and let dos fe hagancon toda bre- the cloaths be made as foon vedad. as pojfible, S. Si V. m. no manda T. If you have no other otra cofa, me voi a dif- commands. Sir, I will go to poner lo que me ha or- provide what you have ordenado. dered. A. Bien fabeis la conM. Tou know how much fianza que hago de vos, / confide in you, buy me compradme un par de onepairoffilkftockins, and mcdias de feda, y otro de another ofworfted, I mean edambre, digode medias flockins for each fiiit : and para cada veltido y me- half a dozen of white gloves ; dia docena de guantes all as foon as may be, betodo que fea caufe being come off a jourblancos ; prefto, porque comoven- ney, I have not necejfarics go de camino no tcngo lo to appear at court, necefsario para parecer en
con
fus
ro,
de
la corte.
S.
Manana
alii
a la
noche
T. To-morrow
two days
there Jloall
it.
night, the
eflara aqui el veftido lla- plain fuit fhall be here, and^
no, y de
a dos dias el
efto
after,
the laced^
guamecido, en
avra faka.
no
no failure in
A, Si

M.
S.
here.
53
1
is
A. Si afsi lo cumplis, no pido mas.

C. Senor, aqui elta Pedro.
If
Sir,
'jou
perform
it^
defire no more.
Don
Don Pedro
A. Entre fu merced, pues me la hace tan grande en adelantarfe en venirme a ver, fiendo mi obligacion haver ido a befarle la
M.
with
gone
Let him come
in^
fo great a favour as to he before-hand

fince he does
7ne in
me
coming
to fee
me
when it was my
to kifs his
duty to have
hands.
mano.
D. P. Dexemos cumplimientos,
B. P. Let
us
lay
aftds
que parecen compliments^ which do not mal entre amigos verda- look well among realfriends. deros. V. m^. fea mui Ton are very welcome., Sir^
bien venido, y me alegro a?jd I am glad to fee you in good health. de verle bucno. A. M. Andfo am I to find yo lo mifmo de you here and well. hallarle aqui y bueno. D. P. Ya que ha lieD. P. Since the happy gado la feliz hora de vol- hour is come., that we are vernos a juntar, decidme met again, tell me fomething alguna cofa de lo que ha- of what you have feen in veis VI do en Frdncia^ France, which I have fo que tanto la he defleado 7nuch coveted to fee my
ver.
felf.
A. Los que han cami-
A.
travellers are often

to
nado a veces fon chofos, tomandofe
fofpe- liable
la
li-
he fufpe^fed^
as
taking the liberty to invent
bertad de inventar lo que whatfoever their imaginales dida fu imaginacion ; tion dilates to them , fom& unos exagerando las cofas extolling things far beyond mui alia de la verdad, y truth., and others defpifing otros defpreciando quanto all that is out of their own France is fuch hai fuera de fus propias countries. tierras. Frdncia es tal que a one., that it needs no hy-
no
necefsita
de
hyper- perboles
te-
to
commend
it,
as
boles
para alabarla,
tanto
niendo
having fo much truly to he verdadero admired^ that the eyes are que a
354
-^ ^^"^
Spanish
fe
,
Grammar.
it
is
que admirar,
que no
mt fatiated
and
hartan los ojos de mirar
with heholdtngy a Jhame there
y es verguenza, que haya jhould he fuch foul tongues lenguas maldicientes que as do /peak ill of it, fe atrevan a hablar mal
della.
D. P. For faber con quanto defenfado algunas perfonas cuentan lo que apenas han foiiado, yo doi poco credito a lo que oigo en las converfaciones que acaib fe ofrecen, conociendo, que no taltan hombres, que fe precian de mentir ; fiendo un vicio de que todo hombre bien nacido fe debe afrentar.
D, P. Js I very well know with what an air fo?ne perfons tell what they
fcarce dreamed^
tie
give
lit-
credit to
what I hear in
that accident al-
c onverfation
ly
occurs^ being fatisfied there
are
men
that value them;
felves upon lying

it is
whereas
a vice thai
of,
all
men who
to be
are well horn ought
ajhamed
J, In fa me cofa
tratar verdad.
es
no
A.
//
is
an infam$iis
mifchiefs
thing not to fpeak truth.
D. P.
Infinites fon los
D, P.
curfed
Infinite
danos que acarrean malditas hablillas.
eflas are the confequence of that

tittle tattle,
M. All the preachers in Quantos predicadores hai no fon baftan- the world are not able to tes para poner freno a las curb tongues^ it is not likely lenguas, mal lo haremos that we Jhould do it.
A,
nofotros.
D. P.
A
con
que propofito
fi
D.
it
P. To whatpurpofe
is
es el predica r,
la
vida
to
preach.ifthe preacher^s
not fuitahle to the fer-
del predicador no corref-
life is
ponde
el
fernôn. mon.
One bad example
is
fuerza tiene un mal more prevalent than ten hoexemplo que diez plaricas ly difcourfes. And what is
lantas.
Mas
come
io que peer es, flill worfe, the fermons hefermones fe ha- ing made for worldly ends, cen por fines mundanos, it is not to be wondered
los
I
no
A
ales.

tual fruit.
355
no hai que efpantar que no hagan frucos efpirituA.

los
that they produce no fpiri^
La mala
vida de
es
la
M. ne
ill
lives
of the
ecclefiafticos
churchmen are the ruin of
perdicion de Jos feglares. the laity. But let us not Pero no nos vamos em- launch out too far in other barcando en vidas ajenas ; mens lives ; let every 7nan cada uno mire pof (i, y look to himfelf^ and thg
andara el mundo mejor. world will go better, D. P. Afsi es volvaD. P. That is right let mos pues a vueftro viage, us therefore return to your y contadme alguna cofa travels^ and tell me fome*
:,
-,
del.
thing of them.
A.
tar
?
Que
OS he de con-
A. What
Thofe
quire
fhall
I
,
tell
Efias relaciones pi- you ?
relations
if
re-
den
eflbs
mucho
efpacio
fi
much
leifure
you
defleais
borradores,
hallareis
informaros, leed defire to be informed^ read en los thef notes ^ in which you
quales
muchas
will find
many
particulars^
particularidades, que iba that
I fill wrote down^
aflentando mientras las te- whilfi they were frefh in nia frefcas en la memoria. 7ny inemory.
D. P. Para mi no havra mayor placer. Pero decidme que os parece de la nacion Francefa. A. Acerca de la Nacion Francefa no tengo que decir otra cofa, sino que todos, en comun, fon mui civiles, pero es menefter una grande arte para tratar con ellos, pues fon mui fagaces y enganofos.
D.
tell
P. Nothing can
to
be
more pleafing
me.
But
me your opinion of the French nation, A. As to the French nation^ I have nothing elfe to
fay^ than that all in general are very civil \ but to

treat with them^
is
requifite
great confederation^ becaufe they are very cunning and

deceitful,
D. P. Eflb ya me lo D. P. That 1 knew le^ yo antes, pues uno fcre^ fence one of them de ellos me engano condos cheated me of 200 pieces of
fabia
a 2
mil
2^6

,
eight that I lent him ; and mil pefos que le prefte lo peor es, que jamas what is the worft^ is^ that y oi palabra de el hafta la I never heard a word from femana pafada, que rece- him till lajl week^ that I received a letter from him. bi una carta fuya. M. I will lay a wager A, Apoftare, que es la mifma perfona que yo vi that is the fame perfon I en Orleans^ pues me ha- faw at Orleans, hecaufe he
bio de V.
efte fe 11a- fpoke to

"^âs
me of you,
his
name
maba
D. P. El mifmo, pero
la carta
la
D. P. The very fame^ que ten go, lleva but the letter I have from him^ hears its date from fecha de Paris.
Paris.
fer, M. That may well he^ A. Bien puede porque fegun me dixo, hecaufe as he told me, he tenia intencion de partirfe had a mind to fet out for
para Paris
cnte.
el
cia
figui- Paris the next day.
ra cobrar
D. P. What Jhall I do D. P. Que hare yo pato get my money ? mi dinero ? M. What ? Come to A. Que ? Venirfe conmigo a Parh, y obligarle Paris with me, and ohlige alii que le pague ; yo in- him there to pay you ; I in-
tento volver alia dentio tend to return thither within de dos mefes, y el me two months, and he told me dixo que queria eftable- that he would fettle himfelf
cerce alia en la calle dc /^^r^f^^/Anthony'j/r^^-/, San Antonio, en dorde vi- where his parents live. And con with this opportunity you ven fus Padres.
efto V. m^. tendra
el
gufto will have thepleafure of feeing the cent
de ver
niflcas
las
muchas y mag-
many and
magnifi-
fabricas que hai en
buildings
that
are
Frdncia, y efpecialmente in France, and efpecially el Palacio y jardines de the palace and gardens of Verfailles, que fon los me- Verfailles, which are the
lores del
mundo. befl in the world. D. P. So 1 will, and 1 D. P. Am lo hare, y ahora a hablar fo- go now to fpsak to my favoime
I
bre
A
bre ello a
New Spanish
mi Padre que
ho7ne.
Gram?nar.
//,
257
is
thcr about
who
at
efta en cafa.
A. Dios pues, pero dixt^c ver manana, y ha-
M.
let
Farewel then^ hut
blaremos mas Ibbre
eflo.
me fee you to-morrow and we will [peak more up^

on
this fuhjeh.
D. P. Efta
OS.
bien
Di-
D, P.
well.
//
is
well
fare-
5^' 1^1
".\
J^'i ^'\ ^'"i
TA ^y* --i T/i
t^*/^
^"^ TA >?'^4. "^ "^y*
"'4
""^
'^'^t
^"^ >""4 ^"'^
^'"'{ ^'"'1 J-^'-i
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglcfes.

SpaniJJd
and Englip
Colloquies.
Colo'quio quarto.
ôhre vdrias Materias, entre qudtro Camarddas^
Col
Upon
l o qjj
feveral
IV.
Subjects,
Diego, Fernando, Thomas, y Eduardo.
between four Companions,James^ Ferdinand^ 'Thomas^ and Edward.
que hemos comido, vamonos a pafTear al jardin, que dlcen es bueno para la digeftion, y efcufaremos de dormir la fiefta. F. Dezis bien, que efta coftumbre de dormir es mui perezofa, y fi no es en tiempo de grandiftima calor, mejor es divertir-
D.TT'A
J.
X^
"XT OIV
dined^
in the
we
let
have
us go
walk
garden, which
they fay isgoodfor digeftiony
and we fhall avoid fleeping

the afternoon nap.
P. I'ou are in the rights
for this cuftom of fleeping very hurtful, ami unlefs

he
is
it
when
the heat
is
excej/ivey
it is
better to take
fome
di'
nos.
T*.
verfion.
No
empo
gaftemos el tien ceremonias, que
T. Let
us not fpend time
in ceremonies^
for
it
is
very
es
Aa
358
es
A
A
mui mal gaftado, y no ill fpent^ and I do not love them, gufto dellas. mi no me agraE, E. / like them not, but dan, mas lacortesia fiem- civility is always good, pre es buena. D. Reparen bien en lo J. Take good notice of que vieren, y veran mu- what you fee^ and you will cha curiofidad en elte jar- yc''<? much curiofity in this din, que es uno de los me- garden, which is one of the jores que fe hallanen eftas bejl that are in thefe parts.
partes.
mui
F. Thefe walks are very F. 'Eflos andamios Ton agradables per la agreeable for the Jhade of fombra de los arboles, y the trees, and the fweet
loodorifero delasmurtas. fcent of the mirtle. T. They have another T, 'Ocra buena calidad tienen, que es, fer largos good quality, which is, that
para evirar
las
muchas
they are long to fave the of-
vueltas a que obligan los ten turning there mufi be in
cortos ; y lo ancho que pueden andarfeisperfonas a la par con defcanfo. E. Las eras tan limpias que fe puede dormir en ellaS', y fegun la yerba e~ fla verde parecen mullidas, y
fhort
ones
and
their
breadth,
that fix perfom
can walk abreaft in them, E. The beds are fo neat

that they are fit to fleep on
thejn ; andthegrafsfo green that they look foft, and iiilie
comvidan
Êfla
a echarle vite to
es
down upon them,

is
en
ellas.
D.
enramada
D. That arbour
de-
fummer, expofed puefta a todos los vientos to all winds to refrefh, and para refrefcar, y libre de free from the fun-beams,
los ray OS del fol.
deleitofa en el verano, ef- lightful in
F. Êfta gruta con todo, F. However this grotto^ en mi opinion, le haze mu- in ?ny opinion, is much herha ventaja en lo frefco, y yo^sd it for coolnefs, and a^n lo apacible, femejafe greeablenefs, it looks very mucho eon lo natural, y natural, and has the or nagpza los adornos del arte, tnents of art,
T. Aquel}^
A
t.
bclla,

es
3 59
AqueJIa fuente
1^ ,nat fountain is hcau-
y aquella cafcada t'lfuU and that cafcade hace un ruido que parece makes a noife that feems to alegra, y al milmo tiem- exhilarate^ and at the fame
po adormece
con
do.
los fentidos
tirrê
lulls
the fenfes ajleep
lo incefsable del Ibni- with the incejfant found,
E. Adelantemonos un poco a ver los frutales, y

gozar de fu fruta. D. Pdra mi no la hai mas deliciofa que los hifeccion.
E. Let
tie to
us
advance a
lit-
fee the fruit trees ^
and
enjo'^
the fruit,
J.
to
None is more delicious me than fgs^ and here
gos, y aqui los hai en per- the) are in perfection,
F, Yo me contento con F. / am fatisfied with duraznos, quando {on peaches ^wh en the^ are large grandes y maduros, como and ripe^ as thefe on this
los defte arbol.
tree.
T.
'Eftos melocotones
a
me
lie van
mi
y tienen
foberano.
ellos
T. êfe melocotones charm m^ e-ês^ and the^ un gufto have a fovereign tafie,
los
ojos,
E. Por no querer lo E. Bee aufe I will not he que otro quiere, pues to- for the fame as another is, dos fe han diferenciado, fnce you have all varied, I yo efcojo para mi eftas make choice of thofe bergaPeras berga moras, y rega- mot pears, and let us treat lemonos cadaqual confor- ourfelves every one to his
me
a fu apetito.
own
dexemos
J.
nifios,
appetite.
D,
llevar,
No
nos
Let us not he delud-
como
les
ed like children, by the fruit,
de la fruta, que Dios crio which God made for fuftepara el fuftento, y no pa- nance, and not to indulge ra engolofinarnos, Efcu- our appetite. Let us a while chemos un rato el dulce liflen to the fweet finging of canto de los pajariUos, the little birds, who withque fm ayuda de maeftros out the help offnaflers make bacea una mufica, quan- fuch muftck^ as is the more
Aa
to
^6o
to

mas marawonderful^ the more natU" ral it is.
mas
natural,
villofa.
F, Ellos los unos dc los F. They learn of one ând thofe which ptros aprenden, y los que nother^ mas habilidad tienen salen have the heft capacity prove
mas
los
dieftros,
como
;
que cada difcipulo sale conforme a) talenco que Dios le dio, y no conforme al maeftro. T, El Ruifenor es milagro de la naturaleza, y hace ventaja a todos los demas. No lo he vifto, pero afirman que es tanta a veces la fuerza que p6nen en cantar, que fe caen
muertos.
hombres
entre moft Jkilfid^ as it men ; for every
is
among
learner
proves according
lent
to the ta-
God has given him, and
not according to the mafter.
T. The nightingale is a wonder in nature, and furI have pajfes all others,
not feen
it,
hut
it is
affirm-
ed, that they fornetimesftrain
themfelves fo
much
with
ftnging, that they drop
down
dead.
E, La calandria no le E. The lark comes not queda a deber mucho al far hehind the nightingale^ ruifeiipr, y no fe fi a ve- and perhapsfometimes equals ces no le iguala , ni es him ; nor is the goldfinch
menos de eftimar al gil- lefs valuable, hut the canaguero, pero fobre todos ry hird is beyond them all.
s el canario.
Veis
of the fingers, and cipales y merecen fer efti- they deferve to be valued ; mados ; peroquehayapa- hut that there fhouldhe birds
chiefeft
D, De los cantores hanombrado los prjn-
J.
Tou have named
the
xaros que aprendan a for-
thctt learn toform
an human
diftin^l
mar voz humana, y
ha- voice,
and fpeak
blar palabras diftindtas, es words., is moft tobeadmiredy lo mas de maravillar, y and I fny felf have heard a
he oido yo mifmoun papagayo que cantava de tal manera, que quantos le plan iin vcrle, juzgavan que era perfona humana.
parrot thatfung after fuch a manner^ that all who heard and did not fee him^
concluded
it
was fome hU'
man perfon,
F, Tarn-
New
Sp
A N I SH Grammar.
-,
361
E. Magpies^ ani blackF, Tambien hablan las but never maricas, y los tordos-, pero birds^ alfo talk jamas con la perfecion que [0 perfehl^ as parrots ; and
Jos
Papagayos y no de reparar que

-,
es dig-
it is
worth ohferving^ that

having beaks^ and
tenien-
thofe birds
aves picos y no not tnouths like us, they can bocas como nofotros, pu- form wordsy which they do
eftas
do
edan formar palabras, lo within qual por efto ellas hacen

alia en el gaznate.
'T,
their throats.
hai que conF. Much reflexion may en el hablar y can- he made upon the talking fiderar tar de las aves ; pero tam- and finging of birds \ but I
Mucho
bien
rece
me
parece que me- am of opinion that the pro* nueftra atencion a- digious variety of colour Sy
prodigiofa varie- that is found among them^ dad de colores, que fe hal- deferves our ohfervation^for la entre ellas, porque a- art has fcarce been able to penas el arte ha llegado a match them,
quella
igualarlas.
E, Mui hermofas las E. Euvopt produces veproduce nueftra Europa^ ry beautiful birds, but they pero no llegan con mucho do not come near thofe that a las que fe hallan en la are found in Ada, and America. j^fia^ y la America, D. Difcourfing concernD. Converfando acerc^delas aves nos hallamos ing the birds we are come entre eftos eftanques, que among thefe ponds, which
fe hallan
mui bien prove- are very
wellftored with all
idos de todos los generos the forts of fifh that live in de peces que viven en fe- fuch waters, there are femejantes aguas, y hai dif- ver al forts of them,
ferences generos dellos.
F, Lo principal en eftos F. The chiefeft in thefe eftanques fon picas, o lu- ponds are pikes, or jacks,
rio fe
pero en efte cogen infinitas truchas, y a fu tiempo falniones que fuben de la

fos,
y carpas
-,
and carps \ hut in this river an infinite number oftrouts are taken, and in the feafon^ falmon^ that come up
niar
362
mar

from
the fea to /pawn ^ and afterwards at their time the
y defpues fazon los falmonzilen fu los que baxan a criarfe en J a mar. y. 'Efta es otra de las maravillas de la naturaleza, o hablando con mas propriedad, de la divina
a defovar,
fmall falmon that go down

to thrive in the fea.
T. nis
is
another of the
wonders of nature, or to fpeak more properl'j, of the divine wifdom^ the immen-
fabiduria, la immenfidad fty of the forts of fifhes, de generos de peces, fus their different fhapes, that
diferentes formas, aquel- hideous magnitude of fome,
grandeza de and the ftrange fmallnefs of los unos, y la rara peque- others. nez de otros. E, Mucha es la diftinE. There is a great diclon en los tanianos, como verfity in fizes^ as alfo in tambien en la figura, o the figure, or make, but as hechura, pero en io que for beauty, I know not of toca a hermofura, no le any that is among them all, que fe halje en alguno del- on the contrary mojl of them los, antes los mas fon dif- are mijhapen, and no way formes, y poco agradables pleafing to the fight ^ having
la efpantofa
a la vifta, fin tener cofa nothingagreeaUe
to the eyes,
que
contente a los ojos^ a- befides their being

fer
dumb, and
demas de
faltarles
mudos, y having no
voice,
voz.
D.
Si
no pueden entre;
tener los 6jos,ni los oidos
J. Though they cannot entertain the eyes, nor the
aiomenos no les falta con ears ; however, they do not want fomethingtopleafethe que fatisfacer el gufto pues no hai mayor regalo tafte ; for there are no que el que nos dan la mar, greater dainties than thofe y los rios, en tan varios the fea, and rivers afford
*,
platos
como
no
can,
fi
faltan
dellos fe ia- us, in fuch variety of difljes buenos as are taken from them,
los
cocineros que
guifar.
lepan
if there be no
that
want of cooks know hoz^ to drefs
them,
P.
No
A
F.

qulero dcfpre-
363
F. / will 7iot undervalue eiar lo que tanta parte del that which fo great part of mundo eftima pero pa- the world values ; but for ra mi mas vale una pier- my part I had rather have na de carnero, o un lomo a leg of mutton^ or a fur^ de vaca que quanto las a- loin of beef^ than all that guas producen y fiva- the waters -produce ; and if mos a las aves, eftas en we go on to the fowls ^ they fobrepujan in delicacy exceed all the delicadeza quanto hai en el univerfo world affords for the fujlenance of men. para el fuftento humane. T. I fay you are in the J". Digo que teneis buen gufto, y me atengo rights and I am for flefh yo a la carne que cria car- which breeds flefh ^ and fa^
,
No
ne, y fatisface, dexando el
tisfies^
leaving the ftomacb

the time
eftomago bien proveido well fur nifhed for
para en adelante ; fiendo to come \ whereas fifh is of el pefcado de la naturale- the nature of the element it za del elemento en que fe is bred in, fo that though a cria, que por mas que fe 7nan eat never fo much to harte una perfona, luego fatiety, he is prefently hun fe halla con hambre, por- gry again, becaufe no fub-
que no queda fubftancia. E. No puedo ir contra efle parecer, pero con todo vemos que hai genres en el mundo que mas viven de pefcado que de carne, y noobftante fon
flance remains,
opinion,
robuftas, y en las des mefas tienen en mu- lue falmon, lob ers, oyfters, ft cho el falmon, las lango- and many other forts \ and
ftas,
E. I cannot oppofe that however we fee there are people in the world who live more upon fifh than upon flefh, and neverthelefs they are ftrong, and at gran- great tables they highly va-
las oftras,
y otros
los
fiflo
that
is
falted,
or pick^
j y pcfcados falados, y en efcabeche dan mas nutri- ed poor jack, flurgeon^ and mento, entre los quales fe tunny fifh, pueden contar el abadejo,
muchos generos
more nutriment^ among which may be reckon^

led affords
^1 efturion,
el atun.
JD.Con
364
^^'^
Spanish
Grammar.
D. JVhatfoever it is that D. Con qualquier cofa que nos criemos es cierto we are hred with, it is cerque hemos de crecer, y tain that we Jhall thrive^ hallarnos bien ; afli ve- and do well\ thus we fee mos que no hai hombres there are no men Jlronger^ mas fuertes y bien difpu- and luftier than thofe of eftos que los de algunas fome of the ver'j northern partes mui feptentriona- parts^ where from their inles, donde defde la niiiez, fancy ^ their main fujlenance
breads without alguna leche, raices, fin being ever acquainted with faber que cofa es vino, y wine, and very little with
is
fu principal fuftento,
es
barley^ or
oaten
pan de cebada, y avena, fome
milk^
roots,
mui poco de
carne, o pef- fiefh, or fiflo,
cado. F. Los que fe crian con regalo no pueden con eftos mantenimientos.
ly
F. Thofe who are daintihred cannot bear that fort
La offood. Nature is fatisfed naturaleza con poco fe with little, hut the body contenta, pero hafe de ha- mujl be innured to it from cer el cuerpo a ello defde the firft years, for afterlos primeros aiios, que def- wards it is too late. Let pues es tarde. Miremos us look upon our fqueamifh
nueftras
fas,
fi
lo
ladies, if they fhould have pufieran delante fuch things fet before them^ que fon regalos para as are dainties for our coun-
damas melindro-
les
nueftras labradoras, no les try women, not one morfel entrara bocado en el cuer- would go into their fiomach.
do
Ya que fe ha hablaT. Since fo much has tanto del comer, razon beenfaid of eating, it is but fera no nos olvidemos que reafonable we fhould not fortambien fe ha de beber, y get that we are alfo to drink,
y.
dexando aparte el agua and leaving afide the water que crio Dios en general which God created 7iot only no folo para los hombres, for men, but alfo for all the fino tambien para quantos creatures he has placed in
animales ha puefto en efte
this
ii
world
in general,
wine
miJndo, es
el
vmo
el
mas
the tnofi fovereign of all
foberano

known
365
foberano de quantos liquores haft a efte dfa fe han conocido, o que las edades venideras, y la humana invencion hallaran pacionales.
the liquors that have heen

to this day^ or that future ages^ and hutnan in-
vention will ever find out for

the benefit of rational crea'-
ra bien de las criaturas ra- tures.
E. Los vinos que proE. The wines Spain aduce folo Efpana apenas lone -produces are hardly to pues he reckoned up, what then fe pueden contar, de todas las otras mujl there he in all other que fera tierras ? Hablar deflb fue- countries ? 'To talk of that ra nunca acabar. El vi- would he endlefs. Wine in
no en general tiene muchas virtudes templadamente ufado, y fin fer menefter acudir a los medicos que nos las digan, o a los autores antiguos, la efperiencia nos enfena que da fuerzas, alegra el roayudaa
la vifta
el
general
has many virtues
moderately ufed^ and without being obliged to have recourfe to phyficians^ or ancient
authors^
that
experience
it
teaches us,
gives
flrength,
makes the counchearful^

fortifies
tenance
ftro, fortifica los nervios, the
nerves, helps the fight

eyes, cherifhes thefto-
delos ojos, of the
esfuerza
eftomigo, ha- mach,
caufes good digeflion^
ce buena digeftion, defpi- fharpens the appetite, caufes
buen found feep, drives away me-* fueho, quica la trifteza, y lancholy, and rejoyces the pone alegrfaenelcorazon, heart, which are Jufficient que fon baftantes alaban- commendations, and known
erta el apetito, hace
zas,
y verdades conocifin
truths,
which no 7nan can

it
das, que no hai quien las deny, and hefides all this
pueda negar, y
todo isfo agreeable to the palate^ efto es tan agradable al that fo many are ruined onpaladar que por efle folo ly for that pleafure, gufto hai tantos que fe pierden.
D. En verdad que haveis acertado en
J.
In
truth
you have
no can- been
in the right in not tir^
iaraos cgn los difparates ing us with the ahfurdities
de
366

of man'^ of the ancients^ with which the moderns who would gain the reputation of
de muchos de los antiguos, con que fiempre nos eftanempalagando los modernos que quieren ganar fama de mui leidos, porque fon tan enfadofas fus reglas, que no hai paciencia que bade para el las. 'Uno nos enfefia quanta agua fe ha de mefclar con el vino ; otro pone tafifa en las veces que fe ha de
having read much are at-
wap
rules
us^ for their are fo difagreeahle^ that no patience can hear
cloying
with them.
teaches us
One of them
how much water
muft he mixed with our wine ; another fiyies the number of glaffes that is to beber ; otro nos dize ha- he drunk ; another tells us fta que edad nos hemos till what age we muft ahde abftener ; otro no qui- ftain ; another will not aU
geres
ere que lo beban las mu- low women to drink it ; and mil pa- thus a thoufand fopperies ; y affi otras taratas conforme a lo que according to what every one
cada uno dellos tenia entonces en la cabeza. F, Yo no entiendo para que ion tantos preceptos, todo hombre templado la be lo que en efle cafo le conviene, fin que
of them had at that time in

his head.
what
for,
F. I do not underftand fo many precepts are

every
moderate
is fit
man
knows what
this cafe,
for him in without ftanding
fean menefter cuentos vi- in need ofoldftories of two ejos de dos mil aiios j y thoufand years % anddrunlos borrachos fe rien, y re- kards laugh at, and curfe all
niegan de todas
zes.
eflas veje-
thofe
antiquities.
Befides
Quanto y mas que that, there are fome young hai mozos que no necefsi- men who have no lefs occatan menos de un trago de ftonfor a glafs of wine than vino que los viejos, y hai the old, and there are fto*
eftomagos que requieren machs that require double doblada la cantitad que 6- the quantity as others. Then Pues decir que no to fay that women muft not tros. mugercs drink it, is alfo a piece of las lo beban tambien tiene fu pedazo madnefs ; as if their bodies de locura, como fi fus cu- wsrs not human^ and did
crpos
A New
alivio tambien
Spanish
como
los
Grammar.
367
erpos no fueran humanos, not ftand in need of that y no neceflitaran de aquel comfort as well as men^
hombres.
T. Que mayor locura puede haver que el ir a pe-
T. What
nefs
greater mad* can there be than to go
dir confejo de los muertos ajk advice of the dead, for para lo que eftamos vien- tbofe things we fee with our do con los ojos, y palpan- eyes^ and feel with our do con las manos ? Pero hands ? But that cuftom is
efta efla
coftumbre tan
troducida, que
ldis
no
in- fo eflablifhed, that the heafolo en then fhilofophers arenotonly
converfaciones entran
thruft into converfation^

,
los philofophos
fin
gentiles, without head or tail
hut
para que ; mas los mifmos predicadores nos aturden con fentencias de Platon, de Seneca, de Plinio, de Socrates, &c.
que
ni
the very preachers ftun us with fentences from Plato,
Seneca,
&c,
ly
as if there
Pliny, Socrates, were no ho-
fathers,
como
no huviera, fantos padres, y dodtores

fi
doifors to
and chrifttan have recourfe to,
chriftianos a quien acudir.
E, No hai cofa mas eE. Nothing is 7nore notovidente que los grandes rious than the great benebienes que hace el vino al fits human race receives genero humano ; pero from wine ; but at the fame tambien es gran laftima time it is a great pity that
que la demasia caufe tan- the excefs of it fhould occa^ tos danos, y no es de ef- fion fo many mischiefs, nor pantar, porque fegun reis it to be wondered at, for
glas de philofophia la cor- according to the maxims of rupcion de lo mcjcr es la phikfophy, the corruption of
es a faber, peor, quQ the beji things is worjl, that quanto mejores Ton las c6- is, how much the better fas en fi mifmas tanto things are in ihemfelves, fo masperniciofasfon, quan- w^^ -//^^ inore pernicious
do o ellas fe corrompen, o nofotros ufamos mal

dcllas.
they ar^,
when
either they
are themfelves corrupted, or we make an ill ufe of them.
ABien
368
A New Spanish
J.
Grammar.
Tou have ohferved
it is
D, Bien haveis reparado en ello, porque es cierco
rights for
certain that
que nothing produces more 7?iif. mas males acarree que el chiefs than too much drinkdemafiado beber. Quan- ing. How man'j murders^
hai cofa
tas muertes, quantos al- how man'j uproars^ how borotos, quantas defhone- many lewd practices has ftidades ha occafionado la drunkennefs occajioned i and
que no
embriaguez
quantos
how many
doing
thoufands^ with-
millares, fin hacer daiio a out
harm
to
others
otros ban deftruido fu fa- have deftroyed their own iud, e incurridoen infini- healthând fallen into infinite
por haverfe facado de juicio con efte abominable vicio fm hablar de la defhonra, o por mejor decir infamia de ponerfe un hombre en
tas defgracias,
,
misfortunes
by having
put
themfelves heftde their rea-
fon by this abominable vice y not tofpeakofthedifhonoury or tofpeak more properly of

the infamy of a man's putting
peor eftado que las beftias mas brutas, por tan eftra-
himfelf
into
a worfe
condition than the moft brutal beajls^ for the fake of fo
gado apetito como beber con dcmasia.

F,
es el
depraved an
appetite
as
drinking too much,
F. In feveral parts of En muchas partes mundo, no las quiero the worlds I will not name nombrar por no ofender them to avoid giving offence
del
cefliirio,
a nadie, y por no fer ne- to any body^ and becaufe it pues todos los is not neceffary^ fince all
fe
conocen,
ha introduciel
7nen
know them^
this
curf
do
tanto efta maldita co- ed cuftom has fo far taken
flumbre, que
emborra- place^ that to be drunk is charfc no le tiene por a- not looked upon as a dif frenta-, antes hai locos, que grace \ on the contrary there no les puedo dar otro ti- are mad men^ for I can tulo, que fe precian de give them no other iitle^ cmborrachar a otros, y who value themfelves upon cuentan eftasfealdadesco- ?naking others drunk^ and mofi fueran las mayores relate thofe fhameful aônsj me avergu- as if they were the greatefi hazanas. engo
A
cfta
Nezc;
Spanish
rned
Grammar.
And I am
tell
it^
369
ajha^
inzo de decilio, hai ya mugeres que fe iguaUn en

vileza con los hornbres
exploits.
to
there are
now women
the
that can match
mas intames, elpo*,
mofl infamous
men
in
niendofe ^ qualquier defa- this vile practice, expoftng tino paes haviendo per- tbefnfelves to any folly \ for dido la razon, poco hai when they have loft their reafon^ there is little truft" que irar de lo demas.
ing to the reft,
T.
el
Con
fer cofa natural
T. Though
it
he natural
among which^ the los quales el mas ufaclo moft ufual is heer^ which es la cervcza, la qual ha- they make fo ftrong^ that it wine, exceeds cen tan fuerte que a veces fometimes foprepuja el v^no, aunque though it is not fo wholeno es tan fana con que Je fome^ fo that it wants the falta lo bueno, y le lobra good^ and has too much of lo malo, y en particular the evil^ and particularly it
quor^j^
-,
beber agua, no contentado los hombres con cila ; que en las tierras adonde no race vino, han iriventado ocros generos de brevages, encre
fe han to drink water^
men havs
it^
not been fatisfied with
for in thofe countries which produce 170 wine ^ they havs

invented
other forts of
li
liena Ids cu'erpos de ventofidad.
fills
the bodies with wind.
E. Pnes
la
cidra, aun-
que
es
mas
natural,
le
though
E. Then as for cider^ natural, it is more
hace mucha ventaja a la andmuch preferable to beer c^rveza, no puede com- it cannot ftand in competipctir con el vino, fiendo tion with wine, as being vemui cruda con que caufa ry raw, fo that it occafions
,
defconcierto en los que no fluxes in fuch as are not fe han bi^n acoftumbradp well ufed to it,
a ella.
fe bebe J. The juice of pears de las peras, y (perry) is alfo drunk, and cs tenido por m.as perni- is looked upon as inore mif ciofo que la cidra. La a- chievous than cider. Mead loja e$ cgfa regalada en el is very delicious infummer, verano. B b
D. Tambien
t\
zumo
370
A
el
Neis)
Spanish
mui
fria healthy
Grammar,
verano, fi fe repara en fo- if we only look to our pa)o elapetito ; pero ^\ mira- late ; hut if we regard
mos
para
la falud,
es
it is
too cold for the
eftomago, y por Jlomach^ and

introducido
el
therefore
it is
eflb fe ha
become cujlomary, to terncon un poco de per it with a little brandy ; mefclarla agua ardiente ; pero aim hut even in that cafe it is
requifite to ufe caution^ that
it
en eflb es menefter andar con tiento que no fea demafiada.
be not too
much,
V. We are got into aveF. En buena converfacion nos hemos metido, ry fine difcourfe, that if any que quien nos oyefle, pu- fhould hear us they might diera tenernos en opinion take us for good drinker s^ de buenos bebedores, fin though we have not deferV'
haver merecido tan mala Volvamos pues a fama. cafa mientras fe hace hora de cenar, que ya preed that had name.
Let us
whilfl
then
return home^
fupper-time comes on^ for it will foon draw near^ and
do
fe ira
faltara
llegando, y no en que entretener-
we fh all not want fomething

to divert us,
nos.
mucha ra'T, Teneis zon, pues agora da el rel6x las fiete,
T. Ton
rights
are
much
in the
for the clock
now
buino fir ikes feven^ and it is good cenar temprano, para no to fup early^ to avoid go^ acoftarfe con el eftomago ing to bed with a full fiocargado, y tener tiempo mach, and to have time to de parlar, y divertirnos. chat and to divert ourfelves, E. nat can be very E, 'Eflb mui bien fe hace fobre cena, y mas well done after fupper, efcon un traguito de vino pecially with a moderate moderado, que afsi alegra glafs of wine^ for fo it
es
cl
corazon,
chears the heart.
Coloquios
A
^-'i^^-t
''
i'''ii'.''i

i-'.'<i
27^
>"."<
i^'i
>".'"*
>"'< y"'i
f'i
>"^< j^'^ >""<
^"'i :""i
^'"'j >"'i.
>'î
^"''i^'"''4
'"^ ^""^
>f4
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglcfes.

Spa72f/b
ami
Eîg/ijh Colloquies.
Coloquio quinto.
bailer 05^
Col
l o qjj
y V.
two two
fEntre dos Ddmas, dos Ca- Between two Ladies,

y dos Criddas.
Gentlemen, and Maid-Servants.
Sdbre vdrias Materias,
Upon
i
various Subjeds.
hither
D. i.T
TEnid
^^^7
eile
aca
Ma-
Lady-^Ô/;;*?
V
nedme
y compo-,
\^
order
me-,
this
Mary, and
tocado no os detengais en impcrtinencias, bi:in fabeis que no prefumo de mi, ni defeo
head-drefs for
do not dwell upon im-
pertinence^
you
cf
have no
conceit
know I my felf^
enamorar a inadie i bafta nor do I defire to make any para mi el adorno decen- body fall in love \ it is e^ te, para no parecer ridi- nougb for me to he decently cula. drejfedi not to appear ridi*
culous,
Cr.
facil
I.
Es
V.
m. mui
i,
Serv.
Madam^
pleafed^
I
yon
de contentar, dichofa yo en fervir a quien tiene tan buen gurto j y bien defdichadas de las que han de eflar quacro horas en pie para componer una Dama, y por cabo les parece que no hai cofa bien hecha. D. I, Si en mi hallares cgfa buepa, no quiero
are cafily
am
that
happy
in ferving
one
has fo good a fancy ; and unhappy they who mufi he four hours /landing to drefs a lady, and after all they
think nothing well done.
"L.
is
that
If you fee any thing good in me^ I wculd
b 2
que
372
que
Neiv
Spanish
jjot
Grammar.
tell me of it^ me rece adulacion, cuentalo, for it looks like flattery, you may tell it^ if you will, in fi quifieres, en mi aufen-
lo digas, que pa-
have you
cia
vieres,
te
malo que en mi my ahfence ; what ill you dimelo a mi, que fee in me, tell me of it, and lo agradecere ^ y callalo / will thank you ; and con;
lo
afuera.
cealit abroad.
Cr, 2,
m Sufdna
D.
I
.
Mi
eft a
Senora
aqui.
Do-
Serv.
is
My
Lady Su-
fanna
here,
you keep her i L. Do que entre ? there ^ without bringing her Como OS haceis Senora in ? Madam, why do you tan eftrana ; fiendo tan a- make your felf fo great migas, para que ufays de a ftranger, when we are cumplimientos, fabiendo fuch friends, why do you que no gufto dellos ? ufe co7JipUments, knowing I do not love them? 2 L. It does not look like D, 2. No parece cor-
Pues
la tienes al-
la,
fin decirle
tesia entrarfe fin avifar
y amiftad parece difculpa, fiempre es bueno el decoro, y dicen que la demafiada familiaridad caufa defpre,
aunque
nueftra
good breeding, to come in without giving notice ; and
thoôurfriendfhipfeemsan
excufe^
yet
decency
is
al-
ways good, and it is a fay* ing, th^t too much familiarity breeds co?itempt,
i
cio,
D.
I.
ÊfTo
no
fe
;
en-
L. That
is
not to he
;
tiende entre nofotras
pe- underfiood between us
hut
ro aqui viene Don Juan, here comes Don John, who que es perfona de mucho is a perfon of much worthy merito, y mui entreteni- and very good company,
do.
Cabal,
I.
Mil
aiios vi-
Gent. Long may they
who do me fo much hO' hace, mereciendo yo tan nour^ when I defervefo litpoco ; aunque no eftoi tie ; thd* I am not quite (in merito, pues trahigo a- void of merits for I have qui a Don Rodrzgo, en brought Don Rodrigo, on
va quien
tanta honra
live
me
quien feran bien empleidas elTas alabanzas.

2
whom
thofe
commendations
^nay be well iefiowed,
Cav,
2.'
A
Cah. 2.

No
375
2 Gent. / will mt anquiero refponder, no pienfen eftas vyk;^r, left thefe ladies Jhould Senoras que venimos de think, that we have agreed
concierto a decir bien de to [peak favourably of our nofocros mifmos. felves,
D.
fin
I.
Sientenfe v^
m%
es
fe
que tiempo perdido el que

ceremonias,
ellas.
I.
1 L, Be pleafed to fit down without ceremony, for
all the time that

it is loft.
is
fpent in
gafta en
Gent, ^he refpeEl that to Ladies is no cerea las Damas ; ni es lifon- mony ; nor is it any flat" ja decir lo que efta paten- tery to utter that which is te a todos and y por eftb po- apparent to all men dre afirmar que entre las therefore I may affirm, that
Cab,
el
No
es
ceremo-
nia
refpeto que fe debe
is
due
-<,
orras
perfeciones que a- among

a
all
the
perfeîons
companan
mi
fe
Dona
Ifahel,
Senora that attend my Lady Iefmera en fabel, fJoe excels in the
efcQger criadas ; que fi no choice of her maids ; for if eftuvieran prefentes dos there were not two fuch tales bellezas, parcciera beauties prefent, that of foberana la defta donzel- this maiden would feem fur* la, a quien Dios haga di- prizing, God make her ve*
chofa.
ry fortunate,
I,
D.
Si le decis a
es
muger que
na vez,
el
i L. If you tell a wohermofa u- man once that fhe is hand'
la
diablo fe lo fome, the devil will tell her fegun la vul- fo ten times ^ according to gar opinion ; por efto me- /i'(? vulgar notion \ for jor es callar lasalabanzas, which reafon it is better to aunque fean verdaderas, forbear praifes, though they que no ponerles motivos be true, than to give them de vanidad, que fie m pre occafion for vanity, which fobran en nolotras. is always overflowing in us,
dira diez,
2. No fe que tienen 2 L. / know not what hombres, que por mas ails men, that though they que apetezcan las hermo- are never fo fond of beauti* fas CO mo haya dineros (e ful women, provided there be cafan con las feas. money, they marry the ugly, Cab. 2, Bb 3
D.
los
274
Cab,
-^ '^^'^
2,
Spanish
diccn
fin
Grammar,
They fay
ibey
by weight, with-
'Ellos
2 Gent.
que
las
toman
la
.
a pefo,
tah them
i
iiiirar
en
hechura.
c/ regarding the fajlnon.

afsi,
D. I muchas
tura.
Si
no fuera
L. If
it
were not for

unfortunate
defgraciadas
fe
that^
ones
many
fueran virgenes a
la fepul-
their maidenheads to their graves.

1
would carry
G.
'That
Cab,
defla
I.
Defpoblarafe
el
way
the
manera
mundo, world would
be unpeopled^
pues es verdad conocida, fince it is a known truths que para una buena cara that fur one good face there hai tres malas, y mas de are three bad ones, and aqultro que apenas fe puc- bove four that can fear ce be
called tolerable, den 11am ar pafladeras. 2 L. That which has D, 2, For lo que fe ha dicho, hai tantos mal ca- been faid is the reafm that porque tomandofe there are fo many unhappy fados a pefo, no pueden con la couples ; for as they take carga, y dan con ella en one another by weighty they el fuelo, bufcando otros cannot bear the burden, but
,
entretenimientos.
let it
drop
to feck other di-
ver fions.
2 Gent. Marriages are Cab. 2, No falen fiemlos cafa- not always unhappy by reapre defgraciados mientos por las malas ca- fin of the bad faces, but account of the ras, antes mas veces por oftner on worfe conditions. condiciones. las peorcs i L. Since it is fo, 1 am I), I, Pues afsi es, me
parece que como hai Tri- of opinion, that as there bunales paratodosdelitos, are Courts for all crimes,
lehaviadehaver particular there ought to he in partis para los que cometen los cular for thofe that marcafados 5 no digo folo pa- ried perfins are guilty 0^ ra los adulterios, pero / do not mean only for a-
tambien para caftigar las dulteries, but alfo to punifh culpas que fe cometen en- the faults that are commit' tre marido y muger en ted bettveen hiifband and no traiarfe como deben wife in not treating one aCOU amor, y refpeto, nother as they ought, with dexandofe Z
A
dexandofe
pafliones,

llevar
375
de
fe
fus affe^llon^
and refpeH^ givto
con que
pi- ing
way
their pajfions^
erde la paz para fiempre. which deft rojsfome for ever. Cab. r. Êfifos jueces i G. 'Thofe judges ought
havian de tener don de to have the gift of prophecy^ prophecia ; que de ocra for ctherwife it would he
manera fucra impofgfble rmpojfble to decide who bad averiguar quien tenia mas been mofl to blame in thofe culpa en ellas pendencias home broils \ and for the
caferas
y las mas veces moft part the women are Ton las mugeres las que- the plaintiffs.^ the men being
*,
xofas, callando los horn- filent

bres por
afrenta.
to
avoid difcovering
no defcubrir
fu their fhame,
Cab, 2. Pues fe ha ha2 G. Since mention has blado de juicios, aunque been made of judgments
no
fea
efte
propofito, though
it
be not to this
pur^
fino
les
defagrada
a e- pofe, if
it
be not difpleafing
to thefe Ladies, 1 will raPedro, late a very notable one of que por fcr defgraciado. King Peter, whojn becaufe he was unfortunate, they llamaron el cruel.
Has Senoras, dire uno no-
table del
Rey Don
called the cruel,
m. mu< 2 L. 'Tell it, in God's en buena hora, pues no name. Sir, fmce we are tenemos obligacion de a- 770t bound to confine our tarnos a una materia, y felves to one fubjeB, and
2.
D.
Diga
V.
la variedad
es agradable. variety
is
pleafing,
Cav,
2,
Con
elTa licen-
ch
ano de
dfgo, que un Arcedila Iglefia de Sevih
la, mato a un zapatero, y un hijo fuyo fue ^ pedir jufticia. Condenole juftice. 'The ecciefiaftical el Jucz Ecclefiaftico en Judge condemned him not to que no dixelTe milTa un fay mafs in one year. Soon ano. Dcfde a pocos di- after King Peter came to
G. Upon that per miffion, I fay, that an Arch^ deacon of the church ofSev\\ killed a fhoemaker, and a fon of his went to defnand
2
as
vino
el
Rey Don Fedro

y
el
Sevil,
and
the dead man's
Sevilla,
hijo
del fon complained to
him of
muer;#
376

that murder. The King ajk-
muerto fe le quexo de la dicha muerre. El Rey Is peregunto, fi havia pedido judicia. El le conto
eJ
>
ed him., whether he bad demanded juftice. He told him the cafe as it was. The
calb
como
pafiaba. king [aid to him.,
Have
kill
'ôu
Dixo elRey,Seras
tu hoin- courage enough to
him^
bre para maialle, pues no fence ihc^ will tiot do you te hacen jufticia ? Si Se- juftice ? Tes., Sir, anfwered nor, refpondio el zapate- the jhoemaker. Do fo then^ ro. Pues h^zlo afsi, dixo faid the king. The next day
El dia figuiente Arcediano biea cerca del Rey enuna procl
Rey.
the arch-deacon walking ve-
yeado
el
ry near the king in a procejTion^
the
injured
man
cefTion, llegoie el agravi- feept
tip,
and ftabbed him
ado, y diole dos pufiala- in two places., fo that he das de que cayo muerto. dropt down dead. The ofPrendioJe la jullicia, y ficers apprehended him^ and mandoel Rey quele truX' the king ordered that he
y prtgunporque havia muerto el hombre. El mozodixo, Seiior, porque mato a mi padre y aunque pedi jufticia no me ia hicieron. EI juez ecclefiiftico, que
eflen ante el,
tole,
,
feoou Id be brought before
him,
and ajked him why he killed that man. The young man
y^^/W,
Sir,
becaiife
he killed
my father, and though 1 demanded juftice, it was

7iot
done me.
The
ecclefe-
refpondio aftical judge, who was hy^ por ri,que fe la havia he- anfwered for himfelf, that cho, y mui cumplida. El he had done him juftiice^ and
cerca eftaba,
Rey
quifo faber la jufticia. very fully.
The
king
would
El juez refpondio que le know what juftice it was. havia condenado queen un The judge anfwered he had
-mo no dixeffe
milTa.
El condemned
hi?n
not to fay
The king a fu alcalde, Sol- mafe in a year. tad efle hornbre, y yo le then faid to the goaJer, Dif-
Hey dixo
condeno, que en un ano
mifs thai
no cofa zapatos.
demn him
el
man, and I connot to fow any
Jhoes in a year.
D,
modo
L. if we look upon i de proceder, bien tbs manner of the. ;procted'.

.
Si
miramos en
A
fe

es
^jj
not ac-
ve que no
las lejês
fe
,
conforme
fi
fg,
it is
plain
it is
;
mas
en
las
cording to
law
hut if the
Jeycs no
cia,
halla la jufti-
law
will not afford juftice^
razon es que no fake it is hut reafonahle that opor otra via. El matar al ther means he found for it, clerigo el ofendido, pa- The plaintiff ^s killing a clerrece lacrilegio tambien gyman^ looks like facrilege como venganza, fegun la as well as revenge^ accord^ opinion chriftiana, y con ing to the chrijtian notion^ lodo tiene fu juftificacion, and yet it is in [ome manner fiendo por mandado de juftifiahle^ heing done hy the un Rey,que es juez fupre- cojninand of a king, who is mo, y por no haver otro fupr erne judge, and there hecamino de cadi gar tan ing no other way to punijh grave deluo pues el no fo heinous a crime: for the decir mifia en un aiio no not faying mafs during a era pena competente a tal year, was not an equivamaldad, y las que come- lent penalty to fucb an of* ten las perfonas dedica- fence, and thofe that are das a Dios, merecen ma- committed hy perfons dediyor cad 1 go que las de los cated to God, defer ve grea:
feglares.
ter punifhment
than thofi
of the
laity,
Cah,
I.
No
pudiera a-
G. The
verlo decidido
mejor
;
el could not
ahleft lawyer have decided it
mas famofo
fte cafo
letrado
y e-
me
trahe a la
que hizo el Fuefe a helonging to certain religious quexar a el un criado de men went to complain to
lo
moria
hetter-, and this cafe puts me me- in mind of what the Alcalde Al- Calderon did, fervant
calde Calderon,
unosReligiofos, deque ha- hltn, that having ferved viendoles fervido el tiem- them the time he was ohligpo a que eftava obligado ed to hy contra^, they por concierto, no le que- would not pay him, that he rian pagar, porque fe might ft ay with them, they
quedafle con ellos, pare- liking
ciendoles bien fu fervicio. calde,
his fervice.
The Al-
or judge, fent for
El Alcalde embio
11a-
the father procurator, infupli^
mar
al
padre Procuradora treating him as a favour^
378
vinielTe
A
li

por
fuplicando
cierto
merced
that he would come to his

to
fa cafa, a tratar houfe,
difcourfe
;
negocio \ y fobre a un Alguazil, que avilo en viniendo le tomalTe la mula, en que venia, y la pufieiTe a baen recaudo.
certain affair
about a and charge

officer^)
ed an Alguazil^ {^^
that
he fbould take the mule he rode

cn^
when
he
came^
and fecure
the
her.
IVhen
Venido
el,
recibiole
el
he came.,
Alcalde re-
Alcalde con mucha cor- ceived him very courteoujiyy tesia, y le rogo pagaffe a- and dejired him to pay that quel pobre hombre, que poor man, who had a mind
fe queria
ir
a fu
fe
tierra.
to
go
away
into'
his
own
EI procurador
fonrio, country.
ê
procurator
diciendo, v. m. no es nu~ fmiling, faid^ Sir, you are eftrojuez, fmo de los fe- not our judge, hut only for glares, fi algo debemos a laymen, if we owe that
eile
hombre, pidalo ante 7nan any

el
thing,
let
him dejuflice.
nueftro juez,
hara' jufticia.
qual
le
7nand
it
before our judge,
Con
efto
who
will do
this
him
fe defpidio, y pldiendo fu IVith
he took his leave,
enquiring for his mule, havia Wt- the fervant faid an AlguaBolvio a quexarfe zil had carried her away. vado. a] Alcalde, el qual le ref- He went hack to complain pondio: Senor, vueiXrz to the Alcalde, who anfwerel
mula, dixo ua Alguazil
mozo, que and
fe la
reverencia no
me
mula
podra ed him.
es fe- cannot deny
I'our
reverence
negar que
glar.
la
but that your
Como tal la guar- 7)iiile is of the laity. As do, hafta que pague el fuch he kept her, till the procurator paid the fcrprocurador al criado.
ZHint.
D.
2.
Buena gracia
cierto
el
tu-
L. Indeed the Alcalde
Alcalde, was very pie afant. Alljudges Tales debieran de fer to- ought to he like him, for the dos los jueces, para ali- benefit of thofe who cannot
vo por
vio de los que no le hal- be otherwife relieved. And fince we ar e upon 'judgments Ian por otra manera. pues va de fentencias, va- take this alfo. ihere was ya tambien efta. Trahian a controvcrfy in an univer-
pleyto
A
pleito en

una univerfidad
iria delante,
y//^?,
379
about precedency be-
lobre
quien
Jos dodlores juriftas, y los
tween the doufors of law, and the doBors of pbyfick.

the parties,
is
de medicina. Pregunto.el The judge ajked

juez
ciar
a las partes
*,
Quan- When
a jufti-
man
carried to
thief,
do llevan alguno
execution for being a
por ladron, qual va delante, el que ajuftician, o el verdugo ? Refpondieron, el que ajuftician vz. Si afsi es, dixo delante.
el
which
goes foremoft^
the
criminal ^
or the execution
the
ner ? They anfwered^

criminal goes before.
is
If
let
it
fo, faid the judge,
the
juez, vayan delante los lawyers
go
foremojt
let
as
juriftas
como
ladrones,
y thieves,
and
sigan los
medicos como dans follow
the phyfithem as exe-
cutioners. verdugos. 2 G. Since we are falCab. 2. Ya que hemos dado con los medicos, len upon phyficiatis, I will dare yo mi badajada. En let my clapper go. At pope la mefa del papa Alexdn- Alexander the vith^s table dro vi. fe difputaba un it was argued one day.., dia, fi era provechofoque whether it were advanta^ huvieffe en la republica gious to the public to have
The majority medicos ? La mayor parte ^My;a'^/. tuvo que no y alegar on affirmed it was not, and en fu razon, que Roma e- aUedged to ?nake good their
,
ftuvo 600 anos fin ellos. Dixo el papa, que el no cradeaquel parecer ; porque a fahar ellos, creceria tanto la multitud de
los
affertion,
that
Rome
fified
600
T'he
years
fubwithout
be-
them,
pope faid he
-,
was not of that opinion
hombres, que no
el
caufe if there were none of ca- them, the multitude of men
brian en
mundo,
would
that
increafe
the
fo much, world could not
contain them.
i L. Let us notfpeakill medicos, pues en of phyficians, fince when teniendonecefTidadlos ha- we fhall be in want, we vemos de ilamar aunque mufi fend for them^ though nos
D.
I.
No
digamos^mal
de
los
3S0

ever fo
wills^
nos pefe, y ellos a veces nos hacen mal porque afSI \o qucremos, como le pudo fuceder a un hombre mui rico, que haviendofe hallado algo indifpuefto la noche antes, embio a Uamar un mediCO eiqual venido, haviendole tornado el pulfo, pregunto, fi comia bien ? Refpondio, que fi. Bolvio a preguntar el me*,
much
againft our
md
harm
they fometimes
do us
hecaufe
we
will
have it fo, as might happen to a very rich man^ who having found himfelf fomewhat the indifpofed night before, he had a phyftcian
called
,
who
heing
dico,
fi
dormia bien
and having felt his pulfe, ajked, whether he did eat his meat heartily ? He anfwered he did. fhe phyfician afked again, whecome,
Refpondio, que fi. Re- ther hejleptwell^heanfwer^ The phyfician plico el medico, Pues yo ed he did. OS daj-e con que fe os qui- replied, Then I will give you fomething that fh all re* te todo elto. move all that. C^^.i. Buena refpuella^ A good anfwer \ i G. y bien empleado el qui- and it is not done amifs to tarle la falud a quien no deprive one of his healthy eila contento con ella. A- who is not fatisfied with it, unque no parefca tan a- Though it looks not fo exa5i juflado en t6do,por haver in all points, ftnce it concura y falud, dire lo que cerns curing, and health: me ha venido a la cabe- I will tell what is come inman broke Defcalabro uno a fu to my head. za. muger, por cierta terri- his wife^s head for her inbilidad que en ella havi a, tolerable temper, and had J curola con mucha cofta her cured with much cofi y cuidado, tanto que ella afid care, in fo much, that
decia entre fi Yo eftoi fhe faid to herfelf: I am fegura de aqui adelanre no fafe enough, that for the ofe mi marido hacerme future, my hufband will mal, por no gaftar orro not dare hurt me, for fear
:
tanto
como ha
efte
Conmunico
kii^ con fus
penfami- pence vezinas y no She
gaftado. of being at fo great an exas he has now been,

iold
her
neighbours
falto
A
falto

fe lo contaflfe al
381
andfo7?ie
quien
what/he thought,
niarido.
Callo
el
hafta body told her bujhand.
He
que eftuvo lana, quando took no notice till floe was Jlamando al cirujano ante vjell, when calling the furella, y fabido lo que mon- geon before her, and under*
taba la cura, le dixo. A- ftanding what the cure came qui tiene v. m. lo que le tOy he /aid to him. Sir, debo, y otro tanto para here is what I owe you^
fe le ofreci- and as much more for anohaya menefter ther time, if 7ny wife floall ere que lo happen to have occafion. mi muger. D. 2. Tales mugeres 2 L. Such women demerecen que a- ferve fuch ufage: for though tal trato unque no es de hombres it does not become men of de porte poner las manos fafloionto Jlrike them^ there en ellas, lenguas hai, y are fuch tongues and terncondiciones que obligan pers as oblige people to do a lo que no fe pienfa. Por what they never thought. efto fe dice que el padre therefore they fay the fada el dote, y Dios la bu- ther gives the portion^ and Pero hai God the good wife. But ena muger. hombres tan fufridos que there are fome men fo papor todo paffan \ tal era tient, that they bear with un cornudo, a quien itn- all things fuch a one was tencio la jufticia, que le a cuckold, who was adjudge azotalTe fu muger, y que ed in court to be whipped fi no le diefTe recio le di- by his wife, and in cafe fhe efie a ella el verdugo. El did not flrike hard, the ex*
otra vez,
fi
buen hombre volvio

cabeza,
la ecutioner
was
to firike her,
^he good man looked about recio a mi Catarina^ no and faid, firike me hard Catherine, that they maj te den a ti.
y dixo.
not firike you.
Dame
2 G. yf fon -in-law was frido un yerno que rogo not fo patient, who defired a fu fuegro que caftigaffe his father-in-law to chaftife
Cab.
2.
No
era tan fu-
fu hija,
ei fabla
porque
que
fi
el la
fligaba feria
mui peor, y
ca- his daughter^ becaufe if be did it himfelf, Jhe would be
k hacia
trai- worfe^
and he knew fhe

cion.
382
cion.
Refpondio el fue- was falfe to him, ^he fagro, repoiaos hijo, que ther-inJaw anfweredy Be por vida deencrambos, io eafj^ my fon^ for by both rnifmo hizo fu madre ha- our lives^ her inother did
fta
que IJego
a los fefenta.
the fame^
till
Ella lo perdera, que

]o hizo elTotra.
afsi fixty
years
it
fie came to She of age.

off^
Por
efto will leave
for fo the
T^berefore they fe dice, que fe van al ci- other did. cornudos, por- fay cuckolds go to heaven^ clo los
que
tanta
paciencia
fin
no
becaufe
fo
much
patience
puede quedar
.
premio.
cannot go unrewarded,
i
D. I Algo grofleros, con perdon, fon eftos cuenros, y por mudar, ya que en lo ultirrio fe hablo de ir al cielo, dire lo que he oido acerca de irfe al un buen infierno. predicador, porque deci'a las verdades, le daban
L. Begging your parcoarfe^
don^ thefe tales are fome-
what
fince in the laft
and to change^ there was

to
mention of going
heaven^
will fay
what I have
heard about going to hell, Becaufe a good preacher

fpoke the naked truths they
offered
un
opifpado en las Indias^ en tiempo del Emquinto. perador Carlos el fecrePropufofelo tario de eftado, y el refpondio defta manera. Sepa vueftra fcfioria, que de obifpo es el oficio may gran trabajo, para quien le ha de fervir c6mo es obllgado ; y afsi conociendo yo mi flaqueza de no le poder adminiftrar como debo, creo que puefto en el feria caminar al infierno, pues ir
the
him a biflooprick in Weft-Indies, in the
daysof the Emperor Chd-vlcs

the fifth.
ftate
The Secretary of
it
propofed
to
him^
and he anfwered thus, Tour lordfhip mujl underfi;and^ that the office of a
hifhop is very iroublefome,
for one that will execute

according to his
it
duty
fo
that
incapacity to perform
being fenfible of my it as 1
ought ^ do
zvere
think that
if
it.,
cnce fettled in
I I
floould be in the
to
way
is
to hell^
por
las IndiaSy
pareceme and
go by thezvay cfthe
gran rodeo.
Weft-Indies,
about*
very far
Cab.
I.
A
Cab,
I.
New Span ISH Grammar,

I
.
383
atl cf generofity not to ac^ admitir un obilpado, co- cept of a bijhoprick^ a thing fa harto rara en nueftras very rare in our days^ when
dias,
Grandeza de animo chriftiano tue no
G.
// "uoas a chrifiian
quando mas
fe
tra-
more pains
ven.
is
taken to get
to
baja por ganar lina micra
a mitre ^ than
If
it is
gain hca^
not in
que por ganar

es
el cielo. Si
generofity to
generofidad rehufar lo refufe what

fe
we have
no
lefs
que no
poflee,
no
Jo es pojfeffon^
li-
it is
fo to
menos dar con mano
give freely^
and with a
beral y buena gracia lo que ya es propio. Ella virtud eftuvo en fu punto en el Conde de Urena. Llego a el Don Pedro de Guzman^ a fuplicalle le mandafle daralgun trigo, porque eftaba falto de pan, que aquel diio fe havia cogido poco. Dixo el Conde a fu fecretario le hicieffe un libramiento para un mayordomo fuyo, de mil hanegas de trigo, y
good grace that which is our own already, ^his vir^

in much perefcLlion Count de Ureiia. Don Pedro de Guzman came to defire he would or^
tue
was
in
the
der him fame corn^ becaufe
was fcarce with him^ that year having yielded very lit^
it
^he Count conwianded his fccretary to write an order to one of his flew ards
tie.
for a
.
wheat.,
thou [and hufJoeh of and whilfl the fe^
el fecretario le cretary was writings he difquedo hablando courfed with Don Pedro. con Don Pedro, Venido r/hcn the fecretary brought
mientras
efcribia,
fecretario con el libramiento, hallo que decia, Dareis a Don Pedro mil hanegas de trigo, de que yo le hago merced. Rafgo el libramiento, y con alguna colera dixo al fecretario. No haveis de decir, fino que el Senor Don Pedro de Guzman me hael
the order., he
found
it
run^
T'ou fJjall deliver
to
Don
Pedro a thoufand hufJocls of wheat y which I favour him

with.
He
tore the
order.,
and with fome heat f to aid the fecretary., Tou are not
to
fay
fo.,
but which
Don
Pedro de Guzman does me the favour to accept frofit
nii.
ce merced de recibir de me. This is true nobility, Efta es la verdadera /(? ^'je as becomes the giver, nobleza.
384
-^
New Spanish
Graminar.
nobleza, dar conforme a and not to the receiver^ and quien da y no a quien re- to fave him that afks the cibe, y quitar la verguen- Jhame by the way of giving. za a quien pide con el modo de dar.
D.
2.
Mas
guftofa
ma-
2 L. Thefubje^wehave
is
more agreeable in as much as quanto es mas de eftimar virtue is more to be valued To go on with la virtud que el vicio. Pa- than vice. ra profeguir con ella, al f/, an old gentlewoman Duque dtAlva fuplicou- ^prayed the Duke de Alva na duefia le ayudaiTe para to give her fomething tocafar una hija. El Duque wards marrjingoffa daugh^ le mando dar veinte du- ter. I'he Duke ordered her "The gencades. El camarero a tzventy ducats, quien lo mando diole do- tleman he ordered to do it^ cientos. Al tomarle def- gave her two hundred, pues la cuenta hallo pu- JVhen he came afterwards ducados to take his accounts^ he eftos docientos en lugar de veinte. Dixole found two hundred ducats al camarero c6mo pusiftes fet down inflead of twenty, aqui docientos ducados, He faid to the gentleman^ no haviendo de fer fmo How came you to fet down veinte. El camarero ref- two hundred ducats ^ where* Senor, yo 01 as there fhould be but twenpondio. docientos ducados. Re- ty, ne gentleman anfwerplico el Duque. Bendito ed^ my lord^ I underflood 'The Duke lea Dios, que te dio me- two hundred. jores oidos, que a mi len- replied^ God be praifed^for Y paflo en cuenta giving you better ears, than gua. And fo he me a tongue. los docientos ducados. faffed the two hundred dulaft^
teria es la que tenemos en- in hand tre manos que la pafsada, than the
cats in the account.
2 G. He made good aBien enmendo la falta en el dar con la li- mends for the error in givberalidad de confentir en ing by his liberality in conEl Conde de fettting to what had been lo dado. Fsria tenia tanta grande- given, fb$ Count de Feria _ ^^
Cab,
1,
Neiv
Spanish
Grammar,
385
za de animo, que diva a had fuch a generous JquI^ todos quantos Je pedian. that he gave to all that
Tenia coftumbrede dezir afied him.

a fu
He was
zvont
fay fulano treinta, o quarenta fuch a one thirty^ on forty efcudos i dad a citano ci- crowns^ give fuch another en efcudos, o ciento y an hundred^ or an hundred
mayordomo, Dad
to
to his
Jieward, Give
manera que nunca decia cola Icnalada. El mayordomo Je dixo, de que v^. s^. manda dar algo, dice treince o quarenta, y afsi de otros numeros, con qui- quedo contufo, fin faber a que me acenga. Refpondio el Conde ; Por tu vida
cinquenta, de
te aten fiempre a lo mas,
and
fifty ^ fo
that he never
fold an^ thing certain.
The
Jleward faid
to
him,
when
your lord/hip orders fomething to be given, you fay thirty or forty, and fo of
other 7iu?nbers,
fo
that
am
of /
at an uncertainty, not
knoiving which to lay hold
defire
The Count anfwered^ you will always

mofl,
no mudes mi condicion.
hold to the
flint
do not
my
nature.
D.
las pla:icas,
m\
CefTen un rato i L. Let us for a while y ^lrvanêv^ ceafe this difcourfe^ and be de tomar algun re- pleafed to take fome refrefh'
I.
freico,
o colacion.
tea,
Aqui
dul-
ment, or collation.
Here
is
hai chocolate,
ces,
chocolate, tea, fweat-jneatSj
y un trago de vino, para que efcoja cada qual lo que mas le agradare que efto de hablar, sino
,
and a
he
glafs
of wine,
choofe
that
every one
likes
may
;
what
befl
it
though
be
for talking^ no labour^
es trabajo,
to,
gafla el alien- fpends the breath,
and
it
menefter dar al- is convenient to give fome gun alivio al eftomago, fupport to the ftomach, fcr que fon muchas las horas there are 7nany hours be-
es
entre la
comida y
la cena.
tween dinner and fupper.
Coioquios
386
'A
Coloquios Efpanoles e Inglefes. Spanijh aitd EngliJIj Colloquies.

Coloquio
fexto.
C o l l o qjj y
VI.
Êntre dos Capitdnes^ ydos Between

Cortejdnos,
two Captains, and two Courtiers.

met,
CaprryUtn
encuenSeiiores,
Cap.TTTEZL
j3
dos a dos
\
tro,
conque efta- two and two ; fo that we mos iguales, no nos lie- are equal, wejhall have no varemos ventaja en la fuperiority in conversation \ Converfacion ; y fi huvi- and if we Jhould happen to eremos de reiiir, a pares fall out, we are ready pairvenimos. ed,
1
VV
Gentlemen,
mas
Ics,
efTa cuenta, vale no eftar tan igua-
Cor.
i
it is
Cour. Jfter that rate^

better net to he fo equal,
fitted
to
que en terminos de than
armar pendencias.
juft quarrels,
make
2 Cap. Bien dice v. 2 Cap. Tôu are in the m^. que aca entre Ami- right. Sir, for here amo72g gos folo feha de tratar de friends we mufl only talk of Paz ; la Guerra ha de fer peace ; ^Far mufi be with
con Rey.
mis.
los
enemigos
del the Kinoes enemies,
2 Cor.
efta para v.
2 Cour.
And thai
-,
is
for
que han tornado por you, Genthnen, who have effe camino ; que nofo- taken to that way for we tros mui bien nos halla- are very well fatisfie d with mos con la quietud de la the repofe of the Court.
Corte.
I Cap. 'A nofotros nos ^ ha cabido efto en parte,
to
our
Cap. This has fallen lot, and the other to
ya
'A
Nw Spanish
Grammar.
87
Ca- yours \ every one fuits him; y da lino fe acomoda con felf to that he was born aquello paraque nacio. for, 1 Cor, Fuerza es que i Cour. 'There muft of
a V. m^s. lo otro
world: God made feme ra la Milfcia, otros para for warfare^ others for the Palacio ; unos para Reli- Court ; fame for religious giolbs, otros para tratan- men^ others for trades 5 tes ; unos para oticios fome for mechanic employ^ mechanicos, otros para ments^ others for Feafants% linos para fome to commandy and o^ labradores ; mandar, y otros para fer- thers to ferve,
:
hayadetodoen efte mun'Unos hizoDiospido
neceffity
he of all forts in
this
vir.
2 Cap,
La mifma
fe haJla
riedad que
vaen los
Cap.
is
riety that
The fa^ne vafound in feve^

in the ca-
diferentes eftados,
vemos
ralfiates,
we fee
Capacidades y dif- pacities and difpofitions of poficiones de los hombres. men. There are fome per^ Perfonas hai que fon ha- fans qualified for allpofis^ biles para todos los pue- hut they are few ; and (los, pero fon pocas \ y thofe if they are fortunate^
las
en
eilas
fi
fon
afortunadas
rife
till
from one
to the other
van fubiendo de uno en
otro hafta alcanzar mui grandes honras. Al con- there are others,, that being trario hai otros, que no very undejerving obtain teniendo habilidad para what they pie afe \ and ge* cofa algiina, alcanzan lo nerally fpeaking^ the moji que quicren ; y general- deferving are unlucky^ I mente hablando, \os ni2i% fpeak of the good foldiers.
benemerljtos
they attain to great honours. On the contrary
Ton
defgra-
ciados, digo de los bue-
nos foldados.
2 Cor. Lo mifmo fu2 Cour. The fame hapcede en la Corte, en don- pens at Courts where only de folo aqusllos que em- thofe that fpend all their plean todo fu talento en talent in making much of
agafajar las
Damas
y agra- the
Ladies
and pkafing
darlaSj
c 2
: ^
gSS
darias,
A
fon
New
lofque
Spanish
me^
Grammar.
are ihe êrfons that
theniy
dran.
I
thrive.
i Cap. That is true % Cap, Eflbes verdad ; viflo al- afid how many we have y quantos hemos canzar pueftos de mucha feen advanced to pofts of
reputacion por iola fu rnuch reputation, only for delverguenza, 6 por {m their impudence, or their dinero, quedandoJe atras money, the deferving perlas
fons being laid afide. perfonas de merito. i Cour. He that is hafhQiiien es encoI Cor. gudrdcfe de entrar ful invft take heed of going gido
*,
ningunos me- to courts ; none thrive like en corces ^v%ncoViio\o%dtic2iX2idos, foreheads of hrafs, flatteaduladores, y lofqae tie- rers, and thofe that have
ncn defpejo.
1
confidence
wilh themfelves,
2 Cap. IVe the foldiers Cap. L.os fold ados tenemos algo de eile vi- have fome floare in that
cio,
te
porque de otra fuerno fueramos de provecho para la guerra tres motives tenemos para exponernos a tantos trabajos y peligros ; que fon, por la Fe, por la honra, y Los por el piovecho.
:
vice,
becaufe otherwife
fit
foould not be
for
we war
many
;
we have
expofe
three
??iotives to
curfelves to fo
hardfhips
and
dangers
which are, for the Faith for honour, and for pro//.
We
the
foldiers,
foldados (Dios nos per- {God forgive us) though
we
done) aunque hagamos "jnake war againjt the Inhuman advantages Infieles, mas fidels, guerra a nos mueven las medras have more influence over us humanas, que las efperan- than the hopes of heaven. La hon- Honour is a fovereign tnozas del Cielo. and though they fay, ra es un motive foberano ; iive that the fame bag cannot y aunque dicen, i\uthonra y prcvecho no cdhen en hold honour and profit, itn sdco, yo digo que /^cK- I fay that honour with* ra fin provccho es fombra out profit is a in ado w Quien ga- without fubilance. Who finfubftdncia. mas lionra que el fa- is there that gained more no
-,
m6fo Capitan
Belifdrio ? honour
than the fa?nous
qui-
A
Y
do?
2 Cor,

^nd who more
nate ?
389
?
quien mas defgracia- Com?nander
Belifarius
unfortu-
Grande
la
fue
la
Cour. Great was the
Caida de
fue
Belifdrio,
menor
-,
de
y no fall of Belifarius, nor was Antonio that of Antonio Perez
aquei fue Gene- lefs ; the former was the lmperador7/?ii- Emperor Juftinian'i Geral del ^nd this favorite dno^ y elle Minillro fa- neraU vorecido del Rey Bon Minifler to King Philip P/jc'/f/)^' el fegundo ; el 11- the fecond \ the one a great
Perez
no Gran foldado, el otro no menor Cortefano. Faltole la ventiira

rio
foldier,
a Belifd-
de poder, y tener a donde huir ; tuvola Anto7no Perez^ en efcaparfe y halJar un Rey de Francia que le fuilentalTe con-
Lefs a wanted the fortune to have it in his fower^ and have a place to fl^ to \ Antonio Perez had it in making his efcape^ and finding a King of France to maintain him
the other no
Courtier,
Belifarius
forme a
I
fu
Calidad.
according to his quality,

lo
i
little
Cap.
Ahi
fe
ve
Cap.
trufl
I'hat Jhows
is
how
poco que
las
hai que fiar en
to
herepofedin
grandezas de ella vi- the grandours of this life, Dos de los mayor-es "Two of the greatefl men hombres que huvo en el there have been in the mundo, el uno facados world., one of them his e'jes los ojos, el otro puefto put out^ the other put upen un tormento ; el uno on a rack ; the one leg-^ mendigando por las cal- ging in the flreets^ the other les, el otro huyendo por fl)ing to fave his life \ and
da.
librar
fin
la vida, y efto not for an^^ offence of either culpa de ninguno de of them,
cllos.
I
Cor,
Que un Rey
,
Cour. For a King
to
caftigue a fus Ya.{2\\os puni/b his fubje^s for being por defleales, es jufticia difioyal^ it is juflice ; to per-
pero que persiga fm pie- fecute his fuhje5l without dad un Vafallo, folo por merc\^ only for having
haverle
39<^
^^"^
Spanish
in-
Grammar.
is
haverle obedecido, es
obeyed him^
fuch an hor"
that the
humanidad
que apenas
tan horrible, rid inhimanity^

fe hallara
of it can fear ce he found mejante entre las masijar- among the 7noft barbarous
felike
baras
naciones.
Mucho
nations.
Sojne
authors
in
han
efcrito algunos
Au- have
writ
much
com-
alabanza de apero quien quel Rey, leyere fu vida con atencion, hallara que el fue la ruina de Efpana. 2 Cap, Loque a nofotros nos importa, es procurar fubir, fin ponernos a penfarfipodremoscaer ; 3a dificultad efta en lo primero, y venga defpues loque viniere. 1 Cor. Habilidad y buen animo es menefter patores en
mendation of that King., but whofoever poall read his life
with
that
attention^
will find
he
was
the
ruin
of
Spain.
2
us.,
Cap. JVbat concerns

is
to
endeavour
to rife^
without flanding
to confider
-^
whether we may fall

/'^r/,
the
difficulty confifls in the firfi
and
let
what
will af-
terwards fellow. 2 Cour. There mufl be capacity and a good heart
y lo cierto es, for every thing., and it is que elqueno tiene f^j pun- certain^ that he who has to de Ambicion, mas es not fome fhare in ambition^ para un convento que pais fitter for amonafiery than
ra todo, ra el
I
Cap.
mundo. Quien
en los
for the world.

le
ha
Cap.
Who
is
has told
no ambi-
dicho, que
tion in the convents F Do ventos no fe halla cion ? No vemos todos not we fee every day., there los dias que fon dcmafia are too many that trouble dos lofque revuelven el all the world to rife to be mundo para fer Superi^ Superiors^ and even Bi-
Conambi-
ycu,
that there
ores, y ahunObifpos? Gcr. Es cierto, 1
fhops F
// is certain^ i Cour. and we have enough to do harno nos dan enque en-
tender,
2 Cap.
la,
with them,
us
Let 2 Cap. Dexemoflos aldigo, que nu- them there^ I y iolo
leave
only fay^,
eftra
A
ellra

es
391
is
vereda
mui
eftre-
that our fath
is
very narto
cha, y ciida pailb fe ha row^ and every ftep de ir ganando a fuego y he gained with fire
a
, -,
and
fangre and if after all we y fi defpues blood de efto fe alcanza algo, attain fomething^ an unhapIlega una defdichada bala py hall comes and overy da con todo en tier- throws it all,
ra.
2
tros
Cor.
Aunque nofotan
fu-
2 Cour.
Although
we
are not fo fuhje^ to fo majetos \ tantos trabajos y ny hard/hips and fatigues^ fatigas, neceffidades, fri- wants, colds, heats, had
no eftamos
OS, calores,
malos dias y days, and worfe nights, to a tantas fo many wounds, and to heridas, y a tantos rief- fo many dangers,fatal effe^s gos, Cetedtos fatales de la of war ; notwithjlanding^ fin embargo, I ajjure you, that we have guerra) les alTeguro, que no nos war and dangers enough in
peores noches,
:
y peligros aunque ]a hacemos de otra fuerte no enfangrentamos \z.% ^{'i^kdas, no gadamos polvora ; no nnatan las balas ;
en
la corte
-,
faltan guerra
courts,
although
we
do
make
-,
it
after another
man-
we do not make our ner fwords hloody, we fpend no

-powder
all
-,
bullet s do not kill \
todas
las vitorias
fe
gained by ga- contrivance andjiratagems ;
viclories are
nan por ardides y

tagennas
;
el
eftra- wit, the pen, and tongue ingenio, la work, and not force. It
is
pluma, y lengua obran,
true,
that
there reign
flattery^
no la fuerza. Es verdad, envy, hypocrify, que alii reinan la invidia, deceits, falfities,
hypocresia,
gafios,
lifonjas,
frauds^
falfedades,
en- and other forts of wickedfrau- nefs, that 1 am afhamed
des,
y otros maldades, to make them public, 1 beque, a no avergonzarme, ing one of them ; but from por fer uno de ellos, las what is faid you may iti' dixera pero de lo dicho fer what pajfei there, V. m^K pueden inferlr loque alii fe paiTa.
,
y 2
392
I
A
y
de

es
i
2 Caps, Si efTa
Ja
and
la vida
Corte, vi- the Court
Caps. If that le life^ we rather
vamos y muramos
tros
nofo- chufe to live and die in the where we fight don- /f/^ ; de nos renimos con nu- with our enemies^' and
enlacampana
eftros
enemigos, y
trata-
deal
jujily
with
our
mos verdad con

mfgos.
los
a- friends.
JV
S.
4'
^*^
y.
:?
ICtbrar^.
IN
THE CUSTODY Or ThE BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY.
^SHELF N
^v^*
:t?^
J^gjg^Ji^V^j^l^^ggJ^

A New Spanish Grammar

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

A New Spanish Grammar

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

^

fue en la Corte de Efpana,

potenciario en los CongrelTos de Sevilla,

de tantos anos a efta parte

dando por motivo

neceflidad de fu proteccion contra los Malevolos (co-

razon del argumento,

hoc ego duco, quod placui

obllgacion de rogar a Dios,

El mas humilde y Ohedmte

Grammar^ (althd the befl extant^) I found the Rules

I'he Rules for the true

clearly expreffed as can be done in Writing,

Articles a7id Parts of Speech are explained in

which the Learned

the Caftilian (cojnmonly called the

Tongue) which has

the Reafon that induced

even among the Spaniards.

alter by Time has received fo

and without Jome new

modern AuInJlruBions, The 9,

commonly pajfed as a Vowel,

injtead of eftoy, doy,

hai for ay or hay

have followed, in the CorreBion

the Didlionary lately puhlifed by the Royal

the art of fpcaking and writing

Prosody, or the kno\vledge of the accent or

to their being pro-

Which contaim fome

the Letters in general,

Spanijh language has not a peculiar al-

debt for fuch words as they took from that

and thefe are ch^ pondent to x, x, c, ^, and v.

regularly divided into mutes a,nd femi-vowels

others fay, into

natural and corrfus^d: the mutes or

fo called for their

being pronounced with

a vowel before and after v^ and

are likewife confonants in the S_pamjb

the pronoiinciation of the letters,

nothing more fin the fenfe

here) than a note of a peculiar found, individual part of a filial le.

rlfon to the languages

and with founding eloquence perfijades

are the concerts of words infinite, which refult

without differing from the

pronounced by other nations.

written thus Cooptdo^ coora

becaufe the pronuncia-

a found between that

pretend to fay, that ii's pronunciation of h and , but I fee no

Ohfervations upon the vowels.

has often the mafculine accent, as

alfo precedes the accufative

governed by another verb,

often an interjedlion, as a fenor fiddno^

there ilich a one

a fenor Pedro, ho there Peter.

me to do ? And tho' there

be written with h thus hd abbreviated, or by the

Apocope, becaufe then